Full text of "Tongass land management plan revision : draft environmental impact statement appendix, volume III"

See other formats

Historic, Archive Document

Do not assume content reflects current
scientific knowledge, policies, or practices.

United States
Department of
Agriculture

■ /f5L J

Forest Service

Tongass

National

Forest

R10-MB-99

June 1990

Tongass Land
Management Plan
Revision

Draft Environmental
Impact Statement

Appendix, Volume III

Tongass Land
Management Plan
Revision

Draft Environmental
Impact Statement

Appendix, Volume III

F. Management Prescriptions

G. Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines

H. Monitoring Plan

I. Best Management Practices

J. Stream Process Groups

K. Timber Suitability Classification
L Timber Yield Tables

M. Minerals Analysis

N. Subsistence Use

O. Riparian Prescription Comparison

P. Electronic Sites

Q. Information Needs

APPENDIX F

MANAGEMENT AREA
PRESCRIPTIONS

for the

Tongass National Forest
Land and Resource Management Plan
Revision

Tongass National Forest

June 1990

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

How to use Appendixes F&G F- 1

Summary Comparison of Management Area Prescriptions F - 3

Code Management Area Prescriptions

WW Wilderness F - 7

WM Wilderness National Monuments F - 23

NM Nonwilderness National Monuments F - 40

RA Research Natural Areas F - 48

BF Beach Fringe and Estuary F - 54

PR Primitive Recreation F - 62

MW Enacted Municipal Watersheds F - 69

OG Old-Growth Habitat F - 75

SP Semi-Primitive Recreation F - 82

EF Experimental Forests F - 89

SV Scenic Viewshed F - 95

VT Visual-Timber F - 103

RN Roaded Natural/Rural Recreation F - 113

MM Minerals F - 119

TP Timber Production F - 126

WQ Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements F - 136

SL Stream and Lake Protection F - 1 56

SA Special Areas F - 176

WR Wild Rivers F - 182

SR Scenic Rivers F - 191

RR Recreation Rivers F - 199

APPENDIX F
JUNE 1990

HOW TO USE APPENDIXES F & G

Management Prescriptions and Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

What is Forest Planning? Let’s compare it to something that is familiar: land use zoning in your community.
In your community, certain areas are zoned for commercial uses (stores), industrial uses (factories) and
residential areas, where homes may be built. Each of these ■zones1' has certain uses which may occur
there. Many uses may apply to the same zone, but they all are not required to occur there. Some zoning
requirements may apply only to specific areas of a zone.

In Forest Planning, we call the zoning process '‘allocation or land allocation .* Certain areas of the Forest
( management areas) are zoned ( allocated) for different uses. The document which describes the uses to
which the land may be put and the activities which may occur there is called a prescription. Since these
prescriptions are applied to management areas, they are called management area prescriptions. Each
management prescription gives general direction on what may occur in a management area, the standards
for accomplishing each activity, and the guidelines on how to go about accomplishing the standards.
These are called the * Direction and Standards and Guidelines Some of this direction and standards and
guidelines may be common to many, but not necessarily all, areas of the Forest. These are called
Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines.

Direction and standards & guidelines are designed so that all activities are integrated to meet land
allocation objectives. Standards & guidelines represent the upward limitations within which all activities are
carried out. Standards and guidelines also represent minimum achievement levels, but do not limit
achievements, higher objectives may always be attained. For instance, if a management area prescription
allows activities to visually dominate the landscape ( Visual Quality Objective: Modification), then visual
quality which is not dominating is always acceptable ( Visual Quality Objectives: Preservation through Partial
Retention). Direction and standards & guidelines are also intended to be used in conjunction with National
and regional policies, standards and guidelines contained in Forest Service manuals and handbooks, and
the Alaska Regional Guide.

Placement of management area boundaries is not meant to require exact on-the-ground survey at the
Forest Plan level. During site-specific project area planning, such as a timber sale or recreation site
development, the actual placement of the boundary for on-the-ground management may vary from the
mapped location. Any management area boundary location disputes will be handled on a case-by-case
basis during project planning and environmental analysis.

F - 1

Management Prescriptions
How to Use

How to use these appendixes

Find the area of the Forest you are interested in on an Alternative map. Match the color of the area of
interest with the color on the map legend and you’ll find the name of the management area prescription.
Go to the management area prescription in Appendix F.

A management area prescription is described in three parts:

1 . Goals and a brief overview.

2. A table which refers to the Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines that apply.
Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines are found in Appendix G. The order of the
resources is shown in the table of contents.

3. The specific direction, called Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines, which
apply to the management area. The Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines
are grouped by resource, following the order established in the table. Resource codes are
the same as those used in the Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines.

The following table will assist the reader in understanding the differences between management areas
{land use zones). It gives a brief summary of the management areas. All the applicable resources are not
included.

Management Prescriptions
How to Use

F -2

SUMMARY COMPARISON OF MANAGEMENT AREA PRESCRIPTIONS

• 1 o

ill

■D

- i

o
c o>

F i

1 1

5 1 i
s 1 1
§ 1 8.
K O W

1 -2
io

c A

! | 5

S 8

° TJ
T3 ©

.C c
<0 ®

.1 s

<0 ID

35 «
c 75 -C

4 > ,g>

2 o oc
XI ~ C>
X o C

■*; ® -i=

5 ^ -2

- 7r
Q <

"O ©

i 1

-Q

® O)
DO©
© -J o)
•ts - ©

5 ||
|<SW

-C

.■ti

£ © </>
© ©
© © >

III

l^o

* «

O C ©

C £ ©

Q. ^ ©

o 2 <

©"OX)
> c ©

©- s « .y

> E -O O

,-tf X © "

e ?--§ i

£11 i

0 c

■■s -I

1 S
© ©
© QC

° "D
TJ ©
© o
C c
© ©
I c

!9 42
c 75 -c
$ > .o>

2 o oc
"O O)
x o c

.t: © -x

§ S* .2

<3*2

« °
to _

_ © ^

to £ O JJ

!= .2 £ .t:
p ^ © n
ffl 3 -Q «

Z 5 § X

.1 5

Q <

-22 CD
DO©

wfl

!<sOT

-C

.-ts

5 8
© ©
15 E
■5 ®
8.2

E •

Q. = o 15*

E5SO

o c #>

^ o to

C X ®
® ^ o
Q. ^ O
O 2 <

> c ©
©■ .-C « .y
> E x> o
.t; -c © ■«
E 9- = |

£ E | c
© O o
co 5 z

o c
o

II
© ©
© oc

ill

2 | S

5 Z 2

Z' TJ ©
a © ©

® C c

O a w

TJ a
c © -C

* > ,g>
5 o oc

■O^O)
-C o c

•ti © :p

^3-2

XI _

s O

_ * ® ^
« = |;?
t: .2 £ •*=
p (0 o

3 J~ ‘

« ~
xi a

5 X

« a «

S ® •£ <8

_Q ® £ X
X 52 3 ©

S- 5 o S*

i|2°

o z

ir «

o c <0

^ A

•I ®

X> O

a <

® X) X) ffl

> E ® iq

®‘ •« ® ~ -i xi ”5

:1 I ”8 2 Z -S -I

I .a | i ■§ S o

£ e 2 * ! * 2

« Z ^ o

.2 «

a O ■-

.1 E .2

.22 © ? w

etc o E .O

X X ® 2 ®

° — C

E © ©
® 5 E
2 .2 5

I Z ®
O 2
Z

° xi
TJ ©
© O
c c

2 w
c [© -£.
^ > .S5
© o oc

T3 £ O)
-C O C
.tf © *4=

5^3

■O h.

S 0

_ © ^

©CO©

§ 0 c .•§
p -^ © o

z5 §1

.« 5

r\ <

-Q

.tf

$ >

■O 2
© n

1 1'
< E <
o Z
O OC

-■§

S.2

Q. i;

O |

® XI "D
> c ®

®- :-e « .y
> E xi o

.■e t ® t

E 9- c i

£ E % c
® O o
to Z z

x ®

2 <

» !o

® 3
X 75
z

° xi

TJ ©
© o
c c
■© «
.1 C

■O

c O ©

« c8|SS

5-1 s £ i |

■g S x r ^ -9

z5§§li

O a
> ©
JD ©

- t *=
® % -g

.® O

C ^ "O
© © ©

E 9 #
© .2 ®
o> > £
a © 5

§ x x

® X X

> c ®

s « .y
E x> o
£.y |

lie

.2 5 |

etc
© © ©
© X ©

x X

co cr
c to
•e 3
x %

X LU

8-g
m «

° x>

T3 <D
© o

.C C
© ®

.1 c
<0 LU

XI _

« ©

O ffl "

.2 £ -t

Tn 5 y m

J3 c x
t 3 -1-

_ 2 “o
z 5 _

to -O

Q <

.■e

-C

.ti

^ c ©
_ o ©
_© ~ >
-Q © +=
•— © o
75 5 ©
Q. 9 D
E x O
o
O

o c ©
^ o ©
© ^ o
X ^ 2
O 2 <

It;

® o
!■§ 75
E £
•e o
n ©
X

Management Prescription
Comparisons

SUMMARY COMPARISON OF MANAGEMENT AREA PRESCRIPTIONS (continued)

M ? .

2 1 •§
® « 8

i| J

® 2
5 «

2 S
55

- i
©
e o»

I c

I i

■S C 5

13 3 5
© t 75

a: §■

■ CO

f §

i°

T3 ©
<D o
C C

'5 2

.E c

<0 LU

jo <Q
c "5
* > .2>
2 o QC
"O ~ O)
-C o c
.*f ©

5 .o'

s a

s °

<8 _

_ © ^

©Com

§ .2 c S

z5 §1

" .Q

.52
Q <

S $ 8
» © m

E S <5

-D < ©

< o

= ®

2 -S2
© ‘<o
c c
© o
O g

S|
o 1

V TT

*■§

O ©

§|

=E|

° x>

T) ©
© O

*5 2

.E c

-C *D
> © C
2 * ©
o> •

-O -3
. © C

2 I ©

O 2

>» ©

.o ©

m OQ

C :=

o <8

> c ©

®- « « .a

.2 E -o o
.•e — © 75
E a .a -

•= -r s E

£ ES c

® O o

co 2 z

® T>
T3 ©

■§ s

1 c

•o as ■£

©■CO

.•e ° >

E Q. ■?

□ 83

5 c
_® .2

§ S '«

©ft .2.

o- © -o
E 5 O
o
O

■! -o

1 s

.i « J
III
S°-S

Q. 2

E «

- a:

_>• 0 ©
« c £

115
(S|>S

■— a> <D

U <0 ‘.=

c ©

CL _ o

| § *

w •— o

^ 5 I

= o ®

3 0.2

« § |

^ © 5

h- ©

0 > © -
© o> © x>
a) c © ©

~ - ©

1 -

S « cc

-■§

O |

2 «
t ©

i«2

.E o -j

~ •£ CO

I .9- -

o 2 a

5 ©
-1 £

_ - O 75 _
°| o ^ 1

® 3 c >

3> « ® g o

< £ CC E

= -g><2

< 5 I c o

f/i

■o © ■£
® -c o
o 5
E Q- -ft

-j c 2
©

*??

c ^ w _

0 © O) ♦3

1 ® 2 8

5 o S ^

CO 5 *

LU X

tn
©

5 S *

5 3 73

« ^ ,®

Q_ > JD

E O

.1 ©.2

E 1 |

« Q. ^

cc a:

•0
o ®

3 .1
>

•E o -J

^ 4®

S •= o
« o _
o » O
o ® >

-1 i 5

.£.2

o r;

o -C

i°

® -s T>

U> © ©

= 1^<2
< X J c O

co '

g g|
^

t -s

= o

? Q- 2

5^ g

2 O)
ft © ©
xi c >
o © ft
5 > «
^ UJ I

2 -o

3 ©

s §

■5 .2

tr 1
a ®
a. %

■D Q. _

2 = 0

« o _

« 2 P

6 © >
Q- ^

- ^ <= s

^ .-e © ‘ O

g £ 2 0 o

o> « ® "

< --e 35 5

^ o -=

-C

Z |

c o

■o § ©
© -

<2 c ^

ill

^ 1 1
= o ©

= O
Q. Z

C “O O)

.E © c

CD ^
. © ©
C ± 5

0 I £

tt > <0

1 III I
«

■O

« -I

t |
a ®
cl 7S

= c

•0 3 0
® OC '-P
"0—2
a « ®

sil

Management Prescription
Comparisons

SUMMARY COMPARISON OF MANAGEMENT AREA PRESCRIPTIONS (continued)

2 S

.E § -J

_ £ co

13 O °

§ ig

-1 X 5

° TJ
T) ©
O o
c c

« tli

° XI
TJ ©
© O

c c
<0 J5

.1 C

a uj

° X)
T) ©
<D o

.E c
<0 ©

.1 -i

a uj

.E o — 1

' o)

2 = o

o o

8 s 9
-« £ 5

-C

.c ?
1.2
cl
§.«
o 5

12 ^
f-f as
» > ,2>
Sol
-0^0

co i2

o 2

£ 5

2 3

_ 09 ■£

« ?.E ©
> | .E E
® c 2 °-

3 © “ o
•F Q- = ®
-Q © O >
« Q Q. ®

X =3 Q

5 ®

-0 3 2

3 2 I

-2* TJ -5

« i 1

uj ®

■S b O
S s o b .E

£.2 ^11
= -g o O -a
< x 5*

TJ _

£ °

® <0

<0 C O B
s o c «

ll-Sl

z € ix

t» -9

5 0

CO _

_ © if)

<0 C O -s

2-1 § ®

m 3 -o

-Q 3 «
*c 3 X

to -9
f; <

- £ 2

O .B O

< b x

= -8 O < 2

< X c c O

O -C

O «,
> <0
jd <0

I 05
f 5 1

= O ®

.? Q- z

■5 g
*o ©
© “O

■5 “8

'o ©
© -a

co g
o
O

O ©

2* '8
© «o
©

TJ « -J£

©to
1 8. |
©

- i
_ •
c o>

F c

5? o>

5 «

E J
o o

_ TJ OJ
$ © c
.2 O) if
(0 <0 <0
c J. ©

® s 2

c > <0

- UJ I

3 «?*

“O O)

2 o ® i gj 2

I 1 g 8 « 8

o 5 o c > '

z OT 5

uj x

1=5®?

> 2 « a> 'f

t- *r qj </)

« o ® T ©

X® TJ C >

- O ID ^

-8 « ^ i5 x

_©

-O

<33

.ts

c "D O)
.E © c
-I O) ♦=
. (0 ©
c c S

Q m

8 uj x
©

i i
© §
i §

■§

■o

.■e in
Z * w
® ©
T5 ® < >

> S •= o

s to -2 .©

= S- 8 ^

< E 2.0
O CO

S;-©
_ © ©
_© > >
5 be tS
<5 x ,®

CL = XI

E 5 O

E o
o co
O

i.|

o’ ^

U q

Q-

O 2

s.-

2 <

lt|

8 | 5
g | 8.

DC o w

2 TJ

12 'o

® c

O CO
X

35 -D -O _

E© © CO
N o S

ao^.l

£ o -5 z

35 "O -o _

E© © CO
N O ^

a2=.l

E 5 2 z

0) X

XI *3 ©
E Q..N

s 1 1

co 2

> E TJ o

X S ‘3 ©

E ?-•£ |
it E % =
<0 2 z

> c ©

s © .y

E TJ o

i|!

E 5 c

<8 2 z

1 1
2i

E .2
= «
E o

S t

5 O

E .2
= 3
E o

3 t

3 O

l©!

£ t C
© © ©
5 ^ ®

X X

£i

i 1 g

1- O

| |

.E TJ

h- 0

c >. <2

So®

X © "5

i ! ?

«sx

■O 2
« 8
E 2

iz ©
w «

Management Prescription
Comparisons

SUMMARY COMPARISON OF MANAGEMENT AREA PRESCRIPTIONS (continued)

Riparian

Located in
Prescription
WQ or SL

Mineral*
Location &
Leasing

Open

Wildlife

Habitats

All Ages of
Habitat with
Moderate
Reduction in
Amount of Old
Growth

Roads

Full Trans-
portation
Network

Timber

Management

Selection,

Moderate

Even-aged

Harvesting

Fisheries

Enhancement

Compatible with
Recreation River
Objectives

Access

Open

Recreation

Opportunity

Spectrum

Visual Quality
Objective

Retention,

Partial

Retention,

Modification

Management
Area Prescrip-
tion

Recreation

Rivers

Code

Management Prescription
Comparisons

WILDERNESS

Management Area WW

The emphasis of this management area is to provide for: 1) the protection and perpetuation of essentially
primitive biophysical and ecological conditions in areas designated as components of the National Wilder-
ness Preservation System consistent with the provisions of ANILCA, and 2) a high degree of remoteness
from the sights and sounds of human activity and related opportunities for solitude and primitive recreation.
Scientific study of natural ecosystem dynamics is encouraged using research methods which are appropri-
ate for use in Wilderness settings.

The areas are characterized by extensive unmodified natural environments. Natural processes and condi-
tions are not measurably affected by the past and current actions of users. The area provides extremely
high probability for independence, closeness to nature, and self-reliance in an environment that offers a
high degree of challenge and risk. Use of mechanized transport and motorized equipment is provided for
by ANILCA for the following purposes:

For subsistence purposes by rural residents in accordance with Federal and State Regula-
tions,

For administrative purposes when specifically authorized by the Regional Forester, or for
emergency situations,

For specific activities provided for in ANILCA, and

For the use of motorboats, snowmachines during periods of snow cover, airplanes, and
non-motorized surface transport methods for traditional activities and for travel to and from
villages and homesites.

Areas recommended for addition to the National Wilderness Preservation System are allocated and
managed under the provisions of the Primitive Recreation prescription.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources Scientific study of cultural resources may take place and interpretation is pro-
vided visitors in a manner consistent with other Wilderness objectives.

Recreation A choice of primitive and semi-primitive recreation opportunities and experi-

ences are provided through the application of the ROS setting criteria. These
settings provide appropriate degrees of solitude, risk and challenge associated
with remote wildland environments. Only infrequent presence of motorized
activity exists which is associated with access to the wilderness, existing public
use cabins, and subsistence use within the area.

Visual All appropriate and allowed resource management activities are integrated in

such a way that evidence of current human use is unnoticeable the following
year, and natural biological processes are not adversely changed over time.
Permitted structures blend with the natural landscape.

Fish Fish habitat enhancement projects are designed to help achieve wilderness

objectives and to meet the objectives of the Regional Comprehensive Salmon
Plans.

F - 7

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

Subsistence

Wildlife

Tree Use

Soil and Water
Minerals

Land Uses

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

Activities occur in accordance with Federal and State Regulations and may be
seasonally prevalent in some areas.

Human use of habitat is monitored and appropriate actions taken to prevent the
degradation of wilderness wildlife species. Scientific study of indigenous
species and their habitats is encouraged with emphasis on identifying their
roles in ecosystem dynamics and impacts of human uses.

Activities are limited to subsistence use and beach log recovery, administrative
use necessary for management and protection of wilderness values and as
otherwise specified in ANILCA.

Watersheds are managed in a natural condition.

Mineral activity is limited to claims on which valid existing rights have been
established. The designated Wilderness is withdrawn from mineral entry.

Structures and land uses consist of those authorized by ANILCA, including
those permitted for subsistence uses; temporary facilities for the taking of fish
and wildlife; existing air and water navigation aids; communication sites; weath-
er, climate and fisheries research and monitoring sites; and those needed for
specially authorized activities.

Structures consist of those needed for the protection of Wilderness resources;
and those needed for the health and safety of visitors.

Travel is primarily by use of trails and waterways. Travel is essentially non-
mechanized except for the use of airplanes, motorboats, snowmachines and
nonmotorized surface transportation methods. Access is provided for as speci-
fied in ANILCA Sections 811(b) and 1110(a).

Natural occurrences are allowed to play their normal role in the dynamics of
ecosystem succession. The use of fire in its natural role will be by Fire Prescrip-
tion and supported by an Escaped Fire Situation Analysis.

Natural occurrences are allowed to play their normal role in the dynamics of
ecosystem succession. Scientific study of natural populations is encouraged
using research methods appropriate for the wilderness setting and goals.

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

F - 8

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

l-IV; Vl-X

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

WILDERNESS

AW12

RECREATION

AN111,AN121,AT12

All

AN112

l(A,B,C); 11(A)

AN122

1; ll(A,C); III; IV(B); VII

l(A-E,F:1 ,3,5,6)

VISUALS

AVI

l(A,B,C,D)

AV1 1

l(A,B,G)

AVI 2

KB.C)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET 111-1

All

ET114

VI(C,D)

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM1 1

All

GM12

1, lll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

LF1

1(A)

LF23

All

TRANSPORTATION

None

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2-4)

PF2

l(A:1 ,4,5)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

l(A:1,2;B:1)

QC122

All

F -9

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

CULTURAL

WILDERNESS

Cultural Resource Activity: AC

Enhancement

A. Provide interpretive information concerning cultural resources within
wilderness to users in the form of exhibits and publications outside of
the wilderness.

1 . Cultural resources are available for scientific study to the extent
that the study is consistent with the concept of Wilderness, the
intent of the Wilderness Act, and cultural resource management
objectives.

2. Cultural resources are available for recreational, scenic, scientific,
educational, conservation, and historic uses, consistent with man-
agement of Wilderness.

Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement
cultural resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and allocation within
the Wilderness.

1 . Identify areas requiring intensive inventory/survey, including non-
project areas.

2. Identify cultural properties to be nominated to the National Regis-
ter of Historic Places.

3. Identify, classify and evaluate known cultural resources.

4. Identify cultural properties that require stabilization or other pro-
tective measures.

Wilderness Resource Administration: AW12

Wilderness Resource Management

A. Manage all designated Wildernesses to maintain an enduring wilder-
ness resource, while providing for public access and uses consistent
with the purposes of the Wilderness Act of 1964, as amended, and the
Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA) of 1980 (P.L
96-487). Activities and practices authorized by ANILCA will be regulat-
ed or restricted in accordance with the special provisions of ANILCA,
and only where it is determined that the effects of continued or
expanded use are likely to cause one or more of the following:

* The degradation of the long-term natural processes in wilderness
ecosystems. Adequate determination of the cumulative effects of
activities and equipment use must be demonstrated as well as site-
specific or singular effects.

* Be detrimental to the natural dynamics of the composition or struc-
ture of wilderness ecosystems.

* Be detrimental to identified objects of cultural, historic, prehistoric,
and scientific interest.

B. Use available opportunities to encourage and enlist public and private
sector interest groups to work together in meeting wilderness manage-
ment objectives. Emphasize programs which help in educating the
using public in the appropriate conduct of activities and uses within
Wildernesses.

C. To the extent practicable, the Forest Service will minimize the impacts
of administrative activities on the Wilderness resources and visitors.

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

F - 10

Administrative activities include authorized use and wilderness re-
source related work being done by other agencies and cooperators. In
developing project plans use the following guidelines:

1. Encourage permittees and cooperators to minimize the use of
mechanized vehicles and equipment to make their presence in
the Wilderness as unobtrusive as possible even though author-
ized.

2. The use of mechanized vehicles and equipment for the adminis-
tration of the Wildernesses is subject to the following conditions:

* Aircraft:

- Airplanes may land on all suitable lakes, beaches, and ice-
fields.

- The administrative use of helicopters will be evaluated on a
case-by-case analysis of need and full consideration of all
alternative options for access.

- All aircraft will be used in a manner to avoid adverse effects
on the wilderness character and visitors.

- To the extent possible, use established air routes.

- Avoid low flights and continuous circling.

- Plan work logistics to minimize the number of aircraft flights
over the wilderness and landings within a specific area.

* Motorboats on Rivers:

- Motorboats may be used on rivers for all administrative pur-
poses.

* Outboard Motors: (On freshwater lakes)

- Outboard motors may be used by the Forest Service only for
administering the Wilderness, gathering firewood for public
recreation cabins, and transporting crews and equipment
on lakes specified by the District Ranger.

- Use of Forest Service outboard motors by employees for off
duty recreation is not permitted.

- Outboard motors will be 1 0 horsepower or less.

* Chainsaws:

- Chainsaws may be used for trail maintenance and firewood
cutting from September 1 0 through June 30 of the following
year.

- Chainsaws may be used for trail construction and recon-
struction projects that have been specifically authorized in
writing by the Regional Forester.

* Generators and Other Motorized Tools:

- Will not be used for normal maintenance work, or in field
camps, except where specifically authorized in writing by the
Regional Forester.

- May be used for construction and reconstruction of projects
only when use has been specifically authorized in writing by
the Regional Forester.

* Exceptions:

- Aircraft and mechanized equipment may be used as needed
for search and rescue purposes.

- The temporary use of motorized equipment for fisheries re-
search, management, rehabilitation, and enhancement ac-
tivities, when such use is authorized in the project environ-
mental assessment or Decision Notice approved by the
Forest Supervisor.

F - 11

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

- The use of chainsaws and power winches is allowed for
clearing of navigational hazards along the Stikine River.

- All other administrative activities must be completed using
primitive non-motorized/nonmechanized methods unless
specifically authorized by the Regional Forester.

Wilderness Resource Monitoring: AW121

Ecological Considerations

A. Develop baseline ecosystem inventories which identify reliable, and
measurable, indicator factors and establish a systematic process to
assess change. Establish limits of acceptable change (LAC) for biologi-
cal and physical conditions. Recognize that long-term ecosystem
change dynamics are the consequence of normal successional pro-
cesses and patterns of periodic disruption by natural forces.

B. Effects of human activities and mechanized equipment will be deter-
mined through monitoring of the ecological and sociological conditions
within the Wilderness.

C. Encourage scientific study of the Wilderness that enhances the oppor-
tunities to:

1. Provide ecological data and interpretations that identify:

* What kinds of ecosystems are present

* Distribution of ecosystems

* Ecosystem composition and structure

* Ecosystem dynamics including the rate and direction of suc-
cession

* The key factors affecting (or likely to affect) the dynamics

2. Provide or enhance periodic monitoring of changes within
ecosystems and at the ecotones between key ecosystems.

3. Identify a priority list of ecosystems which reflect the relative risk
and consequences of change due to human activities; and will
help identify management actions which are likely to be most
effective in protecting ecosystems which are most vulnerable to
human caused change.

Sociological Considerations

A. Social aspects of Wilderness management must be meshed with the
ecological. Establish monitoring systems that will:

* Help refine desired social capacities of Management Areas based on
desired attributes of wildland settings.

* Provide insight into the acceptability of given levels of group encoun-
ters; and the relative satisfaction of users with the evidence of human
activities including trails, cabins, shelters, aircraft, motorboats, snow-
machines, and non-conforming structures and/or activities.

B. Encourage scientific study of the Wilderness that:

* Provides systematically documented information about the benefi-
cial consequences of providing amenity goods and services from
wildlands.

* Provides a cross-check of the techniques being employed to mea-
sure wildland recreation values.

* Provides information on the role of physical environmental amenities
in the overall quality of life.

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

F - 12

RECREATION

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Management and Operations

A. To the degree consistent with the overall purposes of designation,
provide a spectrum of wildland recreation opportunities which reflects
the inherent ecological, cultural, historical, prehistorical, scientific and
sociological conditions found within the Wilderness.

B. Provide for established ROS opportunities and appropriate activities
throughout the Wilderness, unless specifically closed to public use.
Protect the integrity of wilderness resources through integrated project
planning and implementation within the Wilderness.

1 . Provide the inherent recreation settings and opportunities unless
activities and practices authorized by the Regional Forester cause
a change in the ROS setting (s). Manage recreation use in a man-
ner that is compatible with the long-term objectives of the Wilder-
ness.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting (s), manage the new setting (s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the Wilder-
ness to provide appropriate quality recreation opportunities on a
sustained basis.

3. Allow overnight camping by the general public except in areas
specifically closed to such use.

C. Manage recreation use and activities to meet the appropriate levels of
social encounters, on-site development, methods of access and visitor
impacts indicated for the established ROS settings (Consult National
and Regional Handbooks).

D. Provide for general public use of the Wilderness in accordance with
ANILCA provisions for the use of snowmachines (during periods of
adequate snow cover), motorboats, airplanes, and nonmotorized sur-
face transportation method for traditional activities and for travel to and
from villages and homesites (ANILCA Sec. 1110.)

1. Traditional activities include, but are not limited to, recreation
activities such as fishing, hunting, boating, sightseeing and hik-
ing.

2. Traditional activities shall be allowed to continue where such use
has previously occurred. No proof of pre-existing use will be re-
quired in order to use a snowmachine, motorboat, or airplane.

3. No permits will be required for the general public to use these
specific types of motorized transport or nonmotorized surface
transportation methods for traditional activities, unless an area is
specifically closed to public use. Such uses are subject to reason-
able regulation by the Regional Forester to protect natural and
other values of wilderness from damage.

4. Restrictions or closures of specific areas to specific uses within
the Wilderness may be envoked by the Regional Forester follow-
ing adequate public notice and hearing, and it is determined that
such use would be detrimental to wilderness resource values.
Closure of broad areas is not contemplated.

5. Fixed-wing airplanes will be allowed to land on all suitable lakes,
beaches, and icefields without permit unless the activity (i.e.,
commercial use) requires a permit.

6. The landing of helicopters by the general public will be limited to
specific sites designated by the Regional Forester. Designated
landing sites will require proof of established repeated use occur-
ring prior to December 2, 1 980.

F - 13

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

E. Maintain existing public use cabins and shelters at present or improved
condition. Consider additional public cabins and/or shelters when
needed for health and safety purposes. (ANILCA, Sec. 1315.(d)).

1. New cabin locations must be based on an analysis of public
health and safety needs. The analysis shall include at least the
following factors:

* Ease of accessibility particularly in regard to timely pick-up of
users by floatplane or boat or for emergency situations.

* Presence of natural hazards including weather, brown bears,
and dangerous tide and currents.

* History of fatalities and life threatening incidents in the area.

* Natural attractions that entice people to use a particular area

2. New or replacement cabins or shelters will use design drawings
approved by the Regional Forester for use in wilderness.

3. Appurtenant structures to the cabin or shelter will be limited to a
toilet and a woodshed.

4. All structures shall be built of materials which blend with and are
compatible with the foreground and middleground surrounding
the site.

5. Decisions to construct new cabins or relocate or move existing
cabins must be supported by the appropriate environmental anal-
ysis.

6. The Forest Supervisor will report any proposed cabin or shelter
removal or additions in the annual wilderness report for transmis-
sion to the appropriate congressional committees (ANILCA Sec.
1315(d).

F. With the help of user groups, develop ’no trace’ camping and use
programs to encourage the dispersal and use of durable campsites.
Where dispersal is not feasible, develop designated campsites and
encourage their use.

Establishment of Sub-unit Management Zones

A. Where necessary to better accomplish Wilderness management objec-
tives, establish special management zones within the Wilderness to
deal with unique situations, or to integrate local issues and concerns
with management activities.

1 . The boundaries of sub-units should generally be located on iden-
tifiable topographic features and/or coincide with an established
recreation opportunity classification (ROS) area.

Outfitter and Guide Operations

A. Special use permits authorizing individuals or organizations to provide
visitor sen/ices in wilderness may be issued if there is demonstrated
need for the service(s) and they are deemed appropriate for the area
proposed. District Rangers will maintain a record of currently active
permits.

1 . In selecting persons to provide new visitor services, preference
shall be given:

* To the Native Corporation which the Regional Forester deter-
mines is most directly affected by the establishment of the
subject Wilderness, and

* to persons who are determined as local residents.

2. Outfitter and Guide permit holders may be authorized the use of
reserved temporary campsites for specific dates within a use

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

F - 14

VISUALS

FISH

season. Reserved campsites shall not include structures such as
tent platforms or equipment caches.

3. Outfitter and Guide activities involved in the taking of fish and
wildlife are allowed certain temporary camp facilities by ANILCA.
(See the Lands section of this prescription).

Trail Activities: AT

A. Provide for a diversity of outdoor recreation trail and waterway opportu-
nities which are appropriate for the ROS class and management intent
of the Wilderness. Emphasize nonmotorized and nonmechanized par-
ticipation in activities such as hiking, mountaineering, spelunking,
cross-country skiing, canoeing and kayaking.

B. Emphasize opportunities in Primitive and Semi-primitive ROS classes
for activities which are in harmony with the natural environment and
consistent with the intent and purposes of the management of the
Wilderness.

C. Emphasize trail systems that offer the following opportunities as may be
appropriate and in a given area:

1. Connected, multi-day trip opportunities for both land trails and
water trails.

2. Alpine trail systems with quick access from saltwater anchorages,
cabins, local communities, and resorts.

3. Loop trail systems in connection with recreation cabins.

4. Access from local communities to snowline where snow trails are
feasible to develop.

Trail Administration: ATI 2

A. T rails and associated waterways leading to and within Wildernesses
often become the principal management tools for achieving man-
agement objectives. Construct and maintain trails and appurtenant
facilities so that they contribute to desired conditions and appear to
be an appropriate part of the wilderness environment and not an
intrusion upon it. (Consult FS Trails Management Handbook)

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Manage the area to provide a natural-appearing landscape, where
activities are not evident to the casual observer.

1 . Apply Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines for the
Retention Visual Quality Objective. This objective defines the max-
imum limit of allowable change to the visual character of the area;
less visible evidence of activities is acceptable.

2. Design allowed structures, campsites and heavily traveled trails to
meet the Retention Visual Quality Objective.

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

Fish enhancement

A. Provide for fisheries habitat enhancement in the Wilderness, subject to
the goal of restoring and maintaining fish production in the State of
Alaska (consult sections 507 and 1315(b) of ANILCA, R-10 Supp. 46,
and the Regional Comprehensive Salmon Plans). Consider the suitabil-
ity of fish habitat enhancement, during project planning, by evaluating:
1) availability of suitable non-wilderness opportunities, 2) effects on
wilderness conditions, in general; 3) effects on wilderness ecosystems

F - 15

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

SUBSISTENCE

WILDLIFE

and desired solitude level due to an enhanced fishery resulting in
increased recreation use; 4) effects on ecosystems due to the introduc-
tion of species not indigenous to the watershed; and, 5) the appropri-
ateness of structures both in type and scale to the Recreational Oppor-
tunity Spectrum Class (ROS) setting.

Fish Habitat Monitoring: CF121

A. Implement aspects of the monitoring plan which compare management
effects between the affected Management Areas.

B. Stress protection of fish habitat to prevent the need for mitigation.
Stocking of sportfish will generally be employed only to reestablish
indigenous stock depleted by human influences. Stocking of indige-
nous species in currently barren waters may be considered where
appropriate to the purposes of Wilderness management.

Fish Habitat Improvement: CF22

A. Use construction techniques which are consistent with Wilderness
management.

1 . Developments shall involve those facilities essential to operations
and shall be constructed in such rustic manner as to blend into
the natural character of the area. (Consult ANILCA Section 1315
(b)).

2. Land disturbing activities necessary for construction will be tem-
porary.

Subsistence: SUBS

A. Rural residents engaged in subsistence uses shall have reasonable
access to subsistence resources. Appropriate use of snowmachines,
motorboats, and other means of surface transportation traditionally
employed for such purposes by local residents shall be permitted,
subject to reasonable regulation to protect wilderness resource values.
The use of other mechanical/motorized equipment, such as chainsaws,
is allowed by permit only.

B. Wood gathering activities in Wilderness for subsistence uses (primarily
firewood and trolling poles) will be allowed, subject to reasonable regu-
lations to protect wilderness resources. Cutting of green trees will be
by permit and only if the individual does not have a suitable source
equally accessible outside the Wilderness. There will be no restrictions
on cutting dead or down tree for subsistence use unless monitoring
indicates such activity in a given area is detrimental to Wilderness
resources.

C. Assess the effect of continued existing subsistence uses on the long-
term condition and natural succession of wilderness ecosystems.

D. Consult the Lands Section of this prescription.

Wildlife Habitat Monitoring: CW121

A. Assess human use to ascertain impacts on MIS and sensitive species
and their habitats. Take appropriate corrective action when levels of
allowable use or specific activities appear to be approaching unaccept-
able conditions.

1 . Develop wildlife habitat assessment techniques/methodology for
Wilderness, including development of criteria to identify unac-
ceptable habitat conditions and recommendations of appropriate
corrective actions which can be implemented.

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

F - 16

TIMBER

SOIL AND
WATER

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

Wildlife Habitat Improvement: CW22

A. Wildlife habitat improvements must have as their principal objective the
protection or restoration of the wilderness resources.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable and withdrawn from the timber
base.

B. The following types of uses may be authorized if done in a manner that
minimizes impacts on the Wilderness:

* Beach log recovery on Wilderness coastlines is authorized by ANIL-
CA. Permits will require that the recovery of logs be conducted from
water without roads or use of vehicles on uplands.

* Removal, or use of trees cut as part of some other authorized use
within the Wilderness. For example, clearing for a fish ladder.

* Cutting of trolling poles on an emergency basis by fishermen using
adjacent waters. A permit for this use is not required.

* Trees may be cut for use in construction and maintenance of author-
ized structures when it is not reasonably practical to obtain the
necessary material from outside the Wilderness.

Watershed Resource Improvements: FW2

A. Only undertake watershed improvements where deteriorated soil and
hydrologic conditions caused by humans or their influences create a
threat or loss of wilderness values or where such conditions could
cause serious depreciation of important environmental qualities out-
side of the Wilderness.

B. Utilize, whenever possible, indigenous plant species and materials in
implementing watershed improvements.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Withdrawn From Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within the Wilderness are withdrawn from mineral entry.

B. Claimants with claims located within the Wilderness retain valid existing
rights if such rights were established prior to the withdrawal date.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of approved operating plans.

D. Section 1 01 0 of ANILCA provides for the assessment of oil, gas, and
other mineral potential on all public lands in Alaska. Core and test
drilling for geologic information purposes, but excluding exploratory oil
and gas test wells, may be authorized within Wilderness. Air access
shall be permitted for such assessment activities.

Plan of Operations

A. Work with claimants to develop a plan of operations that adequately
mitigates adverse impacts to management area objectives. Include
mitigation measures that are compatible with the scale of proposed
development and commensurate with potential resource impacts.

B. The use of motorized equipment may be authorized where no other
practical alternative for access and project operation exist. Apply ap-
propriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction and
Standards & Guidelines to the location and construction of mining
roads and facilities.

F - 17

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

LANDS

Special Use Administration (non-Recreatlon): JL122

A. Authorize only activities which are allowed by the Wilderness Act (as
amended by ANILCA), subsequent Wilderness legislation, and 36 CFR
293, and are otherwise in compliance with management direction of
this plan. (Consult FSM 2700 and FSM 2320, Supp. 46)

1 . Analyze each proposal on a case-by-case basis.

2. Permit only activities which will not adversely affect the purposes
for which the Wilderness was established.

3. Integrate special use management with the ROS such that ap-
proved uses and activities conform to adopted ROS criteria.

4. Avoid authorizing uses which are not dependent upon Wilderness
resources or uses for which reasonable alternative locations exist
outside the Wilderness.

5. New special use permits for private recreation cabins will not be
issued.

B. New Special Use Cabins and related structures may be permitted by
the Regional Forester in accordance with Section 1303 (b)(1) of ANIL-
CA under the following conditions:

1 . The permit is nontransferable and limited to a 5-year term.

2. The determination is made that the proposed use, construction,
and maintenance of the structure(s) are compatible with the pur-
pose for which the Wilderness was established.

3. The determination is made that the proposed cabin is either di-
rectly related to the administration of the Wilderness or the contin-
uation of an on-going use otherwise allowed within the Wilder-
ness, where a) the applicant has no reasonable alternative site for
constructing a cabin; and b) that the cabin is not to be used for
private recreational use.

4. The United States shall retain ownership of the cabin and related
structures.

5. Applicants must:

* Agree to vacate the structure(s) and remove all personal prop-
erty upon nonrenewal or revocation of the permit within a rea-
sonable time period established by the District Ranger.

* Acknowledge in writing that they have no interest in the real
property on which the structure(s) are constructed.

* Submit with their applications a sketch or photograph of the
proposed structure(s) showing the specific geographical loca-
tion.

6. Special Use permits will contain the following provision: ’Chain-
saws, generators or other motorized equipment shall not be used
on the permit area unless specifically approved by the Regional
Forester.’

C. Cabins and related structures which were in place on December 2,
1 980, for which a valid permit does not exist, may be authorized by the
Regional Forester for traditional and customary uses if the use is com-
patible with the purposes for which the Wilderness was established. No
permit shall be issued for private recreational use. These permits shall
be renewed until the death of the original permittee using the cabin as
a dwelling. Revocation of the permit must be by the Regional Forester,
after notice and hearing establish that continued use is causing, or may
cause, significant harm to the principal purposes for which the Wilder-
ness was established.

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

F - 18

1. To qualify for a permit the applicant must:

* Demonstrate, by affidavit, bill of sale, or other documentation,
proof of possessory interests or rights of occupancy in the
cabin.

* Submit a list of all immediate family members.

* Submit a sketch or photograph of the cabin and related struc-
tures showing its geographic location.

* Agree to vacate all structures and remove all personal property
within a reasonable time period established by the District
Ranger.

* Acknowledge, in writing, that there is no interest in the real
property on which the cabin and structures are located.

2. Special Use permits will contain the following provision: 'Chain-
saws, generators or other motorized equipment shall not be used
on the permit area unless specifically approved by the Regional
Forester.'

3. Cabins and associated structures which do not qualify for special
use permit shall be removed by the owner. Cabins that remain will
be posted as property of the United States. Such cabins which
may be useful for emergency shelter must not be destroyed and
may be designated by the Forest Supervisor as a public use cabin
or posted for use as an emergency public shelter.

D. Existing valid special use permits for cabins, homesites, or similar
structures which were in effect on December 2, 1 980, shall be renewed
unless the Regional Forester finds, following notice to the permittee and
after the permittee has had a reasonable opportunity to respond, that
the permitted structure constitutes a direct threat or a significant impair-
ment to the purpose for which the Wilderness was established. (ANIL-
CA, Section 1303 (d) and Section 101 (b)).

1. Permits in effect on December 2, 1980 will be considered for
renewal in accordance with provisions of the existing permit and
reasonable regulations which may be prescribed.

2. The structures authorized by these permits may be maintained,
rehabilitated, modified, replaced, or removed, but not enlarged.

3. All modifications and replacement plans will require materials
which blend and are compatible with the immediate and sur-
rounding wilderness landscape.

4. In the case of conflicts which could lead to termination of the
permit, the permittee will be offered reasonable opportunity to
correct the conflict.

5. The special-use permit may be transferred at the election or death
of the original permittee. The original permittee is the one of
record on December 2, 1 980. This is a transfer of the permit in
effect on December 2, 1 980; not the issuance of a new special-use
permit. The transfer may be accomplished following the normal
procedures except that the special-use permit will be amended to
change the name of the permittee instead of issuing a new permit.

6. The amendment will also contain the following tenure clauses:

* This permit is nontransferable, and a new permit will not be
issued to any subsequent owner of the improvements or to any
person holding any interest in the improvements.

* If the present permittee herein named ceases to have personal
need for, or to make personal use of, the site for the purpose
for which the permit is issued, this permit will terminate and the

F - 19

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

structures on the area shall be disposed of as provided in the
conditions of the permit.

* No additional improvements shall be constructed without prior
written approval of the Regional Forester.

* Chainsaws, generators, or other motorized equipment shall not
be used on the permit area unless specifically approved by the
Regional Forester.

E. Provide for the continuance of existing and future establishment and
use of temporary campsites, tent platforms, shelters and other tempo-
rary facilities and equipment directly related to and necessary for the
taking offish and wildlife in accordance with ANILCA (Sec. 1316). These
temporary facilities will be regulated as follows:

1 . Permits are limited to a period not to exceed one year, but may be
renewed.

2. Authorized facilities and/or equipment must be directly and nec-
essarily related to the taking of fish and wildlife. Permits will only
be issued when the following conditions are met:

* the facilities are needed as a practical necessity to conduct
legal hunting and fishing activities.

* The applicant has no practical alternative location outside the
Wilderness.

3. Do not include cabins.

4. Do not include motorized forms of transportation other than snow-
machines, motorboats, or fixed-wing airplanes.

5. The specific location of temporary facilities will not cause physical
resource damage, and should be located and designed to mini-
mize conflicts with other users.

6. Tent platforms, toilets, or other constructed facilities shall be locat-
ed one-half mile, or more, from popular beaches, lakes, recre-
ational boat anchorages (both developed and undeveloped) or
other special recreation places.

7. Temporary camp facilities in wilderness will include at least the
following conditions:

* The time of occupancy will be limited to coincide with the
hunting or fishing season for the species for which the tempo-
rary facility is being used.

* At the end of the specified occupancy, tents will be taken down
and tent platforms laid flat. The toilet pits will be backfilled and
unnecessary equipment removed from the site.

* Temporary structures will be built with materials which blend
with and are compatible with the surrounding landscape.

* Temporary facilities will be screened from the water, and locat-
ed so that they are unobtrusive as seen from trails and areas
of public use.

8. The Forest Supervisor may determine, after adequate notice, that
the establishment and use of new facilities or equipment would
constitute a significant expansion of existing facilities or uses
which would be detrimental to the purposes for which the Wilder-
ness was established, including its wilderness character. Upon
such determination the Forest Supervisor may deny the use or
establishment of new facilities and equipment in accord with ANIL-
CA (Sec. 1316 (b)).

F. Allow reasonable access to, operation, and maintenance of existing air
and water navigation aids, communication sites, and related facilities,
as well as existing facilities for national defense purposes, weather,

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

F - 20

FACILITIES

climate and fisheries research and monitoring. New facilities proposed
for these activities and purposes shall be permitted 1) following consul-
tation between the head of the Federal agency undertaking the estab-
lishment, operation, or maintenance, and the Regional Forester; and 2)
in accordance with such terms and conditions as may be mutually
agreed upon in order to minimize the adverse effects of such activities
on the wilderness resources.

1. Perform environmental analysis to evaluate the effects of such
proposals on wilderness resources and to provide the basis for
determining the necessary terms and conditions under which the
use will be permitted.

2. Mechanical transport and motorized equipment may be author-
ized where no other practical alternative exists.

3. Forest Supervisors will consult with the permittees and jointly
develop a Memoranda of Agreement, documenting procedures
which will minimize impacts on the wilderness resources without
unreasonably limiting the operation and maintenance of the pro-
posed facilities.

G. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility System
(TUS) Avoidance Area. Transportation and utility sites and corridors
may be locate here only after a search for TUS windows has been
exhausted.

Landline Location and Maintenance: JL231 , JL24

A. Provide adequate marking for the public and Forest Service employees
to distinguish land ownership.

1. Survey, mark, and post property lines to wilderness standards
along trails, canoe routes, and other Wilderness transportation
corridors or areas of frequent human use.

2. When adjacent to unclassified National Forest or other Federal
lands, determine survey, marking, and posting priorities, by the
degree to which adjacent land management is compatible with
the Wilderness Classified lands.

Land Ownership Adjustments: JL26

A. Retain National Forest lands and acquire private inholdings as opportu-
nities arise.

1 . As opportunities permit, acquire private inholdings through dona-
tion, exchange, or purchase from willing sellers.

2. Acquisition of private inholdings within the Wilderness is a contin-
uing high priority.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. No new permanent administrative facilities will be constructed in the
Wilderness.

B. Limit administrative use to existing cabins, crew barges, or temporary
structures.

C. Continue the use and maintenance of only those existing structures
needed for administrative use, or for the health and safety of wilderness
visitors.

1 . When reconstruction of existing administrative sites is necessary,
replace them with similar structures of compatible design.

F - 21

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

TRANSPORTATION

INSECT AND
DISEASE

2. During all reconstruction or maintenance activity:

* Paint or stain structures to blend with the environment.

* Keep clearing of vegetation adjacent to the site to a minimum.

* Select materials that are natural in appearance.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. New roads are not permitted, except to access valid mining claims. Any
transportation development in association with minerals extraction will
be in accordance with an approved Plan of Operations, and subse-
quent annual work plans.

B. Any existing roads in the Wilderness are closed to public use.

C. Use of snowmachines, motorboats, airplanes and non-mechanized
forms of surface transportation is permitted. (Consult the Wilderness
and Recreation sections of this prescription.)

D. Provide adequate and feasible access for economic and other purpos-
es to owners of land, including subsurface rights to land, valid mining
claims, or other valid occupancies, which are effectively surrounded by
Wilderness.

1 . The routes and types of access shall be practical in an economic
sense; but do not necessarily have to be the most economically
feasible alternative.

2. District Rangers will work with the land owner, or his authorized
representative, to work out reasonable solutions which will meet
the intent of ANILCA (Sec. 1 1 0(b) and 1 323)) while minimizing
adverse impacts on wilderness resources and values.

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Provide for safety of users.

1 . Remove trees near use areas and protect existing vegetation from
pests.

Management Prescription:
Wilderness

F - 22

WILDERNESS NATIONAL MONUMENTS

Management Area WM

The emphasis of this management area is to provide: 1) management direction for the designated
Wilderness portions of Admiralty Island and Misty Fiords National Monument Wildernesses which protects
objects of ecological, cultural, geological, historical, prehistorical, scientific interest, consistent with the
provisions of ANILCA, and 2) for the protection and perpetuation of essentially primitive biophysical and
ecological conditions in areas designated as components of the National Wilderness Preservation System.
Scientific study of natural ecosystem dynamics is encouraged using research methods which are appropri-
ate for use in National Monument Wilderness settings.

Admiralty Island National Monument Wilderness contains 937,459 acres and was established to protect
its superlative combination of scientific and historic objects and values. The area reflects a unique island
ecology, particularly with regard to wildlife.

Misty Fiords National Monument Wilderness contains 2,142,243 acres and was established to protect its
extraordinary geologic features of scientific importance and unspoiled wildlife habitats and coastal ecosys-
tems.

Both National Monuments contain Congressionally designated Wilderness and non-wilderness National
Forest System Lands. Management direction for the non-wilderness portions is provided in Non-wilderness
National Monuments prescription.

Both Monument Wildernesses provide the visitor with an extremely high probability for experiencing
independence, closeness to nature, and self reliance associated with solitude and primitive recreation in
an environment that offers a high degree of challenge and risk. Use of mechanized transport and motorized
equipment is provided for by ANILCA for the following purposes:

For subsistence purposes by rural residents in accordance with Federal and State Regula-
tions,

For administrative purposes when specifically authorized by the Regional Forester or for
emergency situations,

For specific activities provided for in ANILCA, and

At-a-Glance . . .

Wilderness

The National Monument Wilderness is managed in the same manner and intent
as the other Wildernesses on the Forest. (See Prescription WW).

Cultural resources Scientific study of cultural resources is encouraged and interpretation is provid-
ed in a manner consistent with other Monument Wilderness objectives.

Recreation

A choice of primitive and semi-primitive recreation opportunities and experi-
ences are provided through the application of the ROS setting criteria. These
settings provide appropriate degrees of solitude, risk and challenge associated
with remote wildland environments. There is only infrequent presence of motor-

F -23

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

ized activity which is associated with access to the Monument Wilderness,
existing public use cabins, and subsistence use within the area.

Visual

All appropriate and allowed resource management activities are integrated in
such a way that evidence of current human use is unnoticeable the following
year, and natural biological processes are not adversely changed over time.
Permitted structures blend with the natural landscape.

Fish

Fish habitat enhancement projects are designed to help achieve wilderness
objectives and to meet the objectives of the Regional Comprehensive Salmon
Plans.

Subsistence

Activities occur in accordance with Federal and State Regulations and may be
seasonally prevalent in some areas.

Wildlife

Tree Use

Activities are limited to subsistence use and beach log recovery, administrative
use necessary for management and protection of Monument Wilderness values
and as otherwise specified in ANILCA.

Soil and Water

Watersheds are managed in a natural condition.

Minerals

Mineral activity is limited to claims on which valid existing rights have been
established. The designated Monument Wilderness is withdrawn from entry.

Land Uses

Structures and land uses consist of those authorized by ANILCA, including:
those permitted for subsistence uses; temporary facilities for the taking of fish
and wildlife; existing air and water navigation aids; communication sites; weath-
er, climate and fisheries research and monitoring sites; and those needed for
specially authorized activities.

Facilities

Structures consist of those needed for the administration and protection of
Monument Wilderness resources and those needed for the health and safety
of visitors.

Transportation

Fire

Natural occurrences are allowed to play their normal role in the dynamics of
ecosystem succession. The use of fire in its natural role will be directed by a Fire
Prescription and supported by an Escaped Fire Situation Analysis.

Insect and Disease

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

F -24

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

l-IV; Vl-X

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

WILDERNESS

AW12

RECREATION

AN1 1 1 ,AN121 ,AT12,

All

AN112

l(A.B.C); 11(A)

AN122

1, ll(A,C); III; IV(B); VII

l(A-E,F:1 ,3,5,6)

VISUALS

AVI

l(A,B,C,D)

AV1 1

l(A,B,G)

AVI 2

l(B.C)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

CW111

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET 111-1

All

ET114

VI(C,D)

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

1, lll-VII

LANDS

Ail

FACILITIES

LF1

1(A)

LF23

All

TRANSPORTATION

None

FIRE

PF 12

l(A:2,3,4)

PF 2

1 (A: 1,4, 5)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

F -25

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

CULTURAL Cultural Resource Activity: AC

Enhancement

A. Provide interpretive information concerning cultural resources within
Monument Wilderness to users in the form of exhibits and publications
outside of the wilderness.

1 . Cultural resources are available for scientific study to the extent
that the study is consistent with the concept of Monument Wilder-
ness, the intent of the Wilderness Act, and cultural resource man-
agement objectives.

2. Cultural resources are available for recreational, scenic, scientific,
educational, conservation, and historic uses, consistent with man-
agement of Monument Wilderness.

Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement
cultural resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and allocation within
the Monument Wilderness.

1 . Identify areas requiring intensive inventory/survey, including non-
project areas.

2. Identify cultural properties to be nominated to the National Regis-
ter of Historic Places.

3. Identify, classify and evaluate known cultural resources.

4. Identify cultural properties that require stabilization or other pro-
tective measures.

WILDERNESS Wilderness Resource Administration: AW12

Wilderness Resource Management

A. Manage all designated Monument Wildernesses to maintain an endur-
ing wilderness resource, while providing for public access and uses
consistent with the purposes of the Wilderness Act of 1 964, as amend-
ed, and the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA)
of 1 980 (P.L. 96-487). Activities and practices authorized by ANILCA will
be regulated or restricted in accordance with the special provisions of
ANILCA and only where it is determined that the effects of continued or
expanded use are likely to cause one or more of the following:

* The degradation of the long-term natural processes in Monument
Wilderness ecosystems. Adequate determination of the cumulative
effects of activities and equipment use must be demonstrated as well
as site-specific or singular effects.

* Be detrimental to the natural dynamics of the composition or struc-
ture of Monument Wilderness ecosystems.

* Be detrimental to identified objects of cultural, historic, prehistoric,
and scientific interest.

* A specific use is not in accordance with applicable law.

B. Use available opportunities to encourage and enlist public and private
sector interest groups to work together in meeting Monument and
wilderness management objectives. Emphasize programs which help

Management Prescription: F - 26

Wilderness National Monuments

in educating the using public in the appropriate conduct of activities
and uses within Monument Wildernesses.

C. To the extent practicable, the Forest Service will minimize the impacts
of administrative activities on the Monument Wilderness resources and
visitors. Administrative activities include authorized use and wilderness
resource related work being done by other agencies and cooperators.
In developing project plans use the following guidelines:

1. Encourage permittees and cooperators to minimize the use of
mechanized vehicles and equipment to make their presence in
the Monument Wilderness as unobtrusive as possible even
though authorized.

2. The use of mechanized vehicles and equipment for the adminis-
tration of the National Monument Wildernesses is subject to the
following conditions:

* Aircraft:

- Fixed wing airplanes may land on all suitable lakes, beach-
es, and icefields.

- The administrative use of helicopters will be evaluated on a
case by case analysis of need and full consideration of all
alternative options for access.

- All aircraft will be used in a manner to avoid adverse effects
on the wilderness character and visitors.

- To the extent possible, use established air routes.

- Avoid low flights and continuous circling.

- Plan work logistics to minimize the number of aircraft flights
over the wilderness and landings within a specific area.

* Motorboats on Rivers:

- Motorboats may be used on rivers for all administrative pur-
poses.

* Outboard Motors: (On freshwater lakes)

- Outboard motors may be used only for administering the
Monument Wilderness, gathering firewood for public recre-
ation cabins, and transporting crews and equipment on
lakes specified by the District Ranger.

- Use of Forest Service outboard motors by employees for off
duty recreation is not permitted.

- Outboard motors will be 1 0 horsepower or less.

* Chainsaws:

- Chainsaws may be used for trail maintenance and firewood
cutting from September 10 through June 30 each year.

- Chainsaws may be used for trail construction and recon-
struction projects that have been specifically authorized in
writing by the Regional Forester.

* Generators and Other Motorized Tools:

- will not be used for normal maintenance work, or in field
camps, except where specifically authorized in writing by the
regional Forester.

- may be used for construction/reconstruction projects only
when use has been specifically authorized in writing Region-
al Forester.

* Exceptions:

- Aircraft and mechanized equipment may be used as needed
for search and rescue purposes.

F - 27

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

- The temporary use of motorized equipment for fisheries re-
search, management, rehabilitation, and enhancement ac-
tivities, when such use is authorized in the project project
environmental assessment or Decision Notice approved by
the Forest Supervisor.

- All other administrative activities must be completed using
primitive non-motorized/nonmechanized methods unless
specifically authorized by the Regional Forester in the
project environmental assessment or Decision Notice.

Wilderness Resource Monitoring: AW121

Ecological Considerations

A. Develop baseline ecosystem inventories which identify reliable, and
measurable, indicator factors and establish a systematic process to
monitor change. Establish limits of acceptable change (LAC) for biolog-
ical and physical conditions. Recognize that long-term ecosystem
change dynamics are the consequence of normal successional pro-
cesses and patterns of periodic disruption by natural forces.

B. Effects of human activities and mechanized equipment will be deter-
mined through monitoring of the ecological and sociological conditions
within the Monument Wilderness.

C. Encourage scientific study of the Monument Wilderness that enhances
the opportunities to:

1 . Provide ecological data and interpretations that identify:

* What kinds of ecosystems are present

* Distribution of ecosystems

* Ecosystem composition and structure

* Ecosystem dynamics including the rate and direction of suc-
cession

* The key factors affecting (or likely to affect) the dynamics

2. Provide or enhance periodic monitoring of changes within
ecosystems and at the ecotones between key ecosystems.

Sociological Considerations

A. Social aspects of Monument Wilderness management must be
meshed with the ecological. Establish monitoring systems that will:

* Helps refine desired social capacities of Management Areas based
on desired attributes of wildland settings.

B. Encourage scientific study of the Monument Wilderness that:

* Provides systematically documented information about the
beneficial consequences of providing amenity goods and serv-
ices from wildlands.

Management Prescription: F - 28

Wilderness National Monuments

RECREATION

Provides a cross-check of the techniques being employed to
measure wildland recreation values.

Provides information on the role of physical environmental
amenities in the overall quality of life.

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Management and Operations

B. Provide for established ROS opportunities and appropriate activities
throughout the Monument Wilderness, unless specifically closed to
public use. Protect the integrity of National Monument and wilderness
resources through integrated project planning and implementation
within the Monument Wilderness.

1 . Provide the inherent recreation settings and opportunities unless
activities and practices authorized by the Regional Forester cause
a change in the ROS setting(s). Manage recreation use in a man-
ner that is compatible with the long-term objectives of the Monu-
ment.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting(s), manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the Monu-
ment to provide appropriate quality recreation opportunities on a
sustained basis.

3. Allow overnight camping by the general public except in areas
specifically closed to such use.

D. Provide for general public use of the Monument Wilderness in accord-
ance with ANILCA provisions for the use of snowmachines (during
periods of adequate snow cover), motorboats, airplanes, and nonmo-
torized surface transportation method for traditional activities and for
travel to and from villages and homesites. (ANILCA sec. 1110)

1. Traditional activities include, but are not limited to, recreation
activities such as fishing, hunting, boating, sightseeing and hik-
ing.

2. Traditional activities shall be allowed to continue where such use
has previously occurred. No proof of pre-existing use will be re-
quired in order to use a snowmachine, motorboat, or airplane.

4. Restrictions or closures of specific areas within the Monument
Wilderness may be envoked by the Regional Forester following
adequate public notice and hearing, and it is determined that

F -29

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

such use would be detrimental to wilderness resource values.
Closure of broad areas is not contemplated.

5. Airplanes will be allowed to land on all suitable lakes, beaches,
and icefields without permit unless the activity (i.e., commercial
use) requires a permit.

1. New cabin locations must be based on an analysis of public
health and safety needs. The analysis shall include at least the
following factors:

* Ease of accessibility particularly in regard to timely pick-up of
users by float plane or boat or for emergency situations.

* Presence of natural hazards including weather, brown bears,
and dangerous tide and currents.

* History of fatalities and life threatening incidents in the area.

* Natural attractions that entice people to use a particular area.

2. New or replacement cabins or shelters will use design drawings
approved by the Regional Forester for use in wilderness.

3. Appurtenant structures to the cabin or shelter will be limited to a
toilet and a woodshed.

4. All structures shall be built of materials which blend with and are
compatible with the foreground and middle ground surrounding
the site.

5. Decisions to construct new cabins or relocate or move existing
cabins must be supported by environmental analysis.

F. With the help of user groups, develop no trace camping and use
programs to encourage the dispersal and use of durable campsites,
where dispersal is not feasible, develop designated campsites and
encourage their use.

Establishment of Sub-unit Management Zones

A. Where necessary to better accomplish Monument management objec-
tives, establish special management zones within the Monument to
deal with unique situations, or to integrate local issues and concerns
with management activities.

1 . The boundaries of sub-units should generally be located on iden-
tifiable topographic features and/or coincide with an established
recreation opportunity classification (ROS) area.

Outfitter and Guide Operations

A. Special use permits authorizing individuals or organizations to provide
visitor services in wilderness may be issued if there is demonstrated
need for the service(s) and they are deemed appropriate for the area

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

F -30

VISUALS

proposed. District Rangers will maintain a record of currently active
permits.

1 . In selecting persons to provide new visitor services, preference
shall be given:

* To the Native Corporation which the Regional Forester deter-
mines is most directly affected by the establishment of the
subject Wilderness, and

* to persons who are determined as local residents.

2. Outfitter and Guide permit holders may be authorized the use of
reserved temporary campsites for specific dates within a use
season. Reserved campsites shall not include structures such as
tent platforms or equipment caches.

3. Outfitter and Guide activities involved in the taking of fish and
wildlife are allowed certain temporary camp facilities by ANILCA.
(See the section in this prescription on Lands).

Trail Activities: AT

A. Provide for a diversity of outdoor recreation trail and waterway opportu-
nities which are appropriate for the ROS class and management intent
of the Monument Wilderness. Emphasize nonmotorized and nonmech-
anized participation in activities such as hiking, mountaineering,
spelunking, cross-country skiing, canoeing and kayaking.

C. Emphasize trail systems that offer the following opportunities as may be
appropriate and in a given area:

1. Connected, multi-day trip opportunities for both land trails and
water trails.

2. Alpine trail systems with quick access from saltwater anchorages,
cabins, local communities, and resorts.

3. Loop trail systems in connection with recreation cabins.

4. Access from local communities to snowline where snow trails are
feasible to develop.

Trail Administration: ATI 2

A. Trails and associated waterways leading to and within Monument
Wildernesses often become the principal management tools for achiev-
ing management objectives. Construct and maintain trails and appur-
tenant facilities so that they contribute to desired conditions and ap-
pear to be an appropriate part of the monument wilderness
environment and not an intrusion upon it. (Consult the Forest Service
Trails Management Handbook)

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Manage the area to provide a natural-appearing landscape, where
activities are not evident to the casual observer.

1. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Retention
Visual Quality Objective. This objective defines the maximum limit
of allowable change to the visual character of the area; less visible
evidence of activities is acceptable.

F -31

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

2. Design allowed structures, campsites and heavily traveled trails to
meet the Retention Visual Quality Objective.

FISH Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

Fish Enhancement

A. Provide for fisheries habitat enhancement in the Monument Wilderness,
subject to the goal of restoring and maintaining fish production in the
State of Alaska (consult sections 507 and 1315(b) of ANILCA, R-10
Supp. 46, and the Regional Comprehensive Salmon Plans). Consider
the suitability of fish habitat enhancement, during project planning, by
evaluating: 1) availability of suitable non-wilderness opportunities, 2)
effects on wilderness conditions, in general; 3) effects on wilderness
ecosystems and desired solitude level due to an enhanced fishery
resulting in increased recreation use; 4) effects on ecosystems due to
the introduction of species not indigenous to the watershed; and, 5) the
appropriateness of structures both in type and scale to the Recreation-
al Opportunity Spectrum Class (ROS) setting.

Fish Habitat Monitoring: CF121

A. Monitor the effects of management activities on fish habitat and popula-
tions, as compared to activities affecting habitat and populations in
prescriptions with other varying intensities of riparian management
activities. The purpose of this monitoring is to identify differences in
effects related to management intensity level.

1 . Implement aspects of the monitoring plan which compare man-
agement effects between the affected Management Areas.

Fish Habitat Improvement: CF22

A. Use construction techniques which are consistent with Monument/
Wilderness management.

1 . Developments shall involve those facilities essential to operations
and shall be constructed in such rustic manner as to blend into
the natural character of the area. (Consult ANILCA Section 1315

(b)).

2. Land disturbing activities necessary for construction will be tem-
porary.

SUBSISTENCE Subsistence: SUBS

A. Rural residents engaged in subsistence uses shall have reasonable
access to subsistence resources. Appropriate use of snowmachines,
motorboats, and other means of surface transportation traditionally
employed for such purposes by local residents shall be permitted,
subject to reasonable regulation to protect monument wilderness re-
source values. The use of other mechanical/motorized equipment,
such as chainsaws, is allowed by permit only.

Management Prescription: F - 32

Wilderness National Monuments

WILDLIFE

TIMBER

SOIL AND
WATER

B. Wood gathering activities in Monument Wilderness for subsistence
uses (primarily firewood and trolling poles) will be allowed, subject to
reasonable regulations to protect wilderness resources. Cutting of
green trees will be by permit and only if the individual does not have a
suitable source equally accessible outside the Monument Wilderness.
There will be no restrictions on cutting dead or down tree for subsis-
tence use unless monitoring indicates such activity in a given area is
detrimental to Monument resources.

C. Monitor the effect of continued existing subsistence uses on the long-
term condition and natural succession of wilderness ecosystems.

Wildlife Habitat Monitoring: CW121

A. Monitor human use to ascertain impacts on MIS and sensitive species
and their habitats, and take appropriate corrective action when levels
of allowable use or specific activities appear to be approaching unac-
ceptable conditions.

1 . Develop wildlife habitat monitoring techniques/methodology for

Wilderness, including development of criteria to identify unac-
ceptable habitat conditions and recommendations of appropriate
corrective actions which can be implemented.

Wildlife Habitat Improvement: CW22

A. Wildlife habitat improvements must have as their principal objective the
protection or restoration of the monument wilderness resources.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable and withdrawn from the timber
base.

B. The following types of uses may be authorized if done in a manner that
minimizes impacts on the Monument Wilderness:

* Beach log recovery on Monument Wilderness coastlines is author-
ized by ANILCA. Permits will require that the recovery of logs be
conducted from water without roads or use of vehicles on uplands.

* Removal, or use of trees cut as part of some other authorized use
within the Monument/Wilderness. For example, clearing for a fish
ladder.

* Cutting of trolling poles on an emergency basis by fishermen using
adjacent waters. A permit for this use is not required.

* T rees may be cut for use in construction and maintenance of author-
ized structures when it is not reasonably practical to obtain the
necessary material from outside the Monument Wilderness.

Watershed Resource Improvements: FW2

A. Only undertake watershed improvements where deteriorated soil and
hydrologic conditions caused by humans or their influences create a
threat or loss of monument wilderness values or where such conditions
could cause serious depreciation of important environmental qualities
outside of the Monument Wilderness.

B. Utilize, whenever possible, indigenous plant species and materials in
implementing watershed improvements.

F - 33

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12
GEOLOGY Forest Lands Withdrawn from Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within the Monument Wilderness are withdrawn from min-
eral entry.

B. Claimants with claims located within the Monument Wilderness retain
valid existing rights if such rights were established prior to the withdraw-
al date.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of approved operating plans.

D. Section 1010 of ANILCA provides for the assessment of oil, gas, and
other mineral potential on all public lands in Alaska. Core and test
drilling for geologic information purposes, but excluding exploratory oil
and gas test wells, may be authorized within Monument Wilderness. Air
access shall be permitted for such assessment activities.

E. Section 503, 504, and 505 of ANILCA provide specific direction for
minerals management in the National Monument.

Plan of Operations

B. The use of motorized equipment may be authorized where no other
practical alternative for access and project operation exist. Apply ap-
propriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction and
Standards and Guidelines to the location and construction of mining
roads and facilities.

LANDS Special Use Administration (non-Recreation): JL122

A. Authorize only activities which are allowed by the Wilderness Act, (as
amended by ANILCA), subsequent Wilderness legislation, and 36 CFR
293, and are otherwise in compliance with management direction of
this plan. (Consult FSM 2700 and FSM 2320, Supp. 46)

1 . Analyze each proposal on a case-by-case basis.

2. Permit only activities which will not adversely affect the purposes
for which the Monument Wilderness was established.

3. Integrate special use management with ROS such that approved
uses and activities conform to adopted ROS criteria.

4. Avoid authorizing uses which are not dependent upon Wilderness
resources or uses for which reasonable alternative locations exist
outside the Monument Wilderness.

5. New special use permits for private recreation cabins will not be
issued.

B. New Special Use Cabins and related structures may be permitted by
the Regional Forester in accordance with Section 1303. (b)(1) of ANIL-
CA under the following conditions:

1 . The permit is nontransferable and limited to a 5-year term.

2. The determination is made that the proposed use, construction,
and maintenance of the structure(s) are compatible with the pur-
pose for which the Monument Wilderness was established.

3. The determination is made that the proposed cabin is either di-
rectly related to the administration of the Wilderness or the contin-

Management Prescription: F - 34

Wilderness National Monuments

uation of an on-going use otherwise allowed within the Monument
Wilderness; where the applicant has no reasonable alternative
site for constructing a cabin; and that the cabin is not to be used
for private recreational use.

4. The United States shall retain ownership of the cabin and related
structures.

5. Applicants must:

* Agree to vacate the structure(s) and remove all personal prop-
erty upon nonrenewal or revocation of the permit within a rea-
sonable time period established by the District Ranger.

* Acknowledge in writing that they have no interest in the real
property on which the structure(s) are constructed.

* Submit with their applications a sketch or photograph of the
proposed structure(s) showing the specific geographical loca-
tion.

6. Special Use permits will contain the following provision: "Chain-
saws, generators or other motorized equipment shall not be used
on the permit area unless specifically approved by the Regional
Forester."

C. Cabins and related structures which were in place on December 2,
1 980, for which a valid permit does not exist, may be authorized by the
Regional Forester for traditional and customary uses if the use is com-
patible with the purposes for which the Monument Wilderness was
established. No permit shall be issued for private recreational use.
These permits shall be renewed until the death of the original permittee
using the cabin as a dwelling. Revocation of the permit must be by the
Regional Forester, after notice and hearing establish that continued
use is causing, or may cause, significant harm to the principal purposes
for which the Monument Wilderness was established.

1. To qualify for a permit the applicant must:

* Demonstrate, by affidavit, bill of sale, or other documentation,
proof of possessory interests or rights of occupancy in the
cabin.

* Submit a list of all immediate family members.

* Submit a sketch or photograph of the cabin and related struc-
tures showing its geographic location.

* Agree to vacate all structures and remove all personal property
within a reasonable time period established by the District
Ranger.

* Acknowledge, in writing, that there is no interest in the real
property on which the cabin and structures are located.

2. Special Use permits will contain the following provision: "Chain-
saws, generators or other motorized equipment shall not be used
on the permit area unless specifically approved by the Regional
Forester."

D. Existing Valid Special-Use Permits for Cabins, Homesites, or Similar
Structures which were in effect on December 2, 1 980 shall be renewed

F -35

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

unless the Regional Forester finds, following notice to the permittee and
after the permittee has had a reasonable opportunity to respond, that
the permit constitutes a direct threat or a significant impairment to the
purpose for which the Monument Wilderness was established. (ANIL-
CA, Section 1303.(d) and Section 101 (b)).

1. Permits in effect on December 2, 1980 will be considered for
renewal in accordance with provisions of the existing permit and
reasonable regulations which may be prescribed.

2. The improvements authorized by these permits may be main-
tained, rehabilitated, modified, replaced, or removed, but not en-
larged.

3. All modifications and replacement plans will require materials
which blend and are compatible with the immediate and sur-
rounding wilderness landscape.

4. In the case of conflicts which could lead to termination of the
permit, the permittee will be offered reasonable opportunity to
correct the conflict.

5. The special-use permit may be transferred at the election or death
of the original permittee. The original permittee is the one of
record on December 2, 1980. This is a transfer of the permit in
effect on December 2, 1 980; not the issuance of a new special-use
permit. The transfer may be accomplished following the normal
procedures except that the special-use permit will be amended to
change the name of the permittee instead of issuing a new permit.

6. The amendment will also contain the following tenure clauses:

* This permit is nontransferable, and a new permit will not be
issued to any subsequent owner of the improvements or to any
person holding any interest in the improvements.

* If the present permittee herein named ceases to have personal
need for, or to make personal use of, the site for the purpose
for which the permit is issued, this permit will terminate and the
structures on the area shall be disposed of as provided in the
conditions of the permit.

* No additional improvements shall be constructed without prior
written approval of the Regional Forester.

* Chainsaws, generators, or other motorized equipment shall not
be used on the permit area unless specifically approved by the
Regional Forester.

E. Provide for the continuance of existing and future establishment and
use of temporary campsites, tent platforms, shelters and other tempo-
rary facilities and equipment directly related to and necessary for the
taking of fish and wildlife in accordance with ANILCA (Sec. 1316). These
temporary facilities will be administered as follows:

1 . Permits are limited to a period not to exceed one year, but may be
renewed.

2. Authorized facilities and/or equipment must be directly and nec-
essarily related to the taking of fish and wildlife. Permits will only
be issued when the following conditions are met:

* the facilities are needed as a practical necessity to conduct
legal hunting and fishing activities.

* The applicant has no practical alternative location outside the
Wilderness.

Management Prescription: F - 36

Wilderness National Monuments

3. Do not include cabins.

4. Do not include motorized forms of transportation other than snow-
machines, motorboats, or airplanes.

5. The specific location of temporary facilities will not cause physical
resource damage, and should be located and designed to mini-
mize conflicts with other users.

6. T ent platforms, toilets, or other constructed facilities shall be locat-
ed one-half mile, or more, from popular beaches, lakes, recre-
ational boat anchorages (both developed and undeveloped) or
other special recreation places identified in this plan.

7. Temporary camp facilities in wilderness will include at least the
following conditions:

* The time of occupancy will be limited to coincide with the
hunting or fishing season for the species for which the tempo-
rary facility is being used.

* At the end of the specified occupancy, tents will be taken down
and tent platforms laid flat. The toilet pits will be backfilled and
unnecessary equipment removed from the site.

* Temporary structures will be built with materials which blend
with and are compatible with the surrounding landscape.

* Temporary facilities will be screened from the water, and locat-
ed so that they are unobtrusive as seen from trails and areas
of public use.

8. The Forest Supervisor may determine, after adequate notice, that
the establishment and use of new facilities or equipment would
constitute a significant expansion of existing facilities or uses
which would be detrimental to the purposes for which the Wilder-
ness was established, including its wilderness character. Upon
such determination the forest Supervisor may deny the use or
establishment of new facilities and equipment in accord with ANIL-
CA (Sec. 1316 (b)).

F. The following resorts were under permit prior to the establishment of

the Monument Wildernesses. They will be administered in accord with

ANILCA provisions as follows;

1. Thayer Lake Lodge. Section 503 (j) of ANILCA provides that the
special-use permit for Thayer Lake Lodge shall be renewed as
necessary for the longest of either: (1) 15-years after December
2, 1 980; or (2) the lifetime of the permittee, as designated in such
permit as of January 1 , 1 979, or the surviving spouse or child of
such permittee, whoever lives longer, so long as the management
of the lodge remains consistent with the purposes of the Admiralty
Island National Monument. On January 1 , 1 979, the permittee was
Robert E. Nelson; spouse Edith H. Nelson, and the only child is
Erik Nelson.

2. Humpback Lake Chalet. The resort special-use permit in exist-
ence on December 2, 1980, authorized one rental cabin and
appurtenant structures on Humpback Lake within Misty Fiords
National Monument Wilderness. The continuation of this use is
authorized by ANILCA, Section 1307(a). The existing improve-
ments may be maintained, rehabilitated, modified, replaced or
removed, but not enlarged. New cabin construction will not be
allowed. Approval of exterior color schemes, materials, and de-
signs shall use criteria that keep the improvements unobtrusive

F -37

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

and compatible with the surroundings. The special-use permit
may be revised as appropriate, but the permittee must remain
Sportsman Paradise Tours, the permittee on December 2, 1980.
The use shall continue to be permitted so long as it remains a
public recreation rental cabin, provides adequate public service,
does not significantly threaten any resource, and other terms and
conditions of the permit are met.

G. Allow reasonable access to, operation, and maintenance of existing air
and water navigation aids, communication sites, and related facilities,
as well as existing facilities for national defense purposes, weather,
climate and fisheries research and monitoring. New facilities proposed
for these activities and purposes shall be permitted 1) following consul-
tation between the head of the Federal agency undertaking the estab-
lishment, operation, or maintenance, and the Regional Forester; and 2)
in accordance with such terms and conditions as may be mutually
agreed upon in order to minimize the adverse effects of such activities
on the monument wilderness resources.

1 . Conduct environmental analysis to evaluate the effects of such
proposals on monument wilderness resources and to provide the
basis for determining the necessary terms and conditions under
which the use will be permitted.

2. Mechanical transport and motorized equipment may be author-
ized where no other practical alternative exists.

3. Forest Supervisors will consult with the permittees and jointly
develop a Memoranda of Agreement, documenting procedures
which will minimize impacts on the monument wilderness re-
sources without unreasonably limiting the operation and mainte-
nance of the proposed facilities.

H. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility System
(TUS) Avoidance Area. Transportation and utility sites and corridors
may be located within this management area only after a search for
TUS windows has been exhausted.

Landline Location and Maintenance: JL231, JL24

A. Provide adequate marking for the public and Forest Service employees
to distinguish land ownership.

1. Survey, mark, and post property lines to wilderness standards
along trails, canoe routes, and other Wilderness transportation
corridors or areas of frequent human use.

Land Ownership Adjustments: JL26

A. Retain National Forest lands and acquire private inholdings as opportu-
nities arise.

1 . As opportunities permit, acquire private inholdings through dona-
tion, exchange, or purchase from willing sellers.

2. Acquisition of private inholdings within the Monument Wilderness
is a continuing high priority.

Management Prescription:
Wilderness National Monuments

F -38

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

INSECT AND
DISEASE

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. No new permanent administrative facilities will be constructed in the
Monument Wilderness.

B. Limit administrative use to existing cabins, crew barges, or temporary
structures.

C. Continue the use and maintenance of only those existing structures
needed for administrative use, or for the health and safety of wilderness
visitors.

1 . When reconstruction of existing administrative sites is necessary,
replace them with similar structures of compatible design.

2. During all reconstruction or maintenance activity:

* Paint or stain structures to blend with the environment.

* Keep clearing of vegetation adjacent to the site to a minimum.

* Select materials that are natural in appearance.

Transportation Operations: LT1

B. Roads in this management area are closed to public use.

C. Use of snowmachines, motorboats, airplanes and non-mechanized
forms of surface transportation is permitted.

1 . The routes and types of access shall be practical in an economic
sense; but do not necessarily have to be the most economically
feasible alternative.

2. District Rangers will work with the land owner, or his authorized
representative, to work out reasonable solutions which will meet
the intent of ANILCA (Sec. 110(b) and 1323) while minimizing
adverse impacts on monument wilderness resources and values.

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Provide for safety of users.

1 . Remove trees near use areas and protect existing vegetation from
pest.

F - 39 Management Prescription:

Wilderness National Monuments

NONWILDERNESS NATIONAL MONUMENTS

Management Area NM

The emphasis of this management area is to provide management direction for the nonwilderness portions
of Admiralty Island and Misty Fiords National Monuments.

The nonwilderness portions of both Monuments are managed to facilitate the orderly development of
significant mineral resources and to protect objects of ecological, cultural, geological, historical, prehistori-
cal, scientific interest as specified in ANILCA and site-specific plans of operation. The long-term goal is to
reclaim areas disturbed by mining activities to a natural condition to the extent practicable (ANILCA 503

Both National Monuments contain Congressionally-designated Wilderness and non-wilderness National
Forest Lands. Management direction for the Wilderness portions is provided in the Wilderness National
Monuments Prescription. Admiralty Island National Monument contains 18,351 acres of nonwilderness
National Forest lands. Misty Fiords National Monument contains 151,185 acres of nonwilderness National
Forest lands.

Access by airplane, motor boat, or snowmachine and non-motorized methods of surface transportation
for traditional activities, and for travel to and from villages and homesites is allowed for by ANILCA.

(2)(A)).

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources Scientific study of cultural resources is encouraged and interpretation is provid-
ed visitors in a manner consistent with other Monument objectives.

Recreation

To the degree consistent with the presence of the mining activity and the health
and safety of Monument visitors, a spectrum of wildland recreation opportuni-
ties is provided that reflects the inherent ecological, historical, and sociological
conditions found within the National monument.

Visual

Permitted structures blend with the natural landscape to the extent practicable.
Authorized activities and facilities are located and designed to minimize their
visual impact when viewed from other areas within the Monument.

Fish

Where affected by mining activities, fish habitats are maintained to the maxi-
mum extent feasible. Fish habitat enhancement projects are designed to help
achieve Monument objectives or to meet the objectives of the Regional Com-
prehensive Salmon Plans.

Subsistence

Activities occur in accordance with Federal and State Regulations and may be
seasonally prevalent in some areas.

Wildlife

Human use of habitat is monitored and actions taken to prevent the degrada-
tion of Monument wildlife species. Scientific study of indigenous species and

Management Prescription:
Nonwilderness National Monuments

F -40

Tree Use

Soil and Water

Minerals

Lands

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

their habitats is encouraged with emphasis on identifying their roles in ecosys-
tem dynamics and impacts of human uses.

Activities are limited to subsistence use, beach log recovery, and administrative
use related to the development and operation of the mining activities. Timber
harvest and sale is prohibited. Disposal of timber cleared for access and facility
development will be handled through settlement sales.

Emphasis is to maintain soil cover, minimize slope failure, and reduce the
degree of risk from the potential effects of mass wasting associated with man-
agement activities.

Mineral activity is limited to claims on which valid existing rights have been
established. The remainder of the designated Monument is withdrawn from
mineral entry.

Special use activities and structures needed to facilitate mineral operations may
be present. Valid mining claims may be patented.

Structures consist of those needed and authorized for the the extraction of
mineral deposits; those permitted for subsistence uses; those facilities needed
for specially authorized activities; and, for protection of Monument values.

Roads are permitted only for mining-related purposes within the Monument,
access to non-Federal lands when appropriate, and for Transportation and
Utility Corridors under ANILCA, Title XI. All are closed to public use. Public
transportation facilities outside the active mining area consist of only a few miles
of constructed trails. Travel is essentially non-mechanized except for authorized
traditional motorized recreation access, authorized resource management
projects, emergency situations and subsistence uses.

Outside the active mining area natural occurrences are allowed to play their
normal role in the dynamics of ecosystem succession. The use of fire in its
natural role will be by Fire Prescription and supported by an Escaped Fire
Situation Analysis.

Natural occurrences are allowed to play their normal roles in the dynamics of
ecosystem succession. Scientific study of natural populations is encouraged
using research methods appropriate for the wilderness setting and goals.

F -41

Management Prescription:
Nonwildemess National Monuments

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN111, AN121, AT12

All

AN112

1. "(A)

AN122

1, ll(A,C); III; IV(B); VII

l(A-E, F:1,3,5)

VISUALS

All

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

CW111

All

OLD-GROWTH FORESTS

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET 111, ET113

All

ET1 14

VI, VII, VIII

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

1, lll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

LF1

1(A)

LF23

All

TRANSPORTATION

None

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2-4)

PF2

!(A:1 ,4,5)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Management Prescription:
Nonwilderness National Monuments

F -42

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

CULTURAL

Cultural Resource Activities: AC

Inventory

A. Activities which have the potential to affect cultural resources shall be
in compliance with Section 106, 1 1 0 of the National Historic Preserva-
tion Act.

B. Valid, existing mineral claims shall be inventoried prior to the approval
of a plan of operation for mineral activities.

C. Inventory and evaluation may be accomplished at the operator’s dis-
cretion and cost; provided that the inventory and evaluation is accom-
plished under the supervision of a qualified cultural resource specialist
and authorized by a special use permit.

D. Include as part of the Plan of Operation specific protective and/or
mitigative measures to be taken by the operator who is responsible for
the cost of any such protective or mitigative measures.

Recreation Management and Operations

A. To the degree consistent with the overall purposes of Monument man-
agement, provide a spectrum of wildland recreation opportunities
which reflect the inherent ecological, historical, and sociological condi-
tions found within the Monument.

B. Continue to provide for established ROS opportunities and appropriate
activities throughout the management area unless specifically closed
to public use. Protect the integrity of Monument resources through
integrated project planning and implementation within the Monument.

1 . Provide the inherent recreation settings and opportunities unless
scheduled activities and practices cause a change in the ROS
setting(s). Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatible
with the long-term objectives of the Monument.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting(s), manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the Monu-
ment to provide appropriate quality recreation opportunities on a
sustained basis.

C. Manage and regulate public recreation use within the management
area in accordance with direction contained in the Operating Plans for
the respective mining operations. Outside the area covered by the
Operating Plans manage recreation use and activities to meet the
appropriate levels of social encounters, on-site development, methods
of access and visitor impacts indicated for the established ROS set-
tings. (Consult National and Regional Handbooks)

D. Consider additional public cabins and/or shelters when needed to
meet recreation demand within the Monument.

E. With the help of user groups, develop 'no trace' camping and use
programs to encourage the dispersal and use of durable campsites,
where dispersal is not feasible, develop designated campsites and
encourage their use.

RECREATION

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

F - 43

Management Prescription:
Nonwilderness National Monuments

VISUALS

FISH

Establishment of Sub-unit Management Zones

1 . The boundaries of sub-units should generally be located on iden-
tifiable topographic features and/or coincide with an established
recreation opportunity classification (ROS) area.

Trail Administration: ATI 2

A. During the period of mining development and operation trails within the
management area will be planned and located to direct the public away
from mining operations. Construct and maintain trails and related facili-
ties so that they contribute to desired conditions and appear to be an
appropriate part of the wilderness environment and not an intrusion
upon it. (Consult the Forest Service Trails Management Handbook)

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Manage the visual resource to be compatible with Monument objec-
tives.

1 . Adopted Visual Quality Objectives (VQO) will range from Preser-
vation in those portions of the Monument without access, to Maxi-
mum Modification in those portions developed in connection with
mineral activties. Site specific VQOs will be identified in specific
operating plans for mineral operations.

2. Develop rehabilitation plans following project completion consid-
ering the visual resource as seen from public travel routes and use
areas.

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

Planning and Mitigation

A. In areas affected by mining, design management activities to maintain
the present and continued productivity of anadromous fish and other
foodfish habitat to the maximum extent feasible (consult ANILCA Sec-
tion 505 (a)).

B. Stress protection of fish habitat to prevent the need for mitigation.
Mitigation, rehabilitation and monitoring of mining impacts to fish habi-
tat or populations shall be identified in appropriate environmental docu-
ments, operating plans, and updates and amendments to each.
Stocking of sportfish will generally be employed only to reestablish
indigenous stock depleted by human influences. Stocking of indige-
nous species in currently barren waters may be considered where
appropriate to the purposes of Monument mangement.

C. Mitigation of mining impacts to fish habitat shall be conducted by the
mining operator (consult ANILCA Section 505 (b) for Quartz Hill).

Planning Fish Enhancement

A. Provide for fisheries habitat enhancement subject to the goal of restor-
ing and maintaining fish production in the State of Alaska (consult
sections 507 and 1315(b) of ANILCA, and the Regional Comprehensive
Salmon Plans). Consider the suitability of fish habitat enhancement,

Management Prescription:
Nonwilderness National Monuments

F - 44

SUBSISTENCE

WILDIjFE

during project planning, by evaluating: 1) availability of suitable non-
Monument, non-wilderness opportunities, 2) effects on Monument con-
ditions in general; 3) effects on Monument ecosystems and desired
solitude level due to an enhanced fishery resulting in increased recre-
ation use; 4) effects on ecosystems due to the introduction of species
not indigenous to the watershed; and, 5) the appropriateness of struc-
tures both in type and scale to the Recreation Opportunity Spectrum
Class (ROS) setting.

Fish Habitat Monitoring: CF121

1 . Implement aspects of the monitoring plan which compare man-
agement effects between the appropriate Management Areas.

Fish Habitat Improvement: CF22

A. Use construction techniques which are consistent with Monument
management.

2. Land disturbing activities necessary for construction will be tem-
porary.

Subsistence: SUBS

A. Traditional wood gathering activities in Monuments for subsistence
uses (primarily firewood and trolling poles) will be allowed, subject to
reasonable regulations to protect Monument resources. Cutting of
green trees will be by permit only. There will be no restrictions on
cutting dead or down tree for subsistence use unless monitoring indi-
cates such activity in a given area is detrimental to Monument re-
sources.

B. Assess the effect of continued existing subsistence uses on the long-
term condition and natural succession of Monument ecosystems.

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Mitigation, rehabilitation and monitoring of mining impacts to wildlife
habitats or populations shall be identified in appropriate environmental
documents, operating plans, and updates and amendments to each.

Wildlife Habitat Monitoring: CW121

A. Assess human use to ascertain impacts on MIS and sensitive species
and their habitats, and take appropriate corrective action when levels
of allowable use or specific activities appear to be approaching unac-
ceptable conditions.

1 . Develop wildlife habitat assessment techniques/methodology for

Monuments, including development of criteria to identify unac-

F - 45

Management Prescription:
Nonwilderness National Monuments

ceptable habitat conditions and recommendations of appropriate
corrective actions which can be implemented.

TIMBER

MINERALS

Wildlife Habitat Improvement: CW22

A. Wildlife habitat improvements must have as their principal objective the
protection or restoration of the Monument resources.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Timber sales and harvesting are prohibited in the National Monument.
Forested land is classified as unsuitable and withdrawn from the timber
base. Any timber removal associated with mineral access and facility
development is nonchargeable to the allowable sale quantity.

B. Beach log recovery from the coastline of the Monument is authorized
by ANILCA. Permits will require that salvage operations be limited to the
recovery of beached logs only and that operations be conducted from
the water without roads or use of vehicles on uplands.

Timber Resource Improvements: ET2

A. Rehabilitation, including reforestation, will be provided as a function of
mineral development and not a timber management objective.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM1 1

Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations
where appropriate.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Lands Withdrawn from Mineral Entry

A. National Forest System lands within this management area are with-
drawn from additional mineral entry.

B. Claimants with claims located in areas withdrawn from mineral entry
retain valid existing rights if such rights are established prior to the
withdrawal date.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

A. The Plans of Operation for the Greens Creek and Quartz Hill projects
describe the activities which will be conducted, the location and timing
of those activities, and how the environment and resources in each
area will be protected through compliance with federal and state re-
quirements. (Consult ANILCA Sec. 503 and 504).

B. An annual work plan will be prepared for each calendar year. The
Annual Plan will define activities for that year in a greater detail than is
presented in the overall plan. Annual work plans for Greens Creek and
Quartz Hill will be consistent with their general plan of operation, record
of decision for both projects, and ANILCA. (Consult ANILCA Sec. 503
and 504).

C. Maintain the quality and continued productivity of anadromous and
other fish habitats to the maximum extent feasible when they are affect-
ed by mining activities. (Consult ANILCA, Sec. 505).

Management Prescription:
Nonwilderness National Monuments

F -46

LANDS

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Authorize special uses to facilitate mineral related activities. Authorize
other uses if they do not substantially conflict with mineral-related
activities.

1 . Authorizations must be compatible with the purposes for which
the area was established, subject to exceptions provided by the
Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act.

Landline Location and Maintenance: JL231, JL24

A. Provide adequate marking for the public and Forest Service employees
to distinguish land ownership and land classification.

1 . Survey, mark, and post property lines to Wilderness or Monument
standards along trails, canoe routes, and other transportation
corridors or areas of frequent human use.

2. Determine survey, marking, and posting priorities, by the degree
to which adjacent land management is compatible with the man-
agement objectives of Monument lands.

Land Ownership Adjustments: JL26

A. Retain lands in Federal ownership; however, allow and assist in the
process for valid mining claims embracing locatable commodities, to
go to patent.

B. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility System
(TUS) Avoidance Area. Transportation and Utility sites and corridors
may be located within the Management Area only after a search for TUS
windows has been exhausted.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Retain and maintain adminstrative facilities needed for the protection
and management of the National Monument.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. New roads are not permitted, except for the following purposes:

* To access valid mining claims and State or private lands not other-
wise reasonably accessible.

* Further development of transportation systems in association with
minerals extraction will be in accordance with an approved Plan of
Operations, and subsequent annual work plans.

* For Transportation and Utility Corridors in accordance with ANILCA,
Title XI.

B. Roads in this management area are closed to public use, unless
opened by the operator.

C. Use of snowmachines, motorboats, aircrft and non-motorized methods
of surface transportation are permitted.

F - 47

Management Prescription:
Nonwilderness National Monuments

RESEARCH NATURAL AREAS

Management Area RA

The emphasis of this management area is to provide a network of important ecological areas designed
for research and education and/or to maintain natural diversity on National Forest System lands. Current
natural conditions are maintained insofar as possible. These conditions are ordinarily achieved by allowing
natural physical and biological processes to prevail without human intervention. Research Natural Areas
are for nonmanipulative research, observation, and study. They also may assist in carrying out provisions
of special acts, such as the Endangered Species Act and the monitoring provisions of the National Forest
Management Act. Newly-proposed Research Natural Areas will require that an establishment report written
for them with recommendation for the Chief of the Forest Service to approve. An individual management
plan will be written for each Research Natural Area.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources

Interpretation of cultural resources and the natural environment may be provid-
ed to enhance the visitors experience when compatible with management
objectives.

Recreation

Recreation management allows only forms and levels of recreation use which
do not threaten or interfere with the objectives or purposes for which the
Research Natural Area was established.

Visuals

Visual character of the area will evolve naturally.

Fish

Fish resources will be managed in natural evolving riparian and stream habitat
conditions. Enhancement projects may be present when compatible with the
objectives for which the Research Natural Area was established.

Subsistence

Subsistence activities will occur which do not compromise or degrade the
purposes for which the Research Natural Area was established. This may
require hearings and notices, as required by Section 81 0 of ANILCA.

Wildlife

Wildlife habitats will evolve in natural conditions.

Timber

Vegetation will be allowed to evolve in natural undisturbed conditions.

Soil and Water

Soil and water resources will evolve in natural conditions.

Lands

Low development special use activities which will preserve the Research Natu-
ral Area in an unmodified condition or those which serve research purposes will
be allowed.

Minerals

Research Natural Area’s will be withdrawn from mineral entry, subject to valid
existing rights, in conformance with section 204 of the Federal Land Policy and
Management Act of 1976, Section 204.

Management Prescription:
Research Natural Areas

F -48

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

No permanent administration facilities will be present. Temporary facilities will
be present, if, they are compatible with Research Natural Area objectives.

Roads will be located outside of the management area.

Use of appropriate suppression and prescribed fire measures will be utilized to
protect resources as determined in the management plan for the Research
Natural Area.

Natural endemic levels of insects and diseases will occur in this management
area.

F -49

Management Prescription:
Research Natural Areas

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN111, AN112, AN121

All

AN122

1, IV, VII

All

VISUALS

AVI

All

AV11

l(A,G)

AVI 2

1(D)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

l(A-H)

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET111-1

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

1, lll-VII

LANDS

JL11, JL123, JL231 , JL24

All

JL25.JL26

All

JL122

1, ll(B.D). Ill, VII, VIII, IX

FACILITIES

None

TRANSPORTATION

None

FIRE

PF12

l(A:3,4)

PF2

l(A:1-4)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Management Prescription:
Research Natural Areas

F - 50

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

A. Provide only those specific types and intensities of recreation activities
and opportunities that can be accommodated without endangering or
altering the natural biological processes occurring within the area.

B. Issue appropriate Orders regulating public use within the area neces-
sary to assure non-degradation of the natural environments for which
the area has been established.

VISUALS

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Allow the visual character of the area to natufally evolve, with only
ecological changes occurring.

1 . Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Preservation
Visual Quality Objective.

FISH

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

A. Plan the construction and maintenance of fish enhancement projects
only if they are compatible with the objectives for which the Research
Natural Area was established.

SUBSISTENCE

Subsistence

A. Customary and traditional subsistence uses will be allowed to continue
to the extent they are compatible with the individual RNA objectives.

WILDLIFE

Wildlife Habitat Improvement: CW22

A. Wildlife habitat improvements are not allowed within RNA’s.

Wildlife Habitat Maintenance: CW23

A. Wildlife habitat maintenance is not allowed within RNA’s.

TIMBER

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forested lands are classified as unsuitable and withdrawn from the
timber base.

SOIL AND
WATER

Watershed Resource Planning: FW112

A. Plan the management of soil and water resources only if management
is needed to meet the objectives for which the Research Natural Area
was established.

F - 51

Management Prescription:
Research Natural Areas

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

LANDS

Watershed Resource Improvement: FW2

A. Soil and water improvement measures may occur if they are compatible
with the objectives for which the Research Natural Area was estab-
lished.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11

Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations of
Research Natural Areas where appropriate.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Withdrawn from Mineral Entry

A. Research Natural Areas will be withdrawn from mineral entry.

B. Claimants with claims located within this management area retain valid
existing rights if such rights were established prior to the withdrawal
date.

C. Reasonable access to mining claims with valid existing rights will be
permitted in accordance with the provisions of an approved plan of
operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and Standards and Guidelines to the location and construction of
mining roads and facilities.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation: JL122

A. Allow only those activities which will preserve the Research Natural

Area in an unmodified condition or, unless otherwise provided by law,

those activities which serve research purposes. (Consult FSM 2700

and 4060)

1 . Coordinate all special use proposals with the responsible Station
Director, to ensure compatibility with research objectives.

2. Do not authorize activities which modify ecological processes.

3. Do not permit roads, fences, or signs on a Research Natural Area,
unless they contribute to the management objectives or the pro-
tection of the area.

4. Do not authorize new buildings or buildings which currently exist
but are unauthorized.

5. Only the Station Director, after consultation with the Forest Super-
visor, can approve plans for temporary gauging stations and
instrument shelters. Ensure that such plans contain provisions for
tenure of the facility, actions to be taken, time limits for completion
of actions, and identification of parties responsible for returning
disturbed areas to a natural condition.

6. Encourage the use of Research Natural Areas by responsible
scientists and educators. Refer research applicants to the respon-

Management Prescription:
Research Natural Areas

F - 52

sible Station Director. The Station Director will execute permits
and agreements for these uses.

7. Do not allow road or trail development or special uses of a perma-
nent nature, except for research purposes, unless otherwise pro-
vided by law.

B. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility System
(TUS) Avoidance Area. Transportation and utility sites and corridors
may be located within this Management Area only after a search for
TUS windows has been exhausted.

Land Ownership Administration: JL123

A. Request withdrawal from mineral entry, after establishment of a Re-
search Natural Area.

Landline Location and Maintenance: JL231, JL24

A. Ensure that boundaries are clearly identifiable on-the-ground. Clearly
identify and monument, corners and boundary turning points, upon
establishment of a Research Natural Area. (Consult FSM 4060)

Land Ownership Adjustments: JL26

A. Retain National Forest lands and acquire private inholdings, through
exchange or purchase from willing sellers, as opportunities arise.

FACILITIES

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. No permanent facilities are permitted. (Consult the Forest Service Man-
ual for procedures for authorizing temporary physical improvements.)

TRANSPORTATION

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. New roads are not be permitted.

LAW

ENFORCEMENT

Law Enforcement Activities: PL

A. Where a special closure is necessary to protect a Research Natural
Area from harm, recommend a closure order be issued under provi-
sions of 36 CFR 261 .50. Ensure that such orders incorporate the
special closure provisions of 36 CFR 261 .53. (Consult FSM 4060).

INSECT AND
DISEASE

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC1 24-1

A. Suppression of forest insect and disease.

1 . No action will be taken to control insects or diseases unless the

outbreak threatens adjacent resources or would drastically alter
the natural ecological processes within the Research Natural
Area.

F -53

Management Prescription:
Research Natural Areas

BEACH FRINGE AND ESTUARY

Management Area BF

The emphasis of this management area is to manage for natural beach fringe and estuary habitats to favor
wildlife, fish, recreation, visual and other resources associated with beach fringe and estuary areas.
Habitats for shorebirds, waterfowl, bald eagles, and other marine associated species are emphasized.
Old-growth conifer stands, grasslands, wetlands, and other natural habitats associated with the beach
fringe and estuary areas above the mean high-tide line are managed for near natural, undisturbed habitat
conditions. Previously harvested areas are allowed to become future old-growth habitat.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources

Interpretation of cultural resources and the natural environment may be provid-
ed to enhance the visitors experience when compatible with management
objectives.

Recreation

Recreation use and activities are managed to meet the appropriate levels of
social encounters and visitor impacts for the inventoried ROS Class compatible
with maintaining habitat conditions and wildlife population use of the area.
Opportunities will exist for providing recreation users with solitude and a high
chance of observing wildlife.

Visuals

Activities will be compatible with form and line found in the characteristic land-
scape.

Fish

Fish habitat, including protection and rehabilitation, is emphasized. Habitat
projects may be identified and implemented to enhance habitat conditions.

Subsistence

Subsistence use will be allowed in accordance with applicable Federal and
State regulations. Opportunities for harvesting beach fringe and estuary related
resources will be maintained or enhanced. Subsistence use of timber resources
will be present in this management area.

Wildlife

Wildlife habitats will evolve in near natural beach fringe and estuary habitat
conditions. Habitat projects may be identified and implemented to enhance
beach fringe and estuary habitat conditions for wildlife resources.

Timber

Vegetation will evolve in near natural old-growth beach fringe and estuary forest
conditions.

Soil and Water

Soil and water resources will evolve in near natural beach fringe and estuary
environments.

Lands

Low development special use activities which are compatible with beach fringe
and estuary resource management objectives may be present.

Minerals

Lands are open to mineral entry. Mineral activities are managed to attain com-
patibility with management objectives.

Management Prescription:
Beach Fringe and Estuary

F - 54

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

Developments requiring water access (docks, floats, boat ramps) will be
present in areas where the least impact on resource values will occur.

Roads not associated with LTF’s will be located outside of the management
area to the extent practicable. LTF’s may be present.

Fires are normally suppressed in this management area. Appropriate suppres-
sion responses will be utilized.

Natural endemic levels of insects and diseases will occur in this management
area.

F -55

Management Prescription:
Beach Fringe and Estuary

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN, AT

All

VISUALS

AVI

l(A-D)

AV1 1

l(B,C,G)

AVI 2

All

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET111, ET111-1

All

ET114

V; VI; VII; VIII

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2,3)

PF2

l(A:1-4)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Management Prescription:
Beach Fringe and Estuary

F -56

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

VISUALS

SUBSISTENCE

WILDLIFE

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Management and Operations

A. Regulate recreation use based on studies reflecting the effect of recre-
ation activities on wildlife resources and habitat.

1 . When human use adversely affects habitats or populations, regu-
late use to eliminate the adverse effects or reduce use to accept-
able levels.

2. Design and locate recreation-related structures to be compatible
with habitat needs. Regulate user created structures to avoid
degradation of habitat.

3. Regulate off-road vehicle use to prevent degradation of habitat or
adverse disturbance of populations.

B. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities

in accordance with the inherent capabilities of the Management Area.

1. Provide the inherent recreation settings and opportunities until
scheduled activities and practices cause a change in the ROS
setting(s). Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatible
with the objectives of the Management Area.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting(s), manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the Man-
agement Area to provide appropriate quality recreation opportu-
nities on a sustained basis.

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Design proposed activities to be subordinate to the characteristic land-
scape utilizing existing form, line, color and texture found in the land-
scape.

1 . Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Partial Reten-

tion Visual Quality Objective. This objective defines the maximum
limit of allowable change to the visual character of the area; less
visible evidence of activities is acceptable.

Subsistence: SUBS

A. Subsistence use of timber will be allowed. Subsistence users will be
expected to follow regulations to protect bald eagle nest sites and other
beach fringe resources.

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: CW111

A. Inventory the beach fringe and estuary habitat management areas to
obtain better information on beach fringe habitat features, plant associ-
ations, wildlife use, and to establish some baseline conditions for moni-
toring long term natural, ecological changes and human induced
changes.

F - 57

Management Prescription:
Beach Fringe and Estuary

TIMBER

1 . Coordinate with, utilize and incorporate existing and/or on-going
inventory work and techniques such as plant association invento-
ries, soil inventories, timber stand exams, USFWS inventories,
and ADF&G inventories.

2. Develop and implement a prioritized inventory schedule for all
beach fringe habitat areas.

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Allow previously harvested areas which have been included within the
beach fringe to naturally evolve into old-growth habitats, or provide
second-growth management to accelerate attainment of old-growth
characteristics.

B. Maintain or enhance wetland habitats associated with this manage-
ment area which receive high use by waterfowl species such as ducks,
geese, shorebirds and seabirds (refer to Forest-wide Direction and
Standards and Guidelines for Wildlife - Waterfowl).

Wildlife Habitat Monitoring: CW121

A. Consult the Forest Plan monitoring schedule.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forest land is classified as unsuitable. Any programmed harvest from
this management area is nonchargeable to the allowable sale quantity.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

A. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental docu-
ments for timber activities will emphasize wildlife objectives.

B. The Sale Area Improvement analysis will coordinate Knutson-
Vandenburg (K-V) funds for wildlife and timber objectives. Reforesta-
tion will have highest priority for funds; other management objectives
will have next priorities.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

A. Timber harvest activities will be limited to uneven-aged silvicultural
systems in second-growth stands to encourage early development of
old-growth habitat characteristics or salvage of catastrophic events
(primarily windthrow).

B. Uneven-aged management will be limited to single tree or group selec-
tion (normally not to exceed 2 acres) within natural young-growth
stands or second-growth stands resulting from earlier harvest. Com-
mercial thinning will often be conducted to develop stand characteris-
tics for future old-growth.

C. Salvage will be limited to dead and down materials resulting from
catastrophic events (such as windthrow.) Salvage sales must be com-
patible with the objectives of the management area as determined
through the environmental analysis. Stands once salvaged will remain
part of this management area.

Timber Stand Improvement: ET25

A. Timber stand improvement activities may be used to improve the stand
characteristics for wildlife objectives. These include precommercial
thinning, release and weeding, pruning, and fertilization. These activi-

Management Prescription:
Beach Fringe and Estuary

F - 58

ties will be provided as a function of wildlife habitat development and
not a silvicultural objective for timber harvest.

1 . Utilize early thinnings to encourage understory shrubs and forbs;
tree spacings will be 1 6 - 1 8 feet.

2. Maintain 1 0-1 5 percent of the stand in 2 acre openings evenly
spaced throughout the stand.

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and Standards and Guidelines to the location and construction of
mining roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area. Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

1. Design mineral management activities to maintain the present
and continued productivity of anadromous fish and other food fish
habitat to the maximum extent feasible (Consult ANILCA, Sec. 505

(a).)

2. Take maximum advantage of topographic and vegetative screen-
ing when locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries,
structures, and marine transfer facilities.

3. Quarry back walls visible from sensitive travel routes should be
reduced in height and/or designed to have an irregular back line.

4. Locate material sites and marine transfer facilities outside this
management area if reasonable alternatives exist.

5. Haul away, bury, burn or scatter vegetation removed from the
project area when located adjacent to sensitive travel routes.

6. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the sur-
rounding landscape as seen from sensitive view points.

7. Utilize colors that simulate those found in the characteristic land-
scape. Avoid use of reflective materials in project facilities.

8. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

9. Apply timing restrictions to minerals activities as needed during
critical wildlife mating, calving, and migrating periods.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11

Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents for minerals activities, include wildlife coordination.

F - 59

Management Prescription:
Beach Fringe and Estuary

LANDS

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

10. Shape landform modifications to simulate naturally occurring
forms.

1 1 . Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural-
appearing condition.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only activities compatible with management area objectives.

1 . Coordinate all activities which directly affect the coastal zone, with
Alaska Office of Management and Budget, Division of Govern-
mental Coordination, to ensure consistency, to the maximum ex-
tent practicable, with the Alaska Coastal Management Plan.

2. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility
System (TUS) avoidance area Transportation and utility sites or
corridors may be located within this management area only after
a search for TUS 'Windows1 has been exhausted.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Permanent developments requiring water access (docks, floats, boat
ramps) will be located in areas where the least impact on resource
values are expected to occur. Those permanent facilities not requiring
water access will be located outside this management area.

1 . Proposed facilities will be sited sufficiently distant from the mouths
of intertidal channels of known anadromous fish streams to avoid
significant interference.

2. Proposed facilities will be sited sufficiently distant from tidal flats
or subtidal beds of aquatic vegetation to avoid significant impair-
ment.

3. Restrict filling of intertidal and subtidal areas to those sites having
the least value as habitat for marine organisms and vegetation,
unless interdisciplinary analysis determines that for other reasons
(e.g., recreation or visual concerns) filling the more productive site
is desirable.

4. Avoid areas with established uses such as commercial and sport
fishing, hunting, and anchorages for commercial and recreational
vessels unless the project interdisciplinary process determines
that location of sites is compatible with such uses.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Designate road corridors where necessary to allow access for manage-
ment activities in this or other management areas.

1 . Perform integrated logging system and transportation analysis to
determine if other practical upland routes avoiding this manage-
ment area exist. Consider impacts to fish and wildlife and enforce-
ment costs of road closures in the analysis. Also determine the
optimum location of log transfer facilities. If no practical alternative
upland routes exist, or if this is the best location for a log transfer
facility, locate, design, construct, and manage facilities in a man-
ner which will minimize adverse effects on fish and wildlife. If roads
and log transfer facilities are placed within this management area,
clearing widths should be kept to a minimum.

Management Prescription:
Beach Fringe and Estuary

F - 60

FIRE

2. Develop road locations and road management objectives through
the interdisciplinary team process. Give special attention to
wildlife needs and the anticipated effects of human use on the
habitat and populations using the habitat during the development
of road management objectives.

* If the need to restrict access is identified during project interdis-
ciplinary review, roads will be closed, either seasonally or year-
long, to minimize adverse effects on fish and wildlife.

* Provide recreational access where appropriate.

3. To meet the visual quality objective of Partial Retention, special
consideration must be given to minimizing apparent landform
modification (as seen from sensitive travel routes) during road
and log transfer facility location, design, and construction.

Fuels Improvements: PF2

A. Fuels improvement varies by the activity prescribed.

1. Prescribed fire should be considered for slash created during
road construction and second-growth management.

F - 61 Management Prescription:

Beach Fringe and Estuary

PRIMITIVE RECREATION

Management Area PR

The emphasis of this management area is for providing Primitive recreation opportunities and experiences
in unroaded areas outside Wilderness. The area is characterized by an extensive unmodified natural
environment. The area provides a high probability for the opportunity for independence, closeness to
nature, and self-reliance in an environment that offers a high degree of challenge and risk. Interaction
between users is very infrequent and evidence of other users is minimal. Motorized use within the area is
limited to boat, aircraft and snowmachines. Non-motorized travel is usually cross-country or on constructed
trails. All resource management activities are integrated in such a way that evidence of current human use,
including subsistence activities, leaves no permanent or long lasting evidence.

Areas recommended for wilderness are allocated to this prescription on an interim basis to protect their
inherent wilderness characteristics. Existing uses in these areas may continue at their present level of
intensity.

Cultural resources
Recreation

Visual

Fish

Subsistence

Wildlife

Timber

Soil and Water
Minerals

At-a-Glance . . .

Sites are protected and available for scientific study. Interpretive information is
provided by media located outside the management area.

Use is managed to perpetuate essentially natural biophysical conditions and
remoteness from mechanized human activities, except for brief, intermittent
periods of time. Motorized recreation use is limited to access to the area or to
designated sites within the area.

Landscapes are managed to allow ecological changes only, except for low
visual-impact recreation facilities, cabins or widely spaced fish or wildlife man-
agement activities and other authorized structures which can be accomplished
without being visually evident.

Indigenous species are maintained. Habitat enhancement projects are limited
to those that help achieve management area objectives or meet the require-
ments of Interagency Regional Salmon Plans.

Subsistence opportunities are perpetuated in harmony with the emphasized
recreation opportunities.

Indigenous species are maintained. Habitat projects are designed to emulate
natural conditions and appearance.

Silvicultural treatments are limited to control of insect & disease.

Watersheds are managed to in a natural condition. Resource management
activities are designed to emulate natural conditions and appearance.

Lands are open to mineral entry. Minimum impact access and operating meth-
ods are required.

Management Prescription:
Primitive Recreation

F - 62

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

Structures consist of those permitted for subsistence uses, recreation cabins,
necessary boat and/or floatplane docks, and those needed for specially author-
ized activities.

Facilities consist of infrequent constructed trails. No roads are present.

Natural fire may be allowed to burn. Human caused fires may be suppressed
using the appropriate suppression response.

Control may be applied to protect adjacent areas.

F -63

Management Prescription:
Primitive Recreation

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

l-IV; Vl-X

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN111, AN112, AN121

All

AN122

l-IV, VI, VII

AT, ATI 2

All

VISUALS

AVI

All

AV11

l(A,B,G)

AVI 2

l(B,C)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT11

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET 111-1

All

ET114

VI(C,D)

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

LF1

1(A)

LF23

All

TRANSPORTATION

None

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2-4)

PF2

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Management Prescription:
Primitive Recreation

F - 64

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

CULTURAL

RECREATION

VISUALS

FISH

Cultural Resource Activity: AC

Enhancement

A. Provide interpretive information concerning cultural resources within
this management area to users in the form of exhibits and publications
outside of the management area.

1 . Cultural resources are available for scientific study to the extent
that the study is consistent with the concept of primitive settings
and activities, and the intent of the cultural resource management
objectives.

2. Cultural resources are available for recreational, scenic, scientific,
educational, conservation, and historic uses, consistent with man-
agement as a primitive setting.

Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement
cultural resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and allocation within
the management area.

1 . Identify areas requiring intensive inventory/survey, including non-
project areas.

2. identify cultural properties to be nominated to the National Regis-
ter of Historic Places.

3. Identify, classify and evaluate known cultural resources.

4. Identify cultural properties that require stabilization or other pro-
tective measures.

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Management and Operations

A. Provide for Primitive recreation opportunities and appropriate activities
throughout the Management Area, unless specifically closed to public
use.

B. Manage recreation use and activities to meet the appropriate levels of
social encounters, on-site development, and visitor impacts indicated
for the associated ROS settings. (Consult the FS ROS Handbook)

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Provide a natural-appearing visual condition, where activities are not
evident to the casual observer.

1. Apply Forest-wide standards and guidelines for the Retention
Visual Quality Objective.

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

Fish Enhancement

A. Consider the suitability of fisheries enhancement by evaluating: 1)
effects on desired solitude levels due to an enhanced fishery resulting
in increased recreation use; 2) effects on primitive ecosystems due to
the introduction of species not indigenous to the watershed; and, 3) the

F - 65

Management Prescription:
Primitive Recreation

TIMBER

SOIL AND
WATER

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

appropriateness of structures both in type and scale to the Primitive
Recreational Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) setting.

Fish Habitat Improvement: CF22

A. Use construction techniques which are consistent with the primitive
recreation setting.

1 . Necessary land disturbing activities will be temporary.

2. Design development to minimize impact on the management area
character.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable.

Watershed Resource Improvements: FW2

A. Utilize, when ever possible, indigenous plants and materials in land
treatment measures to protect or improve the quality and/or quantity of
the water resource or when stabilizing the soil resource.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM1 1

Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents for minerals activities, include recreation coordination.

B. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations
where appropriate.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral explo-
ration and development.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and Standards and Guidelines to the location and construction of
mining roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of the Primitive management area. Apply the
following management practices to reduce resource impacts.

1 . Design mineral activities to maintain the present and continued
productivity of anadromous fish and other food fish habitat to the
maximum extent feasible (consult ANILCA, Section 505 (a)).

Management Prescription:
Primitive Recreation

F - 66

LANDS

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

2. Take maximum advantage of topographic and vegetative screen-
ing when locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries,
structures, and marine transfer facilities.

3. Quarry back walls visible from sensitive travel routes should be
reduced in height and/or designed to have an irregular back line.

4. Discourage use of motorized surface vehicles, except as provided
for in ANILCA, Section 1110(b), which assures adequate and
feasible access for economic and other purposes.

5. Locate material sites and marine transfer facilities outside this
management area if reasonable alternatives exist.

6. Haul away, bury, burn or scatter vegetation removed from the
project area when located adjacent to sensitive roads.

7. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the sur-
rounding landscape as seen from sensitive view points.

8. Utilize colors that simulate those found in the characteristic land-
scape. Avoid use of reflective materials in project facilities.

9. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural-
appearing condition.

10. Shape landform modifications to simulate naturally-occurring
forms.

1 1 . Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

Special Use Administration (Non>Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only those activities which leave no permanent or long-lasting
evidence of human use and are otherwise consistent with recreation
objectives.

1. Temporary structures and fisheries enhancement projects may
be permitted but should be widely dispersed.

2. Permitted activities and structures should not be visually evident
from a sensitive viewpoint.

3. In areas recommended for Wilderness designation do not issue
special use permits for periods exceeding one year. Permits may
be renewed on a year-by-year basis, if necessary, when not detri-
mental to inherent wilderness characteristics or values. Upon des-
ignation by Congress, notify all permittees that the permit expires
at the end of its current term.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. No new permanent administrative facilities will be constructed in this
management area.

B. Limit administrative use to existing cabins and temporary structures.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. New roads are not permitted, except to access valid mining claims. Any
transportation development in association with minerals extraction will

F -67

Management Prescription:
Primitive Recreation

be in accordance with an approved Plan of Operations, and subse-
quent annual work plans.

B. Existing roads in this management area are closed to public use.

C. Use of snowmachines, motorboats, and aircraft is permitted; however,
restrictions may be imposed on a case-by-case basis.

Management Prescription:
Primitive Recreation

F - 68

ENACTED MUNICIPAL WATERSHEDS

Management Area MW

The emphasis of this management area is to manage the areas of enacted municipal watersheds of
Ketchikan, Sitka and Petersburg to meet the State of Alaska’s Water Quality Standards for domestic use.
These enacted municipal watersheds were established and are withdrawn from all forms of location, entry,
or appropriation, whether under the mineral or nonmineral land laws of the United States and set aside
as municipal water-supply reserves for the use and benefit of the people of the three cities.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources

When evaluated and protected this resource will be interpreted to enhance the
visitor’s experience. Use will be allowed when such use is compatible with the
objective for which the management area is established.

Recreation

Recreation use will be generally prohibited unless authorized by the municipal-
ity.

Visuals

Generally this resource is managed to allow only ecological changes. Small
areas of modification occur for dams, assess roads and facilities, and in the
Petersburg Watershed, timber sales and a trail.

Fish

Enhancement projects are prohibited within the boundaries of the watersheds
unless determined by the municipality the projects are compatible with the
objective for which the management area is established.

Subsistence

Subsistence use will be allowed in accordance with applicable Federal, State,
and municipal regulations.

Wildlife

Wildlife will be managed for uses compatible with the objective for which the
management area is established.

Timber

There is no scheduled harvest, but timber may be salvaged under conditions
which safeguard the quantity and quality of water.

Soil and Water

Soil and water protective measures are applied to the degree that protects the
watersheds and water resource for domestic use. Soil and water improvement
will occur on all disturbances that threaten the values for which the watersheds
are managed.

Minerals

The watersheds are withdrawn from minerals exploration and development.

Lands

Activities required for the development and maintenance of the watersheds to
supply water for domestic uses can and may be present.

Facilities

Facilities are limited to those structures which are necessary to administer, and
supply water for domestic use.

F -69

Management Prescription:
Enacted Municipal Watersheds

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

Roads systems should be limited to those which are necessary to administer
the municipal watershed.

Fires are normally suppressed in this management area. Appropriate suppres-
sion measures will be utilized.

Integrated pest management principles will be applied to maintain the objective
for which the management area is established. When suppression measures
are needed to control pests, only biological control measures will be utilized.

Management Prescription:
Enacted Municipal Watersheds

F -70

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN111, AN112, AN121

All

AN122

1, IV, VII

All

VISUALS

AVI

l(A-D)

AV11

All

FISH

CF112

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

None

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT11

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET111-1

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

1, lll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

None

TRANSPORTATION

LT 111, LT122, LT212

All

LT121

1, II

LT214

l-IV

LT22, LT23

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2)

PF2

l(A:4)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

F -71

Management Prescription:
Enacted Municipal Watersheds

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

Recreation Use Administration: AN1 22

A. Provide only those specific types and intensities of recreation activities
and opportunities that can be accommodated without being detrimen-
tal to the purposes of the watershed.

B. Issue appropriate Orders regulating public use within the area neces-
sary to assure non-degradation of the natural environments for which
the area has been established.

VISUALS

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Consideration for the visual resource will be secondary to the objec-
tives of the Municipal Watershed.

1 . Adopt the inventory Visual Quality Objective.

2. Design management activities within the watershed to minimize
visual impacts as seen from sensitive travel routes and use areas.

FISH

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

A. Plan the construction and maintenance of fish enhancement projects
only if they are compatible with the objectives for which the municipal
watershed was established.

1 . Restrict fish enhancement resulting in reduced water quality for a
municipality utilizing the water from the affected stream.

SUBSISTENCE

Subsistence:SUBS

A. Subsistence activities are permitted in accordance with the Federal,
State and local laws and regulations establishing the Municipal Water-
sheds.

TIMBER

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forested land is considered withdrawn and classified as unsuitable.

B. There will be no scheduled harvest. Any salvage harvest will be consid-
ered on a case-by-case basis at the request of the city. Volume harvest-
ed will not be considered part of the allowable sale quantity.

SOIL AND
WATER

Watershed Resource Planning: FW112

A. Manage to comply with the State of Alaska’s water quality standards for
domestic water.

Watershed Resource Improvement: FW2

A. Soil and water improvement projects will be implemented on sites that
are causing degradation of water quality.

Management Prescription:
Enacted Municipal Watersheds

F - 72

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

LANDS

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM1 1

Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations of
Municipal Watersheds where appropriate.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Withdrawn from Mineral Entry

A. Municipal Watersheds will be withdrawn from mineral entry.

B. Claimants with claims located within this management area retain valid
existing rights if such rights were established prior to the withdrawal
date.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims with valid existing rights in
accordance with the provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and Standards and Guidelines to the location and construction of
mining roads & facilities.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Manage special uses in accordance with applicable legislation estab-
lishing the watershed and to safeguard the quality and quantity of
municipal water supplies. Limit uses to those which support the water
development activities. Coordinate all proposals with affected munici-
palities and obtain written concurrence before issuing special use au-
thorizations. (Consult 36 CFR 251 .9, 36 CFR 251 .35, and FSM 2700)

1 . If otherwise allowed by applicable legislation establishing the wa-
tershed, analyze each proposal on a case-by-case basis, using
an interdisciplinary process, to determine probable effects.

2. Do not permit any activities which would lead to degradation of
water quality below State of Alaska standards for domestic use.

3. Terminate or bring into conformance, existing uses which are
causing degradation of water quality below State of Alaska stand-
ards for domestic use.

B. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility System
(TUS) Avoidance Area. Transportation and utility sites and corridors
may be located within this management area only after a search for
TUS 'windows' has been exhausted.

Land Ownership Adjustments: JL26

A. Protect municipal interests in land adjustment decisions. Unless other-
wise prohibited by law, encourage actions which will result in landown-
ership by the affected municipality.

1. Only dispose of lands when allowed by applicable legislation
designating the area.

2. When disposal is contemplated, involve the affected municipality
early in the process.

F -73

Management Prescription:
Enacted Municipal Watersheds

3. Encourage selection of these lands by the State of Alaska, under
the Statehood Act, for subsequent transfer to the municipal gov-
erning body.

4. Consider exchange of these lands with the affected municipality,
if legislation allows.

5. Do not acquire lands for municipal watershed purposes.

FACILITIES

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. No Forest Service administrative facilities will be constructed.

TRANSPORTATION

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Allow roads needed for the routine operation, maintenance and im-
provement of the municipal water system. Allow roads to provide for
timber salvage operations if in accordance with applicable legislation
establishing the watershed and after consultation with the affected
municipality.

1. Conduct a transportation analysis to determine optimum road
location and design standards to ensure minimum adverse im-
pacts to the watershed.

2. Coordinate road management with the affected city. Access will
be managed in accordance with applicable legislation establish-
ing the watershed.

INSECT AND
DISEASE

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Suppression of forest insects and diseases.

1 . Suppression measures needed to control pests will only utilize
biological control measures.

Management Prescription:
Enacted Municipal Watersheds

F - 74

OLD-GROWTH HABITAT

Management Area OG

The emphasis of this management area is to maintain old-growth conifer habitats in their natural conditions
to favor old-growth associated fish and wildlife resources. Generally, old-growth forest habitats will contain
mature and overmature trees in a multi-layered canopy with standing dead and down material and a
diversity and abundance of understory shrubs and herbs. These forest conditions begin to occur at a stand
age of about 200 years on productive forest sites, with optimum conditions occurring between 500-1 000
years depending on the species of trees in the stand. Old-growth habitats range from marginally forested
types (i.e., mixed-conifer habitats and shore pine habitats) to the most productive western hemlock and
Sitka spruce types found on well-drained soils. Due to the •patchy" or highly variable nature of the forests
in Southeast Alaska, old-growth habitat areas will often be comprised of several old-growth forest types.

Old-growth areas may have second-growth stands (natural or previously harvested) managed to provide
old-growth habitats in the future. These second-growth stands will not be counted as old-growth habitat
until they are a minimum of 200 years old.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources Interpretation of cultural resources and the natural environment may be provid-
ed to enhance the visitors experience when compatible with management
objectives.

Recreation Recreation use and activities are managed to meet the appropriate levels of

social encounters and visitor impacts for the inventoried ROS Class compatible
with maintaining habitat conditions and wildlife population use of the area.

Visuals Landscape character will be maintained in a natural-appearing visual condition,

where activities will not be evident to the casual observer.

Fish

Subsistence

Wildlife

Timber

Fish habitat, including protection and rehabilitation, is emphasized. Habitat
projects may be identified and implemented to enhance habitat conditions.

Subsistence use will be allowed in accordance with applicable Federal and
State regulations. Opportunities for harvesting wildlife and fish resources will be
maintained or enhanced.

Wildlife habitats will evolve in natural old-growth conditions.

Vegetation will be allowed to evolve in a natural old-growth condition.

Soli and Water Soil and water resources will evolve in a natural old-growth condition.

Minerals Lands are open to mineral entry. Mineral activities are managed to attain com-

patibility with management objectives of this prescription.

Lands Low development special use activities which are compatible with old-growth

habitat objectives may be present.

F - 75

Management Prescription:
Old-Growth Habitat

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

No permanent administration facilities will be present. Temporary facilities will
be present if compatible with old-growth management objectives.

Roads will be located outside of the management area to the extent practicable.

Fire will normally be suppressed in this management area. Appropriate sup-
pression responses will be utilized.

Natural endemic levels of insects and diseases will occur in this management
area.

Management Prescription:
Old-Growth Habitat

F - 76

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN, AT

All

VISUALS

AVI, AVI 2

All

AV1 1

l(B,G)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT11

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET111, ET-111

All

ET114

VI; VII; VIII

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

None

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2,3)

PF2

l(A:1-3)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

F - 77

Management Prescription:
Old-Growth Habitat

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

VISUALS

FISH

WILDLIFE

Recreation Use Administration: AN 122

Recreation Management and Operations

A. Regulate recreation use based on monitoring studies reflecting the
effect of recreation activities on wildlife resources and habitat. See
monitoring plan.

1 . When monitoring indicates human use adversely affects habitats
or populations, regulate use to eliminate the adverse effects or
reduce use to acceptable levels.

2. Design and locate recreation-related structures to be compatible
with habitat needs. Regulate user-created structures to avoid
degradation of habitat.

3. Regulate off-road vehicle use to prevent degradation of habitat or
adverse disturbance of populations.

B. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities
in accordance with the inherent capabilities of the Management Area

1 . Provide the inherent recreation settings and opportunities until
scheduled activities and practices cause a change in the ROS
setting (s). Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatible
with the objectives of the Management Area.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting (s), manage the new setting (s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the Man-
agement Area to provide appropriate quality recreation opportu-
nities on a sustained basis.

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Visual character of the area will be maintained or enhanced over time
to resemble the old-growth forest. Activities will not be evident to the
casual observer.

1 . Apply Forest-wide for the Retention Visual Quality Objective.

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

A. Emphasize the protection and enhancement of fish habitat and popula-
tions.

Monitoring: CF121

A. Implement aspects of the monitoring plan which compare management
effects between the appropriate management areas.

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: CW1 1 1

A. Inventory the old-growth habitat management areas to obtain better
information on old-growth habitat features, plant associations, wildlife
use, and to establish some baseline conditions for monitoring long-
term natural, ecological changes and human induced changes.

Management Prescription:
Old-Growth Habitat

F - 78

TIMBER

SOIL AND
WATER

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

2. Develop and implement a prioritized inventory schedule for all
old-growth habitat areas.

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Allow previously harvested or natural second-growth areas which have
been designated to become future old-growth habitats to naturally
evolve into old-growth habitats.

Wildlife Habitat Monitoring: CW121

A. Consult the Forest Plan monitoring schedule.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forest land is classified as unsuitable.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

A. Salvage, of dead and down material although the exception, will be
limited to the results of catastrophic events (such as windthrow.) Sal-
vage sales must be compatible with the objectives of the management
area as determined through the environmental analysis process.
Stands once salvaged will remain part of this management area.

B. Personal use and free-use firewood will be discouraged in this manage-
ment area to ensure old-growth stand characteristics are maintained in
their natural state.

Watershed Resource Improvements: FW2

A. Only undertake watershed improvements where deteriorated soil and
hydrologic conditions create a threat to the values for which the old-
growth habitat is managed. Rehabilitation or stabilization projects must
enable the area to retain its natural appearance, harmonize with the
environment, and have no substantial adverse effect on the old-growth
habitat and its environment.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM1 1

Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents for minerals activities, include wildlife coordination.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

F - 79

Management Prescription:
Old-Growth Habitat

LANDS

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and to the location and construction of mining roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area. Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

1. Design mineral management activities to maintain the present
and continued productivity of anadromous fish and other food fish
habitat to the maximum extent feasible (consult ANILCA, Section
505 (a)).

2. Take advantage of topographic and vegetative screening when
locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries, structures, and
marine transfer facilities.

3. Locate material sites and marine transfer facilities outside this
management area if reasonable alternatives exist.

4. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the sur-
rounding landscape as seen from sensitive view points.

5. Utilize colors that simulate those found in the characteristic land-
scape.

6. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

7. Apply timing restrictions to minerals activities as needed during
critical wildlife mating, hatching, and migrating periods.

8. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural-
appearing condition.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only low development activities (such as tent platforms, minor
waterlines, minor powerlines, etc.) which are compatible with manage-
ment area objectives.

B. This management area represents a T ransportation and Utility Systems
(TUS) Avoidance Area. Transportation and utility sites or corridors may
be located within this management area only after a search for 'Win-
dows’ has been exhausted.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. No permanent administration facilities are allowed. Temporary facilities
are allowed if compatible with management area objectives.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Designate road corridors, where necessary, to allow access for man-
agement activities in this or other management areas.

1 . Perform integrated logging system and transportation analysis to
determine if other practical routes avoiding this management area
exist. Consider impacts to fish and wildlife and enforcement costs
of road closures in the anafysis. If no practical alternative routes
exist; locate, design, construct, and manage roads in a manner

Management Prescription:
Old-Growth Habitat

F - 80

FIRE

which will minimize adverse effects on fish and wildlife. If roads are
placed within this management area, clearing widths should be
kept to a minimum. If permits for log transfer facilities scheduled
in other management areas cannot be obtained, sites in this
management area will be considered only if no other practical
alternative exists.

* If the need to restrict access is identified during project interdis-
ciplinary review, roads will be closed, either seasonally or year-
long, to minimize adverse effects on fish and wildlife.

* Provide recreational access where appropriate.

3. To meet the visual quality objective of Retention, special consider-
ation must be given to minimizing apparent landform modification
(as seen from sensitive travel routes) during road and log transfer
facility location, design, and construction.

Fuels Improvements: PF2

A. Fuels improvement varies by the activity prescribed.

1. Prescribed fire should be considered for slash created during
road construction.

F - 81 Management Prescription:

Old-Growth Habitat

SEMI-PRIMITIVE RECREATION

Management Area SP

The emphasis of this management area is to provide semi-primitive recreation opportunities and experi-
ences in areas with predominantly natural or natural-appearing environments. Areas may include road
corridors that provide access to and through the area

The management area provides moderate to high probability to experience independence, closeness to
nature, and self-reliance. Recreation activities in this environment offer a moderate to high degree of
challenge using either motorized or non-motorized forms of transportation. Concentrations of users are low
to moderate. Evidence of past use by other users may be present.

In recreation places where semi-primitive motorized recreation opportunities are traditionally appropriate,
roads, trails and areas designated for motorized travel may be provided, including motorboat access to
marine shorelines and bays or the use of small motorboats on freshwater lakes and streams.

In recreation places where semi-primitive non-motorized recreation opportunities are traditionally appropri-
ate, travel is primarily cross country or on trails and waterways. Roads generally are absent and existing
roads may be obliterated, closed, or regulated seasonally consistent with the recreation objectives. The
use of traditional forms of motorized access such as airplanes and motorboat use of lakes and streams
is allowed.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources Sites are protected, available for study and may be interpreted on-site.

Recreation

Use is managed to maintain a high to moderate probability of experiencing
isolation from the sights and sounds of human activity in an environment that
offers challenge and risk. Concentration of users is low to moderate and there
is often evidence of other users. On-site regimentation and control of use is
subtle. Developed facilities are rustic and not visually evident.

Visual

All activities within the area are integrated is such a way that they are subordi-
nate to the characteristic landscape. Landscape rehabilitation is used to restore
existing landscapes to a desirable visual quality. Visual enhancement maybe
used to improve the recreation experience, consistent with the management
objectives for the area.

Fish

Fish habitat, including its protection and rehabilitation, is maintained. Projects
may be identified and implemented to enhance habitat conditions.

Subsistence

Subsistence use occurs in accordance with Federal and State Regulations and
may be seasonally prevalent throughout the area.

Wildlife

Naturally-occurring habitat conditions are maintained for indigenous species
and enhancing viewing opportunities.

Management Prescription:
Semi-primitive Recreation

F -82

Timber

Soil and Water

Minerals

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

Forested lands are classified as unsuitable. Silvicultural treatment is conducted
only for the purpose of maintaining or enhancing the desired recreation oppor-
tunity or to control insects and disease. Salvage sales of dead and down timber
are limited to catastrophic events, and must be compatible with the objectives
of the management area.

Land use activities are carried out in a manner which avoids serious and
adverse impacts to soil and water quality.

Lands are open to mineral exploration and development. Minimum impact
access and operating methods are required.

Structures are located and designed to compliment management of the area.

The transportation system within the area may include foot or ski trails, motor-
ized trails or roads designed and maintained for recreation use. Roads required
to access adjacent management areas should be located and designed to
expand and enhance the semi-primitive recreation opportunities within the
area. Use of roads and trails may be seasonally regulated and use may be
restricted to designated travel routes.

Natural and human-caused fires are normally suppressed but may be allowed
to burn under an approved prescription and supported by an Escaped Fire
Situation Analysis to enhance wildlife habitat conditions.

Pest suppression and prevention should be undertaken when outbreaks threat-
en the recreation opportunity and/or threaten adjacent resource values.

F - 83

Management Prescription:
Semi-primitive Recreation

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

l-IV; Vl-X

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN, AT

All

VISUALS

AVI, AVI 2

All

AV1 1

l(B,C,G)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT11

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FORESTS

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET111, ET 111-1

All

ET114

VI(B,C,D); VIII

ET214

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

LT111

LT122, LT212

All

LT214

l(A,B,D-F); IUV

LT22, LT23, LG

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2-4)

PF2

l(A:1 ,3-5)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Management Prescription:
Semi-primitive Recreation

F - 84

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

CULTURAL

RECREATION

VISUALS

SUBSISTENCE

Cultural Resource Activity: AC

Enhancement

A. Provide interpretive information concerning cultural resources within
this management area to users in the form of exhibits and publications
outside of the management area.

1 . Cultural resources are available for scientific study to the extent
that the study is consistent with the objectives of the Management
Area, and cultural resource management objectives.

2. Cultural resources are available for recreational, scenic, scientific,
educational, conservation, and historic uses.

Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement
cultural resource inventory, evaluation, protection, and allocation within
the management area.

1 . Identify areas requiring intensive inventory/survey, including non-
project areas.

2. identify cultural properties to be nominated to the National Regis-
ter of Historic Places.

3. Identify, classify and evaluate known cultural resources.

4. Identify cultural properties that require stabilization or other pro-
tective measures.

Recreation Management and Operations: AN122

A. Provide for semi-primitive motorized opportunities in inventoried Recre-
ation Places where roads, trails, and other areas traditionally used and
appropriate for motorized travel and activities, including small motor-
boat use on freshwater lakes and streams and the area is suitable for
such use.

B. Provide for semi-primitive non-motorized recreation opportunities in
inventoried Recreation Places and other areas where traditional travel
and related recreation activities are and primarily non-motorized.

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Design resource activities to remain visually subordinate to the charac-
teristic landscape. Activities may repeat form, line, color or texture
common to the landscape. New form, line, color, or texture is always
subordinate to the characteristic landscape.

1 . Apply Forest-wide standards and guidelines for the Partial Retention
Visual Quality Objective.

Subsistence:SUBS

A. Rural residents engaged in subsistence uses shall have reasonable
access to subsistence resources. Appropriate use of snowmachines,

F - 85

Management Prescription:
Semi-primitive Recreation

TIMBER

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

motorboats, and other means of surface transportation traditionally
employed for such purposes by local residents shall be permitted,
subject to reasonable regulation to protect wilderness resource values.
The use of other mechanical/motorized equipment, such as chainsaws,
is allowed by permit only.

B. Wood-gathering activities in the management area for subsistence
uses (primarily firewood and trolling poles) will be allowed. Cutting of
green trees will be by permit and only if the individual does not have a
suitable source equally accessible outside the management area.
There will be no restrictions on cutting dead or down tree for subsis-
tence use unless monitoring indicates such activity in a given area is
detrimental to the overall objectives of the management area.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable.

B. The following types of uses may be authorized when done in a manner
that that meets the objective of the management area:

* Removal or use of trees for enhancement of recreation opportunities,
such as clearing for vistas, campsites, or trails.

* Removal, or use of trees cut as a part of some other authorized use
within the managment area. For example, clearing for a fish ladder,
or road.

* Trees may be cut for use in construction and maintenance of author-
ized structures when it is not reasonably practical to obtain the
necessary material from outside the managment area.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

A. Salvage, of dead and down material although the exception, will be
limited to the result of catastrophic events (such as windthrow.) Sal-
vage sales must be compatible with the objectives of the management
area as determined through site-specific analysis. Stands once sal-
vaged will remain part of this management area.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM1 1

Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents for minerals activities, include recreation coordination.

B. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations
where appropriate.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral explo-
ration and development.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1 872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Management Prescription:
Semi-primitive Recreation

F - 86

LANDS

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and Standards & Guidelines to the location and construction of mining
roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area. Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

1. Design mineral management activities to maintain the present
and continued productivity of anadromous fish and other food fish
habitat to the maximum extent feasible (Consult ANILCA, Sec. 505

(a)).

2. Take maximum advantage of topographic and vegetative screen-
ing when locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries,
structures, and marine transfer facilities.

3. Quarry back walls visible from sensitive travel routes should be
reduced in height and/or designed to have an irregular back line.

4. Haul away, bury, burn or scatter vegetation removed from the
project area when located adjacent to sensitive roads.

5. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the sur-
rounding landscape as seen from sensitive view points.

6. Utilize colors that simulate those found in the characteristic land-
scape. Avoid use of reflective materials in project facilities.

7. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural-
appearing condition.

8. Shape landform modifications to simulate naturally-occurring
forms.

9. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only facilities and uses consistent with Semi-Primitive recreation
management objectives of the area.

B. This management area represents a Transportation and utility system
■Window* and provides opportunities for the future designation and
location of Transportation and Utility Sites.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Design permanent structures needed for administrative use to have
minimum impact on the character of the area.

1 . During all construction activity:

^Minimize site modification.

*Keep clearing of vegetation adjacent to the site to a minimum.
*Use colors found in the natural environment.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Where semi-primitive motorized recreation opportunities are empha-
sized, existing roads are generally managed for use by high clearance

F - 87

Management Prescription:
Semi-primitive Recreation

or all terrain vehicles, snowmobiles or motorcycles. Generally, new
roads are not constructed in this area, except to link existing roads or
provide access to an adjacent management area.

1 . Limit the design standards of forest development roads to those
commensurate with the intended use.

2. Maintain as necessary to provide passage of planned traffic.

B. Where semi-primitive non-motorized recreation opportunities are em-
phasized, provide foot or cross-country ski trails. Close or obliterate
existing roads except for transportation system links.

Management Prescription:
Semi-primitive Recreation

F - 88

EXPERIMENTAL FORESTS

Management Area EF

The emphasis of this Management Area is the establishment and management of designated Experimental
Forests on the Tongass National Forest. These Experimental Forests include:

1) Maybeso, on Prince of Wales Island

2) Youngs Bay, on Admiralty Island

3) others, depending on the selected alternative

Experimental Forests are intended to provide a variety of long-term opportunities for forest research and
demonstration essential to managing forest resources. They are administered by the Pacific Northwest
Forest and Range Experiment Station in coordination and cooperation with the Ranger District within which
they are located. Experimental Forests are located in a setting designed to satisfy research purposes.
Experimental Forests are large enough to study the effects of alternative roading packages. Each Experi-
mental Forest will have an associated development plan, separate from the Forest Plan, designed to
achieve the desired research. This plan will be developed by the Pacific Northwest Forest and Range
Experiment Station in cooperation and coordination with the associated Ranger District. The Ranger
District shall be responsible for preparing and administering any timber sales included in the Development
Plan.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources Cultural resources are evaluated for inclusion in the National Register of Historic

Places, considered for nomination to the National Historic Landmark Program
and interpreted to enhance the visitor’s experience.

Recreation Recreation use is allowed which will not interfere with the ongoing research in

the Experimental Forest. Interpretive activities which help educate the public
about Forest Management will be encouraged. Demonstration to the public of
different silvicultural systems and their effects is an continuing occurrence in
this management area.

Visuals A range of visual conditions will be present in the management area. Some

portions will have a natural-appearing visual condition where activities are not
evident to the casual observer, while other portions will have management
activities dominating the visual character of the landscape. The visual condition
of the area will reflect the types of research being conducted in the manage-
ment area.

Fish Enhancement projects will occur if they are compatible with the objectives for

which the Forest was established. Fish habitat improvement projects may be
present in the area to provide research into the benefits of such projects.

Wildlife Enhancement projects will occur if they are compatible with the objectives for

which the Forest was established. Wildlife habitat improvement projects may be
present in the area to provide research into the benefits of such projects.

F - 89

Management Prescription:
Experimental Forests

Wildlife habitats may be degraded in some areas by management activities to
assess the impacts of such activities upon wildlife populations.

Timber

Timber harvesting will occur within these areas as specified in the Development
Plan for each Experimental Forest. Timber harvesting will only occur for re-
search and demonstration purposes. Evidence of logging will be quite notice-
able in some portions of the management area, while other portions will resem-
ble an old-growth stand. A variety of age classes will be present overall in the
area.

Subsistence

All subsistence activities which do not interfere with the ongoing research in the
Experimental Forest will occur. Firewood harvesting will exist only if it is compati-
ble with research and demonstration activities in the area.

Soil and Water

Soil and water resources may be altered by experimental activities to assess the
impacts of such activities. Soil and water treatment measures may occur if they
are compatible with the ongoing research.

Lands

Special use permits will be issued if consistent with the research objectives.
National Forest lands will be retained and private inholdings acquired through
exchange or purchase from willing sellers, as opportunities arise.

Minerals

These areas may be withdrawn from mineral entry, subject to valid existing
rights, depending upon the research objectives of the individual Experimental
Forest as specified in its development plan.

Facilities

Provide facilities which promote the ongoing research and its interpretation as
specified in the individual Experimental Forests development plan.

Transportation

Roads and trails will be developed to facilitate and interpret the ongoing re-
search in the management area.

Fire

Use of appropriate suppression responses and prescribed fire measures will be
utilized to protect resources as determined in the Experimental Forest Develop-
ment Plan.

Insect and Disease

Pest suppression activities will be coordinated with the Pacific Northwest Re-
search Station to assure compatibility with ongoing research projects, and to
assure that the results of research data are made available.

Management Prescription:
Experimental Forests

F - 90

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

All

VISUALS

All

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT11

l(A:1,2)

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

CW111

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET 111-1

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

None

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

All

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2-4)

PF2

All

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

F - 91

Management Prescription:
Experimental Forests

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Settings

A. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities
in accordance with the inherent capabilities of the Management Area.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting (s), manage the new setting (s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the Man-
agement Area to provide appropriate quality recreation opportu-
nities on a sustained basis.

VISUALS

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Consideration for the visual resource will be secondary to the objec-
tives of the Experimental Forest.

1. Dependent on the objectives of the individual Experimental For-
est, Adopted Visual Quality Objectives will range from Preserva-
tion to Maximum Modification and will be identified in the Develop-
ment Plan.

FISH

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

A. Fish habitat may be managed differently than identified in the riparian
oriented management prescriptions to help meet the research objec-
tives for which the Experimental Forest was established. In some cases,
Forest-wide direction listed under CF112 and CF22 may not apply.

B. Fish enhancement projects may occur if they are compatible with the
objectives for which the experimental forest was established. Fish habi-
tat manipulation may also occur to provide research into the costs,
benefits, and effects of such manipulations.

SUBSISTENCE

Subsistence: SUBS

A. All subsistence activities which do not interfere with the research occur-
ring in the management area are allowed. Firewood gathering will only
be allowed if it is compatible with research and demonstration activities
in the area

T, E & S

Threatened, Endangered & Sensitive: CT1 1

Sensitive Species

A. Sensitive species habitats may be manipulated with planned research
activities to assess the impacts of forest management activities/
programs upon sensitive species habitats and populations.

Management Prescription:
Experimental Forests

F -92

WILDIFE

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Wildlife habitat research and management will be identified in the devel-
opment documents for each experimental forest.

TIMBER

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forest lands are classified as unsuitable and harvest will not be charge-
able to the allowable sale quantity. Timber activities, including harvest
and cultural treatment, will only take place for demonstration and re-
search purposes as specified in the Development Plan for each Experi-
mental Forest.

SOIL AND
WATER

Watershed Resource Planning: FW112

A. Soil and water resources may be temporarily altered by experimental
activities to assess the impacts of such activities upon soil productivity,
water quality and quantity, and fish populations and habitat.

Watershed Resource Improvement: FW2

A. Soil and water treatment measures may occur if they are compatible
with the objectives for which the Experiment Forest was established.
Different treatments may occur to provide research with information on
treatment costs, benefits and effects of such treatments.

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11

Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations of
experimental forests where appropriate.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Withdrawn from Mineral Entry

A. Depending on the research objectives, portions or all of the Experimen-
tal Forest may be withdrawn from mineral entry.

B. Claimants with claims located within this management area retain valid
existing rights if such rights were established prior to the withdrawal
date.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims with valid existing rights in
accordance with the provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and to the location and construction of mining roads and facilities.

LANDS

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Issue only those special use permits consistent with research objec-
tives of the area.

F - 93

Management Prescription:
Experimental Forests

1 . Coordinate all proposed new uses with the responsible Station
Director to ensure compatibility with research objectives. Obtain
approval of the Station Director, prior to issuing new new permits.
(Consult FSM 2700)

Land Ownership Administration: JL123

A. Depending upon the research objectives, request withdrawal from min-
eral entry, of portions of the Experimental Forest, subject to valid exist-
ing rights.

Land Ownership Adjustments: JL26

A. Retain National Forest lands and acquire private inholdings, through
exchange or purchase from willing sellers, as opportunities arise.

FACILITIES

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Allow facilities as needed to accomplish Experimental Forest objec-
tives.

TRANSPORTATION

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Provide and manage the transportation system as needed to accom-
plish the Experimental Forest objectives.

B. Roads may be constructed through the Experimental Forest to access
other management areas, unless this would interfere with accomplish-
ment of research objectives.

INSECT AND
DISEASE

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Suppression of forest insect and disease.

1. Pest suppression activities on the Forest or District should be
coordinated with the Pacific Northwest Research Station to as-
sure compatibility with on-going research projects, and to assure
that the results of research data is available for the resource
development and use decision processes.

Management Prescription:
Experimental Forests

F - 94

SCENIC VIEWSHED

Management Area SV

The emphasis of this management area is to provide scenic landscapes as seen from land based or marine
travel routes, recreation sites, popular bays and anchorages and small plane recreation routes. This
management area reflects public use where there are moderate to high expectations for scenic quality.

This management area may include landscapes in a variety of visual conditions; however the intent is to
provide a landscape where activities are not visually evident to the casual observer or are subordinate to
the characteristic landscape.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources

Interpretation of sites could occur in this management area. Activities adjacent
to known cultural sites would be protected following applicable Federal and
State Regulations.

Recreation

Activities will be managed to be compatible with the scenic requirements of this
management area. Experiences may range from those of isolation to those
influenced by man in a modified setting.

Visuals

The landscape character of the area will closely resemble that of a naturally
evolving scene. Management activities in the foreground distance will not be
evident to the observer or, in the middleground distance, will be subordinate to
the characteristic landscape.

Fish

Fisheries enhancement may be present in the area.

Subsistence

Activities occur in accordance with Federal and State Regulations and may be
seasonally prevalent throughout the area.

Wildlife

Habitat management will provide a wide variety of vegetative conditions. This
will favor species requiring early, middle and late successional stages. Habitat
improvement may occur and would be designed to be compatible with the
objectives of the management area.

Timber

Harvest activities will be limited and will utilize silvicultural treatments which will
ensure compatibility with visual objectives of the area. Intensity of harvest will
be dependent upon the landscape’s ability to visually absorb the proposed
activity.

Soil and Water

Emphasis will be to maintain soil cover, minimize slope failure and reduce the
degree of risk and potential effects from mass wasting associated with manage-
ment activities.

Minerals

Area is open to mineral entry. Activities will leave temporary evidence within the
area and will meet the objectives of the management area.

F - 95

Management Prescription:
Scenic Viewshed

Lands

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

Special use structures may be present if consistent with management area
intent.

LTF’s, cabins or administrative sites will be designed to be compatible with
form, line and color found in the characteristic landscape.

Activities potentially visible from sensitive marine travel routes and road corri-
dors will be designed to be compatible with elements found in the characteristic
landscape.

For wildfires, appropriate suppression responses will be utilized to maintain the
scenic quality of the management area. Landscape rehabilitation may include
slash treatment adjacent to road corridors using approved prescribed fire
plans.

Integrated pest management principles are applied to the extent necessary to
maintain scenic quality of the area.

Management Prescription:
Scenic Viewshed

F -96

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

All

VISUALS

AVI, AVI 2

All

AV11

l(B,C,G)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT11

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

All

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

F - 97

Management Prescription:
Scenic Viewshed

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

VISUALS

FISH

WILDLIFE

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Settings

A. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities
in accordance with the inherent capabilities of the Management Area.

1 . Provide the inherent recreation settings and opportunities until
scheduled activities and practices cause a change in the ROS
setting(s). Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatable
with the objectives of the Management Area

2. In locations where scheduled activties change the recreation
setting(s), manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the Man-
agement Area to provide appropriate quality recreation opportu-
nities on a sustained basis.

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Manage areas to maintain scenic quality as seen from recreation sites,
popular bays and anchorages, small plane recreation routes and ma-
rine travel routes.

1 . Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Retention
Visual Quality Objective (VQO) for lands in the foreground dis-
tance zone, and Partial Retention VQO for lands in the middle-
ground distance zone. These objectives define the maximum limit
of allowable change to the visual character of the area; less visible
evidence of activities is acceptable.

2. Complete viewshed analysis in conjunction with project develop-
ment to provide direction for retaining or creating a visually attrac-
tive landscape over time.

3. Use available computer graphic capabilities in the design of har-
vest activities.

Fish Habitat Improvements: CF22

A. Design fish habitat improvements and aquaculture facilities to meet the
visual quality objective.

1. Facilities shall be constructed of materials which blend with, and
are compatible with, the immediately surrounding landscape.

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: CW111

A. Establish a baseline inventory of wildlife habitat conditions to obtain
information on habitat conditions and wildlife use prior to planned
management activities.

1 . Conduct an inventory to include sampling of overstory canopy,
understory forb and shrub production, current levels of wildlife
use. Coordinate with, utilize and incorporate existing and/or on-
going inventory work and techniques such as plant association

Management Prescription:
Scenic Viewshed

F - 98

TIMBER

inventories, soil inventories, timber stand exams, USFWS invento-
ries, and ADF&G inventories.

2. Conduct baseline inventories on highest priority areas to precede
or coincide with proposed management activities.

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Coordinate wildlife habitat management activities with the visual man-
agement objectives.

1. Use the habitat needs of MIS for coordinating and evaluating
management activities in a particular area within the overall objec-
tives of the management area.

B. Coordinate road management with the needs of wildlife.

Wildlife Habitat Improvement: CW22

A. Design and implement wildlife habitat improvement projects to meet
the visual quality objectives.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest and is included in the
allowable sale quantity calculation.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

A. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental docu-
ments for timber activities will emphasize visual objectives.

B. The Sale Area Improvement analysis will coordinate Knutson-
Vandenburg (K-V) funds for recreation and timber objectives. Essential
reforestation will have highest priority for funds; other management
area objectives will have next priority.

C. Coordinate wildlife habitat need with timber and visual objectives when
management area goals can be achieved.

1 . Allow for the elevational migration of wildlife which is common in
most of Southeast Alaska within the overall objectives of the man-
agement area.

2. Use silvicultural techniques which prolong understory forb and
shrub production when practical.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

A. Timber harvest activities may include both even-aged and uneven-
aged silvicultural systems. Project analysis will recognize the effects of
color, tone, texture, line, slope, size, and edge on the scenic viewshed.

B. The following guidelines provide direction for timber harvest activities
to meet Visual Quality Objectives (VQO) and Visual Absorption Capabil-
ity (VAC) settings. These conditions are approximate estimates for
planning purposes and should be referred to as a guideline during
project analysis. Ground conditions may indicate a need to be more or
less restrictive in scheduling harvest to meet the intent of the Visual
Quality Objective.

1. Retention - The retention visual quality objective requires that
timber harvest activities are not evident to the casual Forest visi-
tor. The following criteria apply to Retention:

F - 99

Management Prescription:
Scenic Viewshed

VQO/VAC

Setting

Silviculture Method

Cumulative

Visual

Disturbance

Height to
Adjacent Mature
Stand

Logging Slash
Life

Retention - Low
VAC

single tree or group
selection

50%

2 years

Retention -

Intermediate

VAC

single tree or group
selection

10%

50%

no limit

Retention -
High VAC

small clearcut (appox.
20 acres)

10%

30%

no limit

2. Partial Retention - The partial retention visual quality objective
requires that, although timber harvest activities are evident, they
must remain subordinate to the characteristic landscape. The
following criteria apply to Partial Retention:

VQO/VAC

Setting

Silviculture Method

Cumulative

Visual

Disturbance

Height to
Adjacent Mature
Stand

Logging Slash
Life

Partial Reten-
tion - Low VAC

group selection or
small clearcut (approx.
20 acres)

35%

5 years

Partial Reten-
tion - Intermedi-
ate VAC

clearcut

15%

25%

no limit

Partial Reten-
tion - High VAC

clearcut

20%

no limit

3. Cumulative visual disturbance reflects the maximum allowable
percent of a visual viewshed to be in a disturbed condition at any
one point in time. These estimates are appropriate for planning
purposes. During project analysis, these percents should be re-
ferred to as a guideline. Ground conditions may indicate a need
to be more or less restrictive in scheduling harvest to meet the
intent of the Visual Quality Objective.

MINERALS Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11

AND GEOLOGY A. Mineral activities may require a visual assessment and visual resource

assistance with site planning and design.

Management Prescription:
Scenic Viewshed

F - 100

SPECIAL USES

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1 872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate T ransportation and Facilities Forest-wide and Stand-
ards & Guidelines to the location and construction of mining roads and
facilities.

C. Design mineral activities to be compatible with the emphasis of this
management area Apply the following management practices to miti-
gate visual impacts as seen from sensitive road, air, and marine travel
routes.

1 . Recognize the effects of color, tone, texture, line, size, and edge
on the scenic viewshed.

2. Locate material sites and marine transfer facilities outside this
management area if reasonable alternatives exist.

3. Take maximum advantage of topographic and vegetative screen-
ing when locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries,
structures, and marine transfer facilities.

4. Quarry back walls visible from sensitive travel routes should be
reduced in height and/or designed to have an irregular back line.

5. Haul away, bury, burn or scatter vegetation removed from the
project area when located adjacent to sensitive roads.

6. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the sur-
rounding landscape as seen from sensitive view points.

7. Utilize colors that simulate those found in the characteristic land-
scape. Avoid use of reflective materials in project facilities.

8. Shape landform modifications to simulate naturally occurring
forms.

9. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

Special Use Administration (non-Recreation): JL122

A. Allow construction of structures only when visual quality objectives can
be achieved.

1. Permit only structures which will not be evident to observers,
when viewed from sensitive travel routes, recreation sites, or other
high use areas.

2. Construct all new facilities of materials which blend with, and are
compatible with, the immediately surrounding landscape.

F - 101

Management Prescription:
Scenic Viewshed

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Meet the visual quality objectives for the management area when siting
and construction facilities for administrative use.

1 . Retention: Structures and clearing should not be visibly evident to
the casual observer from the sensitive travel route.

2. Partial Retention: Structures and clearing should be subordinate
to the landscape character of the area.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Develop and manage cost effective transportation systems which inte-
grate resource requirements consistent with management area direc-
tion.

1. To meet the visual quality objectives, special consideration must
be given to minimizing apparent landform modification (as seen
from sensitive travel routes) during road and log transfer facility
location, design, and construction.

2. Perform integrated logging system and transportation system
analysis to determine the least cost facility (considering cost of
construction, maintenance and hauling) and design standards
necessary to meet management area objectives.

3. If the need to restrict access is identified during project interdisci-
plinary review, roads will be closed, either seasonally or yearlong,
to minimize adverse effects on fish and wildlife.

4. Provide recreational access where appropriate.

Management Prescription:
Scenic Viewshed

F - 102

VISUAL-TIMBER

Management Area VT

The emphasis of this management area is to provide a combination of visual and timber opportunities with
visual receiving the greatest emphasis. These lands are most often in the foreground to middleground
distance zone, and are viewed from a travel corridor, marine transportation route, or an area of moderate
recreation use.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resource

Examination and mitigation will be conducted prior to development activities to
provide reasonable assurance that potential cultural resource values are pro-
tected.

Recreation

Management activities are designed to harmonize with the appropriate ROS
setting and purpose of the management area. Semi-primitive motorized and
Roaded Natural recreation opportunities can be provided.

Visuals

Management activities may be evident, although they must remain subordinate
to the characteristic landscape. Activities will not dominate the seen area, but
will work with existing form, line, and texture found in the landscape.

Fish

Management activities will be coordinated with fish habitat objectives in adja-
cent management areas.

Subsistence

Subsistence use will be allowed in accordance with applicable Federal and
State regulations.

Wildlife

A wide variety of vegetative conditions, including early, middle, and late succes-
sional stages will provide a full range of wildlife habitat conditions.

Timber

Timber harvest may include both even-aged and uneven-aged silvicultural
methods. Silvicultural treatment is integrated with site and area development to
provide healthy tree stands, vegetative diversity, and forage production for
wildlife populations.

Soil and Water

Emphasis will be to maintain soil cover, minimize slope failure, and reduce the
degree of risk and potential effects from mass wasting resulting from timber
harvest and road construction.

Minerals

Lands are open to mineral entry. Access will be coordinated with timber sale
road location when practicable.

Facilities

Permanent administrative facilities will be constructed to be compatible with the
management area objective.

F - 103

Management Prescription:
Visual-Timber

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

All suitable forested lands will eventually be accessed in association with appro-
priate timber harvest activities while meeting the visual quality objective of the
management area.

Appropriate suppression responses will be utilized for wildfires. Prescribed fire
may be used for silvicultural site preparation, wildlife habitat improvement, and
slash hazard reduction using an approved prescribed fire plan.

Maintain the health of the forest by applying integrated pest management
principles in project design and implementation.

Management Prescription:
Visual-Timber

F - 104

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN, AT

All

VISUALS

AVI, AVI 2

All

AV11

l(C,F,G)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2,3)

PF2

l(A:1-4)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

F - 105

Management Prescription:
Visual-Timber

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

CULTURAL

Cultural Resource Activities: AC

Evaluation

A. Provide cultural resource assistance to the timber sale program. Coor-
dination includes participation and support for environmental docu-
mentation, pre-sale inventory, evaluation, assessment, monitoring and

protection of cultural resources during sale activities.

1. The Area Cultural Resource Specialist shall be informed of all
proposed sales by year and location (at a minimum of) one year
in advance for review to determine survey needs and intensity.

2. The Area Cultural Resource Specialist shall provide input on
known or predicted cultural resource site density in proposed sale
areas and make recommendations to protect cultural resources
as well as facilitation of sale activities through long-range plan-
ning.

3. Cultural resource clearance shall be accomplished on areas of
the selected alternative prior to the advertisement of the sale and
the sale shall proceed only after the SHPO consultation process
has been completed and the cultural resource clearance has
been approved by the Forest Supervisor.

* Cultural clearance for Independent Timber Sale Program shall
be accomplished on areas of the selected alternative before
the sale is implemented. Implementation is defined as the ad-
vertising of the sale.

* Cultural clearance for Long-Term Sale Programs shall be ac-
complished prior to implementation. Implementation is defined
as the time the unit release is signed for cutting units and roads
and at the time the development plan is approved for camps
and log transfer facilities.

* Release no unit, camp, or facility development plan for signa-
ture or approval, or sanction any ground-disturbing activity
before the compliance process is completed for the relevant
portion of the undertaking.

4. Inventory and evaluation may be accomplished at the operator’s
discretion and cost provided that the inventory and evaluation is
accomplished under the supervision of an qualified Cultural Re-
source Specialist authorized by a special use permit.

5. Include as part of the Clearance Report specific protective and/or
mitigative measures to be taken by the operator who is responsi-
ble for the cost of any such protective or mitigative measures.

6. Include in each contract, permit, or lease a statement of the oper-
ating conditions required to protect cultural resources in the sale
area. Also include the pertinent clause notifying the operator of his
or her responsibility to protect marked sites when working in the
sale area and the operators liability for damage.

7. Mark cultural resources sites within or adjacent to the sale area
prior to the implementation of the sale.

Management Prescription:
Visual-Timber

F - 106

RECREATION

VISUALS

WILDLIFE

8. Provide training in the recognition, monitoring, and protection of
cultural resources for all persons responsible for on-the-ground
administration of timber sale contracts, permits or leases.

9. Suspension of any work in the vicinity of a previously undiscov-
ered cultural resource site shall be implemented by the project
administrator to avoid potential site damage. The Forest Supervi-
sor shall notify the State Historic Preservation Office (SHPO) and
authorize resumption of work only after the consultation process
has been completed. The project administrator shall keep the
contractor, permittee, or lessee informed of anticipated delays in
work resumption.

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Settings

A. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities
in accordance with the inherent capabilities of the Management Area
as indicated by the ROS inventory.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting(s), manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the Man-
agement Area to provide appropriate quality recreation opportu-
nities on a sustained basis.

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Design management activities to be subordinate to the characteristic
landscape, using existing form, line, color and texture found in the
landscape.

1 . Apply Forest-wide Direction Standards & Guidelines for the Partial
Retention Visual Quality Objective. This objective defines the max-
imum limit of allowable change; less visible evidence of activities
is acceptable.

2. Use available computer graphic capabilities in the design and
evaluation of harvest activities.

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: CW1 1 1

A. Establish a baseline inventory of wildlife habitat conditions to obtain
information on habitat conditions and wildlife use prior to planned
management activities.

1 . Coordinate with, utilize and incorporate existing and/or ongoing
inventory work and techniques such as plant association invento-
ries, soil inventories, timber stand exams, USFWS inventories,
and ADF&G inventories.

2. Conduct baseline inventories on highest priority areas to precede
or coincide with proposed management activities.

F - 107

Management Prescription:
Visual-Timber

TIMBER

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Coordinate timber harvest to emphasize the needs of wildlife while
meeting the visual quality objectives.

1 . Consider the habitat needs of MIS to help coordinate and evaluate
management activities.

2. Consider opportunities to allow for the elevational migration of
wildlife in project planning.

3. Consider silvicultural techniques which establish and prolong un-
derstory forb and shrub production in critical habitat areas. Such
techniques can include prescribed burning, precommercial thin-
ning, canopy gaps, and uneven-aged management.

4. Refer to NAS Codes ET1 1 3, ET1 1 4, ET25 for additional standards
and guidelines.

B. Coordinate road management to emphasize the needs of wildlife. Refer
to NAS Code LT1 in Transportation for more detail.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest and is included in the
allowable sale quantity calculation.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

A. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental docu-
ments for timber activities will emphasize visual objectives.

B. The Sale Area Improvement analysis will coordinate Knutson-
Vandenburg (K-V) funds for recreation and timber objectives. Refor-
estation will have highest priority for funds; other management area
objectives will have next priority.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

B. The following guidelines provide direction for timber harvest activities
to meet Visual Quality Objectives(VQO) and Visual Absorption Capabil-
ity (VAC) settings. The guidelines represent the maximum allowable
disturbance for timber harvest. These conditions are approximate esti-
mates for planning purposes and should be referred to as a guideline
during project analysis. Ground conditions may indicate a need to be
more or less restrictive in scheduling harvest to meet the intent of the
Visual Quality Objective.

1. Partial Retention - The partial retention visual quality objective
requires that, although timber harvest activities are evident, they
must remain subordinate to the characteristic landscape. The
following criteria apply to Partial Retention:

Management Prescription:
Visual-Timber

F - 108

VQO/VAC

Setting

Silviculture Method

Cumulative

Visual

Disturbance

Height to
Adjacent Mature
Stand

Logging Slash
Life

Partial Reten-
tion - Low VAC

group selection or
small clearcut (approx.
20 acres)

35%

5 years

Partial Reten-
tion - Intermedi-
ate VAC

clearcut

15%

25%

no limit

Partial Reten-
tion - High VAC

clearcut

10%

30%

no limit

2. Cumulative visual disturbance reflects the maximum allowable
percent of a visual viewshed to be in a disturbed condition at any
one point in time. These estimates are appropriate for planning
purposes. During project analysis, these percents should be re-
ferred to as a guideline. Ground conditions may indicate a need
to be more or less restrictive in scheduling harvest to meet the
intent of the Visual Quality Objective.

C. For wildlife diversity, during project analysis, evaluate the opportunity
of maintaining the existing proportion of old-growth strata within the
contiguous management area.

D. For wildlife objectives, consider maintaining the existing old-growth tree
species mix in second-growth stands.

E. Continue evaluation of commercial thinning opportunities in second-
growth stands on the Forest for enhancing timber growth and develop-
ment while improving the visual quality and habitat conditions for
wildlife. Evaluation will be provided as part of the Alaska Region
Second-Growth Management Program.

Timber Stand Improvement: ET25

A. Timber stand improvement activities that meet the visual and timber
objectives of the management area may be used to improve the stand
characteristics for wildlife habitat.

SOIL AND Soil Inventory: FW1111

WATER A. Apply baseline soil, water and channel type inventory standards where

it is determined that present inventories are not applicable for project
planning.

Watershed Resource Planning: FW112

A. Delineate on appropriate project maps the location of soil and water
protection areas to insure their recognition, proper consideration, and
protection on the sale area.

B. Manage nondesignated domestic water use watersheds to meet the
State’s domestic water quality standards.

F - 109

Management Prescription:
Visual-Timber

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

C. Manage riparian management areas to protect water quality to meet
State Water Quality Standards by preventing degradation of the aquat-
ic and terrestrial riparian habitats, channel and streambanks, and pro-
moting floodplain stability.

1 . Identify soil and water quality requirements for the area during the
environmental analysis for project-level activities.

2. Apply prescribed Process or Standard BMP’s to Riparian Areas to
minimize the adverse effects on these areas from nearby logging
and related land disturbance activities.

3. Monitor soil disturbance and water quality on a sample basis for
management activities that disturb the soil surface to mineral
material and removes vegetation to determine effectiveness of
BMP’s.

4. Determine floodplain values and plan to avoid, where possible,
the long and short-term adverse impacts to soil and water re-
sources associated with the occupancy and modification of flood-
plains.

D. Non-designated domestic water use watersheds will be managed for
multiple use while providing water suitable for human consumption
within the realm of State Water Quality Standards and water supply
regulations.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM1 1

Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents for minerals activities, include visuals and timber coordina-
tion.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Sen/ice Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and to the location and construction of mining roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area. Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

1. Design mineral management activities to maintain the present
and continued productivity of anadromous fish and other food fish
habitat to the maximum extent feasible (Consult ANILCA, Sec. 505

(a).)

Management Prescription:
Visual-Timber

F - 110

LANDS

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

2. Take advantage of topographic and vegetative screening when
locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries, structures, and
marine transfer facilities.

3. Quarry back walls visible from sensitive travel routes should be
reduced in height and/or designed to have an irregular back line.

4. Haul away, bury, burn or scatter vegetation removed from the
project area when located adjacent to sensitive travel routes.

5. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the sur-
rounding landscape as seen from sensitive view points.

6. Utilize colors that simulate those found in the characteristic land-
scape.

7. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

8. Apply timing restrictions to minerals activities as needed during
critical wildlife mating, calving, and migrating periods.

9. Shape landform modifications to simulate naturally occurring
forms.

10. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural-
appearing condition.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only those activities compatible with management area objec-
tives.

1 . Permit only activities which will be compatible with a Partial Reten-
tion VQO.

2. Avoid issuing new permits, or limit the duration of permits, for uses
which require a more natural-appearing Visual Quality Objective
than Partial Retention.

B. This Management Area represents a T ransportation and Utility Systems
(TUS) Window and provides opportunities for the future designation
and location of transportation and utility sites or corridors.

Landline Location and Maintenance: JL231 , JL24

A. Provide adequate landline marking for Forest Service contractors.

1 . Prior to Forest Service management activities, survey, mark, and
post adjacent property lines, to Forest Service standards, where
there is a risk of trespass.

2. These property lines will have high priority in the use of available
LandLine Location funds.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Allow construction of permanent administrative facilities only where
compatible with visual quality and wildlife objectives.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Develop and manage cost effective transportation systems which inte-
grate resource requirements consistent with management area direc-
tion.

1. To meet the visual quality objective of Partial Retention, special
consideration must be given to minimizing apparent landform

F - 111

Management Prescription:
Visual-Timber

INSECT AND
DISEASE

modification (as seen from sensitive travel routes) during road
and log transfer facility location, design, and construction.

2. Give special emphasis to maintaining wildlife habitat values, espe-
cially during road location and development of road management
objectives.

* If the need to restrict access is identified during project interdis-
ciplinary review, roads will be closed, either seasonally or year-
long, to minimize adverse effects on fish and wildlife.

* Provide recreational access where appropriate.

3. Perform integrated logging system and transportation system
analysis to determine the least cost facility (considering cost of
construction, maintenance and hauling) and design standards
necessary to meet management area objectives.

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Control of dwarf-mistletoe in hemlock.

1 . Where hemlock dwarf-mistletoe interferes with the visual/wildlife/
timber management objectives, the spread of this disease should
be controlled.

* Remove infected trees at the time of commercial timber har-
vest.

* Minimize the number of infected trees on boundaries of harvest
units.

* Remove infected trees during precommercial

B. Suppression of other insects or diseases

1 . Where bole fluting of western hemlock threatens resource objec-
tives, such trees should be removed during timber harvest.

2. Where dead and dying stands of Alaska-cedar threaten resource
objectives, such trees can be salvaged. Alaska-cedar can be
managed without the threat of spreading this disorder to new sites
because a contagious organism is not the primary cause.

3. Where other pests threaten resource objectives, they should be
aggressively suppressed using the most cost-effective strategies,
as recommended by Pest Management specialists.

Management Prescription:
Visual-Timber

F - 112

ROADED NATURAL / RURAL RECREATION

Management Area RN

The emphasis of this management area is to provide Roaded Natural or Rural recreation opportunities
associated with both motorized and non-motorized activities such as driving for pleasure, viewing scenery,
picnicking, fishing, beachcombing, snowmobiling, hiking, and cross-country skiing. Such activities occur
within 1/2 mile of highways and roads maintained open for conventional passenger vehicles or principal
motorized waterways. Other resource management activities or structures are often readily evident, may
be dominate, but harmonize and blend with the generally natural-appearing environment. Interaction
between users may be moderate to high with evidence of other users prevalent. Facilities and roads are
designed for conventional motorized vehicles.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources

Interpretation of the natural environment and cultural resources found within, or
viewed from, the area is provided to enhance the visitor’s experience.

Recreation

Use and activities are managed for safety and convenience of the user; and
protection of the resources through site hardening techniques, structures,
signing, and traffic control.

Visuals

All management activities within the area are integrated in such a way that the
natural environment and landscape characteristics remains predominant. Oth-
er resource activities and structures remain visually subordinate or harmonize
and blend with the characteristic landscape. Area enhancement activities are
aimed at increasing positive elements of the landscape to improve visual variety
and to remove discordant elements.

Fish

Fish habitat, including its protection and rehabilitation, is maintained. Projects
may be identified and implemented to enhance habitat conditions.

Subsistence

Subsistence Use occurs in accordance with Federal and State Regulations and
may be seasonally prevalent throughout the area.

Wildlife

Maintain healthy and productive habitat conditions for indigenous species and
enhance viewing opportunities.

Timber

Silvicultural treatment is integrated with site and area development to provide
healthy tree stands, vegetative diversity, and forage production for indigenous
wildlife populations. Insect and disease control, and landscaping and per-
formed to maintain the utility and attractiveness of both existing sites and to
protect the inherent qualities of proposed recreation sites.

Soil and Water

Land use activities are carried out in a manner which avoids adverse soil
impacts and protects water quality.

F - 113

Management Prescription:
Roaded Natural/Rural Recreation

Minerals

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

Lands are open to mineral entry. Minimum impact access and operating meth-
ods are encouraged. Opportunities to enhance recreation access in conjunc-
tion with mineral activities is maximized when feasible.

Structures are located and designed to compliment and facilitate management
of the area.

Conventional motorized use is provided for in the design, and location of roads
and facilities. Ample opportunities for non-motorized recreation activities and
user safety may be provided for through the restriction of motorized use to
designated routes and areas. Both motorized and non-motorized trail opportu-
nities are provided.

All fires are normally suppressed, but may be allowed to burn under an ap-
proved prescription and supported by an Escaped Fire Situation Analysis to
improve wildlife habitat conditions or for insect and disease control.

Integrated pest management principals are applied during project implementa-
tion to improve the health of the vegetative cover.

Management Prescription:
Roaded Natural/Rural Recreation

F - 114

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

All

VISUALS

AVI

l(A,B,C,D)

AV11

l(D,G)

AVI 2

All

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT11

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

All

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

F - 115

Management Prescription:
Roaded Natural/Rural Recreation

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Management and Operations

A. Provide Roaded Natural recreation opportunities and appropriate activ-
ities throughout the management area, when located in a general forest
setting. When the management area is located in proximity to a rural
community setting provide Rural recreation opportunities, except
where specifically closed to public use.

VISUALS

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Design resource activities to utilize natural colors and materials found
in the characteristic landscape. Activities may visually dominate the
seen area as viewed from sensitive travel routes.

1 . Apply Forest-wide for the Partial Retention Visual Quality Objec-
tive. This objective defines the maximum limit of allowable change
to the visual character of the area; less visible evidence of activi-
ties is acceptable.

FISH

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

A. Provide for public interpretation of fish habitats and associated special
fisheries conditions, as appropriate.

TIMBER

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest and is included in the
allowable sale quantity calculation.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

A. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental docu-
ments for timber activities will emphasize recreation objectives.

B. The Sale Area Improvement Plan will coordinate K-V funds for recre-
ation and timber objectives. Essential reforestation will have highest
priority for funds; other management area objectives will have next
priority.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

A. Timber harvest activities may include both even-aged and uneven-
aged silvicultural methods. Project analysis will recognize the effects of
color, tone, texture, line, slope, size, and edge on the viewshed.

Management Prescription: F-116

Roaded Natural/Rural Recreation

more restrictive or relaxed in scheduling harvest to meet the intent of
the Visual Quality Objective.

VQO/VAC

Setting

Silviculture Method

Cumulative

Visual

Disturbance

Height to
Adjacent Mature
Stand

Logging Slash
Life

Partial Reten-
tion - Low VAC

group selection or
small clearcut (approx.
20 acres)

35%

5 years

Partial Reten-
tion - Intermedi-
ate VAC

clearcut

15%

25%

no limit

Partial Reten-
tion - High VAC

clearcut

20%

no limit

2. Cumulative visual disturbance reflects the maximum allowable
percent of a visual viewshed area to be in a disturbed condition
at any one point in time. These estimates are appropriate for
planning purposes. During project analysis, these percents
should be referred to as a guideline. Ground conditions may
indicate a need to be more or less restrictive in scheduling timber
harvest to meet the intent of the Visual Quality Objective.

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11
GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents for minerals activities, include recreation coordination.

B. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations
where appropriate.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1 872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

A. Work with claimants to develop a plan of operations that adequately
mitigates adverse impacts to management area objectives. Include

F - 117

Management Prescription:
Roaded Natural/Rural Recreation

SPECIAL USES

TRANSPORTATION

mitigation measures that are compatible with the scale of proposed
development and commensurate with potential resource impacts.

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and to the location and construction of mining roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

2. Take advantage of topographic and vegetative screening when
locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries, structures, and
marine transfer facilities.

3. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the sur-
rounding landscape.

4. Utilize colors that simulate those found in the characteristic land-
scape.

5. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural
appearing condition.

6. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only facilities and uses consistent with Roaded Natural/Rural
recreation management objectives of the area.

B. This Management Area represents a T ransportation and Utility Systems
(TUS) "window' and provides opportunities for the future designation
and location of transportation and utility sites or corridors.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Develop and manage the transportation system to enhance motorized

recreation opportunities in a generally natural appearing environment.

1 . Design and construct Forest Development Roads to safely ac-
commodate all vehicles normally found on public roads (i.e., Traf-
fic Service Level B or above).

2. Maintain as necessary to provide for safe travel by a prudent
driver in a passenger car (i.e., Maintenance Level 3 or above).

3. Consider lower design standards and maintenance levels only
when recreational use is not included in the road management
objectives of a proposed road.

Management Prescription:
Roaded Natural/Rural Recreation

F - 118

MINERALS

Management Area MM

The emphasis of this management area is to encourage and facilitate the prospecting, exploration,
development, mining, and processing of mineral resources. Lands within this management area have a
high potential for the development and production of any mineral commodity including nationally-
designated critical and strategic minerals.

During any interim period, prior to the initiation of mineral activities, these lands will be managed in
accordance with other management area direction specified in the EIS, and its accompanying maps. And,
after the initiation of mineral activities, some interim direction may still apply if it does not unreasonably
constrain mineral operations. Interim management will not inhibit future mineral development and its
economic viability.

The direction in this management area will apply upon reception of a Notice of Intent or a Plan of
Operations. Those portions of the management area not identified for mineral activity in a notice of intent
or an approved plan of operations will continue to be managed under the interim direction. After mineral
operations are completed management direction will revert to the previously established interim direction,
to the extent possible.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources

Recreation

Visuals

Fish

Subsistence

Wildlife

Timber

Examination and mitigation requirements will be completed prior to develop-
ment activities to provide reasonable assurance that potential cultural resource
values are protected.

The range of recreation opportunities will be limited to those which will be
compatible with the level of mineral activities.

The characteristic landscape may be dominated by activities associated with
mineral development. Although minerals activities may dominate the seen area,
they will be designed with consideration for existing form, line, and texture
found in the landscape.

Management activities will be designed to maintain the present and continued
fish productivity of anadromous fish and other food fish habitat to the maximum
extent feasible.

Subsistence use will be allowed in accordance with applicable Federal and
State regulations.

Wildlife habitat will emphasize managed forest conditions. A wide variety of
vegetative conditions, including early, middle, and late successional stages will
provide a full range of wildlife habitat conditions.

Timber harvest may be coordinated with mining activities to facilitate develop-
ment. The harvest schedule will be based on the interim direction.

F - 119

Management Prescription:
Minerals

Soil and Water

Lands

Minerals

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and disease

Soil and water mitigation measures will be applied to reduce vegetative and
riparian disturbance, soil erosion, and the degree of risk and potential effects
of slope failure to the extent practicable.

Issue the appropriate permits and leases to allow mineral activities to proceed.

Mineral activities will be managed by using environmental stipulations that
enhance the economic viability of project proposals. Reclamation will be incor-
porated as provided in the plan of operations.

Permanent administrative facilities will be constructed to be compatible with the
management area objective.

Provisions for adequate and feasible access will be emphasized. Roads may be
closed to public use.

Prescribed fire may be used for silvicultural site preparation, wildlife habitat
improvement, and slash hazard reduction using an approved prescribed fire
plan.

Maintain health of the forest by applying integrated pest management princi-
ples in project design and implementation.

Management Prescription:
Minerals

F - 120

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

l-IV; Vl-X

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

All

Ail

VISUALS

AVI

l(A-D)

AV11

l(B-G)

AVI 2

All

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:1-3)

PF2

l(A:1-4)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

F - 121

Management Prescription:
Minerals

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

CULTURAL

Cultural Resource Activities: AC

Project Clearance I Inventory

A. Provide cultural resource assistance to the minerals program for envi-
ronmental documentation, inventory, evaluation, protection, interpreta-
tion and allocation within the management area

1. Notify the Area Cultural Resource Specialist when a Notice of
Intent or Operating Plan is received to determine inventory and
evaluation needs.

2. Complete inventory and evaluation prior to the approval of the
Plan of Operation.

3. Inventory and evaluation may be accomplished at the operator’s
discretion and cost provided that the inventory and evaluation is
accomplished under the supervision of an qualified Cultural Re-
source Specialist authorized by a special use permit.

4. Include as part of the Plan of Operation specific protective and/or
mitigative measures to be taken by the operator who is responsi-
ble for the cost of any such protective or mitigative measures.

Recreation Settings

A. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities
in accordance with the inherent capabilities of the Management Area.

1 . Provide the inherent recreation settings and opportunities until
scheduled activities and practices cause a change in the ROS
setting(s). Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatible
with the objectives of the Management Area.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting(s), manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the Man-
agement Area to provide appropriate quality recreation opportu-
nities on a sustained basis.

A. Mineral development activities will dominate the visual character of the
landscape.

1. Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Maximum
Modification Visual Quality Objective. This objective defines the
maximum limit of allowable change to the visual character of the
area; less visible evidence of activities is acceptable.

2. In areas visible from sensitive travel routes, incorporate landscape
design techniques in the planning process to the extent that they
are compatible with the objectives of the management area.

RECREATION

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

VISUALS

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

Management Prescription:
Minerals

F - 122

FISH

WILDLIFE

TIMBER

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

Planning/mitigation

A. Design mineral management activities to maintain the present and
continued productivity of anadromous fish and other foodfish habitat to
the maximum extent feasible (Consult ANILCA Sec. 505 (a)).

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: CW1 1 1

A. Establish a base line inventory of wildlife habitat conditions

1. Develop a standardized inventory methodology in cooperation
with commodity resource management to establish at least a
minimum habitat baseline inventory prior to management activi-
ties. Where possible obtain an inventory on MIS population use.

2. Prioritize baseline inventories to precede or coincide with pro-
posed management activities.

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Coordinate all activities with consideration for the needs of wildlife
within the overall objectives of the management area.

1 . Use the habitat needs of MIS to evaluate opportunities for wildlife
within the overall objectives of the management area (see Forest-
wide Standards and Guidelines: CW112, II. E.).

2. Provide for windfirm boundaries, considering site-specific condi-
tions such as soils, local wind patterns, minimum 3-tree height
rule, and other relevant factors.

B. Coordinate road management with the needs of wildlife when practica-
ble. Refer to NAS Code LT1 in Transportation for more detail.

Timber Resource Planning: ET1 1 2

A. Timber land suitability is based on the interim direction associated with
the management area

B. For areas with interim direction authorizing timber harvest, suitable
forested land is available for harvest and is included in the allowable
sale quantity calculation.

C. For the portions of the management area with interim direction that
does not allow timber harvest, the forested land is classified as unsuit-
able and withdrawn from the timber base. Any timber harvest associat-
ed with mineral access and facility development is nonchargeable to
the allowable sale quantity.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

A. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental docu-
ments will emphasize silvicultural objectives as well as other resource
consideration deemed appropriate by the responsible official.

B. The Sale Area Improvement Plan will coordinate K-V funds for timber
and other resource improvement projects. Priority will be for reforesta-
tion.

F - 123

Management Prescription:
Minerals

SOIL AND
WATER

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

A. Locate and design timber harvest activities in accordance with the
management area interim direction while meeting the mineral manage-
ment goals.

Soil Inventory: FW1111

A. Perform baseline soil, water and channel type inventory standards
where it is determined that present inventories are not applicable for
project planning.

Watershed Resource Planning: FW1 1 2

A. Delineate on appropriate project maps the location of important yoil
and water protection areas to insure their recognition, proper consider-
ation, and protection on the project area.

B. Manage nondesignated domestic water use watersheds for multiple
use while providing water suitable for human consumption within the
realm of State Water Quality Standards and water supply regulations.

Watershed Resources Monitoring: FW1 21

A. Monitor the effects on soil and water resources resulting from roading
and minerals activities. Apply Forest-wide direction Standards & Guide-
lines.

1 . Measure soil disturbance and water quality on a sample basis for
management activities that disturb the soil surface to mineral
material and removes vegetation to determine effectiveness of
BMP’s.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11

Resource Preparation

A. Minerals management activities are emphasized. Project design, analy-
sis, and development of environmental documents will include re-
source coordination as required. Alternatives will be selected that en-
hance the economic viability of the activity, while ensuring that the
natural environment receives a requisite degree of protection.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1 872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

Plan of Operations

A. Work with claimant to develop a plan of operation that provides a
requisite degree of protection for the surface resources of the manage-
ment area. The economic practicality of the protection measures in a
primary concern. If there are two methods that obtain a similar degree
of protection, the method that is economically attractive to the operator
shall be selected. Include mitigation measures that are compatible with
the scale of proposed development and commensurate with potential
resource impacts. Apply the following management practices to reduce
resource impacts.

Management Prescription:
Minerals

F - 124

LANDS

TRANSPORTATION

INSECT AND
DISEASE

1. Design mineral management activities to maintain the present
and continued productivity of anadromous fish and other foodfish
habitat to the maximum extent feasible (Consult ANILCA Sec. 505

(a)).

2. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Di-
rection and to the location and construction of mining roads and
facilities.

3. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with the plan of opera-
tions.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Generally, authorize special uses to facilitate mineral-related activities.
Authorize other uses if they will not substantially conflict with present or
future mineral-related activities.

1 . Do not authorize activities that will substantially conflict or interfere
with mineral development.

2. Utilize permits (such as temporary or annual permits) which will
maintain options for future mineral development.

B. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility Systems
(TUS) 'Window* and provides opportunities for the future designation
and location of transportation and utility sites or corridors.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Emphasize adequate and feasible access to encourage the exploration
and development of mineral resources.

B. Any transportation development in association with minerals extraction
will be in accordance with an approved Plan of Operations, and subse-
quent annual work plans.

C. Roads in this management area may be closed to public use.

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Control of dwarf-mistletoe in hemlock.

1 . Where hemlock dwarf mistletoe interferes with the visual/wildlife/
timber management objectives, the spread of this disease should
be controlled.

* Remove infected trees at the time of commercial timber har-
vest.

* Minimize the number of infected trees on boundaries of harvest
units.

* Remove infected trees during precommercial thinning

B. Suppression of other insects or diseases

1 . Where bole fluting of western hemlock threatens resource objec-
tives, such trees should be removed during timber harvest.

3. Where other pests threaten resource objectives, they should be
aggressively suppressed using the most cost-effective strategies,
as recommended by Pest Management specialists.

F - 125

Management Prescription:
Minerals

TIMBER PRODUCTION

Management Area TM

The emphasis of this management area is for timber production. The primary objective is to manage the
area, using sound silvicultural techniques, to maintain and promote industrial wood production. These
lands will be managed to advance conditions favorable for the development of the timber resource and
for maximum long-term timber production.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources

Examination and mitigation will be conducted prior to development activities to
provide reasonable assurance that potential cultural resource values are pro-
tected.

Recreation

Management activities are designed to harmonize with the appropriate ROS
setting and purpose of the management area. Semi-primitive motorized, road-
ed natural, and roaded modified recreation opportunities can be provided.

Visuals

The characteristic landscape may be dominated by harvest activities. Although
harvest activities may dominate the seen area, they will be designed with
consideration for existing form, line, and texture found in the landscape.

Fish

Management activities will be coordinated with fish habitat objectives in adja-
cent management areas.

Subsistence

Subsistence use will be allowed in accordance with applicable Federal and
State regulations.

Wildlife

A wide variety of vegetative conditions, including early, middle, and late succes-
sional stages will provide a full range of wildlife habitat conditions.

Timber

Timber harvest may include both even-aged and uneven-aged silvicultural
methods, although clearcutting is likely to be the dominate method applied.
Silvicultural treatment is integrated with site and area development to provide
healthy tree stands and to give consideration for vegetative diversity and forage
production for wildlife.

Soil and Water

Emphasis will be to maintain soil cover, minimize slope failure, and reduce the
degree of risk and potential effects from mass-wasting resulting from timber
harvest and road construction.

Minerals

Lands are open to mineral entry. Access will be coordinated with timber sale
road location when practicable.

Facilities

Permanent administrative facilities will be constructed to be compatible with the
management area objective.

Management Prescription:
Timber Production

F - 126

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

All suitable forested lands will eventually be accessed in association with appro-
priate timber harvest activities while meeting wildlife considerations of the man-
agement area.

Maintain the health of the forest by applying integrated pest management
principles in project design and implementation.

F - 127

Management Prescription:
Timber Production

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

All

VISUALS

AVI

l(A-D)

AV11

l(B-G)

AVI 2

All

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:1 ,2)

PF2

l(A:1-4)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Management Prescription:
Timber Production

F - 128

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

CULTURAL

Cultural Resource Activities: AC

protection of cultural resources during sale activities.

1. The Area Cultural Resource Specialist shall be informed of all
proposed sales by year and location (at a minimum of) one year
in advance for review to determine survey needs and intensity.

3. Cultural resource clearance shall be accomplished on areas of
the selected alternative prior to the advertisement of the sale and
the sale shall proceed after the SHPO consultation process has
been completed the the cultural resource clearance has been
approved by the Forest Supervisor

* Cultural clearance for Independent Timber Sale Programs shall
be accomplished on areas of the selected alternative before
the sale is implemented. Implementation is defined as the ad-
vertising of the sale.

5. Include as part of the Clearance Report specific protective and/or
mitigative measures to be taken by the operator who is responsi-
ble for the cost of any such protective or mitigative measures.

7. Mark cultural resources sites within or adjacent to the sale area
prior to the implementation of the sale.

F - 129

Management Prescription:
Timber Production

RECREATION

VISUALS

WILDLIFE

8. Provide training in the recognition, monitoring, and protection of
cultural resources for all persons responsible for on-the-ground
administration of timber sale contracts, permits or leases.

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Settings

A. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities
in accordance with the inherent capabilities of the Management Area.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting(s), manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the Man-
agement Area to provide appropriate quality recreation opportu-
nities on a sustained basis.

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Timber management activities may dominate the visual character of the
landscape.

1 . Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Maximum
Modification Visual Quality Objective. This objective defines the
maximum limit of allowable change to the visual character of the
area; less visible evidence of activities is acceptable.

2. Consider roadside clean up as a mitigation measure when recre-
ational use is included in the road management objectives of the
proposed road.

3. In areas visible from sensitive travel routes, incorporate landscape
design techniques in the planning process to the extent that they
are compatible with the objectives of the management area.

4. Use available computer graphic capabilities in the design and
evaluation of proposed harvest activities.

Wildlife Habitat Inventory - CW1 1 1

A. Establish a baseline inventory of wildlife habitat conditions

1. Develop a standardized inventory methodology in cooperation
with commodity resource management to establish at least a
minimum habitat base line inventory prior to management activi-
ties. Where possible obtain an inventory on MIS population use.

2. Prioritize baseline inventories to precede or coincide with pro-
posed management activities.

Management Prescription:
Timber Production

F - 130

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Coordinate all activities with consideration for the needs of wildlife
within the overall objectives of the management area.

1 . Use the habitat needs of MIS to evaluate opportunities for wildlife
within the overall objectives of the management area (see Forest-
wide Standards and Guidelines: CW112, II. E.).

2. Provide for windfirm boundaries, considering site specific condi-
tions such as soils, local wind patterns, minimum 3-tree height
rule, and other relevant factors.

B. Coordinate road management with the needs of wildlife when practica-
ble. (Refer to NAS Code LT1 in Transportation for more detail.)

TIMBER Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Timber management is emphasized. Suitable forested land is available
for harvest and is included in the allowable sale quantity calculation.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET1 1 3

B. The Sale Area Improvement Plan will coordinate K-V funds for timber
and other resource improvement projects. Priority will be for timber
management objectives.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

A. Locate and design timber harvest activities primarily to meet silvicultur-
al objectives. Integration of other resources objectives, particularly
wildlife and vegetative diversity, will be included if they do not have a
significant adverse impact on the timber resource goals. Even aged
and unevenaged systems are available although clearcutting is the
predominant harvest method.

1 . The following criteria represent the maximum allowable disturb-
ance for timber harvest:

VQO/VAC

Setting

Silviculture Method

Cumulative

Dispersion

Height When no
Longer Open

Logging Slash
Life

Maximum Modi-
fication - All
VAC Settings

clearcut

50%

5 feet

no limit

2. Cumulative timber dispersion reflects the maximum allowable per-

cent of a geographic area to be in an opening at any one point in
time. For efficiency, the maximum is the aggregated percentage
over 3 consecutive decades. During project analysis, these per-
cents should be referred to as a guideline. Ground conditions may
indicate a need to be more or less restrictive in scheduling harvest
to meet the intent of timber dispersion.

F - 131

Management Prescription:
Timber Production

B. Final harvest will be equal to or greater than 95% culmination of mean
annual increment (the age which the volume increment for a stand of
trees has achieved its highest mean volume).

C. NFMA regulations provide that 1 00 acres is the maximum size of creat-
ed openings to be allowed for the hemlock-Sitka spruce forest type of
coastal Alaska, unless excepted under specific conditions. Cedar and
hardwoods are usually considered to be a component of the hemlock-
Sitka spruce ecotype in Southeast Alaska and will also be governed by
the 1 00-acre limit.

D. Recognizing that harvest units must be designed to accomplish man-
agement goals, created openings may be larger where larger units will
produce a more desirable contribution of benefits.

1 . Exceptions to the maximum size of created openings are:

* Natural and biological hazards to the survival of residual trees
and surrounding stands

* Topography

* Relationship of units to other natural or artificial openings and
proximity of units

* Coordination and consistency with adjacent management ar-
eas

* Effect on water quality and quantity

* Visual absorption capability

* Effect on wildlife and fish habitat, including implementation of
the landscape ecology concept in which large blocks of timber
may be harvested

* Regeneration requirements for desirable tree species

* Transportation and harvest system requirements

* Relative total costs of preparation, logging, and administration
of harvest

E. Where it is determined by an interdisciplinary analysis that exceptions
to the size limit are warranted, the actual size limitation of openings may
be up to 100 percent greater (200 acres) if required due to natural
biological hazards to the survival of residual trees and surrounding
stands, and 50 percent greater (150 acres) for the remaining factors.
Forest Supervisor will identify the particular conditions under which the
larger size is warranted considering the benefits to be gained. Larger
sizes are permitted on an individual timber sale basis after 60 days
public notice, and review and approval by the Regional Forester.

F. The established limits and exceptions do not apply to the size of areas
harvested as a result of natural catastrophic conditions, such as insect
and disease attack, or windthrow.

G. Created openings will be adequately stocked with desirable tree
species, which are approximately 5 feet in height, before the area will
no longer be considered an opening for the purposes of limitations on
scheduling, locations, and size of additional created openings.

H. Special consideration will be required in the design of harvest units
adjacent to management areas which limit or prohibit timber activities.
Where the chance of windthrow in adjacent stands is increased by
timber harvest, measures will be taken to contain the windthrow within
this management area.

Management Prescription:
Timber Production

F - 132

SOIL AND
WATER

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

Soil inventory: FW1111

A. Apply baseline soil, water and channel type inventory standards where
it is determined that present inventories are not applicable for project
planning.

Watershed Resource Planning: FW112

A. Delineate on appropriate project maps the location of soil and water
protection areas to insure their recognition, proper consideration, and
protection on the sale area.

Watershed Resources Monitoring: FW121

A. Monitor soil and water resources with relation to effect of roading and
logging with applied BMP’s. Apply Common Standards and Guidelines
(NAS Code FW121) for developing and applying monitoring for sale
area activities.

1 . Monitor soil disturbance and water quality on a sample basis for
management activities that disturb the soil surface to mineral
material and removes vegetation to determine effectiveness of
BMP’s.

Watershed Resource Improvements: FW2

A. Soil and water improvement projects needs on nondesignated domes-
tic water use watersheds will be done at a level to prevent degradation
of water quality below State of Alaska’s Water Quality Standard for
domestic use.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11

Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents, include resource coordination.

B. Coordinate the location of timber and mining transportations systems
when practical.

C. Coordinate with claimant to ensure the location of timber sale units and
roads across a mining claim do not interfere with mining activities,
markers, and improvements.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

A. Work with claimant to develop a plan of operation that is compatible
with the emphasis of this management area. Include mitigation mea-
sures that are compatible with the scale of proposed development and

F - 133

Management Prescription:
Timber Production

LANDS

TRANSPORTATION

INSECT AND
DISEASE

commensurate with potential resource impacts. Apply the following

management practices to reduce resource impacts.

1. Design mineral management activities to maintain the present
and continued productivity of anadromous fish and other food fish
habitat to the maximum extent feasible (Consult ANILCA, Sec. 505
(a).)

2. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Di-
rection and to the location and construction of mining roads and
facilities.

3. Take advantage of topographic and vegetative screening when
locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries, structures, and
marine transfer facilities.

4. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

5. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural-
appearing condition.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only those uses which are compatible with management area
objectives. Avoid issuing, or limit the duration of, permits for uses which
require natural surroundings.

B. This management area represents a T ransportation and Utility Systems
(TUS) "Window* and provides opportunities for the future designation
and location of transportation and utility sites or corridors.

Landline Location and Maintenance: JL231 , JL24

A. Provide adequate landline marking for Forest Service contractors.

1 . Prior to Forest Service management activities, survey, mark, and
post adjacent property lines, to Forest Service standards, where
there is risk of trespass.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Develop and manage cost-effective transportation systems which inte-
grate resource requirements consistent with management area direc-
tion.

1. Perform integrated logging system and transportation system
analysis to determine the least cost facility (considering cost of
construction, maintenance and hauling) and design standards
necessary to meet management area objectives.

2. If the need to restrict access is identified during project interdisci-
plinary review, roads will be closed, either seasonally or year-long,
to minimize adverse effects on fish and wildlife.

3. Provide recreational access where appropriate.

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Control of dwarf-mistletoe in hemlock.

1 . Where hemlock dwarf-mistletoe interferes with the visual/wildlife/
timber management objectives, the spread of this disease should
be controlled.

* Remove infected trees at the time of commercial timber har-
vest.

Management Prescription:
Timber Production

F - 134

* Minimize the number of infected trees on boundaries of harvest
units.

* Remove infected trees during precommercial thinning
B. Suppression of other insects or diseases

1 . Where bole fluting of western hemlock threatens resource objec-
tives, such trees should be removed during timber harvest.

2. Where dead and dying stands of Alaska-cedar threaten resource
objectives, such trees can be salvaged. Because a contagious
organism is not the primary cause Alaska-cedar can be managed
without the threat of spreading this disorder to new sites.

3. Where other pest threaten resource objectives, they should be
aggressively suppressed using the most cost-effective strategies,
as recommended by Pest Management specialists.

F - 135

Management Prescription:
Timber Production

FISH HABITAT AND WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

Management Area WQ

The emphasis of this management area is to meet the basic requirements for riparian areas for fish habitat
and water quality, as defined by the National Forest Management Act’s implementing regulations
(36 CFR 219.27(e)). No management practices causing detrimental changes in water temperature or
chemical composition, blockages of water-courses, or deposits of sediment shall be permitted which
seriously and adversely affect water conditions or fish habitat.

This management area has been defined as a minimum of one hundred horizontal feet distance from all
sides of perennial streams, lakes and other bodies of fresh water, or to the recognizable area dominated
by associated riparian vegetation, whichever is greater. To determine where the riparian vegetation is
located, a combination of soils, plant associations and channel types are used. The management area also
includes very high landslide and erosion hazard areas adjacent to streams and riparian areas for water
quality protection.

For channel types B3, B5, B8, Cl, C3, C6, D3, D4, D5, and L2, greater than the minimum distance may
often be required.

Riparian related definitions relating to this management area are as follows:

Cultural resources Interpretation of cultural resources and the natural environment may be provid-
ed to enhance the visitors’ experience. Cultural sites adjacent to activities will
be protected following applicable Federal and State Regulations.

Recreation Recreation use will be managed to protect water quality and fish habitat from

serious and adverse effects. Activities are managed to harmonize with the
adopted ROS setting and purpose of the adjacent management areas.

Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

F - 136

Visuals

Visual quality may vary, based on the adopted Visual Quality Objectives for the
surrounding area.

Fish

Fish habitat will be protected so that no serious and adverse effects are in-
duced. Enhancement is emphasized in this Area.

Subsistence

Subsistence use occurs in accordance with applicable Federal and State regu-
lations. Opportunities for harvesting riparian-related resources, including both
fish and wildlife species, are generally maintained or enhanced.

Wildlife

A wide variety of vegetative conditions and types will be present, often benefit-
ing a variety of riparian-associated wildlife species. The area should provide for
wildlife travel corridors and snags for cavity nesters.

Timber

Timber harvest and other silvicultural treatments may be present where not in
conflict with the objectives for water quality and fish habitat. Generally, only
limited treatment is suitable within a variable distance of streamcourses.

Soil and Water

Soil and water protective measures are applied to a greater degree than in most
other areas due to the proximity to, and density of, watercourses. Emphasis is
for no serious and adverse effect to water quality and fish habitat.

Lands

Activities dependent upon the riparian area, and which meet the fish, wildlife
and water quality objectives for riparian areas, may be present.

Minerals

Lands are open to mineral entry. Mineral activities are designed to be compati-
ble to the extent practicable with the management emphasis. Often special
mitigating measures to protect water quality and fish habitat will be required.

Facilities

Generally, facilities will not be present within this management area, unless the
use is compatible or cannot be located outside of the riparian area.

Transportation

Transportation developments should be located and designed so as to not to
seriously and adversely affect water conditions or fish habitat.

Fire

For wildfires, appropriate suppression responses will be used to maintain water
quality and fish habitat.

Insect and Disease

Integrated pest management principles are applied to maintain water quality
and fish habitat.

F - 137

Management Prescription:
Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN, AT

All

VISUALS

AVI

l(A-D)

AV1 1, AVI 2

All

FISH

CF11 1,121 ,22,23

All

CF112

1, lll-VI

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED.SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2,3)

PF2

l(A:1-4)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

F - 138

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Management and Operations

A. Regulate recreation use based on studies reflecting the effect of recre-
ation activities on wildlife and fish resources and habitat.

B. Provide for inventoried ROS opportunities and appropriate activities
throughout the Management Area, unless specifically closed to public
use. Where the ROS setting is changed by project implementation
manage the recreation resource in accordance with the created ROS
conditions.

1 . Locate, design and operate only those recreation facilities which

are necessary to accommodate public use of the water and shore-
line areas (i.e., boat or floatplane docks, launching ramps and
associated access roads and trails). Locate parking, sanitation
and other recreation facilities outside the management area
where practical. Design all facilities within the management area
to avoid adverse effects on riparian shorelines and water quality.

A. A variety of visual conditions may exist within the management area.

1 . Adopt the Visual Quality Objective of the adjacent management
area.

2. Visual Quality Objectives may range from Retention to Maximum
Modification.

A. Emphasize the protection and enhancement of fish habitat and popula-
tions by integrating the management of the aquatic and terrestrial
ecosystems. In this management area, the requirements for riparian
vegetation for protection offish habitat and water quality, as defined by
the National Forest Management Act’s (NFMA) implementing regula-
tions (CFR 219.27(e)), will be met.

B. Manage fish resources (populations and habitat) so that no serious and
adverse effects to fish habitat are induced. Allow some reductions in
fish habitat capability as a result of allocating land to this management
area.

Objectives for Management Affecting Fish Habitat

A. Provide for short and long-term maintenance of fish habitat capability
in all channel process groups.

1 . Stream Class I : Allow no serious and adverse effects to anadro-
mous and adfluvial fish habitat and high value resident sport fish
habitat capability within each individual Class I stream system.

2. Stream Class II: Allow no serious and adverse effects to resident
fish species.

VISUALS

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

FISH

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

F - 139

Management Prescription:
Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

3. Stream Class III: This stream class has no fish inhabitants, but
provides quality water for downstream Class I and II stream sys-
tems.

B. Maintain natural stream bank and stream channel processes.

1 . Stream Class I: Allow no serious and adverse effects to anadro-
mous and adfluvial fish habitat and high value resident sport fish
habitat capability by providing natural cover/pool ratios, pool-riffle
sequences, and habitat features, such as stable debris. Design
management activities to maintain streambank, channel, and
floodplain integrity.

2. Stream Class II: Design management activities to maintain stream-
bank, channel, and floodplain integrity. Avoid sediment impacts
into downstream Class I streams.

3. Stream Class III: Design management activities to maintain
streambank, channel, and floodplain integrity. Avoid sediment
impacts to downstream Class I and II streams.

C. Maintain natural and beneficial quantities of large woody debris (LWD)

over the short and long term.

1 . Stream Class I: Allow no serious and adverse effects to anadro-
mous and adfluvial fish high value resident sport fish habitat capa-
bility by managing for natural and beneficial volumes of LWD for
rearing and spawning, stream energy dissipation, and sources of
energy and wood to the stream ecosystem. Use channel type
considerations to determine size classes and distribution.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain LWD, and design for future sources at
volumes determined by channel type considerations, in order to
provide for no serious and adverse effects to resident fish habitat
capability.

3. Stream Class III: Maintain LWD in channels and banks to prevent
changes in natural stream bank and stream channel processes.

D. Maintain water quality to provide for fish production.

1 . Classes I, II and III: Prevent serious and adverse effects to rearing
and spawning habitat, when present. Assure no chronic sediment
input following soil-disturbing activities (stabilization should al-
ways occur within one year). Minimize siltation to prevent down-
stream serious and adverse impacts to fish habitat.

2. Implement applicable Best Management Practices (see section
on soil and water resources).

E. Maintain or improve water temperature at a level suitable for salmonid

populations.

1 . Stream Class I: Allow no serious and adverse effects to anadro-
mous and adfluvial fish habitat and high value resident sport fish
habitat capability by providing for summer stream temperatures
below 68 degrees F, or at natural levels. Manage watersheds and
riparian streamsides to attain favorable stream temperature
regimes.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain water temperatures below 68 degrees F,
or at natural levels, to provide no serious and adverse effects to
resident fish species and to provide for downstream Class I
streams.

3. Stream Class III: Manage riparian streamside vegetation to main-
tain water temperature standards and guidelines for downstream
Class I and II streams.

Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

F - 140

WILDLIFE

F. Maintain or improve primary or secondary stream biological production

in second growth-forests.

1 . Stream Class I: Allow no serious and adverse effects to anadro-
mous and adfluvial fish habitat and high value resident sport fish
habitat capability by sustaining primary and secondary biological
production in streams.

2. Stream Class II: Manage vegetation and biological productivity to
provide for no serious and adverse effects to resident fish species
and to maintain nutrient sources for downstream waters.

3. Stream Class III: Manage vegetation to provide maintenance of
nutrient sources for downstream waters.

G. Maintain fish passage through stream crossing structures.

1 . Stream Class I: Maintain or improve the opportunities for migration
of adult and juvenile anadromous and adfluvial sport fish. For
resident fish, maintain or improve the opportunities for natural
migration, where economically feasible. Consult the Aquatic Habi-
tat Management Handbook, FSH 2609.24.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain or improve the opportunities for the
natural migration of resident sport fish where economically feasi-
ble. Consult the Aquatic Habitat Management Handbook, FSH
2609.24.

3. Stream Class III: No fish are found in this stream class.

Enhancement

A. Enhancement of fish resources may be emphasized in this Area.

Monitoring: CF121

A. Implement aspects of the monitoring plan concerning riparian areas.

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: CW111

A. Establish a baseline inventory of riparian wildlife habitats to obtain

information on habitat conditions and wildlife use prior to planned

management activities.

2. Conduct baseline inventories on highest priority areas to precede
or coincide with proposed management activities.

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Coordinate management activities with the needs of wildlife.

1 . Use the habitat needs of MIS to help identify important coordina-
tion considerations.

2. Allow for the migration and movement of wildlife along riparian
areas.

3. Utilize silvicultural techniques which prolong understory forb and
shrub production when practical.

F - 141

Management Prescription:
Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

TIMBER

4. Provide habitat for cavity-nesting wildlife species.

* Retain soft and hard snags where possible, while meeting
management objectives, considering safety needs for people
and equipment.

* Where possible, save both hard and soft snags in areas pro-
tected from wind.

* Snags do not need to be evenly distributed; clumped distribu-
tions are preferred.

* Favor saving snags away from roads to reduce loss from fire-
wood gathering activity.

* After harvest, snags may be designated as wildlife trees and
marked to make them illegal for cutting.

* Consider retaining live trees for future snag recruitment.

5. Maintain or enhance wetland habitats associated with this man-
agement area which receive high use by waterfowl species such
as ducks, geese and shorebirds (refer to Forest-wide Direction
and Standards & Guidelines for Wildlife - Waterfowl).

B. Coordinate road management to emphasize the needs of wildlife.

1 . Use road management including year-long or seasonal closures
to reduce human disturbance to wildlife. Particular emphasis
needs to be given to road management in important brown bear
riparian habitats.

2. Locate and design roads in riparian areas to minimize human
disturbance to wildlife, with particular emphasis given to brown
bear habitat.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest and is included in the
allowable sale quantity calculation.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

A. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental docu-
ments for timber activities will emphasize fisheries and water quality
objectives.

B. The Sale Area Improvement Plan will prioritize K-V funds. Reforestation
will have highest priority for funds; other management area objectives
will have next priorities.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

A. Location and design of timber harvest activities require special consid-
eration to ensure that riparian area characteristics for fish habitat and
water quality be protected. This can be accomplished with both even-
aged and uneven-aged silvicultural systems.

B. Tailhold and yarding corridors may be allowed to cross all channel
process groups on a site-by-site basis where management area objec-
tives are met.

C. Timber harvest settings that cross or include streamcourses or

V-notches or other streams should be planned to minimize adverse
impacts on the soil and water resource. Unless stated otherwise in the
Process Group direction, the following apply management area-wide.
1 . T rees or products yarded across or down streamcourses shall be

fully suspended when yarding across the streamcourse or yard-

Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

F - 142

ing the full length of the stream or drainage, unless alternatives
are developed in the Operating Plan which meet the objectives of
the management area.

2. Unless agreed otherwise in the Operating Plan, trees identified for
harvest will be felled in such a manner so that the direction of fall
is away from streamcourse. These trees may be wedged, jacked,
lined, or otherwise pulled when necessary. Where directional
falling is not practical, trees will be yarded from streamcourses
immediately after they are felled. Unless the Forest Service pro-
vides a written waiver, felled or windfallen trees shall not be
bucked or limbed until they are clear of streamcourses (whole tree
yarding).

3. At the time agreed in the Operating Plan, all trees, except those
within guyline circles, which cannot be felled to avoid falling in
streamcourses shall be left standing until yarding is in progress
on the landing to which the trees will be yarded. Trees within the
guyline circle will be felled as agreed in the Operating Plan.

4. Use streams as split lines whenever possible (i.e., logs should be
yarded away from the stream in both directions rather than across
the channel).

5. Interdisciplinary review of sale unit layout during planning should
evaluate potential consequences of alternatives for cutting or
leaving trees in V-notches. Among factors which should be con-
sidered are soil, watershed, and other resource information; blow-
down potential; and yarding capability.

6. Allow salvage if objectives of management area can be met.

D. The following tables provide the Standards and Guidelines for timber
harvest activities. Distances are in horizontal feet. Distances shown are
for windfirm leavestrips; greater distance may be required to achieve
reasonable assurance that windthrow will not occur within the windfirm
distance as a result of adjacent harvest activity. Forest-wide and Man-
agement Area-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines apply for
each Channel Process Group.

1 . See the following charts -

F - 143

Management Prescription:
Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Low Gradient Floodplain Process Group

(Channel types B1, B8, Cl, C3, C4, C6, D4, D5)

Stream Class

Objectives

- Allow no serious and adverse affect of water quality or fish habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance

- Maintain long term supply of woody debris sources within the process group

- Allow no activities causing floodplain destabilization

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest within 0 to 25 windfirm feet of B1 or B8 channel types not
associated with other channel types

- Allow single tree selection harvest method within 25 to 60 windfirm feet of B1 or B8 channel
types not associated with other channel types; no restriction outside 60 feet

- Allow no programmed harvest within floodplain or within 0 to 200 feet, whichever is less, for
remainder of channel types

Harvest Rate

- Strive to maintain 90% of the optimum basal area with trees 1 6' + dbh within the no programmed
harvest area

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams

- Allow salvage in the no programmed harvest area while meeting objectives

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

• Incidental cutting of trees may be allowed in areas not programmed for harvest on a case-by-case basis (ex. bridge
stringers). Trees harvested should not jeopardize the future supply of large woody debris to streams.

• Stream Classes II and III do not normally occur in this process group. If they should occur, Harvest Control must
meet Management Objectives for Class II and III of the Alluvial Fan Process Group.

Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

F - 144

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Alluvial Fan Process Group

(Channel types A3, B5, D1, D6)

Stream Class

III

Objectives

- Allow no serious and adverse
affect of water quality or fish
habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Allow no activities causing
floodplain destabilization

- Allow no serious and adverse
affect of water quality or
resident fish habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Allow no activities causing
floodplain destabilization

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Allow no activities causing
floodplain destabilization

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed
harvest within active portion
of fan or 25 windfirm feet of
streambank, whichever is
greater

- Single tree selection 25 to
60 windfirm feet from stream-
bank if not within active
portion of fan

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining inac-
tive portion of fan while
meeting objectives

- Allow no programmed harvest within active portion of fan or
25 windfirm feet of streambank, whichever is greater

- All harvest methods are available on remaining inactive
portion of fan while meeting objectives

Harvest Rate

- Harvest not to exceed 1/2 forest land of individual fan

- Remaining forest land not to be harvested until created openings contain 50 foot conifer trees
(approximately 30 yrs.)

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or
in streams

- Allow salvage in the no programmed harvest areas while meet-
ing objectives

- Allow salvage in all areas
while meeting objectives

Roadlng

- Special road construction techniques may be required to ensure fish passage

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

- Incidental cutting of trees may be allowed in areas not programmed for harvest on a case-by-case basis (ex. bridge
stringers). Trees harvested should not jeopardize the future supply of large woody debris to streams.

F - 145 Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Mixed Controlled Moderate Gradient Process Group

(Channel types B2, B3, D3)

Stream Class

III

Objectives

- Allow no serious and adverse
affect of water quality or fish
habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

- Allow no serious and adverse
affect of water quality or
resident fish habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

Harvest Control

- Allow single tree selection
within 25 windfirm feet of B2
channels

- Allow single tree selection
within 60 windfirm feet of B3
and D3 channels

- Final harvest should incorpo-
rate undulating harvest unit
boundaries in the process
group to limit the amount of
continuous disturbance paral-
lel to the streambank

- Allow single tree selection
within 25 windfirm feet of all
channels

- Management Area Wide
Direction and Standards and
Guidelines apply for remain-
der of Area

• Allow single tree selection
within 25 windfirm feet of B2
channels

- Management Area Wide Di-
rection and Standards and
Guidelines apply for remain-
der of Area

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over
or in streams

- Allow salvage in the no programmed harvest areas while
meeting the objectives

- Allow salvage in all areas
while meeting objectives

Roading

- Special road construction techniques may be required to ensure fish passage

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

F - 146

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Large Low Gradient Contained Process Group

(Channel types C2, C5)

Stream Class

Objectives

• Allow no serious and adverse affect of water
quality or fish habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still
produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

- Allow no serious and adverse affect of water
quality or resident fish habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will
still produce excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest within 25 windfirm feet of streams

- Minimize soil disturbance associated with yarding within inner gorge

- Full suspension yarding is required to cross stream channel

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams

Roading

- Road construction is generally not appropriate in this process group

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

- Stream Class III does not normally occur in this process group. If it should occur, Harvest Control must meet
Management Objectives for Class III of the Moderate Gradient Contained Process Group.

F - 147 Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Moderate Gradient Contained Process Group

(Channel types B4, B6)

Stream Class

III

Objectives

- Allow no serious and adverse
affect of water quality or fish
habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

- Allow no serious and adverse
affect of water quality or
resident fish habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

• Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance
- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

Harvest Control

- Selectively leave trees with crowns that do not extend above
slope break

- Minimize soil disturbance associated with yarding within
inner gorge

- Full suspension yarding required to cross stream channel

- All harvest methods apply
while meeting objectives

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

F - 148

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

High Gradient Contained Process Group

(Channel types A1 , A2, A4, A5, A6, A7, B7, D2, D7)

Stream Class

III

Objectives

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

Harvest Control

- Allow harvest to streambank while meeting objectives
• Full suspension required to cross stream channel

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Allow salvage while meeting objectives

NOTES: • Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

- Stream Classes I and II do not normally occur in this process group. If they should occur, Harvest Control must meet
Management Objectives for Class I and II of the Moderate Gradient Contained Process Group.

F - 149

Management Prescription:
Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Placid or Glide Streams Process Group

(Channel types LI, L2)

Stream Class

Objectives

- Allow no serious and adverse affect of water
quality or fish habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still
produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

- Allow no serious and adverse affect of water
quality or resident fish habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will
still produce excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest within 60 wind-
firm feet of streambank

- Allow single tree selection for remainder of
stream class

- Allow no ground disturbing harvest within 60
windfirm feet of streambank (e.g. helicopter)

- Allow single tree selection for remainder of
stream class

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams

- Non ground disturbing salvage permitted while meeting objectives (e.g. helicopter)

Roading

- Roading is generally not appropriate in this process group

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

- Stream Class III does not normally occur in this process group. If it should occur, Harvest Control must meet
Management Objectives for Class III of the Moderate Gradient Contained Process Group.

Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

150

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Lakes and Ponds Process Group

(Channel types L, L3, L4, L5)

Stream Class

III

Objectives

- Allow no serious and adverse
affect of water quality or fish
habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Allow no serious and adverse
affect of water quality or
resident fish habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

Harvest Control

- Allow single tree selection
within 100 windfirm feet of
lake or L channel

- Leave 75% of shade trees
within 75 windfirm feet of lake
or L channel

- Any harvest methods apply
if greater than 1 00 windfirm
feet from lake or L channel

- Leave 65% of shade trees
within 75 windfirm feet of lake
or L channel

- Any harvest methods apply
if greater than 1 00 windfirm
feet from lake or L channel

- Treat as adjacent Manage-
ment Area if lake or pond is
less than 5 acres in size

- Maintain a minimum of 50%
of shading vegetation for
temperature sensitive chan-
nels

- Any harvest methods apply
while meeting objectives

- Treat as adjacent Manage-
ment Area if lake or pond is
less than 5 acres in size

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or
in lakes, ponds, or sloughs

- Allow salvage in all other areas while meeting objectives

- Allow salvage in all areas
while meeting objectives

Roading

- Roads may be allowed if other practical alternatives are not available or if needed to access the
water body for recreation or other needs

NOTE: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

F - 151 Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

Estuarine Process Group

(Channel types El, E2, E3, E5)

Stream Class

Objectives

- Allow no serious and adverse affect of water quality or fish habitat

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest within 200 windfirm feet of El and E5 estuarine channels

- All harvest methods allowed further than 200 windfirm feet from El and E5 estuarine channels

- Allow no programmed harvest within 25 windfirm feet of E2 and E3 estuarine channels

- Allow single tree selection within 25 to 60 windfirm feet of E2 and E3 estuarine channels

- Any harvest methods apply further than 60 windfirm feet from E2 and E3 estuarine channels

Harvest Rate

- Strive to maintain 90% of the optimum basal area with trees 16'+ dbh within the no programmed
harvest area

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams
• Allow salvage in all other areas while meeting objectives

NOTES: • Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

- Stream Classes II and III do not normally occur in this process group. If they should occur, Harvest Control must
meet Management Objectives for Class II and III of the Lakes and Ponds Process Group.

Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

F - 152

SOIL AND
WATER

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

Soil Inventory: FW1 111

A. Verify and define riparian areas on the ground during project level
planning.

Watershed Resource Planning: FW112

A. Manage activities to meet the minimum requirements to protect water
quality from degradation and to protect the aquatic and terrestrial
riparian habitats, channel and streambanks, and promote floodplain
stability.

1 . Identify soil and water quality requirements for the area during the
environmental analysis for project level activities.

2. Apply Process or Standard BMP’s to minimize the adverse effects
from on site and from nearby logging and related land disturb-
ance activities.

3. Determine floodplain values and plan to avoid, where possible,
the long and short-term adverse impacts to soil and water re-
sources associated with the occupancy and modification of flood-
plains.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11

Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents for minerals activities, include watershed and fisheries co-
ordination.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and Standards and Guidelines to the location and construction of
mining roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area. Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

F - 153

Management Prescription:
Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

LANDS

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

2. Apply timing restrictions to instream construction as needed to
protect fisheries habitat and mitigate adverse disturbance of
stream sediments.

3. Use sedimentation traps as needed to mitigate adverse stream
sedimentation and meet State and Federal water quality regula-
tions.

4. Locate material sites and marine transfer facilities outside this
management area if reasonable alternatives exist.

5. Take advantage of topographic and vegetative screening when
locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries, structures, and
marine transfer facilities.

6. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

7. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural
appearing condition.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only those activities which are dependent upon riparian re-
sources and do not significantly reduce the capability of the area to: (1)
maintain or enhance associated fish or wildlife habitat, or (2) protect
water quality.

1 . Analyze each new proposal on a case-by-case basis, using an
interdisciplinary process, to determine probable effects.

2. Apply standards and guidelines for transportation operations,
when granting new rights-of-way.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Permit only those facilities which do not significantly reduce the capa-
bility of the area to maintain fish or wildlife habitat or water quality.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Locate, design, and construct roads in a manner which will minimize
effects on wildlife and fish habitat and populations. Conduct develop-
ment activities on wetlands and floodplains in compliance with Execu-
tive Orders 1 1 988 and 1 1 990 (Floodplain Management and Protection
of Wetlands). Consult the Forest Service Road Preconstruction and
Drainage Structures Handbooks and the Region 1 0 BMP Handbook for
detailed location and design guidance.

1 . Develop and incorporate in project plans an erosion control and
stabilization plan for stabilizing all human-caused soil disturb-
ances.

2. Locate stream crossings only in stable reaches, unless appropri-
ate mitigation measures are taken. Design crossings of V-notched
drainages to prevent debris jamming. Culverts will be designed
and installed to prevent downstream erosion. When embankment
material is used for decking on native log bridges, install side logs,
wood chinking, and a woven or polypropylene fabric blanket prior

Management Prescription:

Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

F - 154

to embankment placement to contain surfacing materials and
prevent entry of sediment into the stream.

3. Location of roads parallel to fish bearing streams and crossing
fish streams will be permitted only where other locations are not
feasible and the management direction for fish habitat can be met.
Where roads are located near fish streams, minimize the introduc-
tion of sediment during clearing, construction and operation activ-
ities. Sidecasting and waste materials must not encroach upon
the streamcourse and as much undisturbed ground cover as
possible shall be left between the road and the stream. Complete
endhaul of waste material will be required where roads are located
near fish streams when there is the probability of downhill move-
ment of the material into the stream below. Fill will be placed into
fish streams only when considered through the IDT process to be
the best alternative.

4. Meet fish passage direction at all locations where roads cross fish
streams (consult Forest-wide Direction and Standards and Guide-
lines for fish habitat planning, CF1 12). Contracts will specify per-
missible uses of heavy machinery and the timing of road construc-
tion activities based on consultation with the Alaska Department
of Fish and Game and as determined by interdisciplinary analysis
and appropriate line officer approval.

5. Slope drainage ditches along the road-bed with reasonable con-
sistency to the nearest relief culvert and avoid leading directly into
stream channels.

6. Design bridge abutments to minimize disturbances to stream-
banks.

7. Avoid location of roads parallel to riparian areas or within riparian
areas with known concentrations of wildlife such as brown bear or
waterfowl high use areas.

B. If the need to restrict access is identified during project interdisciplinary
team review, roads will be closed, either seasonally or yearlong, to
minimize adverse effects on fish and wildlife. To the extent practicable,
manage road use in cooperation with appropriate State and other
Federal agencies to meet fish and wildlife population management
objectives.

F - 155

Management Prescription:
Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements

STREAM AND LAKE PROTECTION

Management Area SL

The emphasis of this management area is to maintain optimum riparian habitat for fish and other riparian
associated resources. This prescription applies to areas comprised of aquatic and riparian ecosystems,
including riparian streamsides, lakes and floodplains, with distinctive resource values and characteristics.
This area includes the zones of interaction between the riparian and upland terrestrial ecosystems through
exchanges of energy, nutrients, and plant and animal species. It may also include landslide, erosion, and
windthrow hazard areas associated with streams and riparian areas. Conflicts in management activities are
to be settled in favor of the riparian-associated fish and wildlife species.

At a minimum, this Management Area includes the riparian area required to meet the National Forest
Management Act’s implementing regulations for fish habitat and water quality (see description of Manage-
ment Area WQ.)

Riparian-related definitions relating to this management area are as follows:

Cultural resources Interpretation of cultural resources and the natural environment may be provid-
ed to enhance the visitors experience. Cultural sites adjacent to activities will be
protected following applicable Federal and State Regulations.

Recreation Recreation use will be managed to preserve the natural attributes of the riparian

area. Activities are managed to harmonize with the adopted ROS setting and
purpose of adjacent areas. Recreation developments should generally be locat-
ed in other management areas, unless the use is compatible or cannot practica-
bly be located outside of riparian areas.

Visuals Visual quality may vary, based on the adopted Visual Quality Objectives for the

surrounding area.

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

F - 156

Fish

Fish habitat, including its protection, rehabilitation, and enhancement is em-
phasized. Other resource activities should maintain or enhance stream habitat
conditions. Included will be the protection and management of the riparian area
for the maintenance of stream banks, water quality, large woody debris, pools,
and streambeds for resident and anadromous fish species and for downstream
fisheries considerations.

Subsistence

Wildlife

A wide variety of vegetative conditions and types will be present, often benefit-
ing a variety of riparian-associated wildlife species. Often, the area will provide
snags for associated wildlife species, maintain a vegetative component of large
trees for brown bear bedding areas and other riparian-associated species,
maintain waterfowl habitats associated with riparian areas, and provide for
wildlife travel corridors.

Timber

Timber harvest and other silvicultural treatments will be allowed where not in
conflict with the protection and enhancement of riparian associated resources.
Generally, only limited treatment is suitable within a variable distance of stream
courses, with uneven-aged management being the predominant harvest
method.

Soil and Water

Soil and water protective measures are applied to a greater degree than in most
other areas due to the proximity to, and density of, water courses. Emphasis is
for no impacts to water quality or fish habitat.

Lands

Activities dependent upon the riparian area, and which meet the fish, wildlife
and water quality objectives for riparian areas, may be present.

Minerals

Lands are open to mineral entry. Mineral activities are designed to be compati-
ble to the extent practicable with the management emphasis, and will often
include special mitigating measures to protect water conditions and fish habi-
tat.

Facilities

Generally, facilities will not be present within this management area, unless the
use is compatible or cannot be located outside of the riparian area.

Transportation

Transportation developments should be located outside of the area, to the
extent practicable. Developments should result in no impairment to the produc-
tion and migration of anadromous fish and only minor effects on resident fish.

Fire

Appropriate suppression measures will be used to maintain water quality and
fish habitat.

Insect and Disease

Integrated pest management principles are applied to maintain water quality
and fish habitat.

F - 157

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN.AT

All

VISUALS

AVI

l(A-D)

AV1 1, AVI 2

All

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT11

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2,3)

PF2

l(A:1-4)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

F - 158

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Management and Operations

A. Regulate recreation use based on studies reflecting the effect of recre-
ation activities on wildlife and fish resources and habitat.

1 . Locate, design, and operate only those recreation facilities which

A. A variety of visual conditions may exist within the management area.

1 . Adopt the Visual Quality Objective of the adjacent management
area.

2. Visual Quality Objectives may range from Retention to Maximum
Modification.

A. Emphasize the protection and enhancement of fish habitat and popula-
tions by integrating the management of the aquatic and terrestrial
ecosystems. The objectives for management in this Management Area
are that activities do not result in any decrease in anadromous and
adfluvial fish habitat, or high value resident sport fish, habitat capability.

Objectives for Management Affecting Fish Habitat

A. Provide for short and long-term maintenance of fish habitat capability
in all channel process groups.

1 . Stream Class I : Maintain or enhance aquatic biological productiv-
ity within each individual Class I stream system.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain habitat capability for resident fish popu-
lations, to the extent practicable.

3. Stream Class III: This stream class has no fish inhabitants but
provides quality water for downstream Class I and II stream sys-
tems.

B. Maintain natural stream bank and stream channel processes.

1 . Stream Class I: Maintain or improve anadromous and adfluvial fish
habitat and high value resident sport fish habitat capability by

VISUALS

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

FISH

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

F - 159

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

providing natural or improved cover/pool ratio, pool-riffle se-
quences, and habitat features, such as stable debris. Design
management activities to maintain stream bank, channel and
floodplain integrity.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain habitat capability for resident fish popu-
lations, to the extent practicable, by providing natural or improved
cover/pool ratio, pool-riffle sequences, and habitat features, such
as stable debris. Design management activities to maintain
stream bank, channel and floodplain integrity. Avoid sediment
impacts into downstream Class I streams.

3. Stream Class III: Design management activities to maintain stream
bank, channel and floodplain integrity. Avoid sediment impacts
into downstream Class I and II streams.

C. Maintain natural and beneficial quantities of large woody debris (LWD)

over the short and long term.

1. Stream Class I: Maintain anadromous and adfluvial fish habitat
and high value resident sport fish habitat capability by providing
for natural and beneficial volumes of LWD for rearing and spawn-
ing, stream energy dissipation, and sources of energy and wood
to the stream ecosystem. Use channel type considerations to
determine size classes and distribution.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain habitat capability for resident fish popu-
lations, to the extent practicable, by providing for existing levels of
LWD, and by designing for future sources at volumes determined
by channel type considerations.

3. Stream Class III: Maintain LWD in channels and banks to prevent
changes in natural stream bank and stream channel processes.

D. Maintain water quality to provide for fish production.

1 . Classes I, II, and III: Prevent adverse effects to rearing and spawn-
ing habitat, when present. Maintain anadromous and adfluvial fish
habitat and high value sport fish habitat capability, as well as
capability for other resident fish populations, to the extent practi-
cable. Assure no chronic sediment input following soil-disturbing
activities (stabilization should always occur within one year). Mini-
mize siltation to prevent downstream adverse impacts to fish habi-
tat.

2. Implement applicable Best Management Practices (see section
on soil and water resources).

E. Maintain or improve water temperature at a level to optimize salmonid

populations.

1 . Stream Class I: Maintain optimum salmonid summer stream tem-
peratures at between 50 and 68 degrees F or at natural levels.
Manage watersheds and riparian streamsides to attain optimum
stream temperature regimes.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain water temperatures below 68 degrees F,
or at natural levels, to maintain habitat capability for resident fish
populations, to the extent practicable.

3. Stream Class III: Manage watersheds and riparian streamsides to
maintain water temperature standards and guidelines for down-
stream Class I and II streams.

F. Maintain or improve primary or secondary stream biological production

in second growth forests.

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

F - 160

WILDLIFE

1 . Stream Class I : Maintain natural or enhanced primary and sec-
ondary biological production in streams to provide for full biologi-
cal potential of anadromous and adfluvial fish habitat and high
quality resident sport fisheries.

2. Stream Class II: Manage vegetation and biological productivity to
maintain habitat capability for resident fish populations to the
extent practicable, and to maintain nutrient sources for down-
stream waters.

3. Stream Class III: Manage vegetation to provide maintenance of
nutrient sources to downstream waters.

G. Maintain fish passage through stream crossing structures.

1 . Stream Class I: Maintain or improve the opportunities for the mi-
gration of adult and juvenile anadromous and adfluvial sport fish.
Consult the Aquatic Habitat Management Handbook, FSH
2609.24.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain or improve the opportunities for the
natural migration of resident fish where economically feasible. For
resident fish, maintain for improve the opportunities for natural
migration, where economically feasible. Consult the Aquatic Habi-
tat Management Handbook, FSH 2609.24.

3. Stream Class III: No fish are found in this stream class.

Enhancement

A. Enhancement of fish resources is emphasized in this Management

Area.

Monitoring: CF121

A. Implement aspects of the monitoring plan concerning riparian areas.

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: CW111

A. Establish a baseline inventory of riparian wildlife habitats to obtain

information on habitat conditions and wildlife use prior to planned

management activities.

2. Conduct baseline inventories on highest priority areas to precede
or coincide with proposed management activities.

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Coordinate management activities with the needs of wildlife.

1 . Use the habitat needs of MIS to help identify important coordina-
tion considerations.

2. Allow for the migration and movement of wildlife along riparian
areas.

3. Utilize silvicultural techniques which prolong understory forb and
shrub production when practical.

4. Provide habitat for cavity-nesting wildlife species.

* Retain soft and hard snags where possible, while meeting
management objectives, considering safety needs for people
and equipment.

F - 161

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

TIMBER

* Where possible, save both hard and soft snags in areas pro-
tected from wind.

* Snags do not need to be evenly distributed; clumped distribu-
tions are preferred.

* Favor saving snags away from roads to reduce loss from fire-
wood gathering activity.

* After harvest, snags may be designated as wildlife trees and
marked to make them illegal for cutting.

* Consider retaining live trees for future snag recruitment.

5. Manage for old-growth characteristics in those stream process
groups which are designated for uneven-aged management (sin-
gle tree selection or group selection).

6. Maintain or enhance wetland habitats associated with this man-
agement area which receive high use by waterfowl species such
as ducks, geese and shorebirds (refer to Forest-wide Direction
and Standards & Guidelines for Wildlife - Waterfowl.)

B. Coordinate road management to emphasize the needs of wildlife.

1. Utilize road management including year-long or seasonal clo-
sures to reduce human disturbance on wildlife. Particular empha-
sis needs to be given to road management in important brown
bear riparian habitats.

2. Locate and design roads in riparian areas to minimize human
disturbance to wildlife, with particular emphasis given to brown
bear habitat.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest and is included in the
allowable sale quantity calculation.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

A. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental docu-
ments for timber activities will emphasize riparian-associated resource
objectives.

B. The Sale Area Improvement Plan will prioritize K-V funds. Reforestation
will have highest priority for funds; other management area objectives
will have next priorities.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

A. Location and design of timber harvest activities require special consid-
eration and mitigation to ensure that riparian area characteristics for
fish and wildlife habitat, water quality, and other riparian associated
resources be protected. This may be accomplished with both even-
aged and uneven-aged silvicultural systems.

B. To provide protection to fish and wildlife during critical periods of their
life cycle, seasonal restrictions on harvest activities may be required.

C. Tailhold and yarding corridors may be allowed to cross all channel
process groups on a site-by-site basis where management area objec-
tives are met.

D. Timber harvest settings that cross or include streamcourses or
V-notches or other streams should be planned to minimize adverse
impacts on the soil and water resource. Unless stated otherwise in the
Process Group direction, the following apply management area wide.

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

F - 162

1 . T rees or products yarded across or down streamcourses shall be
fully suspended when yarding across the streamcourse or yard-
ing the full length of the stream or drainage, unless alternatives
are developed in the Operating Plan which meet the objectives of
the management area.

2. Unless agreed otherwise in the Operating Plan, trees identified for
harvest will be felled in such a manner so that the direction of fall
is away from streamcourse. These trees may be wedged, jacked,
lined, or otherwise pulled when necessary. Unless the Forest
Service provides a written waiver, trees accidentally felled or wind-
fallen trees in streamcourses shall not be bucked or limbed until
they are clear of streamcourses (whole tree yarding).

4. Use streams as split lines whenever possible (i.e. logs should be
yarded away from the stream in both directions rather than across
the channel).

6. Allow salvage if objectives of management area can be met.

E. The following tables provide the Standards and Guidelines for timber
harvest activities. Distances are in horizontal feet. Distances shown are
for windfirm leave strips; greater distance may be required to achieve
reasonable assurance that windthrow will not occur within the windfirm
distance as a result of adjacent harvest activity. To ensure that leave
strips are windfirm, consider conditions such as soils, local wind pat-
terns, 3-tree height general rule, and other site-specific factors. Forest-
wide and Management Area-wide Direction and Standards & Guide-
lines apply for each Channel Process Group.

1 . See the following charts -

F - 163

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

Stream and Lake Protection

Low Gradient Floodplain Process Group

(Channel types B1, B8, Cl, C3, C4, C6, D4, D5)

Stream Class

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic biological productivity

- Allow no measurable reduction in smolt habitat capability except when natural processes
result in greater change

- Restore stream and/or watershed condition

- Maintain/manage old growth characteristic habitat for riparian associated wildlife species

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance

- Maintain long term supply of woody debris sources within the process group

- Allow no activities causing floodplain destabilization

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest within 0 to 60 windfirm feet of B1 or B8 channel types not
associated with other channel types

- Allow single tree selection harvest method within 60 to 200 windfirm feet of B1 or B8 channel
types not associated with other channel types

- Allow no programmed harvest within 0 to 200 feet for remainder of channel types

• Consider all harvest methods, on a case-by-case basis, if riparian is greater than 200 feet

Harvest Rate

- Strive to maintain 90% of the optimum basal area with trees 1 6" + dbh within the no programmed
harvest area

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams

- Allow salvage in the no programmed harvest area while meeting objectives

Roading

- Locate roads in this area only when other reasonably feasible routes do not exist

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

- Stream Classes II and III do not normally occur in this process group. If they should occur, Harvest Control must
meet Management Objectives for Class II and III of the of the Alluvial Fan Process Group.

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

F - 164

Stream and Lake Protection

Alluvial Fan Process Group

(Channel types A3, B5, D1, D6)

Stream Class

Ill

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic
biological productivity

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Allow no activities causing
floodplain destabilization

- Restore stream and/or
watershed condition

- Allow no measurable reduc-
tion in smolt habitat capability
except when natural process-
es result in greater change

- Maintain/manage old growth
characteristic habitat for
riparian associated wildlife
species

- Maintain habitat capability
for resident fish to the extent
practicable

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Allow no activities causing
floodplain destabilization

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed
harvest within active portion
of fan or 60 windfirm feet of
streambank, whichever is
greater

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining inac-
tive portion of fan while
meeting objectives

- Allow no programmed
harvest within active portion
of fan or 25 windfirm feet of
streambank, whichever is
greater

- Single tree selection 25 to
60 windfirm feet from stream-
bank if not within active
portion of fan

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining inac-
tive portion of fan while
meeting objectives

- Allow no programmed
harvest within active portion
of fan or 25 windfirm feet of
streambank, whichever is
greater

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining
inactive portion of fan while
meeting objectives

Harvest Rate

- Strive to maintain 90% of
the optimum basal area with
trees 16"+ dbh within the no
programmed harvest area

- Harvest not to exceed 50% of the forest land of individual
fan. Remaining forest land not to be harvested until created
openings contain 50 foot conifer trees (approximately 30 yrs.)

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or
in streams

- Allow salvage in the no programmed harvest areas while meet-
ing objectives

- Allow salvage in all areas
while meeting objectives

Roading

- Special road construction techniques may be required to ensure fish passage

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

F - 165

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

Stream and Lake Protection

Mixed Controlled Moderate Gradient Process Group

(Channel types B2, B3, D3)

Stream Class

III

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic
biological productivity

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

- Allow no measurable reduc-
tion in smolt habitat capability
except when natural process-
es result in greater change

- Maintain/manage old growth
characteristic habitat for
riparian associated wildlife
species

- Maintain habitat capability
for resident fish to the extent
practicable

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

Harvest Control

- Allow single tree selection
within 60 windfirm feet of B2
channels

- Allow single tree selection
within 100 windfirm feet of B3
and D3 channels

- Allow single tree selection
on remainder of area

- Allow single tree selection
within 25 windfirm feet of B2
channels

- Allow single tree selection
within 60 windfirm feet of B3
and D3 channels

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining area;
final harvest should incorpo-
rate undulating harvest unit
boundaries in the process
group to limit the amount of
continuous disturbance paral-
lel to the streambank

- Allow single tree selection
within 25 windfirm feet of B2
channels

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining area
while meeting objectives

- Management Area Wide
Direction and Standards and
Guidelines apply for remain-
der of Area

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over
or in streams

- Allow salvage in the no programmed harvest areas while
meeting the objectives

- Allow salvage in all areas
while meeting objectives

Roading

- Special road construction techniques may be required to ensure fish passage

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

F - 166

Stream and Lake Protection

Large Low Gradient Contained Process Group

(Channel types C2, C5)

Stream Class

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic biological
productivity

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still
produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

- Allow no measurable reduction in smolt
habitat capability except when natural process-
es result in greater change

- Maintain/manage old growth characteristic
habitat for riparian associated wildlife species

- Maintain habitat capability for resident fish
to the extent practicable

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will
still produce excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest

- Allow no programmed harvest within 25
windfirm feet of streams

- Minimize soil disturbance associated with
yarding within inner gorge

- Full suspension yarding is required to cross
stream channel

Harvest Rate

- Allow no programmed harvest

- Management Area Wide Direction and
Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams

Roading

- Road construction is generally not appropriate in this process group; where road crossings are
required, minimize erosion and sedimentation associated with road crossing approaches within
inner gorge

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

- Stream Class III does not normally occur in this process group. If it should occur, Harvest Control must meet
Management Objectives for Class III of the Moderate Gradient Contained Process Group.

F - 167

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

Stream and Lake Protection

Moderate Gradient Contained Process Group

(Channel types B4, B6)

Stream Class

III

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic
biological productivity

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

- Allow no measurable reduc-
tion in smolt habitat capability
except when natural process-
es result in greater change

- Maintain/manage old growth
characteristic habitat for
riparian associated wildlife
species

• Maintain habitat capability
for resident fish to the extent
practicable

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

• Maintain streambank and
channel integrity

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

Harvest Control

- Selectively leave trees with
crowns that do not extend
above slope break

- Minimize soil disturbance
associated with yarding within
inner gorge

- Full suspension yarding
required to cross stream
channel

- Maintain near natural snag
component of stand

- No harvest within 25 feet of
bank

- Selectively leave trees with
crowns that do not extend
above slope break

- Minimize soil disturbance
associated with yarding within
inner gorge

- Full suspension yarding
required to cross stream
channel

- All harvest methods apply
while meeting objectives

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams

Roading

- Road construction is generally not appropriate in this process group; where road crossings
are required, minimize erosion and sedimentation associated with road crossing approaches
within inner gorge

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

F - 168

Stream and Lake Protection

High Gradient Contained Process Group

(Channel types A1 , A2, A4, A5, A6, A7, B7, D2, D7)

Stream Class

III

Objectives

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

Harvest Control

- Allow harvest to streambank while meeting objectives

- Full suspension required to cross stream channel

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

- Harvest rate not to exceed 25% every 20 years of a 3rd order or larger watershed

Salvage

- Allow salvage while meeting objectives

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

F - 169

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

Stream and Lake Protection

Placid or Glide Streams Process Group

(Channel types LI , L2)

Stream Class

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic biological
productivity

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still
produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

- Allow no measurable reduction in smolt
habitat capability except when natural process-
es result in greater change

- Maintain/manage old growth characteristic
habitat for riparian associated wildlife species

- Maintain habitat capability for resident fish
to the extent practicable

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will
still produce excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest

- Allow incidental tree selection (e.g. bridge stringers)

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams

- Non-ground disturbing salvage permitted while meeting objectives (e.g. helicopter)

Roading

- Roading is generally not appropriate in this process group

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

- Stream Class III does not normally occur in this process group. If it should occur, Harvest Control must meet
Management Objectives for Class III of the Moderate Gradient Contained Process Group.

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

F - 170

Stream and Lake Protection

Lakes and Ponds Process Group

(Channel types L, L3, L4, L5)

Stream Class

III

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic
biological productivity

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

- Allow no measurable reduc-
tion in smolt habitat capability
except when natural process-
es result in greater change

- Maintain/manage old growth
characteristic habitat for
riparian associated wildlife
species

- Maintain habitat capability
for resident fish to the extent
practicable

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance

Harvest Control

- Allow unevenage manage-
ment within 500 feet of lake,
pond or L channel, or the
extent of the management
area, whichever is less

- Any harvest method applies
for remainder of area while
meeting objectives

- Allow unevenage manage-
ment within 1 00 feet of lakes
and ponds less than 50 acres
in size or L channels

- Allow unevenage manage-
ment within 500 feet, or extent
of management area,
whichever is less, of lakes
greater than 50 acres in size

- Any harvest methods apply
for the remainder of the area
while meeting objectives

- Treat as adjacent Manage-
ment Area if lake or pond is
less than 5 acres in size

- Maintain a minimum of 50%
of shading vegetation for
temperature sensitive lakes
or channels

- Any harvest methods apply
while meeting objectives

- Treat as adjacent Manage-
ment Area if lake or pond is
less than 5 acres in size

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or
in lakes, ponds, or sloughs

- Allow salvage in all other areas while meeting objectives

- Allow salvage in all areas
while meeting objectives

Roading

- Roads may be allowed if other practical alternatives are not available or if needed to access the
water body for recreation or other needs

NOTE: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

F - 171

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

Stream and Lake Protection

Estuarine Process Group

(Channel types El, E2, E3, E5)

Stream Class

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic biological productivity

- Allow no measurable reduction in smolt habitat capability except when natural processes
result in greater change

- Maintain/manage old growth characteristic habitat for riparian associated wildlife species

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest within 500 windfirm feet of El and E5 estuarine channels, or
extent of management area, whichever is less

- Allow no programmed harvest within 200 windfirm feet of E2 and E3 estuarine channels, or
extent of management area, whichever is less

- Allow unevenage management for remainder of area

Harvest Rate

-Strive to maintain 90% of the optimum basal area with trees 16*+ dbh within the no programmed
harvest area

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams

- Allow salvage in all other areas while meeting objectives

Roading

- Juvenile fish passages may require special attention

- Generally, no roading should occur in estuarine wetland areas.

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

F - 172

WATER AND
SOIL

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

Soil Inventory: FW1111

A. Verify and define riparian areas on the ground during project level
planning.

Watershed Resource Planning: FW112

A. Manage activities to protect water quality from degradation and to
protect the aquatic and terrestrial riparian habitats, channel and
streambanks, and promote floodplain stability.

1 . Identify soil and water quality requirements for the area during the
environmental analysis for project-level activities.

2. Apply Process BMP’s to minimize effects from nearby logging and
related land disturbance activities.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11

A. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental docu-
ments for minerals activities, include watershed and fisheries coordina-
tion.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and Standards & Guidelines to the location and construction of mining
roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area. Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

1. Design mineral management activities to maintain the present
and continued productivity of anadromous fish and other food fish
habitat to the maximum extent feasible (Consult ANILCA, Sec.505

(a).)

2. Apply timing restrictions to in stream construction as needed to
protect fisheries habitat and mitigate adverse disturbance of
stream sediments.

F - 173

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

LANDS

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

3. Use sedimentation traps as needed to mitigate adverse stream
sedimentation and meet State and Federal water quality regula-
tions.

4. Locate material sites and marine transfer facilities outside this
management area if reasonable alternatives exist.

5. Take advantage of topographic and vegetative screening when
locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries, structures, and
marine transfer facilities.

6. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

7. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural-
appearing condition.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only those activities which are dependent upon riparian re-
sources and do not significantly reduce the capability of the area to: (1 )
maintain or enhance associated fish or wildlife habitat, or (2) protect
water quality.

1 . Analyze each new proposal on a case-by-case basis, using an
interdisciplinary process, to determine probable effects.

2. Apply standards and guidelines for transportation operations,
when granting new rights-of-way.

B. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility System
(TUS) "Avoidance Area." Transportation and utility sites and corridors
may be located within this management area only after a search for
TUS "windows" has been exhausted.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Permit only those facilities which do not significantly reduce the capa-
bility of the area to maintain fish or wildlife habitat or water quality.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Locate, design, and construct roads in a manner which will minimize
effects on wildlife and fish habitat and populations. Conduct develop-
ment activities on wetlands and floodplains in compliance with Execu-
tive Orders 1 1 988 and 1 1 990 (Floodplain Management and Protection
of Wetlands). Consult the Forest Sen/ice Road Preconstruction and
Drainage Structures Handbooks and the Region 1 0 BMP Handbook for
detailed location and design guidance.

1 . Develop and incorporate in project plans an erosion control and
stabilization plan for stabilizing all human-caused soil disturb-
ances.

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

F - 174

3. Location of roads parallel to fish-bearing streams and crossing
fish streams will be permitted only where other locations are not
feasible and the management direction for fish habitat can be met.
Where roads are located near fish streams, minimize the introduc-
tion of sediment during clearing, construction and operation activ-
ities. Sidecasting and waste materials must not encroach upon
the stream course and as much undisturbed ground cover as
possible shall be left between the road and the stream. Complete
endhaul of waste material will be required where roads are located
near fish streams when there is the probability of downhill move-
ment of the material into the stream below. Fill will be placed into
fish streams only when considered through the IDT process to be
the best alternative.

4. Meet fish passage direction at all locations where roads cross fish
streams (consult Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guide-
lines for Fish Habitat Planning, CF112). Contracts will specify
permissible uses of heavy machinery and the timing of road con-
struction activities based on consultation with the Alaska Depart-
ment of Fish and Game and as determined by interdisciplinary
analysis and appropriate line officer approval.

5. Slope drainage ditches along the road-bed with reasonable con-
sistency to the nearest relief culvert and avoid leading directly into
stream channels.

6. Design bridge abutments to minimize disturbances to stream-
banks.

7. Avoid location of roads parallel to riparian areas or within riparian
areas with known concentrations of wildlife such as brown bear or
waterfowl high use areas.

F - 175

Management Prescription:
Stream and Lake Protection

SPECIAL AREAS

Management Area SA

The emphasis of this management area is to provide for the inventory, maintenance, interpretation, and
protection of the inherent characteristics and attributes of areas with cultural, scenic, geological, botanical,
zoological, palentological or other special features which qualify them for designation as unique within the
National Forest. Included in Special Areas are:

* Cultural areas possessing prehistoric/historic sites, buildings, or artifacts of National Register
of Historic Places Significance or having special cultural associations with Native Americans.

* Scenic Areas comprised of landscapes of outstanding beauty or natural characteristics,
including those of glaciers, alpine, diverse vegetative patterns/coverage, etc. These areas
could also be viewed for long durations from specific vantage points, such as developed
recreation sites, trails, anchorages, travel routes, communities.

* Geological Areas having unique geologic features of the earth’s development including caves,
volcanic features, stratigraphic and structural features, and fossilized specimens of plants and
animals.

* Botanical Areas containing specimens or groups of plants, plant groups, and plant communi-
ties which are significant because of form, color occurrence, habitat location, life history,
arrangement ecology, environment, rarity and/or other features.

* Zoological Areas containing unique or significant animals, animal groups, or animal communi-
ties, habitat, location, life history, ecology, environment, rarity or other features.

Within the management area, resource values are available for public study, use, or enjoyment when
adequate provisions for protection are available and the resource is suitable for the activity. The conditions
of occupancy and use under which these areas will be managed are fully described and designed to
perpetuate their special values.

Each Special Area may require unique management direction that is determined through individualized
study and planning to determine further standards and guidelines consistent with its objectives.

Existing Designated Special Areas include: Mendenhall Glacier Recreation Area, Ward Lake Recreation
Area, Walker Cove-Rudyard Bay Scenic Area, Admiralty Lakes Recreation Area, New Eddystone Rock
Geological Area, Hubbard Glacier Geological area, Tracy Arm-Ford’s Terror Scenic Area, and Fort Durham
Historic Landmark. Other Special Areas may be designated during the implementation of this Plan (see
Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines for Special Areas).

At-a-G!ance . . .

Cultural resources Cultural resources are evaluated for inclusion in the National Register of Historic

Places, considered for nomination to the National Historic Landmark Program
and interpreted to enhance the visitor’s experience.

Management Prescription:
Special Areas

F - 176

Recreation

Use and interpretation are developed when adequate provisions for protection
are available and the resource is suitable for the activity.

Visuals

Integrity will be maintained in a natural-appearing visual condition that is com-
patible with the objectives for which the Special Area was established.

Fish

Enhancement projects maintain indigenous species present when the Special
Area was established.

Subsistence

Subsistence use will be allowed in accordance with Federal and State Regula-
tions.

Wildlife

Enhancement projects maintain indigenous species present when the Special
Area was established.

Timber

Harvest authorized for development and maintenance of Special Areas. No
harvest is scheduled.

Soli and Water

Maintain the natural conditions to perpetuate the unique qualities of the Special
Area.

Minerals

Maintain the natural condition and perpetuate the unique qualities of the Spe-
cial Area. Entry may be withdrawn if not consistent with the objectives for which
the Special Area was established.

Facilities

Provide interpretive facilities that blend with and compliment the unique quali-
ties of each area.

Transportation

Roads and trails will not be permitted unless they are compatible with the
interpretive objectives for which the Special Area was established.

Fire

Managed to protect significant resources within or outside the Special Area.

Insect and Disease

Managed to allow natural ecological successions insofar as they do not endan-
ger resources outside the Special Area.

F - 177

Management Prescription:
Special Areas

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

l-IV; Vl-X

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

All

VISUALS

AVI, AVI 2

All

AV11

l(B.G)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT11

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET111-1

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

1, lll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

LF2

All

TRANSPORTATION

LT 111, LT122, LT212

All

LT121

1, II

LT214

l-IV

LT22, LT23

All

FIRE

PF12

All

PF2

l(A:4)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Management Prescription:
Special Areas

F - 178

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

CULTURAL

RECREATION

Cultural Resource Activities: AC

Evaluation

A. Cultural Resource properties which are classified as Special Areas

under 36 CFR 294 shall be evaluated for the National Register of

Historic Places and as a possible National Historic Landmark as estab-
lished in 36 CFR 63.

1. Designate and classify Special Areas through interdisciplinary
analysis utilizing public comment, established procedures and
regulation, individualized study and planning for each area to
determine further standards and guidelines.

* Review proposed Special Areas during Plan Revision.

2. Establish the exterior boundary of the management area so that
they are easily recognized, readily enforced, and inclusive of all
values to be protected.

3. Protect the area from degradation from effects of management
activities occurring within adjacent management areas.

4. Preserve and protect the physical and scientific integrity of the
Special Area by preventing artificial disturbance.

5. Provide interpretive devices to explain special features and pro-
tective regulations.

6. Provide for recreation activities that enhance the interpretive ex-
perience while protecting the unique values for which the Special
Area was designated.

7. Prevent the use of Special Areas when national policy or sensitiv-
ity of unique values requires closure.

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Management and Operations

A. Regulate use based on monitoring studies reflecting the effect of recre-
ation activities on the unique features for which the Special Area is
established.

1 . When monitoring indicates human use adversely affects the spe-
cial features, regulate use to eliminate the adverse effects or
reduce use to acceptable levels.

2. Design and locate recreation-related structures to be compatible
with characteristics of the area. Regulate user-created structures
to avoid degradation of the unique character of the area. (Consult
FS Recreation Site Development Handbook)

3. Public motorized travel is restricted to designated travel routes
except for powerboats operating on open water channels. (Con-
sult FS Off-Road Vehicle Management Handbook)

B. Provide for inventoried ROS opportunities and appropriate activities
within the Management Area, unless specifically restricted to public use
for resource protection. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor
recreation opportunities in accordance with the inherent capabilities of
the management area as indicated by the ROS inventory.

F - 179

Management Prescription:
Special Areas

1 . Provide the inherent recreation settings and opportunities until
scheduled activities and practices cause a change in the ROS
setting(s). Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatible
with the objectives of the Management Area.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting(s), manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the man-
agement area to provide appropriate quality recreation opportuni-
ties on a sustained basis.

VISUALS

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Maintain the visual integrity of the Special Area. Design activities to not
be evident to the casual observer.

1 . Apply Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines for the Retention
Visual Quality Objective.

FISH

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

A. Provide for public interpretation of fish habitats, habitat improvement
projects, and associated special fisheries conditions in appropriate
Special Areas.

WILDLIFE

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Provide for public interpretation of wildlife habitats and associated
special wildlife conditions in appropriate special areas.

TIMBER

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable. Timber removal associated
with development or maintenance of Special Areas is nonchargeable
to the allowable sale quantity.

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM1 1

Resource Preparation

A. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations of
Special Areas where appropriate.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Withdrawn from Mineral Entry

A. Special Areas will be withdrawn from mineral entry.

B. Claimants with claims located within this management area retain valid
existing rights if such rights were established prior to the withdrawal
date.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims with valid existing rights in
accordance with the provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

A. Work with claimants to develop a plan of operations that adequately
mitigates adverse impacts to management area objectives. Include

Management Prescription:
Special Areas

F - 180

LANDS

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

INSECT AND
DISEASE

mitigation measures that are compatible with the scale of proposed
development and commensurate with potential resource impacts.

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and Standards & Guidelines to the location and construction of mining
roads and facilities.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Issue only those permits which will perpetuate the unique values that
led to the designation or proposal to designate the Special Area.

1. Issue permits which will aid in the maintenance, enhancement,
and protection of the inherent characteristics and attributes of the
Special Area.

2. Analyze each proposal on a case-by-case basis, using an inter-
disciplinary process.

B. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility System
(TUS) "Avoidance Area". Transportation and utility sites and corridors
may be located within this management area only after a search for
TUS "windows" has been exhausted.

Land Ownership Adjustments: JL26

A. Retain National Forest lands and acquire private inholdings through
exchange or purchase from willing sellers, as opportunities arise.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Allow administrative, interpretive, and information sites as needed to
accomplish Special Area management objectives.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Provide and manage a transportation system compatible with, or which
will enhance the interpretation of, the unique values of the management
area.

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Suppression of forest insect and disease.

1 . No action will be taken to control insects or diseases unless the
outbreak threatens adjacent resources or would drastically alter
the natural ecological processes within the Research Natural
Area.

F - 181

Management Prescription:
Special Areas

WILD RIVERS

Management Area WR

The emphasis of this management area is to maintain, enhance and protect the freeflowing character and
the outstandingly remarkable values of rivers which qualify the river corridor to be considered eligible for
inclusion in the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System.

Wild Rivers are intended to remain as a “vestige of primitive America” with the river corridor essentially
natural and unmodified. Management maintains or enhances this undeveloped character, and prevents
the degradation or loss of the fish and wildlife, scenic, recreational, cultural, historic, ecologic or other
values which are determined to be outstandingly remarkable. The area may provide recreation opportuni-
ties that afford a high degree of independence, closeness to nature and self reliance in an unmodified
natural setting.

Interaction between users is infrequent and evidence of resource management activities and other users
is minimal. Motorized use within the area may be permitted for boat and aircraft access, snowmachines,
and construction and maintenance of rustic facilities. Non-motorized land travel is usually cross-country
or on constructed trails, and roads are absent except where required for access to private inholdings or
permitted activities.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources Sites are protected and available for scientific study. Interpretive information is

provided by media located outside the management area.

Recreation

Visuals

Landscapes are managed to allow ecological changes only, except for low
visual-impact recreation facilities, cabins or infrequent fish or wildlife manage-
ment activities and other authorized structures which can be accomplished
without being visually evident.

Fish

Indigenous species are maintained. Habitat enhancement projects are limited
to those that help achieve management area objectives or meet the objectives
of the Interagency Regional Salmon Plans.

Subsistence

Opportunities are perpetuated consistent with the protection of the outstand-
ingly remarkable values identified for the river.

Wildlife

Indigenous species are maintained. Habitat projects are designed to emulate
natural conditions and appearance.

Management Prescription:
Wild Rivers

F - 182

Timber

Silvicultural treatments are limited to control of insect & disease. Scheduled
timber harvest does not occur.

Soil and Water

Watersheds are managed in a natural condition.

Minerals

Exploration and development are subject to regulations prescribed by the
Secretary of Agriculture to protect the river. Existing and new activity must
minimize surface disturbance, sedimentation, and visual impairment. Reason-
able access will be permitted. Wild River segments are withdrawn from mineral
entry within 1/4 mile of the river, subject to valid existing rights.

Facilities

Structures consist of those permitted for subsistence uses, Forest Service
public use cabins, necessary boat and/or floatplane landings, and those need-
ed for specially authorized activities.

Transportation

Facilities consist of infrequent constructed trails and trail bridges. Generally no
roads are present. There is only infrequent presence of low-flying aircraft.
Existing motorized subsistence activities may be allowed.

Fire

Natural fire may be allowed to burn under an approved prescription and sup-
ported by an Escaped Fire Situation Analysis. Human-caused fires are sup-
pressed.

Insect and Disease

Control, prevention and/or suppression strategies may be applied to protect
adjacent areas.

F - 183

Management Prescription:
Wild Rivers

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN111, AN121, AT12

All

AN112

l(A,B,D); 11(A)

AN122

1, H(A,B)

l(B,C,D,E,F:1 ,3,5,6)

VISUALS

AVI

l(A-E)

AV11

l(B.G)

AVI 2

l(B,C)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

ET111-1

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

All

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

None

TRANSPORTATION

None

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2-4)

PF2

1 (A: 1,3-5)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Management Prescription:
Wild Rivers

F - 184

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines

RECREATION

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Management and Operations

A. To the degree consistent with the overall purposes of designation,
provide primitive wildland recreation opportunities which reflect the
inherent ecological, historical, and sociological conditions found within
the river segment and adjacent lands.

B. Provide for Primitive ROS experience opportunities and appropriate
activities throughout the river segment, unless specifically closed to
public use. Protect the integrity of river resources through integrated
project planning and implementation.

1 . Manage recreation use in a manner that is compatible with the
long-term objectives of the management area. Maintain the capa-
bility of the management area to provide appropriate quality
recreation opportunities on a sustained basis.

Wild River Management

A. Manage all designated wild river segments to maintain an enduring
wildland and free-flowing river resource, while providing for access and
use consistent with the purposes of the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act, as
amended, and the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act
(ANILCA) of 1980 (P.L. 96-487). Traditional activities and practices
authorized by ANILCA will be regulated or restricted only where it is
determined that the effects of continued or expanded use is likely to
cause one or more of the following:

1 . The degradation of the long-term successional changes in Wild-
land and water ecosystems. Adequate determination of the cumu-
lative effects of activities and equipment use must be demonstrat-
ed as well as site-specific or singular effects.

2. Be detrimental to the natural dynamics of the composition or
structure of wildland and water ecosystems.

3. Be detrimental to identified objects of cultural, historic, prehistoric,
and scientific interest.

4. Be detrimental to the ROS setting conditions established the spe-
cific management area, or where the cumulative effects of various
activities are likely to become detrimental to those settings.

5. A specific use is not in accordance with applicable law.

B. Use every available opportunity to encourage and enlist public and
private sector interest groups to work together in meeting Wild River
management objectives. Emphasize programs which help in educating
the using public in the appropriate conduct of activities and uses within
wild river segments.

F - 185

Management Prescription:
Wild Rivers

VISUALS

Wild River Monitoring: AN121

Ecological Considerations

A. Develop baseline ecosystem inventories and establish a systematic
process to monitor change. Recognize that long-term ecosystem dy-
namics are the consequence of normal successional processes and
patterns of periodic disruption by natural forces.

B. Effects of human activities and mechanized equipment will be deter-
mined through monitoring of the ecological and sociological conditions
within the river segment.

C. Encourage scientific study of the Wild River that enhances the opportu-
nities to:

1 . Provide ecological data and interpretations that identify:

* What kinds of ecosystems are present

* Distribution of ecosystems

* Ecosystem composition and structure

* Ecosystem dynamics including the rate and direction of suc-
cession

* The key factors affecting (or likely to affect) the dynamics

2. Will provide or enhance periodic monitoring of changes within
and at the ecotones between key ecosystems.

3. Identify a priority list of ecosystems which reflect the relative risk
and consequences of change due to human activities: and will
help identify management actions which are likely to be most
effective in protecting ecosystems which are most vulnerable to
human caused change.

Sociological Considerations

A. Social aspects of Wild River management must be meshed with the
ecological. Establish analysis that:

1. Helps refine desired social capacities of management areas
based on desired attributes of wildland and water settings.

2. Provides insight into the acceptability of given levels of group
encounters: and the relative satisfaction of users with the evi-
dence of human activities including trails, cabins, shelters, aircraft
and other non-conforming structures and/or activities.

B. Encourage scientific study of the Wild Rivers that:

1 . Provide systematically documented information about the benefi-
cial consequences of providing amenity goods and services from
wildlands and waters.

2. Provides a cross-check of the techniques being employed to
measure wildland recreation values.

3. Provides information on the role of physical environmental ameni-
ties in the overall quality of life.

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Provide a natural appearing visual condition, where activities are not
evident to the casual observer.

1 . Apply Forest-wide for the Retention Visual Quality Objective within
the river corridor.

2. Use materials compatible with colors and textures found in the
characteristic landscape.

Management Prescription:
Wild Rivers

F - 186

FISH

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

Fish Enhancement

A. Consider the suitability of fisheries enhancement by evaluating: 1)
effects on desired solitude levels due to an enhanced fishery resulting
in increased recreation use; 2) effects on wild river ecosystems due to
the introduction of species not indigenous to the watershed; and, 3) the
appropriateness of structures both in type and scale to the Recreation-
al Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) setting.

Fish Habitat Improvement: CF22

A. Use construction techniques which are consistent with the ROS setting.

1 . Land-disturbing activities necessary for construction will be tem-
porary.

2. Design development to minimize impact on the management area
character.

SUBSISTENCE

Subsistence: SUBS

A. Traditional wood gathering activities in Wild Rivers for subsistence uses
will be allowed, subject to reasonable regulations to protect Wild River
resources.

B. Monitor the effect of continued existing subsistence uses on the long-
term condition and natural succession of Wild River ecosystems.

WILDLIFE

Wildlife Habitat Improvement: CW22

A. Wildlife habitat improvements must have as their principal objective the
protection or restoration of Wild River resources.

TIMBER

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Forested land is classified as unsuitable.

WATER

Watershed Resource Improvements: FW2

A. Only undertake watershed improvements where deteriorated soil or
hydrologic conditions create a threat to the values for which the river
is managed. Utilize, whenever possible, indigenous plant species and
materials in implementing land treatment measures to protect or im-
prove the quality and/or quantity of the water resource or when stabiliz-
ing or improving the productivity of the soil resource. (Consult FSM
2350 and 2520.)

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM1 1

Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents for minerals activities, include recreation coordination.

B. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations
where appropriate.

F - 187

Management Prescription:
Wild Rivers

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Wild Rivers

A. Forest lands within 1/4 mile of the river are withdrawn from mineral
entry.

B. Claimants with claims located in areas withdrawn from mineral entry
retain valid existing rights if such rights are established prior to the
withdrawal date.

C. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

D. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and to the location and construction of mining roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area. Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

1. Design mineral management activities to maintain the present
and continued productivity of anadromousfish and other food fish
habitat to the maximum extent feasible (Consult ANILCA, Section
505 (a)).

2. Take maximum advantage of topographic and vegetative screen-
ing when locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries,
structures, and marine transfer facilities.

3. Quarry back walls visible from sensitive travel routes should be
reduced in height and/or designed to have an irregular back line.

4. Discourage use of motorized surface vehicles, except as provided
in ANILCA, Section 1 1 1 0(b), which assures adequate and feasible
assess for economic and other purposes.

5. Locate material sites and marine transfer facilities outside this
management area if reasonable alternatives exist.

6. Haul away, bury, burn or scatter vegetation removed from the
project area when located adjacent to sensitive travel routes.

7. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the sur-
rounding landscape as seen from sensitive view points.

8. Utilize colors that simulate those found in the characteristic land-
scape. Avoid use of reflective materials in project facilities.

9. Apply timing restrictions to in stream activities as needed to pro-
tect fisheries habitat and mitigate adverse disturbance of stream
sediments.

10. Use sedimentation traps as needed to mitigate adverse stream
sedimentation and meet State and Federal Water Quality Regula-
tions.

11. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural-
appearing condition.

Management Prescription:
Wild Rivers

F - 188

LANDS

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

1 2. Shape landform modifications to simulate
naturally-occurring forms.

13. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only those uses consistent with management objectives. (Con-
sult the Land and Resource Management Planning Handbook)

1 . Do not authorize water supply dams and major diversions.

2. Do not authorize development of hydroelectric power facilities.

3. Maintain the natural appearance and primitive character of the
river area. Do not authorize flood control dams, levees, pipelines,
or similar structures, in the channel or river corridor.

4. Do not permit new roads or trails for access to special use activi-
ties within a narrow incised river valley. If the river valley is broad,
do not permit roads or trails within 1/4 mile of the river bank.

5. Allow minor existing structures to remain, unless they are incom-
patible with the primitive and natural values of the viewshed. Do
not authorize new permanent structures except to achieve man-
agement objectives consistent with designation of the river, such
as fish habitat enhancement.

6. Transportation and utility corridors will be allowed in accordance
with ANILCA, Title XI.

7. This Management Area represents a Transportation and Utility
Systems (TUS) 'Avoidance Area'. Transportation and utility sites
and corridors may be located within this management area only
after a search for windows has been exhausted.

8. Allow motorized access in accordance with ANILCA Sections 81 1
and 1110 (b).

Land Ownership Administration: JL123

A. Retain National Forest lands. Acquire private inholdings as opportuni-
ties arise through donation, exchange, or purchase from willing sellers.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Locate administrative facilities and interpretive centers outside the
management area. Recreation facilities in the river corridor are limited
to trails, trail bridges, infrequent public recreation cabins and other
minor, rustic improvements.

Transportation Operations: LT1

B. Roads in this management area are closed to public use.

C. Use of snowmachines, motorboats, and aircraft is permitted; however,
restrictions may be imposed on a case-by-case basis.

F - 189

Management Prescription:
Wild Rivers

INSECT AND
DISEASE

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Suppression of forest insects and diseases.

1 . Resource use and development programs and projects will in-
clude pest suppression and prevention methods which maintain
the visual and recreation attributes of these areas and protect
adjacent resource values.

Management Prescription:
Wild Rivers

F - 190

SCENIC RIVERS

Management Area SR

The emphasis of this management area is to to maintain, enhance and protect the freeflowing character
and the outstandingly remarkable values of river segments which qualify the river to be considered eligible
for inclusion in the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System as a Scenic River.

The river corridor is managed to protect and enhance the outstandingly remarkable fish and wildlife,
scenic, recreational, historic, cultural or ecologic values identified for the river. Moderate levels of existing
development, including roads which cross the river but are generally screened from the river banks, are
allowed to remain. New development and uses must not degrade the values which qualify the river to be
considered eligible. Recreation facilities of a rustic nature, including boat access, cabins, access roads
leading to the river and trails are appropriate. Management of the river maintains a visual quality objective
of retention in sensitive visual foreground and middleground areas as seen from the river, its banks and
from recreation sites. In other portions of the corridor timber harvest must meet at least a partial retential
visual quality objective. The area may include landscapes in a variety of visual conditions; however, the
intent is to provide a waterway and associated shorelines where activities are not visually evident to the
casual observer or are subordinate to the characteristic landscape.

The management area reflects public use where there are high expectations for scenic quality associated
with an essentially natural appearing environment and a free-flowing river. Motorized use within the area
may be permitted for boats, aircraft, snowmachines, construction and maintenance of needed facilities,
and established subsistence uses. Motorized land travel for recreation purposes is allowed but may be
restricted. The exterior boundaries of the Management Area are established to assure adequate protection
for the inherent conditions which qualified a river segment for consideration.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources

Recreation

Visuals

Fish

Subsistence

Interpretation of sites could occur in this management area. Known cultural
sites, adjacent to activities, would be protected following applicable Federal
and State Regulations.

Activities will be designed to be compatible with the scenic requirements of this
management area. Experiences may range from those of isolation to those
influenced by activities of humans in a modified setting.

The landscape character of the area will closely resemble that of a naturally-
evolving scene. Management activities in the foreground and middleground
distance as seen from the river, roads or recreation facilities will not be evident
to the casual observer.

Fish habitat, including its protection and rehabilitation, is maintained. Projects
may be identified and implemented to enhance habitat conditions.

Subsistence activities occur in accordance with Federal and State Regulations
and may be seasonally prevalent throughout the area.

F - 191

Management Prescription:
Scenic Rivers

Wildlife

Timber

Soil and Water
Minerals

Lands

Facilities

Transportation

Fire

Insect and Disease

Management will emphasize maintenance of a wide variety of vegetative condi-
tions, including early, middle and late successional stages. Habitat improve-
ment may occur and would be designed to be visually compatible with the
intent of the management area.

Harvest activities in the corridor will be limited and will utilize silvicultural treat-
ments which will ensure compatibility with visual objectives of the area. Intensity
of harvest will be dependent upon the landscape’s ability to visually absorb the
proposed activity.

Emphasis will be to maintain soil cover, minimize slope failure and reduce the
degree of risk and potential effects from mass wasting associated with manage-
ment activities.

Lands are open to mineral entry but may be subject to regulations prescribed
by the Secretary of Agriculture to protect the river. Existing and new activity
must minimize surface disturbance, sedimentation, and visual impairment. Rea-
sonable access will be permitted.

Special use structures may be present if consistent with management area
intent.

Authorized structures will be designed to be compatible with form, line and
color found in the characteristic landscape.

Activities potentially visible from sensitive waterways and travel routes will be
designed to be compatible with elements found in the characteristic landscape.

For wildfires, appropriate suppression measures will be utilized to maintain the
scenic quality of the management area. Landscape rehabilitation may include
slash treatment adjacent to travel corridors, supported by an approved pre-
scribed fire plan.

Integrated pest management principles are applied to the extent necessary to
maintain scenic quality of the area.

Management Prescription:
Scenic Rivers

F - 192

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN. AT

All

VISUALS

AVI, AVI 2

All

AV11

l(C.G)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED.SENSITIVE

CT11

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FORESTS

OLD

All

TIMBER

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

LT111, LT122, LT212

All

LT22, LT23

All

LT121

LT214

l-IV

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2-4)

PF2

l(A:1,3-5)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

F - 193

Management Prescription:
Scenic Rivers

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

VISUALS

FISH

SUBSISTENCE

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Settings

A. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities
in accordance with the inherent capabilities of the management area as
indicated by the ROS inventory.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting (s), manage the new setting (s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the man-
agement area to provide appropriate quality recreation opportuni-
ties on a sustained basis.

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Maintain or enhance the visual character of the river segments which
qualified the river as a scenic river.

B. Design activities to be subordinate to the characteristic landscape,
utilizing existing form, line, color and texture found in the landscape.
Travelways including the river are classified as Sensitivity Level 1.

1 . Apply Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines for the
Retention Visual Quality Objective in the foreground and middle-
ground areas as viewed from the river, other travelways and recre-
ation sites.

2. Other areas will not exceed the Forest-wide Direction and Stand-
ards & Guidelines for the Partial Retention Visual Quality Objec-
tive. This objective defines the maximum limit of allowable change
to the visual character of the area; less visible evidence of activi-
ties is acceptable.

3. Use materials compatible with the color and textures found in the
characteristic landscape.

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

A. Provide for public interpretation of fish habitats, habitat improvement
projects and special fisheries conditions in appropriate scenic rivers.

Subsistence: SUBS

A. Traditional wood gathering activities in Scenic Rivers for subsistence
uses will be allowed, subject to reasonable regulations to protect
Scenic River resources.

B. Monitor the effect of continued existing subsistence uses on the long-
term condition and natural succession of Scenic River ecosystems.

Management Prescription:
Scenic Rivers

F - 194

TIMBER

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest and is included in the
allowable sale quantity calculation.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

A. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental docu-
ments for timber activities will emphasize recreation and visual objec-
tives.

B. The Sale Area Improvement analysis will coordinate Knutson-
Vandenburg (K-V) funds for recreation and timber objectives. Essential
reforestation will have highest priority for funds; management area
objectives will have next priority.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

B. The following guidelines provide direction for timber harvest activities
to meet Visual Quality Objectives(VQO) and Visual Absorption Capabil-
ity (VAC) settings. These conditions are approximate estimates for
planning purposes and should be referred to as a guideline during
project analysis. Ground conditions may indicate a need to be more
restrictive or relaxed in scheduling harvest to meet the intent of the
Visual Quality Objective.

F - 195

Management Prescription:
Scenic Rivers

VQO/VAC

Setting

Silviculture Method

Cumulative

Visual

Disturbance

Height to
Adjacent Mature
Stand

Logging Slash
Life

Partial Reten-
tion - Low VAC

group selection or
small clearcut (approx.
20 acres)

35%

5 years

Partial Reten-
tion - Intermedi-
ate VAC

clearcut

15%

25%

no limit

Partial Reten-
tion - High VAC

clearcut

20%

no limit

WATER AND Watershed Resource Improvements: FW2

SOIL A. Only undertake watershed improvements where deteriorated soil or

hydrologic conditions create a threat to the values for which the river
is managed. Utilize, whenever possible, indigenous plant species and
materials in implementing land treatment measures to protect or im-
prove the quality and/or quantity of the water resource or when stabiliz-
ing or improving the productivity of the soil resource. Consult FSM 2350
and 2520.

MINERALS AND Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11
GEOLOGY Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents for minerals activities, include recreation coordination.

B. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations
where appropriate.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Management Prescription:
Scenic Rivers

F - 196

LANDS

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and to the location and construction of mining roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area. Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

2. Take maximum advantage of topographic and vegetative screen-
ing when locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries,
structures, and marine transfer facilities.

3. Quarry back walls visible from sensitive travel routes should be
reduced in height and/or designed to have an irregular back line.

4. Discourage use of motorized surface vehicles, except as provided
in ANILCA, Section 111 0(b), which assures adequate and feasible
access for economic and other purposes.

5. Locate material sites and marine transfer facilities outside this
management area if reasonable alternatives exist.

6. Haul away, bury, burn or scatter vegetation removed from the
project area when located adjacent to sensitive roads.

7. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the sur-
rounding landscape as seen from sensitive view points.

8. Utilize colors that simulate those found in the characteristic land-
scape. Avoid use of reflective materials in project facilities.

9. Apply timing restrictions to in-stream construction as needed to
protect fisheries habitat and mitigate adverse disturbance of
stream sediments.

1 0. Use sedimentation traps as needed to mitigate adverse stream
sedimentation and meet State and Federal water quality regula-
tions.

1 1 . Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural
appearing condition.

12. Shape landform modifications to simulate naturally occurring
forms.

13. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only those uses consistent with management objectives. (Con-
sult the Land and Resource Management Planning Handbook)

1 . Do not authorize water supply dams and major diversions.

2. Do not authorize development of hydroelectric power facilities.

3. Do not authorize flood control dams and levees.

4. Roads may occasionally bridge river areas. Permit short stretches
of conspicuous, or longer stretches of inconspicuous and well-
screened, roads or railroads, on a case-by-case basis, depending
upon intended use.

F - 197

Management Prescription:
Scenic Rivers

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

INSECT AND
DISEASE

5. Do not authorize new structures that would have a direct adverse
effect on river values. Limit any concentrations of habitation to
relatively short reaches of the river corridor.

6. Transportation and utility corridors will be allowed in accordance
with ANILCA, Title XI.

7. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility
Systems (TUS) 'Avoidance Area1. Transportation and utility sites
or corridors may be located within this management area only
after a search for "windows' has been exhausted.

8. Allow motorized access in accordance with ANILCA, Sections 81 1
and 1110 (b).

Land Ownership Administration: JL1 23

A. Retain National Forest lands. Acquire private inholdings as opportuni-
ties arise through donation, exchange, or purchase from willing sellers.

Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Allow administrative facilities and modest public information centers in
the management area provided they are not readily visible from the
river.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Develop and manage the transportation system in a manner compati-
ble with Scenic River classification.

1 . Allow the construction of Forest Development Roads which pro-
vide access to the river. Roads may occasionally bridge the river
area.

2. Locate and design roads which, except for short segments or at
bridge crossings, are not evident to the casual observer travelling
on the river. Long stretches of conspicuous and well-travelled
roads paralleling the riverbank are not allowed.

3. Encourage the perception of remoteness by limiting the design
standards of Forest Development Roads to those necessary to
accommodate single use or a controlled mix of traffic (i.e., Traffic
Service Level C or D).

4. Consider the recreation emphasis of this management area dur-
ing development of road management objectives.

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Suppression of forest insects and diseases.

1. Resource use and development programs and projects will in-
clude pest suppression and preventions methods which maintain
the visual and recreation attributes of these areas and protect
adjacent resource values.

Management Prescription:
Scenic Rivers

F - 198

RECREATION RIVERS

Management Area RR

The emphasis of this management area is to maintain, enhance and protect the the essentially freeflowing
character and outstandingly remarkable values which qualify the river to be considered eligible for inclu-
sion in the National Wild and Scenic Rivers System as a Recreational River.

Management seeks to maintain the outstandingly remarkable fish and wildlife, scenic, recreational, historic,
cultural and ecologic values identified for the river corridor. The are may include significant human
development, residences, roads and highways, and minor existing modifications to the waterway including
diversion dams. Major water resource projects are not authorized. The area may include landscapes in a
variety of visual conditions; however, the intent is to provide a waterway and associated shorelines where
activities and structures may be dominate, but harmonize and blend with the generally natural-appearing
environment to provide a pleasing setting for recreation activities. This management area reflects public
use where the interaction between users may be moderate to high with evidence of current and past use
prevalent. Facilities and roads are designed for conventional motorized vehicles, boats and aircraft.

There are high expectations for quality recreation opportunities associated with an essentially natural-
appearing river. Motorized use within the area may be permitted for boat, aircraft, snowmachines, construc-
tion and maintenance of needed facilities, and established subsistence uses. Motorized land travel for
recreation purposes allowed but may be restricted. All scheduled resource management activities are
integrated in such a way that the recreation and water quality values remain paramount. The exterior
boundaries of the Management Area are established to assure adequate protection for the inherent
conditions which qualified a river segment for consideration.

At-a-Glance . . .

Cultural resources Interpretation of the natural environment and cultural sites found within, or

viewed from, the area is provided to enhance the visitor’s experience.

Recreation

Use and activities are managed for safety and convenience of the user; protec-
tion and interpretation of the river resources; and compatible with the scenic
requirements of the management area. Experiences may range from those of
moderate isolation to those influenced by man in a modified setting.

Visuals

All management activities within the area are integrated in such a way that the
natural environment and landscape characteristics remains predominant. Oth-
er resource activities and structures remain visually subordinate or harmonize
and blend with the characteristic landscape. Visual enhancement activities are
aimed at maintaining diversity and harmony in the landscape.

Fish

Fish habitat conditions are maintained or enhanced. Projects may be identified
and implemented which create or enhance angling opportunity or that help
meet the objectives of the Interagency Regional Salmon Plans.

Subsistence

Subsistence use occurs in accordance with Federal and State Regulations and
may be seasonally prevalent throughout the area.

F - 199

Management Prescription:
Recreation Rivers

Wildlife

Emphasis is on maintaining healthy and productive habitat conditions for in-
digenous species and enhancing viewing opportunities.

Timber

Silvicultural treatment is integrated with site and area development to provide
healthy tree stands, vegetative diversity, and forage production for indigenous
wildlife populations. Insect and disease control, and landscaping is performed
to maintain the utility and attractiveness of both existing recreation sites and to
protect the inherent qualities of proposed recreation sites.

Soil and Water

Land use activities are carried out in a manner which avoids adverse soil
impacts and protects water quality. Existing low dams, diversion works, and
flood control works will remain; but new structures and hydroelectric power
facilities are prohibited.

Minerals

Exploration and development is subject to regulations prescribed by the Secre-
tary of Agriculture to protect the river. Existing and new activity are carried out
in a manner that minimizes surface disturbance, sedimentation, and visual
degradation. Reasonable access will be permitted.

Facilities

Structures are located and designed to compliment and facilitate management
of the area.

Transportation

Fire

Fires are normally suppressed, but may be allowed to burn under an approved
prescription and supported by an Escaped Fire Situation Analysis to improve
wildlife habitat conditions or for insect and disease control.

Insect and Disease

Integrated pest management principals are applied during project implementa-
tion to improve the health of the vegetative cover.

Management Prescription:
Recreation Rivers

F - 200

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

SPECIAL AREAS

SPL

All

RECREATION

AN, AT

All

VISUALS

AVI, AVI 2

All

AV1 1

l(B,C,G)

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT1 1

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

OLD

All

TIMBER

All

AIR

All

RIPARIAN

RIP

All

WETLANDS

WET

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

All

TRANSPORTATION

LT111, LT122, LT212

All

LT22, LT23

All

LT121

1,11

LT214

l-IV

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2-4)

PF2

1 (A: 1,3-5)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

F - 201

Management Prescription:
Recreation Rivers

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RECREATION

VISUALS

FISH

TIMBER

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

Recreation Settings

A. Continue to provide the spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities
in accordance with the inherent capabilities of the management area as
indicated by the ROS inventory.

2. In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation
setting(s), manage the new setting(s) in accordance with the
appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of the man-
agement area to provide appropriate quality recreation opportuni-
ties on a sustained basis.

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

A. Design activities to be subordinate to the characteristic landscape,
utilizing existing form, line, color and texture found in the landscape.

2. Use materials that are compatible with colors and textures found
in the characteristic landscape.

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

A. Provide for public interpretation of fish habitats, habitat improvement
projects, and associated special fisheries conditions in appropriate
recreation rivers.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest and is included in the
allowable sale quantity calculation.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

A. Project design, analysis, and development of environmental docu-
ments for timber activities will emphasize recreation and visual objec-
tives.

B. The Sale Area Improvement analysis will coordinate Knutson-
Vandenburg (K-V) funds for recreation and timber objectives. Refor-
estation will have highest priority for funds; management area objec-
tives will have next priority.

Management Prescription:
Recreation Rivers

F -202

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

B. The following guidelines provide direction for timber harvest activities
to meet Visual Quality Objectives(VQO) and Visual Absorption Capabil-
ity (VAC) settings. These conditions are approximate estimates for
planning purposes and should be referred to as a guideline during
project analysis. Ground conditions may indicate a need to be more
restrictive or relaxed in scheduling harvest to meet the intent of the
Visual Quality Objective.

VQO/VAC

Setting

Silviculture Method

Cumulative

Visual

Disturbance

Height to
Adjacent Mature
Stand

Logging Slash
Life

Partial Reten-
tion - Low VAC

group selection or
small clearcut (approx.
20 acres)

35%

5 years

Partial Reten-
tion - Intermedi-
ate VAC

clearcut

15%

25%

no limit

Partial Reten-
tion - High VAC

clearcut

20%

no limit

SOIL AND Watershed Resource Improvements: FW2

WATER A. Only undertake watershed improvements where deteriorated soil or

F -203

Management Prescription:
Recreation Rivers

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

LANDS

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11

Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of environmental
documents for minerals activities, include recreation coordination.

B. Prepare geologic, paleontologic, and historic mining interpretations
where appropriate.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and to the location and construction of mining roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area. Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

2. Take advantage of topographic and vegetative screening when
locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries, structures, and
marine transfer facilities.

3. Haul away, bury, burn or scatter vegetation removed from the
project area when located adjacent to sensitive travel routes.

4. Minimize the scale of spoil/disposal areas in relation to the sur-
rounding landscape as seen from sensitive view points.

5. Utilize colors that simulate those found in the characteristic land-
scape.

6. Apply timing restrictions to in stream construction as needed to
protect fisheries habitat and mitigate adverse disturbance of
stream sediments.

7. Use sedimentation traps as needed to mitigate adverse stream
sedimentation and meet State and Federal Water Quality regula-
tions.

8. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural
appearing condition.

9. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only those uses consistent with management objectives. (Con-
sult the Land and Resource Management Planning Handbook)

Management Prescription:
Recreation Rivers

F - 204

FACILITIES

TRANSPORTATION

INSECT AND
DISEASE

1 . Allow existing low dams, diversion works, rip rap, and other minor
similar water structures, to remain, providing the waterway re-
mains generally natural in appearance. Prohibit new structures of
this nature.

2. Do not allow development of hydroelectric power facilities.

3. Permit maintenance of existing flood control structures. Do not
authorize new ones.

4. Consider authorizing construction of roads, trails, or railroads, on
a case-by-case basis. They may be authorized on one, or both,
river banks and there may be several bridge crossings and nu-
merous river access points.

5. Permit new structures, as necessary and appropriate.

6. Transportation and utility corridors will be allowed in accordance
with ANILCA, Title XI.

7. This management area represents a Transportation and Utility
Systems (TUS) Avoidance Area. Transportation and Utility Sites or
Corridors may be located within this management only after a
search for ■Windows’ have been exhausted.

8. Allow motorized access in accordance with ANILCA, Sections 81 1
and 1110 (b).

Land Ownership Administration: JL123

A. Retain National Forest lands. Acquire private inholdings as opportuni-
ties arise through donation, exchange, or purchase from willing sellers.

Facilities lmprovements-LF2

A. Allow the location of administrative facilities and public information
centers along the river shoreline providing they do not have adverse
effects on the values the management area is intended to protect.

Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Develop and manage the transportation system in a manner compati-
ble with Recreation River classification.

1 . Allow the construction of Forest Development Roads which will
create a condition in which the river is readily accessible by road.
Roads may parallel the river bank and be conspicuous in places
when viewed from the river.

2. If accessible for public use, roads will be designed to accommo-
date passenger cars and will be open to public use, although
traffic controls may be used during periods of high use (i.e.,
design to Traffic Service Level C or above).

FPM Suppression-Federal Lands: QC124-1

A. Suppression of forest insects and diseases.

F - 205

Management Prescription:
Recreation Rivers

APPENDIX G

FOREST-WIDE DIRECTION
AND

STANDARDS & GUIDELINES

ror the

Tongass National Forest
Land and Resource Management Plan
Revision

Tongass National Forest

June 1990

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

How to use Appendixes F&G G- 1

Code Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

AC Cultural Resource Activities G - 3

SPL Special Areas G - 12

AN/AT Recreation G- 13

AV Visuals G - 30

CF Fish G- 34

SUBS Subsistence G - 40

CT Threatened Endangered, and Sensitive Species G - 42

BIO Biodiversity G - 45

CW Wildlife G- 46

OLD Old-Growth Forest G - 55

ET Timber G - 56

FA Air G - 64

RIP Riparian G - 65

WET Wetlands G- 66

FW Soil and Water G - 67

GM Minerals and Geology G - 71

JL Lands G - 73

LF Facilities G - 85

LT Transportation G - 86

PF Fire G- 94

SA Law Enforcement G - 96

QC Insect and Disease G - 97

APPENDIX G
JUNE 1990

HOW TO USE APPENDIXES F & G

Management Prescriptions and Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

What is Forest Planning? Let’s compare it to something that is familiar: land use zoning in your community.
In your community, certain areas are zoned for commercial uses (stores), industrial uses (factories) and
residential areas, where homes may be built. Each of these ■zones" has certain uses which may occur
there. Many uses may apply to the same zone, but they all are not required to occur there. Some zoning
requirements may apply only to specific areas of a zone.

In Forest Planning, we call the zoning process * allocation or land allocation .' Certain areas of the Forest
(management areas) are zoned ( allocated) for different uses. The document which describes the uses to
which the land may be put and the activities which may occur there is called a prescription. Since these
prescriptions are applied to management areas, they are called management area prescriptions. Each
management prescription gives general direction on what may occur in a management area, the standards
for accomplishing each activity, and the guidelines on how to go about accomplishing the standards.
These are called the ' Direction and Standards and Guidelines .' Some of this direction and standards and
guidelines may be common to many, but not necessarily all, areas of the Forest. These are called
Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines.

G - 1

Management Prescriptions
How to Use

How to use these appendixes

A management area prescription is described in three parts:

1 . Goals and a brief overview.

The table on pages F-3 to F-6 of appendix F will assist the reader in understanding the differences between
management areas ( land use zones). It gives a brief summary of the management areas. All the applicable
resources are not included.

Management Prescriptions
How to Use

G - 2

CULTURAL RESOURCES

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Cultural Resource Activities: AC

I. Management

A. The Forest shall maintain a cultural resource management program supervised by quali-
fied professionals to identify, evaluate, preserve and protect cultural resources on a
Forest-wide and project specific level in compliance with the National Historic Preservation
Act, as amended, the National Environmental Policy Act, the American Indian Religious
Freedom Act, and implementing regulations. Consult 36 CFR 800 and FSM 2300.

B. Coordinate management of cultural resources with the State Historic Preservation Officer
and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation. Consult 36 CFR 800 and FSM 2300.

C. Identify and develop appropriate interpretive messages for cultural resource sites and
activities that relate the historical value and contributions of natural and cultural resource
management to the Tongass National Forest. Work closely with all interpretive services
programs to assure accurate and effective interpretation of cultural resources.

II. Overview

A. Update the Tongass Cultural Resource Overview concurrently with the Forest Plan to
address the management situation and planning needs of the Forest. Information from the
Overview and from other sources, shall be used to develop a framework for the identifica-
tion, classification and evaluation of known and predicted properties in the Forest.

III. Planning

A. Develop a cultural resource management assessment that will provide a framework for the
update of the Overview and Plan Resource Implementation Schedule, to schedule man-
agement activities, to implement or refine management activities, to summarize current
status, and to identify priorities for future cultural resources inventory, evaluation and
allocation

1 . The cultural resource assessment shall be updated annually, for budget implementa-
tion.

2. The assessment shall include:

* An overview of new data.

* An identification of areas requiring intensive site inventory, including non-project
areas of the Forest.

* An identification, classification and evaluation of known cultural resources.

* A reevaluation and update of the cultural resource sensitivity zone system based
on new data and/or understandings of the Area’s cultural resources and their
locations.

* An identification of measures and priorities for the protection of significant cultural
resources from vandalism, other human depredation, and natural deterioration.

* An identification of prioritized needs for the stabilization, restoration and repair of
damaged sites.

* An identification of the need for maintenance of sites on or eligible for inclusion in
the National Register of Historic Places.

* An identification of opportunities for interpretation of cultural resources for public
education and enjoyment.

G -3

Forest-wide Direction:
Cultural Resources

* An identification of the interaction of cultural resources and other multiple uses,
including consideration of management activities, and impacts on cultural resource
management.

* An identification of the coordination efforts with appropriate State cultural resource
plans and planning activities of the State Historic Preservation Officer, State Archae-
ologist and other State and Federal agencies.

IV. Project Clearance/Inventory

A. Project Clearance: Any project, activity, or program that can result in changes in the
character or use of historic properties and is under the direct or indirect jurisdiction of the
Forest, licensed or assisted by the Forest including new or continuing projects, activities,
or programs and any of their elements not previously considered under Sections 1 06 and
1 1 0 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1 966, as amended, shall be considered an
undertaking and will require evaluation through inventory and survey. The following proce-
dures shall betaken when implementing an undertaking to ensure close cultural resources
coordination and monitoring throughout the compliance process.

1 . No undertaking shall proceed until consultation requirements have been completed
and cultural resources clearance has been approved by the Forest Supervisor.

2. Any undertaking that is not in compliance with 36 CFR 800 shall be suspended by the
Forest Supervisor until it is brought into compliance.

3. In each project area, prior to implementation, cultural resource sites shall be marked
for protection.

4. If a previously undiscovered site is found during the course of a project, the project
administrator shall halt any work that might potentially damage the site. The Forest
Supervisor shall immediately consult the State Historic Preservation Officer. Work may
not resume until consultation has been completed and the Forest Supervisor author-
izes resumption.

5. Include a copy of the Inventory Standards and Accounting form in the project folder
for all undertakings. Reports and maps containing site information should be included
by reference only, to protect confidentiality of site locations.

6. Include in each contract, permit or lease a statement of the operating conditions
required to protect cultural resources in or adjacent to the project area, and a clause
addressing responsibility to protect sites and liability for damage.

7. Protect all cultural properties until a formal "Determination of Eligibility" for the National
Register of Historic Places has been completed in consultation with the State Historic
Preservation Officer.

B. Intensive survey is required for compliance ("project clearance"). Intensive survey means
systematic pedestrian examination of the surface, and subsurface examination where
necessary to ensure that the goal of the survey ("project clearance") is accomplished.
Systematic means consistent use of processes or methods of inspection that yield demon-
strably reliable results (for example, transects and subsurface testing). When transects are
used, transect intervals normally shall not exceed 25 meters. Precise survey intensity level
for accomplishing surveys must be determined on a case-by-case basis, taking into
account the environmental characteristics of the area, conditions, type of impacting activ-
ity, and the kinds of resources that might be encountered.

1 . All surveys should be guided by an explicit research design. If a research design is
not used, the reason(s) should be documented in the survey report.

2. The purpose and location of a survey determines the intensity of the survey.

3. Project clearance surveys shall be designed and accomplished to provide reasonable
assurance that all cultural resources that might qualify for the National Register and
which are located in the area of potential effect of an undertaking are discovered.

4. Document all discovered sites and maintain an up-to-date, automated data base in
conjunction with the Alaska Heritage Resource Survey (AHRS).

Forest-wide Direction:
Cultural Resources

G -4

5. Cultural resource surveys shall be designed, supervised, and evaluated by a profes-
sional cultural resource specialist.

C. Document cultural resource surveys in a report that contains the following information.
Sensitive data concerning the nature and location of cultural resources shall be located
solely in a removable appendix, which shall not be provided to the general public.

1 . Introductory statement detailing why the survey was performed when, where, and by
whom.

2. General location, vicinity, and project maps.

3. Summaries of the past and present physical and cultural environment.

4. The research design under which the work was conducted.

5. Results of the survey.

6. Project recommendations.

7. Literature cited or consulted.

8. Appendices (site maps, test pit profiles, photographs, etc.) as needed.

9. Removable section detailing sensitive information.

D. Minimum recommended survey limits are as follows:

1 . Survey the direct impact area plus an area of indirect impact determined by profes-
sional judgment from the nature of the planned use (type of use, size of impacted area,
anticipated impacts from people, etc.)

E. Reconnaissance surveys may provide a general impression of an area’s cultural re-
sources. These surveys are designed to accomplish limited goals and may not be suffi-
cient to meet minimum legal requirements for project clearance.

F. Projects that do not have the potential to affect cultural resources, or are not under the
direct or indirect jurisdiction of the Forest Service are not considered undertakings. In
questionable cases, the Cultural Resource Specialist shall recommend to the Forest
Supervisor that the State Historic Preservation Officer be consulted. The following activities
are normally considered to have no potential to affect cultural resources, unless known
sites are involved:

1 . Emergency actions taken to protect life or property are not considered undertakings
subject to immediate consultation. Consult 36 CFR 78.

2. Activities that involve less than one square meter (1 1 square feet) of cumulative ground
disturbance.

3. Tenant-type maintenance of administrative sites, work centers, field camps, recre-
ational sites and their facilities, and ranger boats.

4. Activities taking place on glacial ice and permanent snowfields.

5. Routine trail maintenance in areas which have received archeological clearance or
which do not involve disturbance of new ground areas.

6. Routine road maintenance in previously surveyed areas, or where work is within
previously disturbed surfaces, ditches, and cut-and-fill slopes. When road projects are
determined to be undertakings and cleared, the initial clearance recommendation to
the State Historic Preservation Officer should cover current and subsequent routine
maintenance as described above.

7. Non-discretionary, congressionally-mandated land exchanges.

8. Conveyances executed under the authority of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act
of 1971 (P.L. 92-203) and the Alaska Statehood Act of 1958 (P.L. 85-508)

9. Activities where previous natural or human disturbance has modified the landscape
so extensively that the likelihood of finding cultural resources is negligible (for exam-
ple, vertical expansion of existing pits).

1 0. Maintenance, reconstruction, or replacement of existing facilities in areas which have
already received archaeological clearance or which does not entail additional ground
disturbance (for example, fish ladders, bridges, culverts, fences, cabins, or features
of developed recreation sites).

G - 5

Forest-wide Direction:
Cultural Resources

1 1 . Resource maintenance activities involving no surface disturbance sufficient to expose
mineral soil (for example, TSI by hand or precommercial thinning by hand; associated
campsites are excluded).

G. Inventory. Develop a comprehensive compilation of known cultural resources information
in overview form which describes the location, description, status, and other management
data for all project clearance and non-project surveys.

1. Include a compilation of areas that have been surveyed.

2. Include a discussion and map of areas assigned to the cultural resource sensitivity
zones.

3. Include a discussion of the area’s environmental and cultural histories.

4. Identify gaps in existing data and provide recommendations for future research.

5. Develop management direction.

6. Include a comprehensive bibliography.

7. Inventory of project specific areas shall be completed during the planning process to
ensure compliance with existing regulation.

8. Inventory standards are determined from direction contained within the FSM 2300,
and formalized in a research design in consultation with the State Historic Preservation
Officer.

9. Inventory the area of an undertaking’s potential effect for cultural resources and of
Native American religious use and traditional cultural significance.

1 0. Develop and maintain an inventory of sites identified by Native Americans to have
religious or traditional significance in consultation with Native Americans.

H. Three cultural resource sensitivity zones are recognized. These zones are subject to
revision based upon new data from annual inventory activities. The elevation and slope
angle used to delimit the sensitivity zones are general guidelines. Cultural and geographic
factors require flexibility in applying the sensitivity zone concept. Revision data for sensitiv-
ity zones shall be documented in the annual assessment, the Overview update and
formalized in a Plan Amendment. These Sensitivity Zones are:

1. High : All areas between sea level and 100 feet in elevation.

2. Medium : All areas between 100 and 1,000 feet in elevation and with slope angles of
30 percent or less.

3. Low: All areas between 100 and 1 ,000 feet in elevation and with slope angles greater
than 30 percent; all areas above 1000 feet in elevation, regardless of slope angle;
muskeg areas.

Forest-wide Direction:
Cultural Resources

G -6

The following table illustrates the relationship between Inventory/Survey and sensitivity
zones:

Inventory Type

Sensitivity Zone -
HIGH

Sensitivity Zone -
MEDIUM

Sensitivity Zone -
LOW

Existing Data Search

XXX

Survey

XXX

XXX*

★ *

XXX Existing Data Search or Survey is required.

* Normally, areas of Medium probability will require survey, but it may be possible to recommend
clearance on the basis of the results of the Existing Data Search. Consultation with the State Historical
Preservation Officer (SHPO) is required.

** Normally, areas of Low probability may be cleared on the basis of an Existing Data Search alone. If
the Existing Data Search suggests that the area may have cultural sensitivity, a survey must be
performed. Consultation with the SHPO is required.

V. Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement cultural resource
inventory, evaluation, protection, interpretation and allocation within the management
area.

1 . Identify areas requiring intensive inventory/survey, including non-project areas.

2. Identify cultural properties to be nominated to the National Register of Historic Places.

3. Identify, classify and evaluate known cultural resources.

4. Identify cultural properties that require stabilization or other protective measures.

5. Identify opportunities for interpretation of cultural resources for public education and
enjoyment.

VI. Evaluation - Assessment For Inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places

A. Cultural resource properties located during inventory shall be evaluated by a professional
Cultural Resource Specialist to determine their eligibility for the National Register of
Historic Places and the effect of proposed activities on a resource following established
procedures and regulations in 36 CFR 63 and 36 CFR 800. Certain information is required
for evaluation and assessment including the nature, time period represented, and the
extent and depth of cultural deposits. When this information is not provided through survey
procedures, additional investigations including archival research, architectural study, or
archaeological test excavation may be necessary.

B. Cultural resource sites which are classified as Special Areas under 36 CFR 294 shall be
evaluated for the National Register of Historic Places and as a possible National Historic
Landmark as established in 36 CFR 63. Consult the Forest Service Manual 2300.

1 . Designate and classify Special Areas through interdisciplinary review utilizing public
comment, established procedures and regulation, individualized study and planning
for each area to determine further standards and guidelines consistent with the
objective of the area.

* Review proposed Special Areas during Plan Revision.

2. Establish the exterior boundary of the management area so as to be easily recognized,
readily enforced, and inclusive of all values to be protected.

3. Protect the area from degradation from effects of management activities occurring
within adjacent management areas.

G - 7

Forest-wide Direction:
Cultural Resources

C. Evaluate all cultural resources on National Forest lands. The following is the recommended
order of priority.

1 . Properties that may be adversely affected by proposed land management activities.

2. Properties undergoing deterioration due to vandalism, public use, erosion, or other
forces.

3. Properties of known significance that have been identified but not previously evaluat-
ed.

4. Other cultural resource properties.

VII. Nominations

A. The Forest shall nominate cultural resource sites to the National Register of Historic Places
following procedures found in 36 CFR 60. Nominations may include individual sites,
thematic groups, or historic districts.

1 . Maintain an annually updated priority listing of cultural resources to be nominated.

VIII. Mitigation

A. In cases where in-place preservation of cultural values is the objective, the Forest Supervi-
sor shall consider management options such as project design, location, or cancellations
in meeting the objective. Consult 36 CFR 800 for procedures to be followed in reaching
a management decision.

B. The preferred management of sites listed in, nominated to, or eligible for the National
Register of Historic Places shall be avoidance and protection.

1 . Sites listed in, nominated to, or eligible for the National Register of Historic Places shall
be managed to achieve a *No Adverse Effect* finding, in consultation with the State
Historic Preservation Officer and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation. Con-
sult 36 CFR 800.

2. The recovery (collection) of cultural resources can occur during the inventory, evalua-
tion, or mitigation (data recovery) phases. Standard requirements include documenta-
tion of the resource, labeling of the artifacts, and curation of the recovered materials
and resultant records.

3. Collection of artifacts, except under emergency circumstances, must be accom-
plished or directly supervised by a professional Cultural Resource Specialist. With the
approval of the Forest Supervisor, employees meeting the qualifications of a profes-
sional Cultural Resource Specialist, may recover artifacts for purposes of evaluation.

4. Requirements for cultural resource collection are:

* Emergency collection: Artifacts collected in emergency situations shall be turned
over to the Area Cultural Resource Specialist for appropriate curation.

* Special Agents and other law enforcement officers conducting criminal investiga-
tions may collect artifacts for evidence. Any material collected must be cataloged
and stored in a secure area.

* Artifact samples may be collected from cultural resource sites, when they can be
systematically recovered and properly recorded for further evaluation (caution must
be exercised to assure that the collection of artifact samples is adequate for the
purpose intended without causing unacceptable impacts to the resource).

* Data recovery (including collection of artifacts and photographic/archival recorda-
tion) must be conducted in accord with a Forest Service/State Historic Preservation
Office approved Data Recovery Plan, which shall conform to the published guide-
lines in the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation 'Handbook for the Treatment
of Archaeological Properties.*

5. Disinterment of human remains and associated grave goods should occur only when
authorized projects cannot be modified or when the remains and associated grave
goods are in danger of destruction due to land disturbance, inundation, erosion,
vandalism, or similar events.

Forest-wide Direction:
Cultural Resources

G - 8

* The Forest Supervisor should provide a reasonable opportunity for consultation
with groups or individuals interested in the treatment of human remains and grave
goods before any disinterment, analysis, reinterment or other disposition takes
place.

* Consultation should include genetic or cultural descendants of the deceased, and
the State Historic Preservation Officer.

6. When a project results in the disinterment of human remains and associated grave
goods, the proponent of the project shall bear all expenses associated with the
disinterment, analysis, and reinterment or other disposition of those remains.

7. Analysis of human remains will be accomplished according to a research design
ensuring recovery of important data through non-destructive techniques within a
reasonable time from the date of discovery and documented in an analysis report.

8. Stored human remains will be afforded consideration for reburial along with associat-
ed grave goods when analysis is completed. The human remains shall not be exhibit-
ed or displayed.

9. Reinterment of human remains and associated grave goods will be as consistent as
possible with the likely wishes of the deceased or in consultation with genetic or
cultural descendants if known.

1 0. Human remains disintered from Forest land shall be reburied in the same general
location or in a cemetery. Reburial does not create a cemetery. Each reburial location
will be recorded as a cultural resource site and its location will be kept confidential.

IX. Enhancement

A. The Forest shall identify opportunities and priorities for interpretation of cultural resources
for public education and recreation.

1 . Significant and suitable cultural resource sites should be managed so as to realize
their recreational and educational values to the public. Enhancement programs
should include in-service funding as well as opportunity for establishing partnerships
with the private sector. The measure of suitability shall be based upon accessibility,
feasibility for protection, condition of the property, compatibility with other manage-
ment activities, and value to the public.

2. Areas shall enhance suitable cultural values through interpretation, restoration, and
the publication of reports, brochures or films, videos, and slide programs. Interpretive
services and facilities shall be compatible with the nature, quality, and integrity of the
resource selected for enhancement.

3. Areas shall cooperate with museums, universities, and other recognized institutions,
agencies, and knowledgeable persons in planning and constructing cultural resource
exhibits and providing opportunities for scholarly/scientific use.

4. Cultural resources shall be managed to ensure that properties and their records are
protected to prevent degradation or unauthorized use under authority of the Archaeo-
logical Resources Protection Act of 1 979 and the regulations in 36 CFR 296.

X. Monitoring

A. Assess cultural site condition, interpretation potential, and restoration and stabilization
needs. Utilize monitoring data to develop or test predictive models, determine the effective-
ness of mitigation measures, and provide information for the preparation of the WO Annual
Report on the condition of National Register eligible sites and the actions taken to ensure
their preservation.

1. Frequency of inspection should include a minimum of one documented visit per
selected site per year.

* If site damage is observed additional inspections may become necessary. If an area
is damaged through suspected human disturbance, other sites in that vicinity

G - 9

Forest-wide Direction:
Cultural Resources

should also be inspected (consult the Area Cultural Resource Specialist and/or
Special Agent).

2. Coordinate the assessments with District Rangers, the Area Cultural Resource Spe-
cialist and the Special Agent.

B. Assessment procedures should include observations documenting the current site condi-
tion. Document assessments through a signed, written report that verifies which site was
inspected and the observed condition.

1 . The report shall be filed by the Area Cultural Resource Specialist as part of the official
site record and copies shall be sent to the District Office, the Regional Office, and the
State Historic Preservation Officer.

2. Recommended observations for the initial inspection by the Area Cultural Resource
Specialist should include but are not limited to:

* An informal determination of eligibility, if not previously determined;

* Observed site condition;

* When damage is observed: assess the extent of damage, recentness of damage;

* Initial assessment of the scientific and interpretive values;

* Make suggestion for protection, stabilization;

* Draw an accurate sketch map illustrating the site, the area of damage, and include
measurements.

3. Selected District Personnel should record the following observations:

* Observed site condition;

* When damage is observed assess the extent of damage, recentness of damage.
Draw an accurate sketch map illustrating the site, the area of damage, and include
measurements;

* Complete report and notify the District Ranger and Area Cultural Resource Special-
ist;

C. Damage Assessment Report. If site damage is observed and it has not been previously
recorded, a site damage assessment report will be prepared by the Area Cultural Re-
source Specialist. The purpose of the damage assessment report is: to identify the
damage; to make recommendations to stabilize the site from further deterioration; and to
evaluate the actions needed to prevent further damage.

1 . A professional Cultural Resource Specialist should inspect any reported site damage
to determine the specifics of damage and the requirements of a damage assessment.

* Previously unassessed cultural resource damage should be photographed with
identifying information for each photograph recorded in writing.

* A map should be prepared showing the location of the damaged area in relation
to the site as a whole. Each damaged area should be identified to indicate damage
type (vandalism, erosion, project damage, undetermined causes, etc.)

* Resource damage should be quantifiable in terms of area or volume. Measure-
ments of damaged areas should be recorded as precisely as possible. Areas that
have been excavated should by measured for length, width, and depth in order to
calculate total volume of the area.

D. Remain alert to cultural damage potentially attributable to criminal acts and safeguard
investigation by avoiding further disturbance of the area.

1 . Beyond the initial discovery of damage attributed to human disturbance, management
activities should occur only under the direction or supervision of the Special Agent to
ensure proper identification of the damage potentially attributable to the criminal acts
under investigation and that such damage is distinguished from any other site damage
present. The Special Agent may provide instructions to conduct various procedures
including recordation through photography, measurement, videotape, mapping, col-
lection of evidence, etc.

2. Unless instructed by the Special Agent, do not collect archaeological evidence of
damage attributable to criminal acts.

Forest-wide Direction:
Cultural Resources

G - 10

* All individuals should be aware of the laws and regulations pertaining to the protec-
tion or disturbance of cultural resources. All legal methods will be utilized to prose-
cute individuals who violate those laws and regulations.

E. Prioritize cultural sites to be assessed on a yearly basis as coordinated by the District
Ranger, Area Cultural Resource Specialist and Special Agent utilizing the following criteria:

1 . Cultural sites that may be adversely affected by proposed management activities.

2. Cultural sites undergoing deterioration due to vandalism, public use, erosion, or other
forces.

3. Cultural sites of known significance that have been identified but never monitored.

4. Other cultural properties that are identified as potentially significant but have not been
documented or evaluated.

F. Measures for the protection of cultural resources from vandalism, natural destruction, or
project activity once compliance procedures have been accomplished shall include re-
source inspection. Resources that have sustained damage from natural forces shall
require planning for measures, such as stabilization or data recovery. Vandalism, collect-
ing, illicit excavation, or project damage shall require planning for protective measures,
such as signing, administrative closure, remote sensing, increased inspection, investiga-
tion, stabilization, data recovery or other measures under the authority of the American
Antiquities Act of 1 906, the Archaeological Resources Protection Act of 1 979 and regula-
tions in 36 CFR 261, 36 CFR 296, and 36 CFR 800.

1 . Inspect each resource listed in the National Register of Historic Places on a scheduled
basis as established in the annual cultural resources assessment.

2. Inspect on an opportunity basis other eligible cultural resource sites. Those sites
determined to be ineligible for the National Register of Historic Places will not be
inspected.

3. Provide periodic training in the protection and assessment of cultural resources for all
persons responsible for the on-the-ground administration of in-Service projects, con-
tracts, permits, or leases that may have the potential to affect cultural resources
through procedures established in the Forest Service Manual 2300.

4. A professional Cultural Resource Specialist shall inspect damaged sites, notify the
State Historic Preservation Officer, and prepare a site damage assessment within 90
days, weather permitting.

G. Establish the cost of restoration and repair of archaeological resources damaged as a
result of a violation as established in 36 CFR 296 by including the sum of costs already
incurred for emergency restoration and repair work, plus those costs projected to be
necessary to complete restoration, and repair, which may include, but need not be limited
to, the costs of the following:

1 . Reconstruction of the archaeological resource.

2. Stabilization of the archaeological resource.

3. Ground contour reconstruction and surface stabilization.

4. Research necessary to carry out reconstruction or stabilization.

5. Physical barriers or other protective devices, necessitated by disturbance of the
resource, and to protect it from further disturbance.

6. Examination and analysis of the resource including recording of remaining informa-
tion, if required by damage, in order to salvage remaining values which cannot be
otherwise protected.

7. Reinterment of human remains in accordance with religious custom and State, local,
or tribal law, where appropriate, as determined by the Federal land manager.

8. Preparation of reports relating to any of the above activities.

G - 11

Forest-wide Direction:
Cultural Resources

SPECIAL AREAS

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Management Activities: SPL

I. Special Area Inventory and Analysis

A. The Forest shall identify special areas during project planning, and develop a special areas
inventory prior to the next Forest Plan Revision. Special areas have unique features or
values including archaeological, historical, scenic, geological, botanical, zoological and
paleontological. Consult FSM 2300.

1 . Consider areas with unique values and evaluate as potential special areas during
project-level environmental analysis. Criteria for identifying and evaluating special
areas should include:

* Represents an outstanding example of local, regional or national significance.

* Best illustrates the resource represented.

* Best represents a rare type of resource.

* Contains a large number of high-quality examples of different natural resources.

* Best represents scientific value, discovery or concept, possesses an exceptional
record of research, or offers unusual opportunities for public interpretation of natu-
ral history.

2. Compile a Forest-wide inventory of potential special areas prior to the next Forest Plan
Revision. Include a description, map and discussion of special features for each area.

3. Recommendations for designation of special areas shall be based on the following
priorities:

* Areas that may be adversely affected by proposed land management activities.

* Areas undergoing deterioration due to vandalism, public use, erosion, or other
forces.

* Areas of known significance that have been identified, but not previously evaluated.

* Other areas.

II. Interpretation

A. Identify and develop appropriate interpretive material and activities for special areas that
relate the area’s unique features to local, regional and national significance.

1 . Special areas should be managed to realize their recreational and educational values
to the public. Interpretive programs should include in-service funding as well as
opportunity for establishing partnerships with the private sector.

2. Highlight significant values through interpretation, restoration, and the publication of
reports, brochures, films, videos, and slide programs. Interpretive services and facili-
ties shall be compatible with the nature, quality, and integrity of the special area.

3. Cooperate with museums, universities, and other recognized institutions, agencies,
and knowledgeable persons in planning exhibits and providing opportunities for
scientific use.

III. Protection

A. Manage inventoried special areas to ensure that the unique qualities are not degraded by
other resource activities or unauthorized uses.

1 . Establish a boundary around each identified area which includes its unique or special
features, and exclude management activities until a determination of future status and
management has been made.

2. Inspect inventoried special areas on a regular basis to prevent vandalism, natural
destruction, or project activities with potentially adverse effects.

Forest-wide Direction:
Special Areas

G - 12

RECREATION

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Recreation Resource Inventory: AN1 1 1

I. Recreation Resource Opportunities

A. Conduct, as needed, and maintain an inventory of the recreation resource opportunities

throughout the Forest.

1 . Use the Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) system. (Consult FSM 231 0; and
National/Regional ROS Handbooks)

2. Update existing ROS inventories as a part of specific project planning and implemen-
tation whenever project activities cause a change in recreation setting conditions
significant enough to reclassify the affected area.

3. Maintain the necessary data to determine the individual and/or cumulative changes
in ROS class distribution throughout the Forest.

Recreation Resource Planning: AN112

I. Interagency Planning

A. The principal feature that sets National Forest lands apart from most other suppliers of
outdoor recreation is the ability to provide opportunities for generally unconfined outdoor
recreation, free of urban influences. National policy directs that these special opportunities
be maintained for current and future generations; and that National Forest recreation will
focus primarily on activities which require a large land base and provide a contrast to
urbanization. As a part of the National Forest role of helping meet national and regional
social needs, recreation management will endeavor to encourage traditional American
values such as a conservation ethic, appreciation of nature, national and community pride,
and national and community well-being including the stability of lifestyle and character.
This will be accomplished through providing opportunities and programs which are appro-
priate to the forest environment, dependent upon natural settings, and which help
participants experience and understand nature.

1. Determine the appropriate role of the National Forest lands in providing natural
resource-based recreation opportunities, sites, facilities and experiences. Within the
context of National policy, cooperate and coordinate with National, State, and local
agencies in providing a balance of outdoor recreation opportunities throughout South-
east Alaska.

2. Use the ROS framework of settings and experience opportunities to define the capabil-
ities of National Forest lands to meet identified recreation needs and services. (Consult
ROS Handbooks and Forest ROS maps)

B. Recreation opportunities provided on National Forest lands should be in concert with, and
supplemental to, those opportunities which are located on lands of other ownership or
jurisdiction. Generally, recreation areas, sites and facilities located on National Forest
lands should:

1 . Compliment commercial public services (i.e. resorts, marinas, stores, service stations)
within communities or on private or other public land.

2. Support a system of anchorages suitable for recreation boats along small boat water-
ways which connect communities or provide access to popular recreation attractions.

3. Provide other appropriate facilities to meet specific identified recreation needs on a
case-by-case basis.

G - 13

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

C. Cooperatively participate with local communities and user groups when implementing
scheduled recreation development projects. Implementation should:

1 . Involve the public and affected communities, landowners and other affected interest
groups in the project planning process.

2. Recognize that recreation use by residents and tourists radiate from communities and
service centers to utilize lands and facilities under a variety of ownerships and jurisdic-
tions.

3. Verify the local role of the Forest Service in providing the appropriate recreation
opportunities, services and facilities.

4. Verify the basis for scheduling Forest Service recreation-related projects and maintain-
ing appropriate recreation settings on National Forest lands.

5. Identify sites and activities where joint or cooperative development or management is
desirable. Include opportunities for such things as on-site interpretation of natural and
cultural resources, particularly on lands of mixed ownership; providing public informa-
tion through joint publications; Joint cabin reservation systems; or construction, oper-
ation and maintenance agreements.

6. Consult FSM 2300 and Internal Sen/ice-wide Handbooks.

II. Integrated Resource Planning

A. During project planning and scheduling, search for and identify opportunities to enhance
recreation opportunities and services. Particular attention will be given to opportunities
and settings which are in relatively short supply within the practicable travel distance of
affected communities and service centers.

Identify opportunities to provide for the spectrum of recreation activities, opportunities and
services where desirable to meet local or Forest-wide recreation demands. Consider such
opportunities as:

* Freshwater fishing and access.

* Ice fishing.

* Fuelwood gathering.

* Wildlife viewing places.

* Interpretation of natural or cultural resources.

* Interpretation of management activities.

* Snowmobile and/or cross-country skiing places and access.

* Access to beaches and other attraction features.

* Loop travel routes (roads, trails, and water routes).

* Scenic marine and road travel corridors.

* Parking/camping places for Recreation vehicles, bikers, and boaters.

Assure that the integrity of critical physical and social ROS setting factors are maintained
for each planned recreation place and associated facilities.

1. Consult FSM 2300 and Internal Service-wide Handbooks.

B. Project planning and design will consider valid substitutes for recreation places, and
appropriate activity opportunities, whenever existing areas and opportunities may be
displaced by scheduled resource management actions. Substitute places should meet the
following criteria:

1 . Serve the same community or service center as the displaced opportunity.

2. Provide essentially the same choice of activities, settings and resource attributes.

3. Provide essentially the same capacity for use.

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

G - 14

4. Be acceptable to the affected segments of the public.

Recreation Resource Monitoring: AN121

I. Forest-wide Monitoring

A. Implement the Forest-wide monitoring plan to assess accomplishment of recreation man-
agement goals and objectives.

B. Evaluate ROS classes, recreation places, and their associated sites and facilities to deter-
mine the effects of implementing the Forest Plan direction and standards and guidelines.
(Consult the Monitoring Plan).

1 . Evaluation is designed to:

* Assess on-the-ground implementation of all resource management activities for
actual or potential effects on recreation setting factors to determine if integrated
management objectives have been met and are effective.

* If objectives have not been met, or results appear to be degrading setting condi-
tions, determine and implement mitigation measures.

* Use results of monitoring to direct future project design.

2. Coordinate with State and Federal agencies and the Forestry Science Laboratory in
maintaining a program of research which will aid in assessing the effects of human-use
and resource management activities on recreation settings.

II. Project Monitoring

A. Evaluate all resource management projects to determine whether recreation objectives
have been met.

1 . Evaluate effects of resource project activities to determine the effects on overall ROS
settings within and adjacent to the project area. Determine the amount and direction
of change in ROS acreage, if any.

2. Assess the effects of resource projects and activities on the diversity and quality of
recreation settings and activity opportunities within and adjacent to the project area.
Intensity shall be governed by the type of project, the risk of degradation to opportunity
settings, and the relative abundance or scarcity of the recreation setting or opportunity
affected.

3. To the extent practicable provide for the mitigation of setting and activity opportunities
which may be foregone due to project activities.

4. Assure that substitute settings or activity opportunities are ’real' substitutes that
provide adequate mitigation for the user groups and/or communities impacted.

Recreation Use Administration: AN122

I. Coordination with Wilderness Management

A. Evaluate the effects of location, design, and operation of developed sites and roads
adjacent to Wilderness. Projects should be developed and operated in a manner which
complements wilderness management objectives and avoids degradation of wilderness
values.

B. Special use activities and facilities located adjacent to Wilderness should be located,
designed, and operated in a manner that avoids degradation of wilderness values.

II. Cabins and Related Structures

A. Manage cabins and related structures which were existing, but unauthorized, prior to
ANILCA (December 2, 1980), in accordance with the direction in NAS JL1 22-Cabins.

B. New recreation-related cabins shall only be allowed upon a determination that location
and use is compatible with the objectives of the Management Area in which it would be
located.

G - 15

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

C. No permit shall be issued for the construction of a private recreation cabin.

III. Outfitter/Guide Operations

A. Provide the services of qualified outfitters and guides to the public where the need for the
service has been identified and is compatible with the objectives and management direc-
tion of affected Management Areas. The services of outfitter and guides should facilitate
the use, enjoyment, understanding, and appreciation of National Forest recreation set-
tings.

B. Manage Outfitter and Guide operations as partnerships with the Forest Service; and as a
way to nurture and encourage assistance and support for attaining the objectives of the
Management Area; and to assist the Forest Service in the development of increased public
understanding and appreciation of Forest Service mission and goals.

C. Encourage skilled and experienced individuals, organizations, and companies to conduct
outfitting and guiding activities in a manner that assures National Forest visitors receive
quality services.

D. Administer Guide and Outfitter special use permits in accordance with the direction in
FSM 2720.

1 . Outfitting and guide operations should not require permanent improvements occupy-
ing National Forest lands. Encourage operations which require only temporary facili-
ties easily removable at the end of the use season.

2. Authorize outfitter/guide operations on the basis of the following criteria:

* The affected ecosystem(s) have the capability to accommodate the expected kinds
of activities and amounts of use without degradation of composition and structure.

* Existing or proposed operations and activities are appropriate for the specific ROS
settings within the Management Area.

* Avoid adversely impacting popular or highly valued local areas with outfitter/guide
operations.

* There is a demonstrated public need for the services to be offered and/or the
services will enhance the objectives of the management area.

* The operations can be carried out in a manner that is compatible with existing or
expected use by the general public and will not constitute de facto exclusive use
areas.

3. Provide outfitting and guide operations through the issuance of priority use permits
whenever possible, supplemented with temporary permits. Assign priority use and
temporary use permits within a Management Area based on the following:

* Allocate no more than one-half the appropriate capacity of the Management Area
to outfitter/guide operations. (Refer to the desired future condition for the Manage-
ment Area in terms of the desired ROS setting, associated encounters with other
parties, and evidence of human activities).

* Avoid adversely impacting popular or highly valued local areas with outfitter/guide
operations.

* Appropriate party size and distribution of groups. Generally consider a party size
of no more than 12 persons for any one site or activity group. Consideration for
higher group size may be authorized where it is desirable to have a higher guide/
client ratio for safety purposes, youth groups or other special circumstances.

4. Where there is surplus capacity not being utilized by the general public, temporary use
for specific periods of time (not to exceed one year) may be authorized. Such tempo-
rary use does not qualify for credit toward priority use by a permittee.

E. Cooperate fully with State and local authorities and user organizations to resolve situations
where illegal outfitters are known to be operating. (Refer FSM 5300 and Forest-wide Law
Enforcement section).

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

G - 16

IV. Recreation Settings

A. Provide a broad spectrum of outdoor recreation opportunities in accordance with the
inherent capabilities of the National Forest as indicated by the ROS inventory.

In Management Areas allocated to specific recreation settings and opportunities manage
public use and other resource project activities in accordance with established direction.
Maintain or reach the desired recreation setting condition in accordance with the Forest
Plan Implementation schedule.

In Management Areas where other resource management activities are given precedence,
manage to continue providing the inherent recreation settings and opportunities until
scheduled activities and practices cause a change in the ROS setting. Manage recreation
use in a manner that is compatible with the long-term objectives of the Management Area.

In locations where scheduled activities change the recreation setting, manage the new
setting in accordance with the appropriate ROS guidelines. Maintain the capability of all
Management Areas to provide appropriate quality recreation opportunities on a sustained
basis.

1. Provide Rural recreation opportunities within 1/2 mile of heavily traveled roads and
state highways; or receive heavy aircraft travel. Provide access to recreation activity
opportunities and facilities within the area. Adopted visual management objectives do
not exceed maximum modification, but are primarily Partial Retention or Modification
in the foreground of sites and travel routes. Some facilities, such as visitor centers may
be elaborate and designed for large groups of people.

2. Provide Roaded Natural recreation opportunities within 1 /2 mile of moderate to heavily
traveled waterways and/or roads which are maintained to Levels 3 and 4 and open for
use by the public; or receive heavy small aircraft travel. Provide access to recreation
activity opportunities and facilities within the area. Adopted visual management objec-
tives do not exceed Modification, but are primarily Retention, and Partial Retention in
the foreground of sites and travel routes.

3. Provide Roaded Modified recreation opportunities and appropriate facilities within
cutover areas with a VQO of Maximum Modification: are accessed by Forest roads
which are maintained to Levels 2, 3, and 4; and are open for use by the public. Provide
parking and camping facilities to enhance the use of recreation vehicles, fisherman
parking, trailheads, and ATV use of nearby local roads.

4. Provide Semi-primitive Motorized recreation opportunities within 1/2 mile of infre-
quently traveled waterways, or small aircraft access points; and/or roads which are
maintained for passage by high clearance and four-wheeled drive vehicles (Mainte-
nance Level 2), open to public use, and provide access to appropriate recreation
opportunities and facilities. Manage such areas to provide for low to moderate num-
bers of encounters with other parties and appropriate solitude at campsites.

5. Provide Semi-primitive Non-motorized recreation opportunities in all areas more than
1/2 mile away from infrequently traveled waterways, or roads and trails open to
motorized recreation use, and clearcut areas. Aircraft access is only occasional.

6. Provide Primitive recreation opportunities in all areas that meet the remoteness criteria
for the Primitive ROS setting.

7. Manage recreation use and activities to meet the appropriate levels of social encoun-
ters, on-site development, and visitor impacts indicated for the associated ROS set-
tings.

B. Manage recreation resource activities and facilities in accordance with the established
Regional guidelines. All recreation planning and management activities will address the
following critical elements of the recreation setting:

G - 17 Forest-wide Direction:

Recreation

1. Visual Characteristics - The visual quality objective describes varying degrees of
allowable alteration of the characteristic landscape in each ROS setting. The key to
managing landscape character in each ROS setting is to adopt a compatible visual
quality objective and its corresponding guidelines, (consult FSH 2309.22)

2. Access - Includes the mode of transport used within the area and service levels of
roads.

3. Remoteness - Remoteness concerns the extent to which individuals perceive them-
selves removed from the sights and sounds of human activity.

4. Visitor management - Visitor management includes both regulation and control of
visitor activities as well as providing information and services to aid their enjoyment
and use an area. A major reason underlying participation in outdoor recreation is to
get away from the controls and constraints of the everyday world. There is a need for
care and sensitivity in how visitor management in implemented. The presence of
controls and the way in which they are implemented is as much a part of the recreation
setting as the physical environment.

The type, level, and where information is provided users can enhance or detract from
the desired experience. Generally, on-site information is appropriate at the developed
end of the spectrum while off-site sources are better accepted at the primitive end.
Information should always be factual and timely.

Irresponsible user behavior (reflecting inappropriate social norms and land use ethics)
can affect the recreational experiences and settings throughout the spectrum. Resolv-
ing behavioral problems should be given a high priority in managing recreation places.

5. On-Site Development - On-site development refers to the scale and appropriateness
of site modification and facilities. Design and location of site development activities
should consider the following criteria:

* Extent of site development. Is it limited to a few isolated locations or distributed
throughout the area?

* Evidence of the activity. Are proposed materials compatible with those found in the
characteristic landscape? Will the activity meet the adopted visual quality
objective(s) of the management area?

* Complexity and scale of the activity. The scale and complexity should be appropri-
ate for the intended use and compatible with other structures and attributes of a
site.

* Purpose. Facilities can be for convenience and comfort, or safety and resource
protection; and should be compatible with the overall objectives of the management
area.

6. Social Encounters - Social encounters refers to the number and type of other recre-
ationists met in the area, along travelways, or camped within sight or sound.

7. Visitor Impacts - Visitor impacts refer to the affect of recreation use on other resources
such as soil, vegetation, water, air and wildlife. The management intent is not neces-
sarily how to prevent human-induced change, but one of deciding how much change
is acceptable, where, and the actions needed for control. In general, user expectations
are for minimum signs of human-caused alterations at the primitive end of the spec-
trum and more acceptance of alterations near the urban end.

Recreation use can also affect air, water resources and wildlife habitats, even to the
point of displacement of species. Indicator species are an important means of monitor-
ing recreation related impacts on fish and wildlife populations. (Consult Forest Service
ROS Handbooks)

8. Use the following ROS charts in project planning and analysis as guidelines to estab-
lish appropriate levels of use, scale and kinds of facilities, visual quality objectives,

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

G - 18

types of access and services to meet local and Regional needs and desired recreation
setting conditions.

LEGEND FOR THE FOLLOWING CHARTS

ROS SETTING INDICATORS

Fully Compatible: Conditions that meet or exceed the norm.

Norm: Normal conditions found in the setting.

Unacceptable: Unacceptable conditions under any circumstances for a

given setting.

DEVELOPMENT SCALE

I. Minimum site modification. Rustic/rudimentary improvements for site protection
only.

II. Little site modification. Rustic/rudimentary improvements for site protection and
some comfort for user. On-land motorized access with some traffic controls.

III. Moderate site modification. Facilities equally for resource protection and user
comfort. Contemporary/rustic design of facilities. Interpretive services often
informal, but on-site.

IV. Site heavily modified. Some facilities strictly for user comfort and convenience
of user. Roads hard surfaced with obvious traffic controls. High density units/
acre.

V. High degree of site modification. Facilities mostly designed for comfort and
convenience of user. Flush toilets and electrical hook-ups common. Synthetic
materials often used. Formal, sophisticated interpretive facilities available. Site
often landscaped with exotic materials.

PARTY SIZE

Typical independent party consists of 3-4 people traveling as a social group. Guided

or organization groups are typically larger.

SITE HARDENING

Site hardening (such as paving, extensive barrier work, etc.) is done to reduce visitor

impacts.

G - 19

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

ROS Class
Rural

Setting Indicators

Norm/Fully Compatible

Unacceptable

Visual Quality of Non-
recreation Activities

Not to exceed Modification in the foreground and
Maximum Modification in middle ground as seen
from Sensitivity Level 1 travel routes.

Unacceptable Modifi-
cation (VQM hand-
book) in foreground or
middle ground

Access

All forms of access and travel modes may occur
within the Management Area or designated ROS
zone

Lack of Traffic control
facilities and signing

Remoteness

Remoteness is of little importance, and moderate to
high concentrations of people and sights and
sounds of human activity are acceptable when not
of a continuous nature.

Continuous high levels
of use or human
caused sounds

Visitor Managment

On-site regimentation and controls are obvious.
Control facilities harmonize with natural/exotic land-
scaping. Information facilities may be complex and
dominant on developed sites.

Use of inappropriate or
hostile traffic control
structures or signs

On-site Recreation De-
velopment

All development levels are appropriate and main-
tained at intended standards necessary to accom-
modate the types and levels of use anticipated for
the site and area.

Sites which are allowed
to deteriorate to unsafe
or unsightly condition

Social Encounters

User may meet more than 20 other parties per day
on trails and in dispersed areas. Developed sites
often are at full capacity, but do not exceed 20% of
the design capacity more than one half the season
of operation.

Site and/or area capac-
ities exceeded more
than 20% for more than
half the season

Visitor Impacts

Visitor caused impacts noticeable, but not degrad-
ing to basic resource elements or exceed estab-
lished visual quality objectives. Site hardening may
be dominate, but is in harmony with natural/exotic
landscape and appropriate for the site and setting.

Not applicable

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

G -20

ROS Class
Roaded Natural

Setting Indicators

Norm/Fully Compatible

Unacceptable

Visual Quality of Non-
recreation Activities

Not to exceed a visual quality objective of Partial
Retention. Existing visual conditions ranging from
Preservation through Retention are fully compatible
and encouraged.

Existing visual condi-
tion of Modification

Access

All forms of access and travel modes may occur
within the Management Area or designated ROS
zone which are compatible with intended activities.
Zones of non-motorized use may be established for
resource protection and user safety/comfort.

Lack of Traffic control
facilities and signing

Remoteness

Remoteness of little importance, but low to moder-
ate concentrations of human sights and sounds are
preferred.

Continuous high levels
of human use and/or
sounds

Visitor Management

On-site regimentation and controls are obvious.
Control facilities harmonize with the natural environ-
ment. Visitor information facilities are not elaborate
or complex.

Highly sophisticated
visitor information facili-
ties. Use of military-
type control structures

On-site Recreation De-
velopment

Facilities and structures generally do not exceed
Level III standards and are maintained at intended
standards necessary to accommodate the types
and levels of use anticipated for the site and area.

Sites which exceed
Level IV

Social Encounters

User meets less than 20 other parties per day on
trails and dispersed areas. Developed sites often
are at full capacity but do not exceed 20% of the
design capacity more than one half the season of
operation.

Site and/or area capac-
ities exceeded more
than one half the oper-
ation season

Visitor Impacts

Visitor caused impacts noticeable, but not degrad-
ing to basic resource elements or exceed estab-
lished visual quality objectives. Site hardening may
be dominate, but is in harmony with natural appear-
ing landscape and appropriate for the site and set-
ting.

Not applicable

G -21

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

ROS Class
Roaded Modified

Setting Indicators

Norm/Fully Compatible

Unacceptable

Visual Quality of Non-
recreation Activities

Not to exceed a visual quality objective of Maximum
Modification. Apply appropriate visual management
techniques in the foreground of sensitive travel
routes and recreation sites to soften effects of the
maximum modification conditions.

Unacceptable Modifi-
cation existing visual
condition anywhere

Access

All forms of access and travel modes may occur
within the designated ROS zone which are compati-
ble with intended activities. ORV use on designated
routes or areas is encouraged.

Dominating Traffic con-
trol facilities and sign-
ing.

Remoteness

Remoteness from urban conditions and high con-
centrations of people is important. Low concentra-
tions of human sights and sounds in a back-country
roaded setting is preferred.

Continuous high levels
of people or human
caused sounds

Visitor Management

On-site regimentation and controls are few. Control
facilities are appropriate for the predominating
back-country roaded setting. Visitor information fa-
cilities may be used to interpret management activi-
ties, but are not elaborate and are appropriate for
the setting.

Highly sophisticated
visitor information facili-
ties. Use of military-
type control structures

On-site Recreation De-
velopment

Facilities and structures generally do not exceed
Level II standards and are maintained at intended
standards necessary to accommodate the types
and levels of use anticipated for the site and area.

Sites which are allowed
to deteriorate to unsafe
or unsightly condition.

Social Encounters

User meets less than 10 other parties per day on
trails and dispersed roaded areas. Few, if any, other
parties are visible at dispersed campsites.

Developed site capabil-
ities are exceeded
more than half the use
season

Visitor Impacts

Visitor caused impacts noticeable, but not degrad-
ing to basic resource elements. Site hardening may
be dominate at campsites and parking areas, but is
in harmony with, and appropriate for back-country
roaded setting.

Not applicable

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

G -22

ROS Class

Semi-Primitive Motorized

Setting Indicators

Norm/Fully Compatible

Unacceptable

Visual Quality of Non-
recreation Activities

Not to exceed a visual quality objective of Partial
Retention. Existing visual conditions ranging from
Preservation through Retention are fully compatible
and encouraged.

Any visual condition
which exceeds Partial
Retention of the char-
acteristic landscape

Access

Travel on motorized trails and TSL 4 roads. Less
than 20% of the road mileage within the Manage-
ment Area or designated ROS zone is TSL 3. Road
density is less than one mile per square mile within
the Area or zone. Off road snowmachine travel on
snow may occur.

> 20% total area road
mileage is TSL 3. > 1
mile/square mile road
density

Remoteness

Nearby sights or sound of human activity is rare, but
distant sights or sounds may occur. Setting is locat-
ed more than 1/2 hour walk or paddle from TSL 3
roads or other high use travel routes. Perception of
remoteness is moderate.

Continuous high levels
of people or human
caused sounds and
travel

Visitor Management

On-site regimentation and controls are few. Control
facilities are appropriate for the predominating nat-
ural appearing setting. Visitor information facilities
may be used to interpret cultural and natural re-
source features, but are not elaborate and harmo-
nize with the setting.

Obvious and inappro-
priate controls and reg-
imentation Sophisticat-
ed information facilities

On-site Recreation De-
velopment

Facilities and structures generally do not exceed
Level II standards and are maintained at intended
standards necessary to accommodate the types
and levels of use anticipated for the site and area.

Development Level IV
or V sites and facilities

Social Encounters

User meets less than 6-10 parties per day on trails
and roads. No other parties are within sight or
sound of dispersed campsites. 1-3 other parties
within sight or sound of campsites is acceptable
only during peak season use.

Meet > 10 parties/day
during trip. > 3 other
parties at campsites

Visitor Impacts

Visitor caused impacts may be noticeable, but not
degrading to basic resource elements. Limited site
hardening may be used for resource protection, but
is in harmony with, and appropriate for the natural
appearing back-country setting.

Visitor caused impacts
an/or site hardening
which dominate the
setting.

G -23

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

ROS Class

Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized

Setting Indicators

Norm/Fully Compatible

Unacceptable

Visual Quality of Non-
recreation Activities

Not to exceed a visual quality objective of Retention.
An existing visual of Preservation is fully compatible
and encouraged.

Any visual condition
which exceeds Reten-
tion of the characteris-
tic landscape

Access

Cross-country travel and travel on non-motorized
trails within the designated ROS zone. Use of air-
planes, helicopters, motorboats and snowma-
chines for traditional activities, subsistence, emer-
gency search and rescue, and other authorized
resource management activities my occur unless
specifically restricted for safety and/or resource
protection purposes.

All other motorized
travel within the ROS
zone

Remoteness

Nearby sights or sound of human activity is rare, but
distant sights or sounds may occur. Setting is locat-
ed more than 1 /2 hour walk or paddle from any road
open to public travel (Not including marine travel-
ways).

Nearby sight or sound
of human activity. No
perception of remote-
ness

Visitor Management

Obvious and inappro-
priate controls and reg-
imentation Sophisticat-
ed information facilities

On-site Recreation De-
velopment

Facilities and structures generally do not exceed
Level II standards and are maintained to accommo-
date the types and levels of use anticipated for the
site. Recreation cabins are fully compatible.

Development Level IV
or V sites and facilities

Social Encounters

Meet > 10 parties/day
during trip. > 3 other
parties at campsites

Visitor Impacts

User caused impacts to resources are moderate
and usually not long-lasting. Site hardening is limit-
ed to boardwalk trails, boat tramways, moorings
and docks and bearproof food cache facilities.

Long-lasting user im-
pacts Dominate site
hardening

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

G -24

ROS Class
Primitive

Setting Indicators

Norm/Fully Compatible

Unacceptable

Visual Quality of Non-
recreation Activities

Not to exceed a visual quality objective Retention.
An existing visual condition of Preservation is fully
compatible and encouraged to be maintained.

Any visual condition
that exceeds Retention
of the characteristic
landscape

Access

Cross-country travel and travel on non-motorized
trails within the Management Area or designated
ROS zone. Use of airplanes, helicopters, motor-
boats and snowmachines for traditional activities,
subsistence, emergency search and rescue, and
other authorized resource management activities
may occur unless specifically restricted for safety
and/or resource protection purposes.

All other motorized
travel within the area or
zone

Remoteness

No or infrequent sights and sounds of human activ-
ity is present. Setting is located more than 1 .5 hours
walking or paddling distance from any human de-
velopments other than marine travelways.

Frequent near or dis-
tant sight/sound of hu-
man activity. < 1 .5 hour
walking or paddling
distance from develop-
ments. No perception
of remoteness.

Visitor Management

On-site regimentation and controls are very rare.
Signing is limited to directional information and
safety needs. No on-site interpretive facilities are
used and there is great opportunity for discovery on
the part of the user.

Noticeable on-site regi-
mentation and con-
trols. Excessive on-site
information and inter-
pretation.

On-site Recreation De-
velopment V

Structures do not exceed Level 1 standards except
for recreation cabins, and are maintained for appro-
priate levels of use.

Any site or facility >
Level 1

Social Encounters

User meets less than 1 -3 parties per day during trip.
No other parties are within sight or sound of dis-
persed campsites or cabins.

Meet 4 or more parties
per day. Other parties
visible at campsites.

Visitor Impacts

User caused impacts to resources are slight and
usually not noticeable the following year. Site hard-
ening is limited to boardwalk trails and necessary
boat moorings or bearproof food caches.

User impacts are no-
ticeable or site harden-
ing is inappropriate.

V Authorized recreation cabins are considered compatible.

G - 25

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

V. Developed Site Management

A. Manage development scale 3,4, and 5 sites (see glossary) for full service when at least one
of the following are met:

1 . A campground is designated as a fee site;

2. More than 20 percent of the designed capacity is being utilized;

3. When the site is designated for group use and is under a reservation system and/or
established user fee;

4. The site is a boating site with constructed ramp;

5. The site is a staffed visitor information center.

VI. Recreation Construction and Rehabilitation

A. Provide appropriate development facilities where the private sector is not able or willing
to meet the demand.

B. Maintain cost-effective developed recreation facilities which compliment non-Forest Serv-
ice developments in the same community home range or sen/ice center area.

C. Provide appropriate handicapped accessible facilities in proportion to the demand by user
populations using sites and areas.

D. Evaluate the location and need for recreation facilities which lie within identified 1 00 year
floodplains as to the specific hazards and values involved with the site and its use. Viable
alternatives will be thoroughly explored. (Consult FSM 2527)

E. Post adequate warning signs in floodplains which are frequented by users as a result of
site or access development.

VII. Interpretive Services

A. Provide a continuous Interpretive Services Program on the Forest that is designed to
accurately and adequately develop an interest and understanding of the natural environ-
ment of the Forest and Southeast Alaska, and the mission of the Forest Service in
managing the National Forest.

1 . Use the following guidelines in the development and implementation of effective and
cohesive interpretive programs:

* Level I: Orientation - Provide readily available information regarding the visitors’
physical comforts and needs, (e.g., Where is.. .the bathroom, water, coffee, food,
etc.? How do I find my way to the next place? Where am I now? ) Visitors usually
are not interested in progressing further with interpretation until these needs are
satisfied.

* Level II: Information - Provide the visitors with the opportunity to become mentally
involved with the features and points of interest of the specific location they are
visiting. Visitors are usually receptive to new ideas and concepts at this point. This
forms the basis for further interpretive levels.

* Level III: Appreciation - As the interpretive stories are told and preliminary questions
answered, visitors usually begin to gain an understanding of the subject and
appreciation develops.

* Level IV: Commitment - This is the level interpretive services strives to meet. The
chief aim of interpretation is not instruction, but provocation. With physical needs
met, questions answered, and feelings of appreciation aroused, forest visitors are
given the opportunity for commitment and involvement in the natural and cultural
resources. At this point visitors can be inspired to want to care for their forests.

B. Assist visitors and users of the Forest understanding the role of natural and cultural
resources in the development of industry, heritage and culture in Southeast Alaska. Relate
these roles to the rest of the State, Canada and the Nation.

C. Promote visitor understanding of the National Forest System, Forest Research, and State
and Private Forestry programs.

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

G -26

1. Emphasize understanding of stewardship of public lands and their productivity
through professional forest management with balanced use of natural resources.

2. Develop Interpretive Services programs for all principal resource management pro-
grams. Information should emphasize the integration of management activities de-
signed to achieve the goals and objectives developed for specific areas.

D. Inform visitors of the various roles of the Federal, State and Private lands found in South-
east Alaska and the range of recreation and cultural interest opportunities and facilities
available.

1 . Continue to pursue and implement cooperative interpretive partnerships with other
Federal and State land management agencies consistent with the principal travel
routes and activity centers used by forest visitors.

2. Provide an array of imaginative and dynamic mediums by which interpretive messages
are made available to the visitor. Use a spectrum of mediums and presentation
designs that are appealing, appropriate for the setting, easily understood by the
intended audience, and reflects the Forest Service as a professional and caring land
management agency.

3. Continue to provide the necessary support to the Alaska Public Lands Information
Centers in the rest of the State (Fairbanks, Anchorage and Tok) so that they are able
to include accurate and timely information about Southeast Alaska and the Tongass
National Forest. Implement and continue the Forest Service’s leadership role for the
Southeast Alaska Visitor Center in Ketchikan to encourage continued interagency
support and identification.

4. Continue to provide support to improve existing interpretive services programs and
facilities such as those at Mendenhall Glacier, Centennial Hall and aboard the Alaska
Marine Highway ferries. Support shall include identification of current issues and
events of interest to forest visitors; adequate staffing to meet program objectives;
assistance in training the seasonal and volunteer staff; and objective evaluation of
programs to assure accurate and positive coverage of the natural and cultural re-
sources on the Tongass National Forest.

5. Expand the use the Alaska Natural History Association (ANHA) as an interpretive
partner to provide forest visitors with a broad range of interpretive mediums. These
may include, but are not limited to, publications, video and audio tapes, and other
media that feature the natural and cultural resources of the National Forest and the
heritage of Southeast Alaska. Encourage all types of support and donations to ANHA
which can be used to develop additional materials and programs.

6. In partnership with communities, organizations and individuals develop additional
ANHA outlets at locations that will best serve Forest customers.

7. Continue to support the Elderhostel Education Program in local communities and
aboard the Alaska Marine Highway.

8. Continue to support and provide leadership in the Marine Litter Education Program in
local communities and throughout Southeast Alaska.

E. Provide a coordinated program of awareness and training for all employees, and partners
(including outfitter and guides and other public service permittees) to ensure a consistent
program of public service.

1. Encourage other agency participation in Forest Interpretive Services training pro-
grams.

2. The Forest Service mission and image shall remain predominately visible at all Forest
Service facilities through the use of uniformed Forest Service personnel, the Forest
Service shield, and other media.

3. To the extent practicable, provide training about National Forest resources, points of
interest and management to all interested outfitter and guides, industry representa-
tives and other partners.

G -27

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

Trail Activities: AT

I. Opportunities

A. Provide for a diversity of outdoor recreation trail and waterway opportunities, which are
appropriate for the ROS class and management area. Include such activities as hiking,
mountaineering, spelunking, cross-country skiing, snowmobiling, ATV use, motorized trail
bike riding, mountain bike riding, motorboating, canoeing and kayaking.

B. Emphasize opportunities in all ROS classes, as applicable, for activities which are in
harmony with the natural environment and consistent with the recreation role of the
National Forest lands in a given area.

C. Locate, design and operate trails to make the best use of available recreation opportuni-
ties. Establish trail objectives and associated management actions by examination of the
interaction of all resource activities, opportunities inherently present and the objectives of
the Management Area.

D. Coordinate trail planning, location, design and operation with the recreation management
goals and objectives of other National, State, and local agencies and private operations.
Make an effort to provide loop trail opportunities through the integration of systems
regardless of jurisdiction.

E. Provide access to high quality recreation places with trail systems that will enhance the
total experience of the user.

F. Emphasize trail systems that offer the following opportunities as may be appropriate and
feasible in given area:

1 . Connected, multi-day trip opportunities for both land trails and water trails.

2. Link trails with existing (or emerging) road systems.

3. Alpine trail systems with quick access from saltwater anchorages, cabins, local com-
munities, and resorts.

4. ATV trail systems utilizing connections with existing road systems to form loop trips
and access to recreation attractions.

5. Loop trail systems in connection with recreation cabins.

6. Access from local communities to snowline where snow trails are feasible to develop.

7. Heli-hiking trails within reasonable cost distance from local communities and service
centers.

Trail Administration: ATI 2

I. Inventory and Maintenance

A. Maintain an inventory of existing trail systems which will assist in determining the desirabil-
ity of retaining trails in their current locations, their contribution in meeting overall recre-
ation objectives, and actions needed to bring the system up to desired standards, and to
maintain those standards. (Consult FS Trails Management Handbook and FS RIM Hand-
book - RIM Trails)

B. Construct, reconstruct and maintain trails and waterway facilities as part of the Forest
transportation system.

1 . Prioritize and schedule trail construction and maintenance to meet public needs as
follows:

* Existing trails and waterways serving local community needs and tourist centers.

* Existing trails and waterways providing access to recreation cabins.

* Existing trails and waterways in Wildernesses.

* New trails and waterways which will serve local communities, tourist centers and
resorts.

* New trails in Wilderness which will disperse use and are needed to help protect
wilderness resources from degradation.

2. Provide trailheads in locations to allow access to the greatest number and types of
trails practicable within an area. Consider use for both snow and snow-free trail access

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

G -28

(during different seasons) from the same trailhead when possible. Match the capacity
of the trailhead with the desired capacity of the area being served.

3. Construct and maintain trails to the standard appropriate for the type and amount of
use desired in a given area. If the trail is to be used by multiple types of users, design
and construct to adequately and safely accommodate the most demanding or impact-
ing type of use. (Consult FSH 2309.18)

4. Design and construct bridges to support the maximum expected snow and ice load,
construction or maintenance equipment and anticipated user equipment. Bridges
must be appropriate for the prescribed ROS class and meet the adopted visual quality
objective for the area.

5. Use volunteer, human resource, and cooperative programs to extend trail construction
and maintenance budgets and to provide land use education opportunities for the
public. Integrate these resources into the total trail management system. Encourage
local organizations to ‘adopt a trail* to provide needed maintenance on a continuing
basis. Crews must be under the supervision of a qualified trail supervisor. Help
develop qualified supervisors in volunteer organizations and other cooperative pro-
grams. (Consult FS Trails Management Handbook)

C. Trails and associated waterways within management areas and recreation places often
become the principal management tools for achieving management objectives. Construct
and maintain trails and related facilities so that they contribute to desired conditions and
appear to be an appropriate part of the forest setting and not an intrusion upon it. (Consult
FS Trails Management Handbook).

1 . Develop and incorporate in project plans an erosion control and stabilization plan for
stabilizing all human-caused soil disturbances.

2. Locate trail crossings at right angles to streams and at suitable bridge locations.
Design and maintain trail treads to protect riparian values and minimize soil erosion.

3. Locate stream crossings only in stable reaches. Design crossings of V-notched
drainages to prevent debris jamming. Drainage structure gradients should follow
natural gradient for non-fish streams where needed to prevent downstream erosion.
Require brow logs for dirt and rock surfaced log stringer bridges and turnpike sections
to contain materials and prevent entry of sediment into the stream. For further location
and design guidance consult the Trails Handbook and Drainage Structures Hand-
book.

4. Location of trails parallel to fish bearing streams and crossing fish streams will be
permitted only where other locations are not feasible and the management direction
for fish habitat can be met. Where trails are located near fish streams, minimize the
introduction of sediment during clearing, construction and operation activities. Side-
casting and waste materials must not encroach upon the stream course and as much
undisturbed ground cover as possible shall be left between the trail and the stream.
Complete endhaul of waste material will be required where trails are located near fish
streams when there is the probability of downhill movement of the material into the
stream below. Fill will be placed into fish streams only when considered through the
IDT process to be the best alternative.

5. Meet fish passage direction at all locations where trails cross fish streams. Contracts
will specify permissible uses of motorized equipment and the timing of trail construc-
tion activities based on agreement with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game and
as determined by interdisciplinary analysis and appropriate line officer approval.

6. Thoroughly analyze the effects of locating trails parallel to riparian areas or within
riparian areas with known concentrations of wildlife such as brown bear or waterfowl
high use areas.

G - 29

Forest-wide Direction:
Recreation

VISUALS

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

I. Visual Resource Management

A. Adopted Visual Quality Objectives (VQO’s) reflect the direction and objectives of each
management area and provide guidance in managing forest lands.

B. Adopted Visual Quality Objectives will be met to the greatest extent practicable. When an
Adopted Visual Quality Objective cannot be achieved at the project level, the effects of not
meeting the VQO will be documented.

C. Detailed landscape analysis is recommended for all development activities and is required
for all activities within viewsheds seen from Sensitivity Level 1 and 2 travel routes and
areas.

D. Consult National Forest Landscape Management Handbook, Volume 2, Chapter 1 : The
Visual Management System and R1 0 Forest Service Handbook 2309 for guidance.

E. Complete viewshed analyses in conjunction with project level planning. Priority for view-
shed analysis is as follows: 1) Scenic Viewshed Management Areas, 2) other Sensitivity
Level 1 areas or portions thereof, 3) other visually sensitive viewsheds identified in the
planning period. The viewshed analysis will provide site-specific project guidance to
achieve the desired long-term visual condition.

1 . Consult National Forest Landscape Management Handbooks for guidance.

2. Involve needed resource disciplines in the analysis process.

Visual Resource Preparation: AV1 1

I. Visual Quality Objectives (VQO’s).

A. VQO Preservation: Allows for ecological changes only, with the objective to achieve or
maintain a pristine environment.

1 . Facilities.

* Very low impact recreation facilities are allowed (includes trails and small, minor
signs).

B. VQO Retention: Design activities to not be visually evident to the casual observer. This
objective should be accomplished within six months following the completion of manage-
ment activities.

1 . Facilities.

* Coloring of structures should closely correlate to natural conditions.

* Clearing of vegetation adjacent to the site should be kept to a minimum.

* Select materials that blend with the natural surroundings.

2. Transportation.

* Rock Sources. Locate off mainline road system, provide spur access to rock source.

* Corridor Treatment. Provide for roadside cleanup of ground disturbing activities.
Cut stumps as low as possible to limit visibility from sensitive travel route.

* Log Transfer Facilities (LTF’s). Generally are not appropriate in this VQO setting.

3. If project monitoring indicates a need for visual rehabilitation measures, a rehabilitation
plan will be developed in an interdisciplinary setting.

C. VQO Partial Retention: Design activities to be subordinate to the landscape character of
the area. This VQO should be accomplished within one year of project completion.

Forest-wide Direction:
Visuals

G - 30

1 . Facilities.

* Emphasize enhancement of views both to and from the facility.

* Use colors found in the natural environment while considering seasonal variations.

2. Transportation

* Design rock sources to not be seen from sensitive travel routes. Rehabilitation plans
will be necessary following closure of rock source developments.

* Temporary LTF. Develop rehabilitation plan at the close of contract or LTF’s life.

* Permanent LTF. Landscape architect should be involved in all stages of LTF plan-
ning and design. Low profile designs should be considered so as to minimize
visibility from adjacent travel routes.

D. VQO Modification: Activities may visually dominate the original characteristic landscape.
This VQO should be met within one year in the foreground distance zone and within five
years in the middle and background distance zones.

1 . Utilize naturally established form, line, color and texture found in the landscape when
planning activities.

2. Facilities: Siting and design should borrow from naturally occurring patterns in the
landscape, and should not visually dominate when viewed in the background distance
zone.

E. VQO Maximum Modification: Area may be dominated by management activities.

1 . Design activities to resemble natural occurrences as viewed in the background dis-
tance zone.

F. Update visual resource inventories as project implementation changes sensitivity levels
(i.e. new roads) and use patterns change.

G. Refer to the following table for specific mitigation measures appropriate to timber manage-
ment.

G -31

Forest-wide Direction:
Visuals

GUIDELINES FOR TIMBER HARVEST ACTIVITIES
SPECIFIC TO

VISUAL QUALITY OBJECTIVES AND VISUAL ABSORPTION CAPABILITY SETTINGS

VQO/VAC

Setting

Silviculture Method

Cumulative

Visual

Disturbance*

Height to
Adjacent Mature
Stand

Logging Slash
Life**

Retention - Low
VAC

single tree or group
selection

50%

2 years

Retention -

Intermediate

VAC

single tree or group
selection

10%

50%

no limit

Retention -
High VAC

small clearcut (approx.
20 acres)

10%

30%

no limit

Partial Reten-
tion - Low VAC

group selection or
small clearcut (approx.
20 acres)

35%

5 years

Partial Reten-
tion - Intermedi-
ate VAC

clearcut

15%

25%

no limit

Partial Reten-
tion - High VAC

clearcut

20%

no limit

Modification -
Low VAC

clearcut

15%

25%

no limit

Modification -

Intermediate

VAC

clearcut

20%

5 feet

no limit

Modification -
High VAC

clearcut

25%

5 feet

no limit

Maximum Modi-
fication - All
VAC settings

clearcut

same as the
timber

dispersion limit

5 feet

no limit

* Cumulative visual disturbance reflects the maximum allowable percent of a visual viewshed to be in a disturbed
condition at any one point in time. These estimates are appropriate for planning purposes. During project analysis,
these percents should be referred to as a guideline. Ground conditions may indicate a need to be more or less
restrictive in scheduling harvest to meet the intent of the Visual Quality Objective.

** Tree limbs, root wads, and excessively high tree stumps are considered logging slash. To meet Retention and Partial
Retention VQO’s adjacent to road corridors, it may be necessary to do additional clean-up following an active timber
sale. KV funds may be appropriate to use in these settings.

Forest-wide Direction:
Visuals

G -32

Visual Resource Administration: AVI 2

I. Mitigation, Enhancement and Monitoring.

A. Minimize potential visual impacts through scheduling or timing management activities so
that they are dispersed and not concentrated.

B. Rehabilitate, where practicable, existing projects and areas which do not meet the Adopt-
ed Visual Quality Objectives. Consider the following in setting priorities:

1. Relative importance of the area (public sensitivity).

2. Projected length of time to naturally attain the Adopted VQO in comparison to the use
of rehabilitation techniques. Examples include: seeding road cuts, removing road side
slash and debris, re-shaping harvest unit boundaries, cutting road side stumps as low
as possible, shaping/spreading excess overburden, etc.

3. Benefits to other resources by accomplishing rehabilitation.

C. Use enhancement measures, where practicable, to create variety where little variety now
exists through addition, subtraction, or alteration of vegetation, earthforms, waterforms,
etc. Examples include: opening up vistas or screening out undesirable views and planting
of species to give unique form, color or texture to an area.

D. Consult the Landscape Management Handbook, Region 1 0, to determine project level
monitoring.

1 . Identify and document specific areas to be monitored.

2. Refer to the visual resource chapter in the Forest Monitoring Plan.

II. National Scenic Byways

A. Manage Scenic Byways in keeping with national goals, which include nationally estab-
lished goals (consult USFS Chief’s letter of August 29, 1988: 2370 Scenic Byways):

1 . Showcase outstanding National Forest scenery.

2. Increase the public’s understanding of the National Forests as the major provider of
outdoor recreation.

3. Acknowledge and emphasize the role of marine recreation and transportation net-
works in Southeast Alaska.

4. Increase public awareness and understanding of all National Forest activities.

5. Meet the growing demand of driving for pleasure as a significant recreation use.

6. Increase the use of National Forests by non-traditional users including urban minori-
ties, the disadvantaged and the elderly.

7. Contribute to the Nation’s overall Scenic Byways effort.

B. The Scenic Byway will focus attention on a significant travel route. Manage Scenic Byways
consistent with the emphasis of the designated management area. A Scenic Byway may
be comprised of management areas of differing emphasis.

1 . Show the forest user the concept of a ■working forest' with a variety of visual conditions
consistent with the designated management area.

2. Utilize computer graphic capabilities to design land management activities to facilitate
meeting the visual objectives of the management area as seen from the Scenic Byway.

G - 33

Forest-wide Direction:
Visuals

FISH

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Fish Habitat inventory: CF1 1 1

I. Inventory

A. Maintain the channel type and stream class (see glossary) based inventory of all Forest
streams.

1 . Maintain and update the stream inventory during site-specific project planning and
analysis. Consult publication R10-MB-6, the 'Channel Types Field Guide,' (as revised)
for descriptions of the channel types.

B. Inventory Forest streams for fish enhancement opportunities. As part of this inventory
document barriers to fish migration, including attributes of the barriers. The Forest-wide
GIS data base should be used to keep records of the barriers.

1 . Implement the inventory according to the schedule in this Plan.

C. Verify and/or improve the MIS (Management Indicator Species) habitat capability models
used as the basis for the Forest Plan Revision.

1. Inventory habitat use patterns of MIS, utilizing the habitat components defined by
channel types and/or riparian habitat units.

2. Coordinate with appropriate State and Federal agencies, research institutions, etc.

D. Develop and implement a lake classification system in order to further understanding of
the aquatic ecosystems on the Forest. This system should be designed to complement
the channel type inventory.

1 . Complete the lake inventory prior to development of the next Forest Plan Revision.

2. Include in the classification system biological and physical data relating to associated
wetlands and both anadromous and resident fish production.

E. Collect information necessary to develop comprehensive habitat management direction
and standards and guidelines for lakes and estuaries. Information needs include: coho
and sockeye salmon, and cutthroat trout rearing capability, cumulative effects from up-
stream influences, nutrient cycling resulting from pink salmon spawning, etc.

1 . Develop direction and conduct investigations as shown in the resource activity sched-
ule.

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

I. Channel classification and process groups

A. Use the channel type inventories to categorize stream reaches into channel process
groups. Use channel types and process groups to plan management activities affecting
fish and fish habitat along all lakes and streams. (Consult the Alaska Region’s 'Aquatic
Habitat Management Handbook.') Process groups to be used are:

Forest-wide Direction:
Fish

G -34

Process Groups

Low gradient floodplains
Alluvial fans

Large low gradient contained
Moderate gradient contained
Mixed control moderate gradient
High gradient contained
Placid or glide streams
Lakes, ponds and floodplains
Estuarine

Channel Types

B1 ,B8,C1 ,C3,C4,C6,D4,D5

A3,B5,D1,D6

C2,C5

B4,B6

B2.B3.D3

A1 , A2, A4, A5, A6, A7, B7, D2, D7

L1,L2

L,L3,L4,L5

E1,E2,E3,E5

These groups may be redefined as more information about channel types becomes

1 . Map and field-verify streams, lakes and estuaries by channel type and class as needed
for project planning and implementation.

2. During project planning, refine direction given in the Forest Plan for process groups
to meet site-specific objectives of individual stream reaches for fish habitat.

B. Further develop the channel type system for understanding the relationship between fish

and fish habitat. The primary purpose is to improve the understanding of Forest Plan

Management Indicator Species’ habitats and population relationships.

1. Further develop the channel type based fish habitat data base.

2. Coordinate with research to develop validation and refinement of the channel type
system.

3. Develop a channel type model to use as an indicator of stream enhancement potential,
including type and location.

II. Objectives for management affecting fish habitat

A. Provide for short and long-term maintenance of fish habitat capability in all channel

process groups.

1 . Stream Class I : Maintain or enhance aquatic biological productivity within each individ-
ual Class I stream system.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain habitat capability for resident fish populations, to the extent
practicable.

3. Stream Class III : This stream class has no fish inhabitants but provides quality water
for downstream Class I and II stream systems.

B. Maintain stream bank and stream channel stability.

1 . Stream Class I: Maintain or improve anadromous and adfluvial fish habitat and high
value resident sport fish habitat capability by providing natural or improved cover/pool
ratio, pool-riffle sequences, and habitat features, such as stable debris. Design man-
agement activities to maintain stream bank, channel and floodplain integrity.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain habitat capability for resident fish populations, to the extent
practicable, by providing natural or improved cover/pool ratio, pool-riffle sequences,
and habitat features, such as stable debris. Design management activities to maintain
stream bank, channel and floodplain integrity. Avoid sediment impacts into down-
stream Class I streams.

3. Stream Class III: Design management activities to maintain stream bank, channel and
floodplain integrity. Avoid sediment impacts into downstream Class I and II streams.

C. Maintain natural and beneficial quantities of large woody debris (LWD) over the short and

1 . Stream Class I: Maintain anadromous and adfluvial fish habitat and high value resident
sport fish habitat capability by providing for natural and beneficial volumes of LWD for
rearing and spawning, stream energy dissipation, and sources of energy and wood

available.

long term.

G -35

Forest-wide Direction:
Fish

to the stream ecosystem. Use channel type considerations to determine size classes
and distribution.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain habitat capability for resident fish populations, to the extent
practicable, by providing for existing levels of LWD, and by designing for future
sources at volumes determined by channel type considerations.

3. Stream Class III: Maintain LWD in channels and banks to prevent changes in stream
bank and stream channel stability.

D. Maintain water quality to provide for fish production.

1 . Stream Classes I, II, and III: Prevent adverse effects to rearing and spawning habitat.
Maintain anadromous and adfluvial fish habitat and high value sport fish habitat
capability, as well as capability for other resident fish populations, to the extent
practicable. Assure no chronic sediment input following soil-disturbing activities (sta-
bilization should always occur within one year). Minimize siltation to prevent down-
stream adverse impacts to fish habitat.

2. Implement applicable Best Management Practices (consult the section on Soil and
Water resources and the Soil Conservation Handbook.)

E. Maintain or improve water temperature at a level to optimize salmonid populations.

1 . Stream Class I: Maintain optimum salmonid summer stream temperatures at between
50 and 68 degrees F or at natural levels. Manage watersheds and riparian streamsides
to attain optimum stream temperature regimes.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain water temperatures below 68 degrees F, or at natural levels,
to maintain habitat capability for resident fish populations, to the extent practicable.

3. Stream Class III: Manage watersheds and riparian streamsides to maintain water
temperature standards and guidelines for downstream Class I and II streams.

F. Maintain or improve primary or secondary stream biological production in second-growth

forests.

1 . Stream Class I: Maintain natural or enhanced primary and secondary biological pro-
duction in streams to provide for full biological potential of anadromous and adfluvial
fish and high quality resident sport fisheries.

2. Stream Class II: Manage vegetation and biological productivity to maintain habitat
capability for resident fish populations to the extent practicable, and to maintain
nutrient sources for downstream waters.

3. Stream Class III: Manage vegetation to provide maintenance of nutrient sources to
downstream waters.

G. Maintain fish passage through stream crossing structures.

1 . Stream Class I: Maintain or improve the opportunities for the migration of adult and
juvenile anadromous and adfluvial sport fish. For resident fish, maintain or improve the
opportunities for natural migration where economically feasible. Consult the Aquatic
Habitat Management Handbook, FSH 2609.24.

2. Stream Class II: Maintain or improve the opportunities for the natural migration of
resident fish where economically feasible. Consult the Aquatic Habitat Management
Handbook, FSH 2609.24.

3. Stream Class III: No fish are found in this stream class.

III. Management Indicator Species

A. Use Management Indicator Species (MIS) to evaluate effects of management activities on

fish.

1. When planning projects, use the following guidelines for the selection of MIS:

* First priority shall be for the MIS selected for the Forest Plan and federally listed
threatened and endangered species

* Second priority shall be for MIS recommended for the Region (consult the USDA
Forest Service publication Wildlife and Fisheries Habitat Management Notes -

Forest-wide Direction:
Fish

G -36

Management Indicator Species for the National Forest Lands in Alaska, publication
R10-TP-2)

* Third priority will be to use the following guidelines for the selection of MIS when the
first and second priority do not meet the needs for a particular project area:

a) State listed threatened or endangered.

b) Species which have the potential to be seriously and adversely affected by
the proposed project and are not adequately represented by the above MIS.

c) Species for which the Forest comprises a majority of the species total
statewide, Regional or National habitat of the species and which are not
adequately represented by the above MIS.

d) Species which represent or reflect environmental suitability for other species
and are not adequately represented by the above MIS.

e) Species having significant economic value. Normally these species are
those commonly fished for sport, subsistence, or commercial use.

IV. Management Activities

A. Maintain the 1 0-year fisheries plan and budget projection which will address, at a mini-
mum: inventory work and activities, monitoring, administration, habitat enhancement
projects (including K-V funding for projects generated from timber sales), maintenance,
coordination with other resources, and coordination with other agencies and groups.

B. During the design and implementation of management activities which are likely to affect
fish habitat, favor the enhancement or maintenance of natural fish habitat over mitigation
or rehabilitation.

V. Coordination

A. Coordinate activities that affect fish resources with other Forest disciplines through the IDT
process, and with State, other Federal, and local agencies and groups.

1. Maintain memoranda of understanding with appropriate State, Federal and local
agencies and aquaculture associations.

2. Establish timing periods for instream and estuarine work with Alaska Department of
Fish and Game biologists.

3. Each Administrative Area shall meet at least annually with appropriate agencies (such
as the Alaska Department of Fish and Game, National Marine Fisheries Service and
the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service) to review resource activities, and schedule work
needing coordination.

B. Avoid attracting use to locations with limited distribution or numbers of individual species.

C. Use the authorities for cooperative work with the State provided under the Sikes Act.

VI. Projects

A. Use the following priority for fish habitat project work: mitigation for unplanned impacts,
rehabilitation, enhancement. For both mitigation and rehabilitation, consider alternatives
for cost efficiency of performing off-site enhancement (enhancement of a different area
than where the impact actually occurs).

1 . Location of off-site enhancement shall be governed by the following ordered priorities:

* same stream reach (same species)

* same stream (same species)

* same watershed (same species)

* same anadromous fish harvest area (same species)

* differing species, using above priority order

B. Enhance fish habitat to meet the objectives identified in this Plan. Opportunities include,
but are not limited to: instream enhancement, lake fertilization, cooperative bio-
enhancement (e.g. stocking), incubation boxes, fishway construction, etc.

G -37

Forest-wide Direction:
Fish

1 . Use the Cooperative Fisheries Planning process (see ANILCA Section 507) and/or
other cooperative agreements for developing priorities for the enhancement of fish
resources.

2. Identify capabilities on streams and lakes identified for enhancement in the Coopera-
tive Fisheries Planning process prior to construction.

3. Schedule enhancement opportunity investigations on a yearly basis to provide for
on-going listing of additional projects, as other projects are constructed or eliminated
from consideration.

4. Maintain a current ten-year fisheries enhancement plan.

C. Recognize bio-enhancement (e.g. stocking of juveniles, use of egg incubation boxes,
transferring of adult fish to seed stream systems) as part of the project cost when appropri-
ate. Cooperate/coordinate with fish agencies and aquaculture associations to facilitate
bio-enhancement.

1 . Appropriateness of bio-enhancement will be established by the need to meet output
objectives of the project as identified in project planning.

Monitoring: CF121

I. Forest-wide monitoring

A. Assess the implementation effects of Forest Plan direction and standards & guidelines on
Management Indicator Species and their habitat.

1 . a) Conduct on-the-ground assessment of implementation of activities with potential

effects on fish habitat to determine whether objectives have been met.

b) If fish habitat objectives have not been met, determine and implement mitigation
measures.

c) Use results to direct future project design.

2. Coordinate with State and Federal agencies and the Forestry Science Laboratory, in
maintaining a continuous program for research, monitoring, and assessment of im-
pacts of land-use activities on fish habitat.

II. Project monitoring

A. Assess fish habitat rehabilitation, mitigation, and enhancement projects to determine
whether project objectives have been met.

1 . Develop cooperative agreements with fish/aquaculture agencies and other groups to
assess the effectiveness of Forest Service habitat enhancement, such as by coded
wire tagging of fish.

2. Assess the effectiveness of ■improved* habitat for projects. Intensity of monitoring shall
be governed by the type of project, where high interest, high investment projects will
be monitored more intensively.

3. Include cost of monitoring as a required cost to the project. Track project monitoring
plans and costs with fish action schedules.

Fish Habitat Improvement: CF22

I. Planning

A. Improve fish habitat to achieve the habitat and population objectives of this Plan.

B. Construct projects using the most cost-efficient methods, while achieving desired results
consistent with the management prescription.

II. Construction Coordination

A. Coordinate fish habitat improvement construction using an interdisciplinary process.

B. Coordinate habitat improvement projects with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game
and other appropriate agencies and groups.

Forest-wide Direction:
Fish

G -38

Fish Habitat Maintenance: CF23

I. Maintenance

A. Provide for the maintenance of fish habitat improvements.

1 . Fund maintenance of existing projects prior to the construction of new projects.

2. Include funding for maintenance in the planning and budgeting for all projects.

3. Maintain improvements to assure objectives of the project are met.

4. If maintenance and operation of an improvement are evaluated, and the improvement
becomes inefficient to maintain; redesign or stop maintenance of that improvement.

5. If an improvement becomes inoperable, consider removal or reconstruction, as appro-
priate.

B. Develop a written agreement with project cooperators on maintenance responsibilities
prior to project construction.

G - 39

Forest-wide Direction:
Fish

SUBSISTENCE

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Subsistence: SUBS

I. Subsistence

A. Provide for the continuation of the opportunity for subsistence uses by rural Alaskan
residents, including both Natives and non-Natives.

B. For the purposes of identifying fish and wildlife subsistence users, the Forest will use
definitions for rural and non-rural areas established by the Alaska Boards of Fisheries and
Game.

C. All Forest management activities shall be located and managed considering impacts upon
rural residents who depend upon subsistence uses of the resources of National Forest
lands, in compliance with Section 810 of ANILCA.

1 . Conduct an evaluation of proposed management activities according to Section 81 0
of ANILCA. In determining whether to withdraw, reserve, lease, or otherwise permit the
use, occupancy, or disposition of National Forest lands, evaluate the effect of such
use, occupancy, or disposition on subsistence uses and needs, the availability of other
lands for the purposes sought to be achieved, and other alternatives which would
reduce or eliminate the use, occupancy, or disposition of National Forest lands need-
ed for subsistence purposes. No such withdrawal, reservation, lease, permit or other
use, occupancy or disposition of such lands which would significantly restrict subsis-
tence uses shall be effected until the following actions are accomplished:

* Notice is given to the appropriate State agency and the appropriate local commit-
tees and regional councils established pursuant to Section 805 of ANILCA;

* Notice of a hearing is given and a hearing is held in the vicinity of the area involved;

* A determination is made that (A) such a significant restriction of subsistence uses
is necessary, consistent with sound management principles for the utilization of the
public lands, (B) the proposed activity will involve the minimal amount of public
lands necessary to accomplish the purposes of such use, occupancy, or other
disposition, and (C) reasonable steps will be taken to minimize adverse impacts
upon subsistence uses and resources resulting from such actions.

2. If required to prepare an environmental impact statement pursuant to the National
Environmental Policy Act, the notice and hearing and findings required in 1 above shall
be a part of such environmental impact statement.

3. Nothing in 1 above shall be construed to prohibit or impair the ability of the State or
any Native Corporation to make land selections and receive land conveyances pur-
suant to the Alaska Statehood Act or the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act.

4. After compliance with the procedural requirements of Section 81 0 of ANILCA and other
applicable law, the responsible Forest Service official may manage or dispose of
public lands under their primary jurisdiction for any of those uses or purposes author-
ized by ANILCA or other law.

5. Consult Section 810 of ANILCA and FSH Subsistence Management and Use Hand-
book.

D. Evaluate changes in subsistence use patterns and activities in cooperation with appropri-
ate State and Federal agencies.

E. In cooperation with appropriate State and Federal agencies, maintain a subsistence
research program and data base.

Forest-wide Direction:
Subsistence

G -40

F. Maintain reasonable access to subsistence resources.

1 . Permit appropriate use for subsistence purposes of snowmobiles, motorboats, and
other means of surface transportation traditionally employed for such purposes by
rural Southeast Alaska residents, subject to reasonable regulations.

G. Allow for subsistence use of wood in traditional use areas, subject to management pre-
scription objectives.

H. Consult Alaska Land Use Council Subsistence Guidelines.

I. Consider subsistence users needs in the scheduling, location and design of fish and
wildlife habitat improvement projects.

J. In the development of access and facilities, seek opportunities to provide for subsistence
users (e.g. anchorages and shelters). Such access and facility opportunities should be
identified and planned with local subsistence users.

G - 41

Forest-wide Direction:
Subsistence

THREATENED, ENDANGERED AND SENSITIVE SPECIES

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Threatened, Endangered and Sensitive Species: CT1 1

I. Threatened and Endangered Species

A. Meet the requirements of the Endangered Species Act, as amended.

1. Utilize informal and formal consultation procedures, and conference procedures
(which ever is appropriate) with the National Marine Fisheries Service and the U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service for all major construction activities and other forest management
activities which may have an affect on federally-listed threatened, endangered, pro-
posed or candidate species population or critical habitat.

2. Maintain and/or enhance habitats for the recovery and conservation of federally-listed
threatened or endangered species. Implement National and Regional Forest Service
policy and direction for management of threatened, endangered, proposed and candi-
date species (Consult FSM 2670).

3. Support monitoring, research, and inventory work for threatened, endangered, and
candidate species. Coordinate with appropriate Federal and State agencies; utilize
■challenge cost share' agreements and other partnerships.

II. Sensitive Species

A. Implement National and Regional Forest Service policy and direction for the identification

and management of sensitive species (Consult FSM 2670).

1 . When population or habitat declines for a plant or animal species become a Forest
Service concern, evaluate the particular species for approval/placement on the Re-
gional Sensitive Species List by the Regional Forester.

2. Provide for viable populations of sensitive species by maintaining existing habitat
capabilities within known use areas. Where desirable, implement habitat enhance-
ment projects to increase habitat capabilities and expand species distributions.

3. Prepare species management guidelines for Regional Sensitive Species. Such guide-
lines shall establish objectives and prescribe management direction, monitoring, and
protection for a species based on the species needs over its entire range rather than
on a local population or individual site.

4. The status of sensitive species shall be reviewed at least every 5 years. Such status
reviews shall recommend whether or not a species should continue to be listed as a
sensitive species.

5. In cooperation with other agencies, institutions, and private groups implement a
Forest-wide inventory for sensitive plant species. Maintain accurate records on loca-
tions of sensitive plants on the Forest.

6. Identify research needs for sensitive plants and animals on the Forest.

III. Trumpeter Swan Habitats

A. Provide for the protection and maintenance of trumpeter swan habitats.

1 . Avoid disturbance of trumpeter swans, particularly during nesting, brood-rearing and
wintering periods, to prevent abandonment of nests, brood-rearing areas, and winter
habitats. As a general guideline, minimize disturbance by providing a minimum sepa-
ration of .5 miles (800 meters) between waterbodies used by nesting, brood-rearing
and wintering trumpeter swans and human activities or developments. The District

Forest-wide Direction:

Threatened, Endangered and Sensitive

G - 42

Ranger will, after consultation with appropriate resource specialists, take all practical
measures to minimize disturbance.

2. Avoid placement of overhead wires, fences, or other structures which could interfere
with the flight paths of swans and cause injury or mortality.

3. Cooperate with State and other Federal agencies to develop sites and opportunities
for the safe viewing and observation of this species by the public. Maintain a public
education program explaining Forest management activities related to this species in
cooperation with State and other Federal agencies.

4. In cooperation with State and Federal agencies, evaluate levels of lead in habitat
areas, and evaluate effects on trumpeter swan populations.

IV. Osprey Habitats

A. Maintain and enhance osprey populations and habitat.

1 . Establish and maintain a minimum 330-foot (1 00-meter) radius (horizontal distance)
habitat management zone around each existing osprey nest tree. Determine the exact
boundary based on local topography, timber type, windfirmness, and other factors.

2. Within the osprey nest zones, prohibit all land use activity which would likely disturb
the osprey. Infringement may be acceptable depending on the nature of the project
and timing of the activity.

3. Maintain the osprey nest zone even though the nest or nest tree becomes inactive.

4. Provide trees suitable for use by osprey for nesting, feeding and perching. Consider
the following:

* Snags and live trees that dominate or co-dominate a shoreline.

* Snags with broken tops and live trees with large enough branches to support birds.

5. Regulate Forest Service sponsored activities within .5 miles (800 meters) of osprey
nests to prevent disturbance during the nesting season (April 15 - September 1).

6. New nests will receive the same level of management protection as existing nests,
however, osprey which select new nests in close proximity to existing human activities
will not require those activities to be terminated.

7. Annually exchange records with appropriate State and Federal agencies on the status
of populations and habitat. Ideally, population and nest surveys (checks on known
nests) should be done annually; however, surveys will be done at least once every 5
years.

V. Peregrine Falcon Habitats

A. Provide for the protection and maintenance of peregrine falcon habitat.

1 . Nest site location data will be maintained in cooperation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service.

2. Annually exchange records with appropriate State and Federal agencies on the status
of populations and habitat.

3. Plan project activities to avoid adverse impacts to the falcons and habitats. Evaluate
proposed projects within 2 miles (3.2 km) of known falcon nests, for their effects
considering such items as: a) human activities (aircraft, ground and water transporta-
tion, high noise levels, and permanent facilities) which could cause disturbance to
nesting pairs and young during the nesting period April 1 5 - August 31 ; b) activities
or habitat alterations which could adversely affect prey availability. Coordinate all
project activities with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

4. Within 15 miles (24 km) of all known nest sites, prohibit all use of herbicides and
pesticides which cause egg shell thinning or other problems in birds of prey.

VI. Island King Salmon Habitats

A. Provide for the protection and maintenance of runs of king salmon that naturally occur on

islands. The runs in King Salmon and Wheeler Creeks on Admiralty Island are the only

G -43

Forest-wide Direction:
Threatened, Endangered and Sensitive

known naturally-occurring island king salmon populations. Both streams are located within

Admiralty National Monument wilderness.

1 . Coordinate with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game and National Marine Fish-
eries Service on commercial, sport and subsistence fish use, hatchery egg take
programs, and other activities affecting the viability of king salmon runs in order to
preserve these unique populations.

2. Avoid the placement of facilities (Forest Service and non-Forest Service) in the vicinity
of these streams which would increase harvest pressure on these king salmon runs.

3. Coordinate with other groups or Federal and State agencies to develop and fund a
program of study to understand the life history and genetic characteristics of these
unique runs of king salmon.

VII. Northern Pike Habitat

A. Provide for the protection and maintenance of northern pike found in the Pike Lakes on

the Yakutat Forelands. This population of northern pike is unique to Southeast Alaska.

1 . Avoid the placement of facilities (Forest Service and non-Forest Service) in the vicinity
of the Pike Lakes which would increase harvest pressure to the point where the viability
of these species is affected.

2. Coordinate with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game on any activities which
would affect the viability of the northern pike.

3. Coordinate with other groups or Federal and State agencies to develop and fund a
program of study to understand the life history and genetic characteristics of this
unique run of northern pike.

VIII. Chum Salmon in Fish Creek

A. Provide for the protection and maintenance of chum salmon in Fish Creek near Hyder. This

population of chum salmon is characterized by their extraordinary large size.

1 . Coordinate with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game and the National Marine
Fisheries Service on commercial, sport and subsistence fish use, hatchery egg take
programs, and other activities affecting the viability of the chum salmon runs in Fish
Creek in order to preserve these populations.

2. Coordinate with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game and the National Marine
Fisheries Service on any activities which would affect the viability of the chum salmon.

3. Coordinate with other groups or Federal and State agencies to develop and fund a
program of study to understand the life history and genetic characteristics of this run
of chum salmon.

4. Provide for habitat enhancement and maintenance to maintain the viability of this run
of salmon, as necessary.

Forest-wide Direction:

Threatened, Endangered and Sensitive

G -44

BIODIVERSITY

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

I. Planning and Managing Biodiversity

A. Plan and manage for biodiversity (biological diversity) by maintaining, in a healthy state,

species of animals and plants historically native to Southeast Alaska.

1 . Maintain and/or enhance habitats for the recovery and conservation of federally listed
threatened or endangered species. Refer to Forest-wide Direction and Standards and
Guidelines for Threatened, Endangered and Sensitive Species.

2. Maintain and/or enhance habitats for the conservation of sensitive species. Sensitive
species are designated by the Regional Forester. Refer to Forest-wide Direction and
Standards and Guidelines for Threatened, Endangered and Sensitive Species.

3. Manage habitats to provide for the maintenance of viable populations of existing native
and desired non-native wildlife, fish, and plant species well distributed throughout their
current geographic range within the Tongass National Forest. Refer to Forest-wide
Direction and Standards and Guidelines for Wildlife.

4. Complete establishment reports for recommended Research Natural Areas. Identify
plant and animal communities and features still needing representation in Research
Natural Areas; evaluate and recommend areas containing the communities and fea-
tures for Research Natural Area designation.

5. Complete definitions and inventories for old-growth forests. Refer to Forest-wide Direc-
tion and Standards and Guidelines for Old-Growth Forests. Complete inventories of
forested plant associations. Provide for representation of ail forested plant associa-
tions in old-growth conditions.

6. For old-growth habitats, retain where possible contiguous stands, emphasize large
old-growth blocks and emphasize corridors between old-growth blocks. Refer to
Forest-wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines for Wildlife, Old-Growth Forests,
and Standards and Guidelines in specific Management Prescriptions.

7. Use silvicultural techniques which establish and prolong understory forb and shrub
production in second-growth timber stands, where these techniques have proven
beneficial.

8. In timber harvest areas, emphasize leaving patches of undisturbed vegetation, snags,
green trees which can become snags, and feathered edges to provide habitat hetero-
geneity within second-growth timber stands.

9. Utilize road management authorities and techniques to regulate human access when
necessary to protect fish, wildlife and plant habitats and/or populations. Refer to
Forest-wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines for Wildlife and Transportation,
and specific direction in each Management Prescription.

10. Protect fish habitat so that no serious and adverse affects are induced. Refer to
Riparian Management prescriptions.

11. Implement a Forest-wide program with necessary regulations and projects which
prevent habituation of bears to human foods/garbage and reduce chances of human/
bear incidents. Refer to Forest-wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines for
Wildlife.

1 2. Incorporate appropriate elements of biodiversity during project analysis.

G -45

Forest-wide Direction:
Biodiversity

WILDLIFE

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: CW1 1 1

I. Inventory

A. Implement a Forest-wide habitat inventory program to accomplish the following objectives:
1) to obtain and establish ■base-line1 habitat conditions in important habitat areas; 2) to
provide documentation of natural and/or human-caused habitat changes; 3) to identify
opportunities for management actions which will help maintain or improve habitats.

1 . Implement the inventory schedule for the following habitats:

* important waterfowl habitats

* marine mammal haul outs

* old-growth conifer habitats

* Regional sensitive species habitats

* Marine bird rookeries and colonies

* Important seasonal habitats and concentration areas for the Management Indicator
Species

* Moose habitats

2. Develop a standardized inventory methodology to assess important habitat variables.
Where possible, coordinate with, utilize, and incorporate existing and/or on-going
inventory work and techniques such as: plant association inventory and classification
work; timber stand exams; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service National Wetlands Invento-
ries.

3. Develop and implement a prioritized inventory schedule for the above listed habitats
using the standardized methodology.

4. When applicable, inventories should be correlated with the Alaska Department of Fish
and Game "Wildlife Analysis Areas" (Wildlife Analysis Areas are the land areas by which
ADF&G population and harvest data is collected and summarized).

5. Conduct inventories as needed to refine the MIS habitat capability models.

B. Coordinate the inventory work with other appropriate agencies and institutions.

1 . Coordinate and cooperate with the Institute of Northern Forestry (Fairbanks), Anchor-
age Forest Inventory and Analysis, other forest resource specialists and State and
Federal agencies.

2. Cooperate with the U.S.. Fish and Wildlife Service on annual bald eagle surveys/
inventories in compliance with the MOU.

3. Coordinate with State and other Federal agencies to develop inventory methods to
obtain updated wildlife population data and trends.

4. Utilize "challenge cost share" agreements and other partnerships to help accomplish
the work.

C. Cooperate with other agencies and institutions to inventory the geographic distribution of
small mammals and birds throughout the Forest (specifically to obtain a better under-
standing of "island biogeography effects" in Southeast Alaska and obtain better taxonomic
identification of the small mammals).

Forest-wide Direction:
Wildlife

G -46

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

I. Coordination/Cooperation with Other Agencies, Institutions and Parties

A. Coordinate with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game, other State agencies, the
National Marine Fisheries Service, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and other cooperators
and partnerships during the planning and decision-making process.

1 . Each Administrative Area shall meet at least annually with State and Federal wildlife
agencies to review resource activities, and schedule work needing coordination.

B. Coordinate activities that affect wildlife resources through the IDT process with State, other
Federal, and local agencies and groups.

1. Maintain memoranda of understanding with appropriate State, Federal and local
agencies and associations.

C. Emphasize management for indigenous wildlife species and natural habitat over other
wildlife management approaches, except in cases where the Forest Service and the
Alaska Department of Fish and Game agree upon desirable alternatives. Special consider-
ation will be given to the habitat of sensitive, threatened, and endangered species of
plants, wildlife and fish.

D. Coordinate wildlife habitat surveys, studies, plans and improvement projects with the
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, U.S.. Fish and Wildlife Service, and other appropri-
ate state, federal, local and private agencies. Use the authorities for cooperative work with
the State provided under the Sikes Act. Use ‘challenge cost share" agreements and other
partnerships.

E. Provide habitat information to the Alaska Department of Fish and Game to assist in
correlating hunting seasons, permits, and bag limits to on-the-ground habitat conditions
in order that population and habitat objectives can be achieved.

F. Coordinate with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game in development of State strate-
gic plans and population goals and objectives for wildlife species.

li. General Habitat Planning/Coordination

A. Recognize as wildlife habitat, areas of land and water which can contribute to achieving
wildlife objectives for consumptive and non-consumptive uses.

B. Provide the habitat necessary to ensure that viable population levels of all existing native,
and desirable introduced, vertebrate species are well distributed and maintained over
time. For old-growth dependent animal species, see the following section (C).

C. Maintain old-growth forest habitat to provide for old-growth forest wildlife objectives (also
see Old-Growth Forest Forest-wide management direction) and to provide for viable
populations of old-growth dependent animal species, including desirable introduced
species.

1 . As a minimum, old-growth forest will be maintained on 24 percent of the forested area

yivtfui u iui isj man iiaiiiw ww m naiuianjf ii iuiuuc a vai i<ciy wi uiu_yi ui»ii i oiai iu

conditions and/or types and small openings due to the natural variability of the
landscape. In providing old growth, include all old-growth types (productive, unpro-
ductive, Strata A through D, and tree species) which provide habitat for the MIS.

a) At least 3/4 of the forested area to be maintained as old growth in each WAA
will be in patches of 1 000 acres or greater.

b) At least one patch in each WAA will be 5000 acres in size or more.

c) All timber inventory strata in each WAA will be represented in maintained old

growth.

G - 47

Forest-wide Direction:
Wildlife

d) The least width dimension of maintained old growth will be 1/4 mile.

e) Patches of maintained old-growth forest that are connected by corridors of at
least 500 feet wide may be considered as single blocks.

* Old-growth forest areas identified as needed to meet the Forest-wide direction and
standards & guidelines in this section, will be designated during project planning
and implementation. In the context of this section, the old-growth forest areas are
called "designated old-growth forest."

2. Timber harvests will be designed to avoid designated old-growth forest. Where timber
harvest is scheduled, ensure that wildlife can move and disperse throughout the WAA
(and adjacent WAAs).

3. Timber harvesting, including salvage harvesting, will not be permitted in designated
old-growth forest unless similar old-growth forest within the WAA is substituted.

4. Coordination of roads with old-growth management.

* Locate roads outside of designated old-growth forest, except when no other routing
alternatives are feasible.

* If roads must be built through designated old-growth forest, keep clearing widths
to a minimum and provide for seasonal or permanent road use closures, as deter-
mined through environmental analysis and project planning.

D. Cooperate with the State in regulating vehicle, boat, and other human use as necessary
to achieve wildlife objectives, recognizing the access provisions of ANILCA. Emphasis for
reducing human disturbance will be given to high value habitat areas and during critical
periods of wildlife use.

E. Maintain the 1 0-year wildlife activity schedule and budget which will include as a minimum:
inventory work and activities, monitoring, administration, habitat projects (including K-V
funding for habitat projects), maintenance, coordination with other resources, coordina-
tion with State and Federal agencies.

F. Use Management Indicator Species (MIS) to evaluate effects of management activities on
wildlife.

1 . When planning projects, use the following guidelines for the selection of MIS:

* First priority shall be for MIS selected for the Forest Plan and federally-listed threat-
ened and endangered species.

* Second priority shall be for MIS recommended for the Region (consult the USDA
Forest Service publication Wildlife and Fisheries Habitat Management Notes - Man-
agement Indicator Species for the National Forest Lands in Alaska, publication
R10-TP-2)

* Third priority will be to use the following guidelines for the selection of MIS when the
first and second priority MIS do not meet the needs for a particular project area:

a) State listed threatened or endangered species.

b) Species which have the potential to be seriously and adversely affected by the
proposed project and are not adequately represented by the above MIS.

c) Species for which the Forest comprises a majority of the total statewide, Region-
al or National habitat of the species and which are not adequately represented
by the above MIS.

d) Species which represent or reflect environmental suitability for other species
and are not adequately represented by the above MIS.

e) Species having significant economic value. Normally these species are those
commonly hunted or trapped, or which have a high non-consumptive value
(such as species sought after for viewing).

III. Habitat Improvement Planning

A. Identify habitat improvement projects to meet wildlife habitat and population objectives.
1 . Give highest priority for wildlife habitat improvement to areas exhibiting the following
conditions:

Forest-wide Direction:
Wildlife

G -48

* Existing habitat in poor condition compared to its potential.

* Habitat with a history of receiving high levels of use.

* Present population levels of wildlife lower than desired.

* Desired response of the vegetation to treatment expected.

* Treatments with a favorable benefit/cost ratio.

* Having the lowest potential negative impacts on other resources for wildlife benefit
to be gained.

* Habitats which have been lost or have experienced severe declines.

2. Use appropriate silvicultural practices to accomplish wildlife habitat objectives.

IV. Sitka Black-tailed Deer Habitat

A. Provide the best possible habitat (vegetative) condition for Sitka black-tailed deer compati-
ble with the management objectives of each management area. (Winter range is generally
recognized as the limiting habitat component for deer populations.)

1 . When planning projects, evaluate alternatives which would maintain large blocks of
old-growth winter range habitat. The following chart will be used as a guide for
evaluating the effects of block size.

SIZES OF OLD-GROWTH HABITAT BLOCKS NEEDED TO SUPPORT VARIOUS
PERCENTAGES OF MAXIMUM DEER POPULATIONS IN SOUTHEAST ALASKA

Percent of Maximum Populations

100%

92%

85%

78%

72%

64%

58%

51%

43%

37%

30%

Acres:

1000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

<100

2. Use the deer winter habitat capability model to evaluate project alternatives.

3. Implement second-growth management practices in important wintering areas when
techniques have been shown to be effective at providing winter habitat components
(i.e. prolonging or maintaining winter forage providing thermal and escape cover).

V. Bald Eagle Habitat

A. The Bald Eagle Protection Act dictates that Bald Eagle habitat will be given special

protection. An Interagency Agreement established with U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service

provides the following management standards and guidelines.

1 . Establish and maintain a minimum 330-foot (1 00-meter) radius (horizontal distance)
eagle nest zone around each eagle nest tree. Determine the exact boundary based
on local topography, timber type, windfirmness, and other factors.

2. Within the eagle nest zones, prohibit all land use activity which would likely disturb the
eagles. Infringement may be acceptable depending on the nature of the project and
timing of the activity.

3. Maintain the eagle nest zone even though the nest or nest tree becomes inactive.

4. Retain trees suitable for use by eagles for nesting, feeding, roosting and perching.
Consider the following:

G -49

Forest-wide Direction:
Wildlife

* Trees that dominate or co-dominate a shoreline.

* Trees with large enough branches to support birds.

* Trees with open crowns for easy access and exit and good visibility.

* Selection criteria for perch and roost trees:

a) Preferred: narrow fringe of mature trees immediately adjacent to the coastline,
possibly as small as one tree in width.

b) Spike-top trees or snags or other nonmerchantable trees.

5. Include special clauses and specifications in contracts, special use permits, fire wood
permits, and sawtimberfree use provisions that incorporate bald eagle habitat protec-
tion and management measures.

6. Maintain the MOU’s for bald eagle management and the Seymour bald eagle manage-
ment area.

VI. Bear Habitat Management

A. Implement a Forest-wide program (in cooperation with the Alaska Department of Environ-
mental Conservation, Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Cities and Boroughs) with
necessary regulations and projects which prevent habituation of bears to human foods/
garbage and reduce chances of human/bear incidents.

1 . Phase out and rehabilitate all existing open garbage sites on National Forest land.
Establish time tables for phase out and rehabilitation in cooperation with appropriate
State agencies.

2. Require incinerators and/or other bear proof garbage facilities at all camps, recreation
sites, special use permits, etc.

3. Locate logging camps and other developed sites away from areas of substantial bear
density to reduce chances of bear-human confrontations.

4. Maintain an aggressive public education program on bear behavior to reduce the
number of human/bear incidents.

5. When necessary to reduce habituation of bears or to reduce human/bear incidents,
implement special regulations requiring storage of human food in ways to make it
unavailable to bears.

6. Manage roads where concentrations of brown bear occur to minimize human/bear
interactions and to ensure the long term productivity of brown bears.

VII. Marine Mammal Habitats

A. Provide for the protection and maintenance of harbor seal, Steller sea lion and sea otter
habitats.

1 . Locate facilities and concentrated human activities requiring Forest Service approval
as far from known marine mammal haul outs, rookeries and known concentration
areas as practicable. The following distances are provided as general guidelines for
maintaining habitats and reducing human disturbance:

* Facilities, camps, LTF’s, campgrounds and other developments should be located
1 mile from known haul outs, and farther if the development is large.

* For aircraft flights on Forest Service approved projects, when weather ceilings
permit, maintain a constant flight direction and airspeed and a minimum flight
elevation of 1000 feet (305 meters) within .5 miles (800 meters) of the haul outs.

* For boat traffic on Forest Service approved projects, remain at least .5 miles (800
meters) away from hauled-out harbor seals during the pupping and rearing season
(1 5 May - 1 July). Minimize disturbance of seals with pups in the water by remaining
at least 330 feet (1 00 meters) away from parturient seals. (Note: These distances
are derived from a study in a park where hunting is prohibited and access is
restricted and where viewing seals is encouraged. These distances may be too
liberal and may need to be enlarged in situations where access and hunting are not
controlled and where seals would be expected to be more reactive to boat traffic.)

Forest-wide Direction: G - 50

Wildlife

* Minimize disturbance effects of boat traffic: for molting harbor seals, remain .5 miles
(800 meters) away from haul outs where seals are molting; for Stellar sea lions,
remain at least .5 miles (800 meters) away from haul outs and rookeries; for sea
otters, avoid known feeding and resting concentration areas, especially following
prolonged stormy periods when sea otters have been unable to feed.

* Discourage hiking at haul outs and rookeries.

2. Cooperate with State and other Federal agencies to develop sites and opportunities
for the safe viewing and observation of marine mammals by the public. Maintain a
public education program explaining Forest management activities related to marine
mammals in cooperation with State and other Federal agencies.

VIII. Seabird Rookeries

A. Provide for the protection and maintenance of seabird (marine bird) rookeries.

1 . Locate facilities and concentrated human activities requiring Forest Service approval
as far from known seabird colonies as practicable. The following distances are provid-
ed as general guidelines for maintaining habitats and reducing human disturbance:

* For aircraft flights on Forest Service approved projects, when weather ceilings
permit, maintain a constant flight direction and airspeed and a minimum flight
elevation of 1 500 feet (458 meters) for helicopters and 500 feet (1 53 meters) for
fixed-winged aircraft. If at all possible, avoid flying over seabird colonies.

2. Minimize the availability of garbage to gulls by requiring in special use permits the
incineration, rapid burial, proper collection and proper storage of garbage.

3. Cooperate with State and other Federal agencies to develop sites and opportunities
for the safe viewing and observation of these species by the public. Maintain a public
education program explaining Forest management activities related to these species
in cooperation with State and other Federal agencies.

IX. Waterfowl Habitats

A. Maintain or enhance wetland habitats which receive high use by waterfowl species such

as ducks, geese and shorebirds.

1 . Identify wetlands which receive high use by waterfowl in cooperation with the Alaska
Department of Fish and Game and the U.S.. Fish and Wildlife Service during project
environmental analysis.

2. Locate facilities and concentrated human activities requiring Forest Service approval
as far from known waterfowl concentration areas as practicable. Minimize disturbance
of geese and waterfowl by restricting, when practical, development activities to peri-
ods when geese and waterfowl are absent from the area.

3. Maintain habitat capability in coastal wetlands and intertidal areas that are important
migratory staging areas and fall/winter/spring concentration areas, and wetlands that
are important nesting and brood-rearing habitats, by avoiding where practical all
development activities which could fill wetlands, drain wetlands, or alter water levels
resulting in loss of desirable vegetation, or direct loss of habitat.

4. Avoid clearing forests within 410 feet (125 meters) of geese habitat when geese are
present during nesting, brood rearing, molting and wintering periods.

5. Minimize human disturbance of habitats and protect wetland vegetation during critical
periods of the year (nesting and brood-rearing, molting, and winter) by regulating
human use (such as aircraft, hiking, boating, off-road-vehicle use) in important wetland
areas. The following distances are provided as general guidelines for reducing human
disturbance:

* For aircraft flights on Forest Service approved projects, when weather ceilings
permit: 1 500 feet (458 meters) above ground level for helicopters; 500 feet (1 53
meters) above ground level for fixed-wing aircraft; 1 mile (1.6 km) horizontal dis-
tance and 1000 feet (305 meters) above ground level for helicopters from molting

G - 51

Forest-wide Direction:
Wildlife

sea ducks; 1 000 feet (305 meters) above ground level for fixed-wing aircraft over
habitat used by molting geese.

* Provide a minimum distance of 41 0 feet (1 25 meters) between human activities on
the ground and areas being used by geese and other waterfowl.

6. When monitoring indicates human use adversely affects habitats or populations,
regulate human use to eliminate or reduce the adverse effects.

7. Regulate off-road vehicle use to prevent degradation of habitat or adverse disturbance
of populations.

8. Develop waterfowl habitat improvement projects in cooperation with appropriate State
and Federal agencies.

9. Protect and maintain the soil and water quality and quantity from disturbances of
waste discharge and fill material and other soil disturbances that lead to concentra-
tions of surface water and soil erosion, which may lead to rill or gully erosion and
subsequent water quality degradation.

10. For Special Use Administration (non-recreational), issue only permits which meet the
objectives of Executive Order 11990 (Protection of Wetlands). Issue permits which
serve to preserve, enhance, or aid in the management of the natural and beneficial
values of wetlands.

1 1 . Perform integrated logging system and transportation analysis to determine if other
practical routes avoiding these high use waterfowl areas exist.

1 2. If the need to restrict road access is identified during project interdisciplinary review,
roads will be closed either seasonally or yearlong to minimize adverse effects on
waterfowl.

13. Cooperate with State and other Federal agencies to develop sites and opportunities
for the safe viewing and observation of these species by the public. Maintain a public
education program explaining Forest management activities related to these species
in cooperation with State and other Federal agencies.

14. In cooperation with State and Federal agencies, evaluate and monitor levels of lead
in habitat areas, and evaluate effects on waterfowl populations.

X. Snag /Cavity-Nesting Habitat

A. Provide habitat for cavity-nesting wildlife species. Use the following chart as a guide for
evaluating the relationship between the number of snags present in an area and the
percent of maximum woodpecker populations which can be supported:

NUMBERS OF SNAGS* REQUIRED PER 100 FORESTED ACRES** TO SUPPORT VARIOUS
PERCENTAGES OF MAXIMUM WOODPECKER POPULATIONS IN SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA

Percent of Maximum Populations

Species

100%

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

Red-breasted sap-
sucker

160

144

128

112

Hairy woodpecker

672

605

538

470

403

336

269

202

134

Soft and hard snags which are a 15 inches dbh and a 10 feet in height
Forested acres refers to all lands capable of supporting 10% tree cover

1 . During project planning, consider requirements for maintaining or creating snags over
the long term, and the resulting percent of maximum woodpecker populations which
will be supported. Evaluations should be done on an entire 3rd order watershed basis.

Forest-wide Direction:
Wildlife

G - 52

To ensure viable populations are maintained, a minimum of 275 snags per 100 acres
will be maintained, averaged over all management areas within 3rd order watersheds.
Analyze red-breasted sapsucker and hairy woodpecker habitat capability using habi-
tat capability models.

2. Retain snags within all management prescriptions allowing timber harvest. Consider
the following:

* Retain soft and hard snags where possible, while meeting management objectives,
considering safety needs for people and equipment.

* Where possible, save both hard and soft snags in areas protected from wind.

* Snags do not need to be evenly distributed; clumped distributions are preferred.

* Favor saving snags away from roads to reduce loss from firewood gathering activ-
ity.

* After harvest, snags may be designated as wildlife trees and marked to make them
illegal for cutting.

* Consider retaining live trees for future snag recruitment
XI. Moose Habitat

A. Develop habitat management direction for moose habitats.

1. Inventory vegetative conditions in moose habitat areas to help identify short and
long-term changes in habitat conditions, and to assess the affects of various manage-
ment activities.

2. Plan habitat improvement projects utilizing a variety of techniques such as silvicultural
treatments, second-growth management activities, prescribed burning, planting and
other vegetative manipulation techniques as appropriate.

3. Coordinate other resource management activities to maintain or improve habitat con-
ditions for moose. Coordinate road access and management concerns.

4. Coordinate planning with other appropriate agencies.

Wildlife Habitat Monitoring: CW121

I. Monitoring

A. Assess accomplishment of wildlife habitat and population goals and objectives with em-
phasis on Management Indicator Species (MIS) habitats and populations, and other

selected species’ habitats and populations.

1 . Consult the Plan monitoring schedule.

2. Cooperation with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game and other appropriate
State and Federal agencies to the extent practicable.

3. Evaluate management activities and use the results of monitoring to validate or im-
prove the MIS habitat capability models.

4. Assessments should be prioritized as follows:

* First priority will be to consider the Management Areas which emphasize wildlife
habitat, to assess if the implementation activities are achieving the desired habitat
conditions and population goals.

* Second priority will be to consider the effectiveness of habitat protection and
enhancement measures in Management Areas emphasizing other resources.

5. In addition to assessing MIS and other selected species’ habitats and populations,
consider the following activities:

* Annually compile a Forest-wide summary of all human-bear incidents by location
and type of incident in cooperation with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game.
Information recorded for each incident could include: human food available,
garbage available, developed recreation site, dispersed recreation, hunter related,
fisherman related, work related (by type of work), self defense, age and sex of bear
if known, etc.

G - 53

Forest-wide Direction:
Wildlife

* Assess the amount and distribution of old-growth forest habitats by type of old-
growth habitat to determine accomplishment of old-growth habitat goals and objec-
tives, (see section on old-growth.)

* Develop a program to obtain information on snowpack conditions Forest-wide
within second-growth and old-growth timber stands. The objectives of this are: 1)
to gain a better understanding of the influence of stand age and canopy closure on
snow interception; 2) to assess snow accumulation on winter ranges Forest-wide
to obtain an index of winter conditions.

* Continue to assess the second-growth management program (thinning, corridors,
gap management, etc.)

* Access trends/changes in moose habitats and populations.

Wildlife Habitat Improvement: CW22

I. Improvement Projects

A. Improve wildlife habitat to achieve the habitat and population objectives identified in the
Forest Plan.

1. Implement the wildlife habitat improvement project schedule.

2. Coordinate habitat improvement projects with the Alaska Department of Fish and
Game, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and other appropriate agencies.

Wildlife Habitat Maintenance: CW23

I. Maintenance

A. Provide for the maintenance of wildlife habitat improvements.

1. Fund maintenance of existing structures prior to the construction of new structures.

2. Funding for maintenance shall be included in the planning and budgeting for all
structures.

3. Maintain structures to assure objectives of the original project are met.

4. If the improvement becomes inefficient to operate or maintain, redesign or stop main-
tenance of that improvement.

5. If a structure becomes inoperable, consider removal or reconstruction, as appropriate.

B. Develop a written agreement with project cooperators on maintenance responsibilities
prior to project construction.

Forest-wide Direction:
Wildlife

G - 54

OLD-GROWTH FOREST

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Old-Growth Forest: OLD

I. Objectives

A. The Forest Service recognizes old growth as a resource that provides many significant
values associated with biological diversity, wildlife and fisheries habitat, recreation, aes-
thetics, soil productivity, water quality, and timber. Old-growth forest values shall be
considered in designing the dispersion of old-growth and may range from a network of
old-growth forest stands for wildlife habitat to old-growth areas for public recreation. (Note:
Direction and standards & guidelines for the allocation and management of old-growth
forests and habitats are included in: 1) this section, 2) the Old Growth Management Area
Prescription (OG), and 3) in the Forest-wide direction and standards & guidelines for
wildlife.)

II. Definitions and Inventory

A. Old-growth forests are ecosystems distinguished by old trees and related structural at-
tributes. Old-growth forest encompass the latter stages of stand development that typically
differ from earlier stages in a variety of characteristics which may include tree size,
accumulation of large dead woody material, number of canopy layers and tree species
composition, and ecosystem function.

B. Participate with the Region and other agencies, organizations and individuals in the
continuing development of old-growth forest definitions applicable to the Tongass Nation-
al Forest, in accordance with National direction.

C. Develop a forest-wide vegetation inventory which allows for an accurate quantification and
mapping of old-growth forest types based on the definitions developed above.

III. Management

A. Old-growth forest will be maintained to meet the management goals and objectives of the
Forest Plan. These goals and objectives include:

* Recovery of threatened and endangered species and to provide for sensitive species.

* Maintenance of habitat for viable populations of native plants and animals species,
including desirable introduced species.

* Maintenance of biological diversity.

* Subsistence needs.

* Wildlife population objectives.

* Fish habitat and water quality objectives.

* Recreation and visual landscape objectives.

* Timber management objectives.

B. Old-growth forest areas specifically identified as needed to meet the old-growth objectives
in this section, will be designated during project planning and implementation. In the
context of this section, the old-growth forest areas are called 'designated old-growth
forest.'

IV. Monitoring

A. Monitor old-growth forest.

1. Periodically assess the amount of acreage affected by blowdown, other natural
events, and other activities occurring within designated old-growth forest. Enter the
monitoring results into the GIS database for the purpose of compiling a Forest-wide
composite that can be used to evaluate the need for Plan amendments.

G - 55

Forest-wide Direction:
Old-growth Forest

TIMBER

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Timber Resource Inventory: ET111

I. Inventory

A. Provide efficient, compatible, and statistically valid data describing the timber resource, its
condition, and trends. Timber inventories primarily collect data describing the tree compo-
nent on forested lands.

1 . Timber inventories shall be coordinated with other data collection efforts to minimize
duplication and to maximize the utility of the resulting information. Multiple-resource
or integrated individual-resource inventories will be emphasized.

Extensive Timber Inventory: ET111-1

I. Stage I Extensive Inventory

A. An extensive timber inventory covering the entire Tongass National Forest will be conduct-
ed every 1 0 to 1 5 years to reflect the timber condition at the time of each revised Forest
Plan. Consult the National Forest Inventory Handbook.

1. Approximate schedule for the next Forest inventory is:

* Chatham Area - 1993

* Stikine Area - 1 995

* Ketchikan Area - 1 997

B. The inventory will be designed to insure National Forest Service standards are achieved.
Consult the National Forest Inventory Handbook.

Silvicultural Examination and Prescription: ET111-2

I. Stage II Intensive Inventory

A. Silvicultural examination and silvicultural prescription is required for proposed resource
management activities where vegetative manipulation of the forest is involved. Consult
Region 1 0 Silvicultural Examination and Prescription Handbook.

B. Stand examination will be conducted as part of the Plan implementation. Stand examina-
tion is the process of gathering vegetative data to provide a basis for silvicultural and other
management decisions.

C. Silvicultural prescriptions will be written as part of project planning during Plan implemen-
tation. Silvicultural prescriptions are based on stand examinations and include a written
description of the current stand condition and the anticipated future condition based on
management activities. The prescription also includes which silvicultural practices, cutting
methods, or other management actions will be sequentially applied to achieve the desired
stand condition. The prescriptions will be approved by a certified silviculturist.

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

I. Information gathering and maintenance

A. Provide timber resource information necessary to prepare projects. This includes mainte-
nance of inventories, analysis of data, and input for interdisciplinary environmental analy-
sis.

Forest-wide Direction:
Timber

G - 56

Timber Resource 10 Year Sale Schedule: ET112-3

I. 10-Year Timber Sale Action Schedule

A. Maintain and update the timber sale schedule. The scheduled timber sales for the first 1 0
years of the plan are included in the Ten Year Timber Sale Action Schedule. This schedule
projects the location, volume, harvest system, and miles of road required to achieve the
planned timber output on an annual basis.

1 . The timber sale schedule will be updated or adjusted annually to reflect actual de-
mand, specific project viability, budgetary actions, availability of personnel, and other
operational constraints.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

1. Timber Program

A. Technical support from other resources is required to insure that the timber program
identified in the Forest Plan is implemented.

1 . The annual timber program will include necessary support from other programs to
provide input for proposed activities; the administration of on-going activities; and to
monitor the effects of completed activities.

B. Project design, and environmental analysis for timber activities will consider the manage-
ment emphasis of the area.

C. The project Sale Area Improvement/Knutson-Vandenburg (K-V) Assessment will include
all resource improvement opportunities within the sale area. These will be scheduled
based on priority of needs and availability of funds.

D. The following chart will be used as a guide for coordinating the visual quality objectives
and visual absorption capability setting with timber harvest activities.

Forest-wide Direction:
Timber

GUIDELINE FOR TIMBER HARVEST ACTIVITIES
SPECIFIC TO

VISUAL QUALITY OBJECTIVES AND VISUAL ABSORPTION CAPABILITY SETTINGS

VQO/VAC

Setting

Silviculture Method

Cumulative

Visual

Disturbance*

Height to
Adjacent Mature
Stand

Logging Slash
Life**

Retention - Low
VAC

single tree or group
selection

50%

2 years

Retention -

Intermediate

VAC

single tree or group
selection

10%

50%

no limit

Retention -
High VAC

small clearcut (approx.
20 acres)

10%

30%

no limit

Partial Reten-
tion - Low VAC

group selection or
small clearcut (approx.
20 acres)

35%

5 years

Partial Reten-
tion - Intermedi-
ate VAC

clearcut

15%

25%

no limit

Partial Reten-
tion - High VAC

clearcut

20%

no limit

Modification -
Low VAC

clearcut

15%

25%

no limit

Modification -

Intermediate

VAC

clearcut

20%

5 feet

no limit

Modification -
High VAC

clearcut

25%

5 feet

no limit

Maximum Modi-
fication - All
VAC settings

clearcut

same as the
timber

dispersion limit

5 feet

no limit

Forest-wide Direction:
Timber

G - 58

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

I. Timber Sale Preparation

A. The timber sale preparation process is an intensive interdisciplinary field investigation of
the area within and adjacent to the proposed project area. Information obtained by staff
specialists will be used for environmental analysis.

II. Regeneration Han/est Systems

A. Regeneration systems are subdivided into even-aged Systems and uneven-aged Sys-
tems. Even-aged Systems include clearcutting, shelterwood, and seed-tree harvest sys-
tems. Uneven-aged Systems include single-tree selection and group selection harvest
systems.

III. Even-aged Systems

A. Management area prescriptions provide direction for applicability of even-aged harvest
systems.

1 . Harvest methods designed to regenerate an even-aged stand of timber shall be used
only where cutting units are located so timber stands can be logged without creating
isolated stands of timber which could not be economically harvested in the future.
Cutting units should not be located where future logging will destroy regeneration
established following an earlier regeneration cutting.

B. Clearcutting is an even-aged harvest system applicable for all forest types in Southeast
Alaska. It is the most common harvest system used on the Tongass National Forest.

1 . Clearcutting will be used only where such practice is determined to be optimum to
meet the objectives and requirements of the Management Area.

2. Clearcutting is most generally applied where trees are cut to achieve timber produc-
tion objectives: where there is risk of dwarf-mistletoe infection; or where risk of
windthrow is determined to be high.

3. Clearcutting may be applied where longer rotations (greater than culmination of mean
annual increment - CMAI) are established to meet other resource objectives: on
unsuitable forest land to meet management objectives: or for fuelwood cutting for
noncommercial forest products.

C. Shelterwood is an even-aged harvest system. The shelterwood harvest system can be
applied to all timber types on the Tongass.

1 . Shelterwood harvest system is utilized to meet the objectives of the management area.
Objectives often include the protection of visual resources, wildlife and fish; and for
specialty products.

2. If applied for harvesting noncommercial forest products (fuelwood), it must be done
only where recurring salvage operations can be conducted.

3. The shelterwood silvicultural method is generally limited to tractor or aerial harvest
systems.

D. Seed tree is an even-aged harvest system. The seed tree harvest system may be used
where natural regeneration is prescribed and there is not an adequate seed source in the
surrounding stands.

1 . Seed tree harvest systems are generally limited to those employed for partial cuts
unless the seed trees are not scheduled for harvest.

IV. Uneven-aged Systems

A. Management area prescriptions provide direction for applicability of uneven-aged harvest
systems. All timber types on the Tongass National Forest may be harvested using uneven-
aged silvicultural methods.

G - 59

Forest-wide Direction:
Timber

1 . Uneven-aged management is applied where the interdisciplinary process determines
the system is appropriate to meet the objectives and requirements of the management
area including the protection of excessively steep or unstable soils; visual resources;
wildlife and fish; recreation; and for utilization of noncommercial wood products (fuel-
wood).

2. Uneven-aged management systems are limited to areas that can employ yarding
equipment suited to partial cuts.

B. Single-tree selection is an uneven-aged harvest system. The single-tree selection method
evaluates each tree for its contribution to the desired characteristics of the uneven-aged
stand. Regeneration and intermediate cuttings are usually done in one operation. Desired
regeneration grows in the spaces created by the harvested trees.

1. Single-tree selection is used to meet management area objectives including the
protection of excessively steep or unstable soils; visual resources; wildlife and fish;
recreation; and for utilization of noncommercial wood products (fuelwood).

2. Uneven-aged management systems are generally limited to tractor or aerial harvest
systems suited to partial cuts.

C. Group selection is an uneven-aged harvest system. The group selection method pre-
scribes the removal of small groups of trees (usually 2 acres or less) to create openings
in the stand. The uneven-aged stand created is actually a mosaic of even-aged groups.
The desired regeneration grows in the spaces created by the groups of trees harvested.

1 . Group selection is used to meet management area objectives including the protection
of excessively steep or unstable soils; visual resources; wildlife and fish; recreation;
and for utilization of noncommercial wood products (fuelwood).

2. Uneven-aged management systems are limited to areas that can employ yarding
equipment suited to partial cuts.

V. Intermediate Harvest Systems

A. Management area prescriptions provide direction for applicability of intermediate harvest
practices.

B. Commercial thinning is an intermediate harvest system. Commercial thinning is a removal
of some trees from an immature stand, primarily to accelerate the growth of the remaining
trees, but also, by suitable selection, as a means of improving final species composition,
size class distribution, and to capture volume that would be otherwise lost to mortality.
Intermediate harvest is being evaluated to assess the benefits for some species of wildlife.
1 . Continue development and application of the Alaska Region Second Growth Forest

Management Program.

VI. Salvage Harvest

A. Salvage cutting is the harvesting of individual dead or dying trees (trees not expected to
live 20 years), wherever they may occur, provided there is no management prescription
limitation. Salvage may include trees damaged by road construction.

B. Trees salvaged in a management area excluded from scheduled timber harvest (unsuit-
able forest land) will not be included as chargeable volume to the allowable sale quantity.
These lands will not be substituted for suitable forest land.

C. Beach log salvage often involves both State and National Forest system lands. A Memo-
randum of Understanding between the State of Alaska and the Forest Service on coordina-
tion of beach log salvage dated April 23, 1 980 will provide direction.

1 . The State and Forest Service will make combined beach log salvage sales. The party
with the largest share of material will sell and administer the sale.

2. Beach logs are considered excess and may be exported.

3. Beach logs that are not merchantable will be utilized for personal use whenever
possible.

Forest-wide Direction:
Timber

G - 60

D. Beach log salvage material is not included in the growth and yield projections for the Forest

Plan and not chargeable to the annual allowable sale quantity.

VII. Utilization Standards

A. Industrial wood products on the Tongass National Forest will be managed for quality

sawtimber material.

1 . Require utilization and optimum practical use of wood material. Promote the use of
wood for its highest value product commensurate with present and anticipated supply
and demand.

2. Improvements in utilization will be made through sale preparation, appraisals, contract
administration, and dissemination of research information.

3. Sale and utilization of dead, blow-down, and other deteriorating timber will receive
highest priority.

4. Tongass National Forest Utilization Standards are:

Utilization Standards (All Forest Types)

Stand Size Class Min. DBH Min. Length Min. Top DIB % Sound Volume

Young Growth 7' 8’ 5“ 25%

Old Growth 9* 12’ 6" 33 1/3%

VIII. Competitive Bidding and Small Business

A. Private enterprise shall be encouraged to utilize timber resources.

1 . The Forest Service will plan sale offerings to encourage competitive bidding in a range
of total sale volume and species that provides opportunities for purchasers.

2. A fair share of timber will be set aside for preferential bidding by operators. The Forest
Service and the Small Business Association will consult annually on the amount of
volume to be offered.

Timber Resource Monitoring: ET121

I. Monitoring

A. Timber resource monitoring will be in accordance with the guidelines in the Forest Monitor-
ing Plan.

Reforestation Certification: ET121-1

I. Certification

A. Assess reforestation of units receiving final harvest.

1 . Certify that every unit which receives a final harvest meets or surpasses the stocking
guidelines and certification standards (consult FSH 2409.1 7) within the 5 year regener-
ation period established by law. A unit may be certified as adequately stocked at any
time during this 5 year period.

II. Planted or Seeded Areas

A. Assess areas that have been planted or seeded to determine whether management
objectives have been met.

1 . Certify that a planted or seeded area has attained a stocking level above a defined
minimum in terms of number and distribution of acceptable species, whether planted,
seeded, or natural.

G - 61

Forest-wide Direction:
Timber

Timber Stand Improvement Certification: ET121-2

I. Treated Areas

A. Assess areas that have received precommercial thinning or release and weeding treat-
ments to insure management objectives have been met.

1 . Certify that the treatment met the prescription objectives. In the case of thinning, it
normally means certifying that the stocking of desired residual trees meets prescribed
standards.

Commercial Sale Administration: ET122

I. Contract Administration

A. Administer timber sale contract provisions, post-sale measurement, and financial over-
sight of all sales.

1 . Frequency of timber sale inspection will be determined by the complexity of the timber
sale and operator performance, with the objective being to ensure full contract compli-
ance.

2. Sale administration in non-timber emphasis management areas will work with the
other specialist(s) to ensure that the project goals are obtained.

Timber Resource Improvement Preparation: ET214

I. Forest Pest Management

A. Pesticide use is not prescribed in the Forest Plan, but may be considered on a case-by-
case basis. Biological, environmental, and economic costs and benefits of pesticide use
are to be identified and weighed prior to Forest Service use of pesticides on the Forest.

B. Pesticides will be employed only after such use has been evaluated in an environmental
analysis, recommended for approval by the Integrated Pest Management Working Group,
and approved by the Regional Forester.

C. When pesticide use is judged necessary, selection and application will be based on the
following guidelines:

1 . Those application methods and formulations will be used that are most effective in
suppressing the pest, most specific to the target organisms, and least harmful to
nontarget components of the environment.

2. In operational pest management programs, only those pesticides will be used that are
registered in accordance with the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act,
as amended, except as otherwise provided in regulations issued by the Environmental
Protection Agency or the Department of Agriculture.

3. Application will be restricted to the minimal effective dosage that, when precisely
applied to the target area at optimum times, will accomplish the resource management
objectives.

Reforestation: ET24

I. Site preparation, planning, stocking

A. This activity comprises all treatments and activities aiding the reestablishment of desirable
tree cover following timber harvest.

1 . Examine all forest lands treated after the 1 and 3 growing season.

* Examine artificial seeding or planting treatments 1 and 3 years after treatment.

* No first year surveys are required if the silvicultural prescription anticipates natural
regeneration.

* Stands will be certified as stocked if the third year survey indicates that the area
meets stocking standards.

Forest-wide Direction:
Timber

G - 62

* Schedule another survey no later than seven growing seasons after harvest if the
third year survey indicates the area is very likely to be stocked, but more time is
required to make this determination.

* Prescribe artificial regeneration if the third year survey indicates that natural regen-
eration is highly unlikely.

2. Prescribed burning can be used for preparing sites for planting, seeding, and for other
resource needs. It may also be used for fuel management, when the wood residue
cannot be used for other purposes.

Timber Stand Improvement: ET25

I. Intermediate cutting

A. This activity includes timber stand improvement comprising all noncommercial intermedi-
ate cuttings and other treatments to improve the composition, health, and growth of a
timber stand.

1 . Precommercial thinning favors the dominant or selected species that are more or less
evenly distributed over the stand by removing a varying proportion of the other trees.
Spacing will be determined to meet management area objectives.

2. Release and weeding is used to free trees or groups of trees from more immediate
competition by cutting or otherwise eliminating growth that is overtopping or closely
surrounding it.

G - 63

Forest-wide Direction:
Timber

AIR

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Air Resource lnventory:FA111-2

I. Baseline Quality and Values

A. Determine current air quality conditions. Consult FSM 2580 and Air Resource Manage-
ment Handbook (1987 Interim Directive No. 1.)

Air Resource Planning: FA112

I. Prevention of Significant Deterioration Program

A. Plan for maintaining the air quality of the Class II land use designation as directed under
the Prevention of Significant Deterioration (SPD) Program. Consult the Alaska Administra-
tive Code, Title 18, Chapter 50, Air Resource Management Handbook (1987 Interim
Directive No. 1)

1. Manage Forest resource activities to assure that predicted emissions for all point
sources, mobile sources, and fugitive dust do not exceed ambient air quality stand-
ards as specified under the Alaska Administrative Code, Title 1 8, Chapter 50.

* Protect current condition of air quality.

* Ensure that all Forest land and resource management activities comply with
regulatory requirements and meet air quality standards.

* Obtain a burning permit from the Alaska Department of Environmental Conserva-
tion for all prescribed fire projects.

2. Require permittees, contractors, mine owners, etc. to apply for applicable State per-
mits and meet State air quality standards when conducting work on the Forest.

3. Comment on significant private emitting facilities that may effect the National Forest
condition.

Air Coordination: FA1 1 3

I. Coordination with State

A. Coordinate directly with the Department of Environmental Conservation to protect re-
source values; participate with them in the assessment of air quality monitoring needs and
in the development or revisions of air quality standards and regulations affecting forest
resource.

Air Resource Monitoring: FA121

I. Documentation of Air Pollution

A. Assess and document the effects of air pollution on forest resources. Consult the Air
Resource Management Handbook (1 987 Interim Directive No. 1 .)

Forest-wide Direction:
Air

G - 64

RIPARIAN

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Riparian Area: RIP

I. Objectives

A. Provide healthy riparian areas for fish habitat, old-growth and riparian associated wildlife
species, and water related recreation. For further direction, refer to the Forest-wide fish,
old-growth, biodiversity, wildlife and recreation sections and the Stream and Lake Protec-
tion prescription. The following includes a partial listing of direction pertaining to riparian
areas.

1 . Manage for short and long-term productivity of riparian areas.

2. Maintain natural stream bank and stream channel processes.

3. Maintain natural and beneficial quantities of large woody debris over the short and
long term.

4. Maintain water quality to meet State Water Quality Standards and to provide for
beneficial uses of riparian areas.

5. Coordinate management activities between resources directly associated with the
riparian area with other resources.

6. Coordinate road management activities to emphasize the needs of wildlife and the
upstream passage of fish at road crossings. (Consult the Aquatic Habitat Management
Handbook, FSH 2609.24.)

7. In watersheds with intermingled land ownership, cooperate with the other land owners
in striving for healthy riparian areas.

II. Inventory

A. Riparian areas encompass the aquatic and riparian ecosystems, including riparian
streamsides, lakes and floodplains, with distinctive resource values and characteristics.
Included in the riparian area is the transition zone between the riparian and upland
terrestrial ecosystems. Riparian areas are identified during Forest and project planning
through computer based inventory data which includes stream channel types, plant
associations, landforms and soil types. At the project implementation stage, detailed
inventory, normally with on the ground fieldwork, is required.

1 . Consult the Forest-wide fisheries guidelines for direction on maintenance of the chan-
nel type and stream class inventories. Consult the Forest-wide soil and water guide-
lines for direction on maintenance of the soils, landforms and plant association inven-
tory (SRI inventory).

2. Refine riparian definitions and delineation methods as necessary. Consult with appro-
priate Federal and State agencies and other groups and agencies.

III. Forest-wide monitoring

A. Assess Forest management activities to assess accomplishment of riparian management
goals and objectives.

1 . Coordinate with State and Federal agencies, and the Forestry Science Laboratory in
maintaining a program for research, monitoring, and assessment of impacts of land-
use activities on riparian areas.

G - 65

Forest-wide Direction:
Riparian

WETLANDS

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Wetlands: WET

I. Objectives

A. Minimize the loss of wetland acreage, and the adverse impacts of land management
activities on wetlands, especially the least available and most biologically productive
wetlands.

B. Preserve and restore the natural and beneficial values and functions of wetlands.

C. Avoid alteration or new construction on wetlands, wherever there is a practicable alterna-
tive. [Practicable means available and capable of being done after taking into considera-
tion costs, existing technology, and logistics in light of overall project purposes. 40 CFR
230. 3(q)].

D. Support the President’s Domestic Council assignment to develop recommendations re-
garding attainment of the goal of no net loss of the nations wetlands considering the
challenges posed in Alaska where a high proportion of the developable land is wetlands.

II. Inventory and Evaluation

A. Use the technical criteria for wetland identification from the Interagency federal manual for
identifying and delineating wetlands, (see Federal Manual for Identifying and Delineating
Jurisdictional Wetlands, January 1989)

B. Refine or develop wetlands data and maps including wetlands values and functions as
needed for project planning.

III. Land Use Activities

A. As required by law, assure a General or Standard Permit is obtained from the Corps of
Engineers (COE) for discharge of dredged or fill material on all wetland types for any
activity not exempted.

B. Use of Best Management Practices (BMPs) allows the construction and maintenance of
forest roads and temporary roads for moving mining equipment to be exempted from
permitting requirements under section 404 of the Clean Water Act.

C. Consistent with the Clean Water Act, as amended, use BMPs in all management activities
which would affect water quality within wetlands. BMPs are intended to assure that flow
and circulation patterns, and chemical and biological characteristics of water are not
impaired. (Consult Appendix I)

D. Before issuing permits, leases, easements, rights-of-way or disposal of wetlands reference
uses that are restricted under identified Federal, State or local wetlands regulations.
Incorporate appropriate restrictions, where necessary, to protect or minimize wetland
impacts, or withhold such properties from disposal.

E. Seek cooperation in management from State and Federal agencies having overlapping
resource management responsibilities for these land, including the Alaska Department of
Fish and Game, Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers, National Marine Fisheries Service, and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

IV. Monitoring

A. Monitor and report cumulative changes in mapped wetlands, and in wetland values and
functions as a result of permitted activities.

B. Insure that project plans contain adequate provisions for monitoring compliance with
terms and conditions of the permit as well as the implementation and effectiveness of
BMPs.

Forest-wide Direction:
Wetlands

G - 66

SOIL AND WATER

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Soil Inventory: FW1 111

I. Inventory

A. Conduct a Soil Resource Inventory (SRI) or Integrated Resource Inventory (IRI) and
produce appropriate reports for proper management of the soil resource and the develop-
ment and management of all resources and activities. Consult FSM 2550, Soil Manage-
ment Handbook, Land Systems Handbook (6/82 RIO Amend. 1), National Soil
Handbook-430-VI, Soil Survey Manual-430-V.

1 . Determine the level of Soil Resource Inventory (SRI) or Integrated Resource Inventory
(IRI) to meet the needs of the planning level for proposed land management projects
and use or produce for use the appropriate order or orders of SRI’s or IRIs to meet
those project planning levels and implementation needs.

2. Ensure that soil resource inventories and integrated resource inventories meet estab-
lished standards.

Water Inventory: FW1112

I. Inventory and Evaluation

A. Inventory or evaluate the following appropriate elements of Water Resource Inventories
(WRI) (as information sources in conducting water investigations) and produce appropri-
ate reports for the proper management of the water resource and the development and
management of all resources and activities.

* Climate

* Water Quality

* Water Quantity

* Channel Types

* Water Uses and Developments

Consult FSM 2530, Water Resource Inventory Handbook (5/83 R-10 SUPP 1) and Water
Information Management System Handbook.

1 . Determine the level of Water Resource Inventory (WRI) to meet the needs of the
planning level for proposed land management meet those project planning levels and
implementation needs.

2. Ensure that water resource inventories meet established standards.

Watershed Resource Planning: FW112

I. Land Use Activities

A. Plan and conduct land use activities to avoid irreversible or serious and adverse cumula-
tive watershed effects on the soil and water resources, and to produce water of quality and
quantity sufficient to maintain beneficial uses in compliance with State water quality
standards.

1 . Establish clear objectives to ensure that appropriate levels of soil and water resource
data and interpretations required for land and related resource management are
available to the land manager. Consult FSM 2530 and 2550.

2. Determine cumulative watershed effects for all projects resulting in soil and water
impacts.

G - 67

Forest-wide Direction:
Soil and Water

3. Select or modify established processes or methods for determination of cumulative
watershed effects depending on the projects’ geographic area and conditions.

4. Implement Process Best Management Practices (BMP’s) or applicable Standard
BMP’s to projects, as a mechanism to provide non-point water quality protection to
meet federal, state and local water quality requirements.

* Process BMP’s are where custom fit practices, measures or methods are devel-
oped for projects through inventory and analysis, and interdisciplinary involvement.

* Standard BMP's are established fixed' methods, measures or methods that are
applied to projects.

Consult Soil and Water Conservation Handbook (FSH 2509.22), Chapter 10, 'Water
Quality Management for National Forest System Lands in Alaska', FSM 2530 (9/86 R1 0
SUPP 15), Forest-wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines for Facilities and
Transportation, U.S. Army Corps of Engineer Regulation (33 CFR 323.4), Clean Water
Act Of 1977 (PL 95-217).

5. Ensure Best Management Practices (BMP’s) meet or exceed the policy and direction
for the State of Alaska’s Forest Resources and Practices Regulations. Consult the
Statewide Water Quality Management Plan, Timber Harvesting Water Quality Study,
FSM 2530 - Memorandum of Understanding between the Alaska Department of Envi-
ronmental Conservation and U.S. Department of Agriculture Forest Service.

6. Project plans for all projects with soil disturbance will include erosion/stabilization
measures.

B. Delineate on appropriate project area maps the location of soil and water protection areas
to insure their recognition, proper consideration, and protection.

1 . Designate the following features on the project area maps.

* Location of stream courses to be protected.

* Wetlands and riparian areas.

* Locations, units, or zones where BMP’s, either Process or Standard, are to be
applied with relation to road building and logging practices.

* Structural improvements.

* Any domestic or public water supply source.

* Other features required by Division *C" or Long-term Sale Contracts.

* Location of extreme hazard mass-wasting areas.

C. Apply multiple use management to non-designated domestic use watersheds while pro-
viding water suitable for human consumption within the realm of State water quality
standards and water supply regulations. Consult State Water Quality Standards (1 8 AAC
70.020).

1. Identify soil and water quality standards and constraints during the environmental
analysis for project-level activities.

D. Avoid adverse soil and water resource impacts when conducting land use activities on
wetland, floodplains, and riparian areas. Consult Executive Orders 11988, 11990, and
11514, FSM 2510 and 2520, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers regulations (33 CFR 323), and
Appendix C NFMA Planning Regulations (36 CFR 219.27).

1 . Minimize implementation of land use disturbance activities on these areas consistent
with the specific activities, so that such activities when applied do not create a threat
or cause degradation to the values for which the wetland is managed.

2. Conduct all activities on these areas in accordance with Best Management Practices
(BMP), including applicable Standard BMP’s described in the State’s approved pro-
gram and meet baseline BMP’s provisions described in Federal Regulation 33 CFR
323.4.

3. Refine wetland data and interpretation maps as needed on a case-by-case basis for
project planning.

Forest-wide Direction:
Soil and Water

G - 68

4. During analysis of projects proposing occupancy or modification of floodplains deter-
mine floodplain values and avoid, the long and short-term adverse impacts to soil and
water resources.

5. Seek cooperation from State and Federal agencies having overlapping resource
management responsibilities for these land classifications, including the Alaska De-
partment of Fish and Game. Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers, National Marine Fisheries Service, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, and execute plans and decisions in a manner consistent with the statutory
responsibilities of these agencies.

E. Under applicable State and Federal Law reserve both ground and surface water rights
needed to properly manage present and future resource needs on National Forest System
Lands. Consult FSM 2540.

1 . Review projects and reserve water right or notify state of water uses for reservation
management purposes when determined such uses are necessary for carrying out the
purposes of the project. Be sure review of uses and needs include at least the following
items.

* In-stream flow needs.

* Adequate flow for fish passes and habitat

* Forest Service domestic use.

* Developed special uses.

F. Work cooperatively with other Forest Resource Groups, State, Federal and local govern-
ment agencies and Native American communities for the protection, mitigation, and/or
enhancement of the water and soil resources.

G. Actively participate in planning by other Federal, State and local agencies where these
plans could affect National Forest System Lands.

II. Dispersion to Minimize Cumulative Watershed Effects

A. Minimize Cumulative Watershed Effects (CWE) which cause adverse soil and water im-
pacts resulting in changes in stream channel equilibrium, such as: 1) changes in sediment
transport leading to stream aggradation, degradation and/or streambank erosion; and 2)
silting in of pools and reduction in fish habitat capability.

1. Unless a CWE analysis is performed to indicate otherwise, during project planning,
limit even-age harvest practices and associated roading to no more than 35 percent
of 3rd or 4th order watershed acres in less than a 1 5 year period.

Watershed Resources Monitoring: FW121

I. Assessment of Management Activities

A. Obtain soil and water base line data to assess land disturbing activities.

B. Assess land disturbing activities to determine effects of these activities on soils (e.g.
productivity, erosion), and water quality and quantity. Monitor soil and water at three
distinct monitoring levels consisting of (1) implementation monitoring (document whether
plans, Best Management Practices (BMPs), etc. are implemented as designed); (2) effec-
tiveness monitoring (to evaluate if plans, BMP’s, etc. are effective in meeting management
objectives); and (3) validation monitoring (validate the appropriateness of standards and
model coefficients). Consult FSM 2520 and 2530, R-10 Water Quality Monitoring hand-
book, State Water Quality Standards, and the Monitoring Plan (Appendix H).

1 . At project planning and implementation levels ensure each specific monitoring level

described in A above includes the following items.

* The monitoring objective.

* The rationale behind each of the parameters and evaluation criteria

* Who is to be involved and their roles and responsibilities.

* What parameters will be monitored and evaluated.

G - 69

Forest-wide Direction:
Soil and Water

* When, where, and how often will monitoring occur.

* What methodologies will be used for monitoring evaluation and analysis.

* How will results be interpreted and reported.

2. Select projects to monitor and evaluate the results of BMP’s on soil and water re-
sources to prevent and reduce non-point source water pollution. Consult FSM 2520
and 2530, R-1 0 Water Quality Monitoring handbook, State Water Quality Standards,
and FSM 2530 - Memorandum of Understanding between the Alaska Department of
Environmental Conservation and U.S. Department of Agriculture Forest Service.

3. To evaluate the effectiveness of BMP’s for non-point source pollution, describe in
project monitoring plans a non-point source management procedure that tracks and
records: (1) identification of the land-disturbing activities; (2) design of BMP’s base on
soil, water, plant association and channel type data; (3) application of BMP’s; (4)
monitoring; (5) effects reporting; (6) any correction actions required; and (7) feedback
to BMP designs.

4. Apply standard sampling methods and techniques or develop new one when needed
for measuring the effectiveness of soil and water management BMP’s.

5. Cooperate and participate with the State of Alaska through the Memorandum of
Understanding with the Department of Environmental Conservation to identify and
monitor non-point source pollution, and implementation and effectiveness of BMP’s.

6. Inspect all watershed improvement projects annually until the final evaluation indicates
that maintenance is no longer needed.

7. Provide monitoring and evaluation within the framework of the monitoring plan and
direction.

Watershed Resource Improvement: FW2

I. Water Quality Protection and Improvement

A. Protect or improve water quality and/or quantity (e.g., stream bank stabilization, stream

channel realignment) and stabilize soil erosion sites or improve, as appropriate, soil

productivity (e.g., soil stabilization).

1 . Conduct Watershed Condition Surveys (WCS) to determine improvement needs as
part of the development of watershed improvement plan. Consult FSM 251 0 and 2520.

2. Complete a watershed improvement plan for all watershed improvement projects
(regardless of funds used) prior to improvement project implementation. Consult FSM
2520.

3. Use the Forest Watershed Improvement Needs Inventory (WINI) for identification and
prioritization of treatment to soils, stream banks and channels. Consult FSM 251 0.

4. Maintain WINI reports to provide information for current year budgets, outyear budgets
(next two years) and RPA.

5. Give priority to treatment of soil sites, stream banks and channels with the highest
erodible conditions directly affecting fish and water resources.

6. Whenever possible, use indigenous plants and materials.

7. When appropriate, use plants to benefit wildlife.

8. Utilize Sale Area Improvement Plans and K-V funds as appropriate.

Forest-wide Direction:
Soil and Water

G - 70

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM11

I. Resource Inventory

A. Maintain the Mineral Resource Inventory. Include historic and current mining activity,
regional and local geology, access routes, and geologic and mineral terranes. Provide a
mineral survey, assessment, appraisal, and activity forecast of the mineral resource (Con-
sult FSM 2800).

1 . Develop inventory to meet or exceed Order 4 standards (1 :250,000 map scale). Apply
Order 3 inventory standards (1 :63,3Q0) as required to adequately represent data.
(Consult FSM 2880)

B. Develop and maintain a Geologic Resource Inventory (Consult FSM 2880). Inventories
may include mineral material sources (Consult FSM 2850), unique geology or paleontol-
ogy sites, geologic hazards, caves, or groundwater resources.

1. Develop inventory to meet or exceed Order 3 inventory standards (1:63,300 map
scale). (Consult FSM 2880)

II. Resource Planning

A. Assemble and provide Minerals and Geology information as needed for project planning.
Such information will normally include a minerals and geology inventory and analysis,
forecasts for minerals exploration and development activities, and geologic resource
interpretations.

III. Resource Preparation

A. Conduct compliance checks, validity and patent exams, and review operating plans, lease
proposals, and applications. Provide expert testimony or opinions for contests, hearings,
or appeals. Conduct geotechnical engineering and interpretive geology investigations as
required.

IV. Resource Coordination

A. Coordinate Minerals and Geology inventories and minerals administration with State, and
other Federal Agencies including the United States Department of Interior; Bureau of Land
Management, Bureau of Mines, and the Geologic Survey.

1 . Maintain Memoranda of Understanding and/or agreements with appropriate Federal,
State, and local agencies and groups.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

I. Forest Lands Withdrawn From Mineral Entry.

A. Claimants with claims located in areas withdrawn from mineral entry retain valid existing
rights if such rights are established prior to the withdrawal date.

B. Conduct on the ground validity examinations by a qualified minerals examiner to establish
or reject valid existing rights on active mining claims within wilderness areas.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the provisions of an
approved plan of operations.

II. Forest Lands Open To Mineral Entry.

A. Encourage the exploration, development, and extraction of locatable and leasable miner-
als and energy resources.

G - 71

Forest-wide Direction:
Minerals and Geology

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress granted under the
General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and the National Forest Mining Regulations
36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the provisions of an
approved plan of operations.

III. Plan of Operations

A. A Notice of Intent and/or a plan of operations is required for locatable, leasable, and
salable minerals. (Consult FSM 281 0, 2820, 2850, and 36 CFR 228)

1 . A plan of operations will receive prompt evaluation and action within the time frames
established in 36 CFR 228.

2. Conduct an environmental analysis with appropriate documentation for all operating
plans.

B. Work with claimants to develop a plan of operations that adequately mitigates adverse
impacts to management area objectives. Include mitigation measures for locatable and
saleable minerals and standard and special stipulations in leasing actions that are compat-
ible with the scale of proposed development and commensurate with potential resource
impacts.

1 . Maintain the habitats, to the maximum extent feasible, of anadromous fish and other
foodfish, and maintain the present and continued productivity of such habitat when
such habitats are affected by mining activities. Assess the effects on populations of
such fish in consultation with appropriate State agencies. (Consult ANILCA, Section
505).

2. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction and Standards
& Guidelines to the location and construction of mining roads and facilities.

3. Reclaim disturbed areas in accordance with an approved plan of operations.

IV. Bonds

A. A bond may be required for locatable, leasable, and salable mineral operations to ensure
operator performance and site reclamation are completed. (Consult 36 CFR 228)

V. Mineral Materials

A. Permit mineral material sites only after an environmental analysis assures other resources
are adequately protected, the site location and operating plan are consistent with the
management area emphasis, and such resources are not reasonably available on private
land. Require bonds and reclamation as appropriate. (Consult FSM 2850 and 36 CFR 228)

B. Where the opportunity exists, design, excavate, and reclaim material sites to facilitate their
use for dispersed recreation or other desirable uses such as conversion to salmonid
rearing ponds and spawning channels.

VI. Split Estates

A. Avoid separating the surface and subsurface estates. Coordinate with BLM, State, Native
Corporations, and private owners to manage split estates in accordance with individual
patents or deeds.

VII. Monitoring

A. Assess minerals exploration and development activity.

1 . Area and District mineral exploration and development activity reports will be updated
yearly. Incorporate activity reports into the Minerals Resource Inventory every 3 to 5
years.

B. Complete compliance inspections on a frequency schedule commensurate with the com-
plexity and sensitivity of the project.

1 . One compliance inspection per year is the minimum for an approved plan of operation.

Forest-wide Direction:
Minerals and Geology

G - 72

LANDS

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Lands Preparation: JL1 1

I. Land Status

A. Perform a thorough land ownership review during early project planning stages, prior to
management activities, to ensure protection of State, private, and other Federal Agency
rights and interests.

1 . Consult sources, such as BLM Master Title Plats (MTP’s), in addition to the land status
atlas, to identify land encumbrances which do not appear in the land status atlas.

II. Coordinating with Others

A. Coordinate activities on National Forest System land with adjacent State and private
landowners including environmental analysis. Solicit and consider their input when analyz-
ing proposals which might affect them.

B. Coordinate, in accordance with the MOU, all projects which have a direct effect on the
coastal zone, with Alaska Office of Management and Budget, Division of Governmental
Coordination, to ensure activities are consistent, to the maximum extent practicable, with
the Alaska Coastal Zone Management Program. The Coastal Zone excludes all Federal
lands.

C. Cooperate with the State of Alaska and local communities to help develop coastal zone
area plans compatible with Forest Service upland management objectives.

D. Coordinate activities on encumbered lands with interest holders, as appropriate.

Special Use Administration (non-Recreation): JL122

I. Special Use Authorization

A. Manage special use authorizations to best serve the public interest, in accordance with

the following standards and guidelines. (Consult 36 CFR 251)

1 . Do not authorize private uses of National Forest System lands when such uses can
be reasonably accommodated on other lands. (Consult FSM 2700)

2. Review new requests for compatibility with management area prescriptions, based on
a consideration of environmental values, economic feasibility, and a determination of
social and economic benefits. Do not approve permits solely for the purpose of
creating business opportunities or to reduce cost for the applicant. Applications may
be approved for uses that conform to the Forest Plan. Other uses may be authorized
if they do not conflict with the Forest Plan and are compatible with other uses of
National Forest System land. (Consult FSM 2700 and the Alaska Regional Guide)

3. In addition to the above criteria, special use applications may be denied if the author-
ized officer determines that: (a) the proposed use would not be in the public interest,
(b) the applicant is not qualified, (c) the proposed use would otherwise be inconsistent
with applicable Federal or State law, or (d) the applicant does not or cannot demon-
strate technical or financial capability. (Consult 36 CFR 251 .54)

4. Review and adjust special use fees on a planned basis to comply with the Federal
Land Policy and Management Act and Forest Service policy. (Consult the Alaska
Regional Guide and FSM 2700)

G - 73

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

5. Upon renewal or transfer of a permit, terminate or bring into conformance, existing
uses which are not compatible with the Forest Plan or with the purposes for which the
area was established.

6. On lands encumbered by State selections, obtain concurrence from Alaska Depart-
ment of Natural Resources, prior to granting a Special Use Authorization, in accord-
ance with the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act, Section 906 (k) and
Forest Service Manual policy. (Consult FSM 5450)

7. Do not issue Special Use Authorizations on lands selected, or withdrawn for selection,
by a Native corporation, without the consent of that Native corporation, unless waived
by the Regional Forester. (Consult FSM 5450)

8. Do not issue Special Use Authorizations on lands for which there is a Native Allotment
application without consent from the applicant and the Bureau of Indian Affairs (as
appropriate), unless the application has been adjudicated by BLM as being invalid and
the case has been closed. Contact the Regional Forester, Region 10, Forest Service,
prior to granting a Special Use Authorization within a valid claim area, as authorization
from the Regional Forester may also be required. (Consult FSM 5450)

9. Coordinate all special use permit proposals which have a direct effect on the coastal
zone, with Alaska Office of Management and Budget, Division of Governmental Coor-
dination, to ensure these activities are consistent, to the maximum extent practicable,
with the Alaska Coastal Zone Management Plan. The Coastal Zone excludes all
Federal lands.

1 0. Require that structures be constructed and maintained in a manner to blend with the
surrounding environment, and be consistent with management objectives and other
allowed activities. To the extent practical, locate new structures out of sight, and well
hidden, from areas of concentrated visitor use, such as rivers, roads, trails, and public
recreation cabins.

1 1 . Manage authorized uses to maintain a neat and sanitary condition of the permit area.
The preferred method of litter disposal is to remove all litter from National Forest
System lands and dispose of it at appropriate sanitary facilities. If this is not practical,
require the permit holder to burn all burnables on site, at a location designated by the
responsible Forest Officer, and remove all materials which cannot be burned, for
disposal at an approved disposal site.

12. Locate outdoor toilets well away from lakes, rivers, and streams. Follow guidelines in
the State Wastewater Disposal Regulations. Outdoor toilet locations will be approved
by the Forest Service prior to construction. (Consult 18 AAC 72)

13. To the extent allowed by law, regulation, and higher level policy, require permit
applicants to conduct environmental analyses and supporting activities (such as
cultural resource surveys) and submit them to the responsible official for consideration
in Forest Service decisions.

II. Cabins and Related Structures

A. Manage cabins and related structures which were existing but unauthorized prior to

ANILCA (December 2, 1980), in accordance with the following standards and guidelines.

(In Wilderness, consult FSM 2320)

1 . Allow the continuation of customary and traditional uses of cabins and related struc-
tures which were existing but unauthorized on December 2, 1 980, in accordance with
a nontransferable, renewable, five-year special use permit, until the death of the last
immediate family member of the original permittee, when such uses are compatible
with management area direction, and are otherwise in compliance with the Alaska
National Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA), Section 1303(b).

2. Prior to issuing a permit, in accordance with ANILCA, Section 1303(b)(3), require the
permit applicant to: (1) reasonably demonstrate by affidavit, bill of sale or other
documentation, proof of possessory interest or right of occupancy; (2) submit a sketch

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

G -74

or photograph of the cabin and a map showing its location; (3) agree to vacate the
cabin and remove all personal property from it, within a reasonable time period
following nonrenewal or revocation of the permit; and (4) acknowledge in the permit
application that the applicant has no interest in the real property on which the cabin
is located.

3. When issuing these permits, list all qualifying immediate family members along with
the original permittee and require that one person be designated to represent all
permit holders. The original permittee is the permit holder of record, as of December
2, 1980.

4. An immediate family member consists of spouse, children, and parents. It does not
include brothers, sisters, grandchildren, grandparents, or other relatives.

B. Manage cabins and related structures which were authorized on December 2, 1 980, in

accordance with the following standards and guidelines. (In Wilderness, consult FSM

2320)

1. Allow the continued use of cabins, homesites, and similar structures which were
authorized on December 2, 1 980, in accordance with the terms of the original permit.
Generally renew these permits (if the terms of the permit in effect on December 2, 1 980
allow for renewal), subject to reasonable regulations and provisions of the Alaska
National Interest Lands Conservation Act, Section 1303(d), unless continuation of the
use would constitute a direct threat or significant impairment to the purposes for which
the unit was established. A reasonable fee may be imposed on cabins previously
under free use or existing fees may be increased by a reasonable amount, to keep
pace with inflation, or for other justifiable purposes.

2. These permits may be transferred to one other person at the election or death of the
permittee of record on December 2, 1 980, if the conditions of the original permit allow
for such transfer.

C. Manage new cabins and related structures, in accordance with the following standards

and guidelines. (In Wilderness, consult FSM 2320)

1 . The construction of new cabins is prohibited with the following limited exceptions. A
nontransferable, five-year special use permit may be issued in some circumstances,
following a determination that: (1) the proposed use, construction, and maintenance
of the cabin are compatible with management area objectives; (2) use of the cabin is
directly related to administration of the area or is necessary for continuation of an
ongoing activity, allowed within the area; and (3) the permit applicant has no reason-
able alternative.

2. Do not permit construction of new cabins for private recreational uses or residential
uses. Consider permitting new cabins for some commercial uses, when a cabin is
necessary to provide a needed public service (generally, public need is identified in
a prospectus) or within areas where such commercial use of cabins was an estab-
lished customary and traditional use prior to December 2, 1 980. Consider permitting
new cabins for administrative use by other Agencies, such as Alaska Department of
Fish and Game, when no practical alternatives exist.

3. All new cabins will be deeded over to, and become the property of, the United States
Government, as provided in the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act,
Section 1303(b)(4).

4. Prior to issuing a permit, in accordance with ANILCA, Section 1303(b)(3), require the
permit applicant to: (1) submit a sketch or photograph of the proposed cabin and a
map showing its location; (2) agree to vacate the cabin and remove all personal
property from it, within a reasonable time period following nonrenewal or revocation
of the permit; (3) acknowledge in the permit application that the applicant has no
interest in the real property on which the cabin will be constructed; and (4) quit claim
deed the cabin, to the United States Government.

G - 75

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

D. Provide for subsistence uses by authorizing temporary facilities, such as tent platforms,
rather than new cabins. Follow procedures and design standards for temporary facilities,
found in Section 1316 of the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act and the
Forest Service Manual. (Consult FSM 2720)

III. Temporary Facilities

A. A temporary facility is defined as: 'Any structure or other man-made improvement which
can be readily and completely dismantled and removed from the site when the authorized
use terminates." (Consult FSM 2720)

B. Permit temporary campsites, tent platforms, shelters, and other temporary equipment,
directly and necessarily related to the taking of fish and wildlife, subject to reasonable
regulation to ensure compatibility, conditions of the Alaska National Interest Lands Con-
servation Act, Section 1316, Forest Service Manual direction, and consistency with man-
agement prescription direction. (Consult FSM 2720. In Wilderness, consult FSM 2320.)

1 . When issuing new permits for subsistence-related facilities, authorize tent platforms
and associated temporary facilities only.

2. To the extent practical, locate subsistence camps out of sight of high use areas such
as rivers, roads, trails, public recreation cabins, and other user facilities.

IV. Aquatic Farming Permits

A. "Aquatic farming* should not be confused with "aquaculture". Consult the glossary for a
definition of these and related terms.

■Aquatic farming" is provided for in Alaska State Law (AS 16.40.100 - 16.40.199, June 9,
1 988.) It involves growing aquatic plants or shellfish for sale, either in captivity or under
positive control. Typically shellfish are pen-reared. It does not include finfish and does not
result in the release of a product to become available as a common property resource.
"Aquaculture" is provided for in ANILCA, Section 1315 (b). It involves the maintenance or
improvement of fish stocks. It includes facilities such as fish hatcheries and projects such
as fish stocking or lake fertilization. It does not include finfish and at some point releases
a product to become available as a common property resource.

B. Cooperate with State and other Federal Agencies to meet industry and public needs for
aquatic farming programs and ensure compatibility with other resources and activities.

1 . During evaluation of Forest Service permits, carefully analyze the effects of aquatic
farming activities on other resources and other conflicting activities, such as recre-
ational uses and access to adjacent uplands. Oppose aquatic farm development
adjacent to National Forest System Wilderness.

2. Coordinate responses to aquatic farming proposals with Alaska Department of Natural
Resources and Alaska Office of Management and Budget, Division of Governmental
Coordination.

3. Initially, issue permits only for low investment, minimum development, temporary
support facilities (not to include cabins) which can be readily removed from the site
if the project ceases to be viable for the operator. Consider permitting additional
support facilities on National Forest System lands, only after a viable business is
established and need for the facilities can be demonstrated.

V. Floathouses

A. Manage residential floathouses in accordance with the following standards and guide-
lines.

1 . Issue special use permits for floathouse shoreties only at locations where the activity
is specifically provided for in the Alaska Coastal Zone Management Plan or approved
coastal zone area plans.

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

G -76

2. Cooperate with the State of Alaska and local communities to help develop criteria
which address floathouse placement. In developing new State or city plans, encour-
age locating floathouses near communities or adjacent to private uplands. Avoid
locating them: (1 ) adjacent to designated Wilderness or other areas where they would
be incompatible with upland management objectives; (2) where they may adversely
affect forest resources; or (3) where they may conflict with higher priority public uses.

3. As a condition of the Forest Service special use permit, require applicants to obtain
all necessary authorizations from other appropriate Agencies, such as Alaska Depart-
ment of Natural Resources and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.

VI. Fish Camps

A. Apply the following standards and guidelines to permits for commercial set net fish camps.

1 . Where the use of commercial fish camps, including primitive cabins, is a customary
and traditional use, allow this use to continue within traditional locations, at approxi-
mately traditional densities, as established prior to ANILCA (December 2, 1980), if
compatible with management area objectives.

2. New facilities will usually be tent platforms and associated temporary facilities unless
a need can be demonstrated for a cabin.

3. New cabins, if authorized, will not exceed 500 square feet in size. Limit new cabin
authorizations to one cabin per setnet permit. If needed, authorize additional sites for
use with a tent platform.

4. Assign a permit tenure of five years for cabins and one to five years for tent platforms
with the provision that, unless revoked for violation of permit conditions, these permits
may be renewed upon expiration.

5. Assign new fish camp permit holders areas up to 1/4 acre in size, based on need.

6. Within areas traditionally used for fish camps, do not authorize new non-related
special uses, other than uses associated with subsistence. Allow existing privileges
currently under permit, to continue. Do not allow fish camp permit holders to engage
in other commercial activities from their fish camps, such as outfitter/guide or lodge/
resort activities, unless already authorized by permit.

7. Consider authorizing requests for subsistence uses from fish camps; however, any
authorization for subsistence uses from fish camps will be documented in writing to
the permit holder, along with conditions, if any, which may be necessary to protect
resources and the rights of other users. Do not permit residential uses of fish camps.

8. To obtain a fish camp permit, require applicants to hold a commercial set net permit
from Alaska Department of Fish and Game, valid for the area in which the proposed
facility is to be located. Camp occupancy will generally correspond to the dates of the
open set net season, with exceptions allowed for camp set up and take down (if
necessary) and for subsistence uses, if authorized.

9. Some fish camp permits have traditionally been issued free of charge. In compliance
with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act, and Federal Regulations
(36 CFR 251 .57), assess appropriate fees in conjunction with all commercial fish camp
uses.

10. Natural hydrologic changes may lead to use areas being relocated. This need is
recognized and new use areas may be authorized, if necessary, following separate
environmental analysis, as rivers change their course or other changes lead to shifts
in the location of fish runs. Issue permits for tent platforms in new locations where
cabin use is not already established.

VII. Right-of-Way Grants

A. Grant reasonable access across National Forest System land to allow inholders and other

land owners use of their land without unnecessarily reducing Forest Service management

options or damaging National Forest lands or resources. (Consult FSM 2730)

G - 77

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

1 . Ensure that all roads constructed through permits or leases are designed according
to standards appropriate to the planned uses, considering safety, cost of transporta-
tion, and effects upon lands and resources. Ensure these roads are planned and
designed to re-establish vegetative cover on the disturbed area within a reasonable
period of time, not to exceed 1 0 years after the termination of the permit or lease,
unless the road is determined necessary as a permanent addition to the National
Forest transportation system. (Consult 36 CFR 219)

B. Apply the following approval authorities, as applicable, when processing right-of-way
grant requests.

1 . Continue to use existing authorities such as the Federal Land Policy and Management
Act (FLPMA), the Forest Road and Trail Act (FRTA), and the Highway Act of 1958,
except when prohibited by other applicable law.

2. When proposed rights-of-way cross, or enter upon, a Conservation System Unit (as
defined in ANILCA, Section 102(4)), follow procedural requirements found in ANILCA,
Section 1 1 04.

3. When proposed rights-of-way will provide access to State or private inholdings or valid
occupancies (such as a mining claim or special use authorization) surrounded by, or
effectively surrounded by, a Conservation System Unit, use authorities found in ANIL-
CA, Section 1110(b).

4. When proposed rights-of-way will provide temporary access to non-Federal lands,
across a Conservation System Unit, for purposes of survey, geophysical, exploratory,
or other temporary uses which will not result in permanent resource damage, use
authorities found in ANILCA, Section 1111.

5. When proposed rights-of-way will provide access to other non-Federal inholdings,
either within or outside of a Conservation System Unit, use authorities found in ANIL-
CA, Section 1323(a).

C. Allow the following activities to occur without requiring a special use authorization. (Con-
sult ANILCA, Section 1110(a))

1 . Allow the use of snowmachines, motorboats, airplanes, and nonmotorized surface
transportation methods for traditional activities which are permitted by law and for
travel to and from villages and homesites, subject to reasonable regulations to protect
resource values.

2. These uses do not require a permit and may be prohibited only following a notice and
hearing in the vicinity of the affected area, and a determination that such uses would
be detrimental to resource values.

3. This direction does not authorize the construction or maintenance of improvements or
facilities on National Forest System lands, nor does it authorize use of off-road vehi-
cles, other than snowmobiles.

D. Apply the following standards and guidelines to Transportation and Utility systems. The
primary purpose of these systems is to accommodate public transportation and energy
transmission needs. They include significant existing and proposed transportation and
utility sites and corridors, and other rights-of-way necessary to accommodate use from a
facility or other compatible right-of way, when such rights-of-way cross National Forest
System lands.

Examples of facilities located within these corridors include, but are not limited to, State
and Federal Highways, railroads, powerlines 66kV and above, and pipelines 10 inches or
greater in diameter, constructed by holders of a special use authorization. Water pipelines
greater than 10 inches are included if they are a public utility (i.e., if they service a
community water supply).

These systems will generally include sites where associated facilities, such as dams,
reservoirs, or generators, are located. Sites and corridors include the land directly under,

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

G -78

and immediately adjacent to the facilities. Sites have significant improvements located
within a generally compact area, while corridors are linear in nature. Sites and corridors
will generally be void of large vegetation, but may contain low-lying ground vegetation.

1 . A Transportation and Utility System (TUS) * window’ is an area potentially available for
the location of transportation or utility corridors and sites. Windows represent areas
of future opportunity where the applied management direction will not conflict with
future designation of TUS. A site-specific analysis is still required during project level
planning, to identify resource protection needs within these areas. Windows are
designated through the allocation of lands to TUS windows in their standards and
guidelines.

2. A TUS ‘ avoidance area ' is an area where the establishment and use of transportation
or utility corridors and sites is not desirable given the management area emphasis. A
search for ‘windows' should be exhausted before TUS facilities are considered in
avoidance areas. When practical, these areas should be avoided through site-specific
analysis during project level planning. Avoidance areas often include Congressionally
and administratively designated areas. Although special environmental or procedural
considerations may be required for these areas, these special designations do not
preclude consideration and use as a TUS. Avoidance areas are designated through
the allocation of lands to management prescriptions specifically identified as TUS
avoidance areas in their standards and guidelines.

3. A TUS 'exclusion area ' is a large area (large enough to cause significant barriers)
which legislatively precludes transportation and utility systems. Due to special authori-
ties provided in Title XI, ANILCA, there will be no exclusion areas on the Tongass
National Forest.

4. Try to accommodate new transportation and utility proposals within existing corridors,
to the maximum extent feasible. (Consult 36 CFR 21 9)

5. Site-specific locations and mitigation measures for unconstructed TUS’s will be deter-
mined by project level planning which will analyze environment considerations, such
as visual resources, wildlife habitat, and soil conditions.

VIII. Military Training Activities

A. Authorize military training activities on National Forest System lands in accordance with
the Master Agreement between the Department of Defense and the Department of Agricul-
ture which governs the use of National Forest System Lands for these purposes. (Consult
FSM 1530)

1. Authorize military training activities on National Forest System lands when these
activities: (1) will be compatible with other uses, (2) conform to management area
direction, and (3) after the Department of Defense has determined and substantiated
that lands under its administration are either unsuitable or unavailable.

2. Determine probable effects of proposed activities, necessary mitigation measures,
and effective monitoring techniques, on a case-by-case basis, with a site-specific
environmental analysis, conducted in accordance with the Interdepartmental Master
Agreement.

3. When local supplemental agreements with Military Agenices exist, consult such agree-
ments for additional direction.

IX. Sanitary Landfills

A. Manage landfills in accordance with the following National policy but subject to approved
special provisions for Alaska.

1. Require strict compliance with applicable Environmental Protection Agency guide-
lines.

G -79

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

2. Avoid authorizing new solid waste disposal sites and the expansion of existing sites,
on National Forest System lands, subject to exceptions approved for the Alaska
Region.

3. Provide for solid waste disposal sites through exchange, sale under the Townsite Act
(7 U.S.C. 1 01 2a; 1 6 U.S.C. 478a), or selection by the State of Alaska of National Forest
System lands, when there is no viable alternative on non-Federal land and there will
be no adverse impacts to other National Forest resources or land. Encourage the
State of Alaska to select those areas suitable an needed for solid waste disposal near
existing and proposed communities to eliminate the need to use National Forest
System lands. Provide conditions for the conveyance document to assure the land will
be controlled by a government entity and activities which interfere with the manage-
ment and protection of adjacent National Forest System lands will not occur.

4. Subject to exceptions approved for the Alaska Region, phase out existing special use
authorizations for solid waste disposal sites by December 31 , 1 999. Terminate authori-
zations as opportunities become available, based on factors such as useful life of the
site, opportunity for land exchange, impacts to other Forest resources, and compli-
ance with the terms and conditions of the authorization. Require all solid waste
disposal sites to comply with appropriate criteria and guidelines in 40 CFR 241 , 40 CFR
257, and FSM 7460.

5. Special situations in Alaska may require the continued use of National Forest System
lands for some non-community domestic waste disposal in remote locations. Remote
locations are island and mainland locations, accessible only by aircraft or boat, with
no private land available for solid waste disposal. Examples of typical situations
include: (a) remote lodges under special use authorization, (b) mining activities in
remote Forest locations, (c) remote Forest Service administrative sites, (d) Forest
Service contractors working in remote locations, (e) aquaculture sites in remote loca-
tions, (f) other Federal Agencies located in remote National Forest locations. Even in
these special situations, encourage Forest users to pack-out waste materials and
remove them from National Forest System lands, to the extent practical.

Land Ownership Administration: JL123

I. Land Selections

A. When making management decisions, appropriately consider valid State selections (pur-
suant to the Alaska Statehood Act), Native selections (pursuant to the Alaska Native
Claims Settlement Act, as amended, or the Haida Land Exchange Act of 1 986), and Native
Allotment claims (pursuant to the Alaska Native Allotment Act of 1906). Protect legal rights
of the State of Alaska and Native Corporations when managing selected or withdrawn
lands. Apply the following standards and guidelines to Management Areas encumbered
by State selections, Native selections or withdrawals, and Native Allotment applications,
until these lands are either conveyed into State or private ownership, or they revert back
to unencumbered National Forest System land.

1 . Cooperate with the State of Alaska, Native Corporations, Native Allotment applicants,
the Bureau of Land Management, the Bureau of Indian Affairs, and other Federal
Agencies, to assist in processing legitimate requests. Encourage other parties in-
volved to assist in finalizing conveyance of full legal entitlement, in a timely manner.

2. Avoid Forest Service investment projects on lands encumbered by State selections,
Native withdrawals or selections, or Native Allotment applications.

3. Carefully review each selection, prior to conveyance, to identify third party interests
and needed right-of-way reservations which are allowed under applicable legislation.

B. Manage State selections, entered under authority of the Alaska Statehood Act, according
to the following standards and guidelines. (Consult 43 CFR 2627)

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

G - 80

1 . Encourage State selections adjacent to existing communities. Work with State agen-
cies and local communities to substantially eliminate Forest ownership in and adjacent
to communities where State, borough, or community governmental jurisdiction should
logically preside.

2. Obtain concurrence from Alaska Department of Natural Resources prior to granting
any occupancy permit, contract, easement, or other similar use authorization on State
selected lands, in accordance with the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation
Act, Section 906(k) and Forest Service Manual policy. (Consult FSM 5450)

C. Apply the following standards and guidelines to Management Areas encumbered by
Native selections or withdrawals, made under authority of the Alaska Native Claims Settle-
ment Act (ANCSA), as amended, until these lands are either conveyed into private owner-
ship, or they revert back to unencumbered National Forest System land. (Consult 43 CFR
2650)

1 . Do not issue occupancy permits, contracts, easements, or similar authorizations on
lands selected, or withdrawn for selection, by a Native corporation under authority of
ANCSA, without consent from that Native corporation, unless permission is first ob-
tained from the Regional Forester. (Consult FSM 5450)

2. Do not allow timber harvest on lands selected by a Native corporation under authority
of ANCSA, which fall within a timber sale contract contingency area, except by agree-
ment with that Native corporation. (Consult ANCSA, as amended by Section 908 of the
Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act)

D. Apply the following standards and guidelines to Management Areas encumbered by
Native land withdrawals, made under authority of the Haida Land Exchange Act of 1 986,
until these lands are either conveyed into private ownership, or they revert back to
unencumbered National Forest System land.

1 . During acceptance periods provided in the Haida Land Exchange Act of 1 986, man-
age lands available for conveyance under Section 4 of that Act, to maintain their
existing character and resources, subject to valid existing rights. (Consult Section 8,
Haida Land Exchange Act of 1 986)

E. Apply the following standards and guidelines to Management Areas encumbered by
Native Allotment applications, submitted under authority of the Alaska Native Allotment Act
of 1 906, until these lands are either conveyed into private ownership, or they revert back
to unencumbered National Forest System land. (Consult 43 CFR 2561)

1 . Do not issue use authorizations, such as permits, contracts, or easements, on lands
for which there is a Native Allotment application, without consent from the applicant
and the Bureau of Indian Affairs (as appropriate), unless the application has been
adjudicated by BLM as being invalid and the case has been closed. Contact the
Regional Office before granting use authorizations within a valid claim area, as authori-
zation from the Regional Forester may also be required. Do not authorize construction
of new roads on a valid claim area unless a Deed of Further Assurance has been
obtained and recorded or clearance has been received from the Regional Forester.
(Consult FSM 5450)

Landline Location and Maintenance: JL231, JL24

I. Establishing Bound ries

A. Apply the following standards and guidelines when maintaining established National
Forest property boundary lines and corners, or when locating, surveying, and posting new
National Forest property boundaries and corners.

1 . Coordinate with BLM for original boundary line survey. Enc< urage cooperative work
with BLM to mark and post original National Forest/State ar d National Forest/Native
boundaries to Forest Service standards. The Forest Service v ill maintain these bound-

G - 81

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

ary lines and comers after the original survey. These boundaries should not be
surveyed, marked or posted, until after conveyance of the land.

2. Maintain an inventory of surveyed and unsurveyed boundary lines to establish survey
priorities. Establish program priorities to coincide with Forest Service manual direction.
These priorities are identified, by location, in the Forest Plan schedule and will be
updated periodically. (Consult FSM 71 50)

II. International Boundaries

A. Apply the following standards and guidelines when locating or maintaining International

boundary lines and corners.

1 . Ensure compliance with the United States/Canada Treaty of 24 February 1 925. Coor-
dinate the location, survey, posting, marking, and maintenance of the International
Boundary with the U.S./Canada International Boundary Commission, U.S. Department
of State.

2. Ensure compliance with Presidential Proclamations of June 1 5, 1 908 and May 3, 1 91 2.
Do not permit any occupancies or management activities, within 60 feet of the United
States side of the United States/Canada International Boundary, without prior ap-
proval from the International Boundary Commission.

Rights-of-Way: JL25

I. Rights-of-Way Acquired

A. Acquire, across non-National Forest System land, road and trail rights-of-way which are

adequate for the protection, administration, and utilization of theTongass National Forest.

(Consult FSM 5460)

1 . Generally, acquire rights-of-way identified in project plans at least one year prior to
scheduled activity.

2. Generally, acquire unlimited easements, granted in perpetuity. Limited easements
(e.g., those authorizing administrative use, but not public use) may be acquired when
public use is not desirable, as determined through the implementation planning
process.

3. Encourage the use of cost-share agreements when practicable, to avoid economic
and resource impacts associated with duplicate road systems.

4. Monitor compliance with stipulations of existing rights-of-way to ensure long-term
retention of needed rights-of-way. Dispose of rights-of-way which are no longer need-
ed. Review easements acquired under Section 17(b) of the Alaska Native Claims
Settlement Act, and take appropriate steps toward construction of transportation
facilities prior to easement expiration dates.

5. Identify and request all needed rights-of-way across lands selected by the State or
Natives, as provided by Federal law. Carefully review selections prior to conveyance.

6. Secure adequate rights-of-way before issuing contracts or constructing facilities in
intermingled landownerships. (Consult FSM 5400)

B. Acquire log transfer facility (LTF) authorizations on adjacent tidelands in accordance with

the following standards and guidelines.

1 . Coordinate LTF activities (location, construction, operation, etc.) with the U.S. Army
Corps Engineers, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, National Marine Fisheries
Service, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Alaska Department of Natural Resources,
Alaska Office of Management and Budget (Division of Governmental Coordination),
Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Alaska Department of Environmental Conserva-
tion, local communities, and adjacent landowners, as appropriate.

2. Ensure LTF activities are consistent, to the maximum extent practicable, with the
Alaska Coastal Zone Management Program.

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

G - 82

3. Acquire long-term easements (preferably at least 25 years) for permanent LTF sites.

Land Ownership Adjustments: JL26

I. Priorities

A. Land acquisition priorities have been described and summarized in the document, ’ Alaska
Submerged Lands Act Report, Analysis of Inholdings, Acquisition Priorities and Recom-
mendations to Reduce Impacts on Conservation System Units in Alaska ," Draft dated
September 1 989, by U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Land Management, National
Park Service, and USDA Forest Service. Base acquisition decisions on this analysis and
report, as updated by future revisions. Maps identifying the location of parcels are avail-
able from USDA Forest Service, Alaska Regional Office lands personnel.

Lands available for disposal are those lands approved by the Regional Forester for
selection by the State of Alaska, those lands selected by Native corporations under
ANCSA, and those Native allotment claims adjudicated valid by the BLM. These lands are
available only to the respective applicants described above, as provided by Federal law.
If applications or claims are relinquished or declared invalid, the affected lands are no
longer available for disposal.

Consider proposals for other lands not described above, on a case-by-case basis, using
the following criteria. (Consult FSM 5400)

1 . Work cooperatively with the State of Alaska and Native Corporations to improve land
ownership patterns and management opportunities resulting from State and Native
land conveyances.

2. Retain National Forest System lands which best serve the public interest in Federal
ownership.

3. Consolidate National Forest System lands, when practicable. Attempt to reduce miles
of property boundary lines and number of corners, to locate and maintain.

4. Generally, acquire and dispose of land with as few reservations and outstanding rights
as possible. (Consult FSM 5420, 5430, and 5470)

5. Avoid separating the surface and subsurface estate, unless it is clearly in the public
interest. (Consult FSM 5430)

6. Pursue land adjustments that reduce administrative costs or increase the output of
goods and services. Avoid land adjustments that do not enhance Forest Service
programs. (Consult FSM 5430)

7. Generally, pursue land exchanges on an equal value basis. Exchanges may be made
for other than equal value if the parties agree and the exchange is determined to be
in the public interest, as provided in Section 1302(h) of the Alaska National Interest
Lands Conservation Act and Section 22(f) of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act,
as amended by Section 17 of Public Law 94-204. (Consult FSM 5430)

II. Acquisition

A. Apply the following standards and guidelines for land acquisition activities.

1 . Acquire isolated inholdings at critical locations if public benefits will occur.

2. Within Congressionally designated areas, such as Wilderness, acquire private inhold-
ings as opportunities permit. Wilderness inholdings are priority acquisitions until after
the State and Native selection process is completed.

3. Within administratively designated areas, such as a scenic area, generally acquire
private inholdings, as opportunities arise.

4. Acquire private lands necessary for efficient management of the Forest.

5. Generally, acquire lands by exchange or donation. Purchase lands on a willing seller/
willing buyer basis when exchange or donation are not practicable.

G - 83

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

III. Disposal

A. Apply the following standards and guidelines for land disposal activities.

1 . Do not exchange National Forest System lands selected by the State of Alaska, or a
Native corporation, or lands under Native allotment application, which have not yet
been conveyed, unless specifically provided for in legislation. If the party holding the
encumbrance desires ownership adjustments, they may relinquish their selection. The
Forest Service may then pursue land ownership adjustment, if otherwise appropriate.

2. Dispose of National Forest System lands which would best serve the public interest
in private ownership, provided the action will not decrease ability to meet National
Forest System management objectives. Examples may include: (1) isolated small
parcels which are impractical to manage, (2) parcels where a greater general public
value can be derived in private ownership, and (3) areas necessary for community
expansion. (Consult 36 CFR 254)

3. Avoid exchanging National Forest System lands occupied under permits or ease-
ments unless the non-Federal owner and the permittee reach agreement on the
disposition of existing uses. (Consult FSM 5430)

4. Within Congressionally designated areas, such as Wilderness, retain existing National
Forest System lands. Within administratively designated areas, such as a Scenic Area,
generally retain National Forest System land, unless there are compelling reasons for
disposal.

Forest-wide Direction:
Lands

G - 84

FACILITIES

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Facilities Operations: LF1

I. Administration and Maintenance

A. Prepare, administer and manage facilities activities necessary for the management of the
Tongass National Forest.

B. Provide maintenance and safety inspections on major structures on the Forest in compli-
ance with FSM requirements.

Facilities Improvement Preparation: LF21

I. Plan Development

A. Complete site development plans for all facility needs identified in the Forest Plan imple-
mentation schedule.

Facility Construction: LF22

I. Construction Requirements

A. In all remodeling, new construction, or building leasing, construct in accordance with an
approved site development plan in order to provide safe, functional, aesthetically pleasing,
energy efficient, and cost effective facilities.

1 . Ensure consistency with management area direction.

2. Comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local building codes, including:

* Uniform Building Code

* Uniform Plumbing Code

* Uniform Mechanical Code

* National Fire Protection Association Life Safety Code

* National Electrical Code

Facility Maintenance: LF23

I. Maintenance

A. Maintain facilities to meet codes applicable at the time of construction, unless otherwise
required by law.

1 . Maintain all buildings and related facilities to:

* promote human safety

* preserve the design life

* function efficiently

* exhibit a pleasant appearance

* promote a productive work atmosphere

G - 85

Forest-wide Direction:
Facilities

TRANSPORTATION

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Transportation System Inventory: LT111

I. Inventory Updating and Maintenance

A. Maintain an inventory of ail forest development transportation facilities, including roads,
bridges and major culverts, log transfer facilities, and airfields (consult FSM 7710).

1. Use the Transportation Inventory System (TIS), or subsequently developed and ap-
proved system, as the data management system for the forest road, bridge, and major
culvert inventory.

2. Update transportation maps annually.

Transportation Monitoring: LT121

I. Traffic Surveillance

A. Collect data about traffic volume and types on Forest Development Roads as needed to
determine investment sharing and commensurate maintenance responsibilities, recre-
ational use. Use this information, as applicable, in the development of road management
objectives.

II. Accident and Hazards

A. Implement requirements of the Forest Service Highway Safety Program (consult FSM
7730), which include recording the location of all known accidents and identifying loca-
tions and design and operating features that are potential high hazards. Prioritize hazards
for correction based on traffic volume, traffic mix, and degree of hazard. Program the
elimination of identified hazards on a systematic basis, and as funding levels permit.

III. Log Transfer Facilities

A. Comply with the environmental monitoring and reporting requirements of the Department
of the Army and Environmental Protection Agency permit under which the facility is being
operated.

Road and Bridge Administration: LT122

I. Road Management

A. Manage Forest Development Roads based on the criteria listed below:

1 . Keep Forest Development Roads open to public motorized use unless:

* Use conflicts with management area objectives, such as need to protect critical
habitat or to retain a non-motorized recreation experience.

* Financing is not available to maintain the facility or manage the associated use of
adjacent lands.

* Use causes unacceptable damage to roadway or adjacent soil and water re-
sources.

* Use results in unsafe conditions unrelated to weather conditions.

* There is little or no public need for them.

2. Manage road use by seasonal closure if any of the following conditions are anticipat-
ed:

* Seasonal conflicts with management area objectives, such as need to provide
security for wildlife during critical times of the year.

Forest-wide Direction:
Transportation

G -86

* Traffic hazards or unacceptable damage to roadway or adjacent soil and water
resources due to weather or seasonal conditions.

3. Restrict public use by temporary closure if:

* concurrent use between commercial and other traffic is unsafe.

* the potential for damage to equipment from vandalism is high.

4. Allow administrative use of closed or restricted roads when needed for emergency use
or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Forest Supervisor.

B. To the extent practicable, manage road use in cooperation with appropriate State and
other Federal agencies to meet fish and wildlife population management objectives.

C. Communicate road closures to the public in a positive manner, stressing the reason for
closure rather than denial of access.

II. Permitting

A. Authorize, by issuing a road use permit, appropriate commercial use of Forest Develop-
ment Roads not otherwise authorized by a Forest Service contract, easement, special use
authorization, operating plan, or other similar agreement. Include appropriate investment
sharing and maintenance requirements and rules of use as terms of the permit (see road
order, FSM 7730 R-10 supplement).

III. Cost Share Management

A. Administer cost shared roads in accordance with the terms of the agreement between the
Forest Sen/ice and the cooperators.

Transportation Improvement Planning: LT212

I. Planning

A. Plan transportation facilities that will efficiently integrate and achieve Forest Plan direction.
Take advantage of resource opportunities recognized during project scoping whenever
appropriate, such as providing access to a recreation attractor or mineral deposit.

B. Direct the orderly development and management of the transportation system and ensure
the documentation of decisions affecting the system.

C. Coordinate transportation corridor development with the appropriate Canadian, Federal,
State, and local government agencies and private landowners. The Forest Service will not
make road connections between communities or emerging communities without the par-
ticipation and collaboration of State and local governments, communities, and affected
individuals.

II. Road Management Objectives

A. Assign road management objectives to all Forest Development Roads to direct future
activities, based on Forest Plan direction and project interdisciplinary analysis (consult
FSM 7710).

1. Include in road management objectives criteria for design (Road Preconstruction
Handbook) and operation and maintenance (FSM 7730).

Preconstruction Engineering: LT214

I. Road Standards

A. Perform route or site selection, location, geotechnical investigations, survey, and design
to a technical level sufficient for the intended use of the facility, the investment to be
incurred. Ensure consistency with management area direction.

1 . Consider each of the following factors equally when determining standards appropri-
ate for the intended uses:

G - 87

Forest-wide Direction:
Transportation

* cost of transportation (including operation and maintenance)

* safety

* impacts on land and resources.

B. Construct roads in the most cost effective manner consistent with management area
direction. Use the Forest Highway Program (see FSM 7740) and joint financing of con-
struction as methods to construct facilities to a higher standard when determined appro-
priate to meet road management objectives.

C. Evaluate each proposed timber sale road construction or reconstruction project to deter-
mine the least cost facility (considering cost of construction, maintenance and hauling) for
the sale. Compare the standard required for the immediate harvest and removal of timber
with that needed to meet other management objectives. When a higher standard facility
is required to meet multiple use objectives or for future management, include supplemen-
tal funding to construct the higher standard. The purchaser of National Forest timber shall
not bear that part of the cost necessary to meet the higher standard (see FSM 2430).

D. Cooperate with the Alaska Department of Transportation and Public Facilities and the
Federal Highway Administration in the administration of the Forest Highway Program.
Provide nominations of routes to be upgraded and encourage their transfer to state
jurisdiction, in order to provide safe facilities and adequate maintenance between commu-
nities linked by the Forest Development Transportation System (Consult FSM 7700).

E. Build and manage roads primarily to meet Public needs. Where those roads will provide
potential access to private lands, recognition of the route as a potential State route should
influence appropriate location and alignment standards to avoid future duplication of
construction. Such consideration must not, however, be considered justification for a
higher cost road than is necessary for Forest Service resource management.

F. Consider conservation of petroleum energy supplies in the location, design, and operation
of the transportation system.

II. Location and Design

A. Locate and design Forest Development Roads in a manner which will minimize effects on
wildlife and fish habitat and populations. Consult the Forest Service Road Preconstruction
and Drainage Structures Handbooks, and the Region 1 0 Soil and Water Conservation
Handbook for detailed location and design guidance, (also see Appendix 1)0

1 . Incorporate erosion control and stabilization measures in project plans for stabilizing
all human-caused soil disturbances.

2. Avoid construction on highly unstable uplifted marine sediment as identified in the soil
resource inventory (SRI), unless it is approved by the appropriate line officer after
on-site consideration and appropriate stability analysis.

3. Roading on slopes in excess of the soils internal angle of friction, as identified in SRI’s,
requires appropriate line officer approval after site-specific investigation has been
conducted to determine degree of risk and the potential effects from mass wasting.
Conduct appropriate stability analysis to determine the most effective and lowest cost
method of reducing the risk of roadway failure. Consider constructing full bench roads
and end-hauling excavated waste materials. End-hauled waste materials shall be
deposited at safe locations that will prevent the waste material from entering streams.
Stabilize and revegetate these materials in accordance with prescribed erosion control
measures in the project plan.

4. Locate stream crossings in stable reaches, unless appropriate mitigation measures
are taken. Design crossings of V-notched drainages to prevent debris jamming. Cul-
verts will be designed and installed to prevent downstream erosion. When embank-
ment material is used for decking on native log bridges, install side logs, wood
chinking, and a woven or polypropylene fabric blanket prior to embankment place-
ment to contain surfacing materials and prevent entry of sediment into the stream.

5. Location of roads parallel to fish bearing streams and crossing fish streams will be
permitted only where other locations are not feasible and the management direction

Forest-wide Direction:
Transportation

G - 88

for fish habitat can be met. Where roads are located near fish streams, avoid the
introduction of sediment during clearing, construction and operation activities. Side-
casting and waste materials must not encroach upon the stream course and as much
undisturbed ground cover as practicable shall be left between the road and the
stream. Complete endhaul of waste material will be required where roads are located
near fish streams when there is the probability of downhill movement of the material
into the stream below. Fill will be placed into fish streams only when considered
through the interdisciplinary team process to be the best alternative.

6. Meet fish passage direction at all locations where roads cross fish streams (consult
Forest-wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines for Fish Habitat Planning,
CF1 12). Contracts will specify permissible uses of heavy machinery and the timing of
road construction activities based on consultation with the Alaska Department of Fish
and Game and as determined by interdisciplinary analysis and appropriate line officer
approval.

7. In areas where erosion due to heavy rains on disturbed soil is a resource protection
concern, provide Special Project Specifications that prescribe the maximum distance
beyond the end of embankment placement that pioneering operations may occur.

8. Slope drainage ditches along the road bed with reasonable consistency to the nearest
relief culvert and avoid leading directly into stream channels.

9. Design bridge abutments to minimize disturbances to streambanks.

1 0. Promptly rehabilitate temporary roads in accordance with prescribed erosion control
and stabilization measures in the project plan. These roads will have vegetation
established on the roadbed within 1 0 years following termination of use.

B. Design and construct roads to conform to the Adopted Visual Quality Objectives.

1 . Consult National Forest Landscape Management Handbook, Volume 2, Chapter 4:
Roads, for guidance.

2. All Sensitivity Level 1 and most Sensitivity Level 2 roads shall consider the following
in the design phase:

* Vegetation of slopes seen from the road

* providing 'planting pockets' or terraces on slopes, where needed

* minimizing landform modifications thru road location and design

* vegetative treatment of clearing edges shall consider feathering or free-flowing,
undulating edge to break up the straight line effect of road

* roadside clean-up on all roads receiving general public use or expected to have
such future use

III. Wetlands, Floodplains, Estuaries, Tidal Meadows

A. Locate and design Forest Development Roads to minimize impact to soils, water and
associated resources in accordance with Executive Orders 11988 and 11990 (Floodplain
Management and Protection of Wetlands). Avoid development activities to the extent
practicable in areas of important wetland value, as identified during project interdisci-
plinary team analysis.

1 . Roads will not be constructed across alluvial floodplains, mass wastage areas, or
braided stream bottomlands unless an interdisciplinary team investigation indicates
that individual site-specific prescriptions (process best management practices in the
case of water quality) can be applied to assure protection for the soils, water and
associated resources.

2. Where roads or other facilities are approved for location near estuaries, fills, sidecast-
ing and waste materials must not encroach upon such areas unless recommended
after project interdisciplinary team analysis.

3. Use the following criteria for siting water dependent transportation facilities other that
log transfer facilities such as docks, landings, floats, and boat ramps:

* Locate far enough from known anadromous fish streams to avoid significant inter-
ference.

G - 89

Forest-wide Direction:
Transportation

* Locate far enough from tideflats or subtidal beds of aquatic vegetation to avoid
significant impairment.

* Restrict the filling of intertidal and subtidal areas to those sites having the least value
as habitat for marine organisms and vegetation, unless interdisciplinary team analy-
sis determines that for other reasons (e.g., recreation or visual concern) it is desir-
able to fill the more productive site.

* Avoid areas with established uses, such as commercial and sport fishing, hunting
and anchorages for commercial and recreational vessels, unless interdisciplinary
review determines that location of sites may be accomplished in a manner that is
compatible with such uses.

IV. Quarry and Borrow Sites

A. Locate and design quarry (shot rock pit) and borrow (gravel pit) sites and time their use
to minimize the impacts upon other resource values and meet management area direction.
During the design phase consider the potential for use of the pit to enhance fish habitat
and dispersed recreation opportunities.

1. Rock quarries and borrow pits will be planned through the interdisciplinary team
process. On potentially landslide-prone areas, blasting will be avoided during or within
72 hours following a 2 year 24 hour storm, or until determined that the soil ground
water level does not constitute a high-risk situation. Where other sources are available,
borrow pits will not be located on landslide prone areas. Where no other practicable
alternative exists, quarries will be stripped of their overburden and the excavated
material hauled to a stable location. Stabilization of the overburden material will
conform to the erosion control and stabilization measures developed during the
planning of the quarry or borrow pit.

2. Quarry and borrow pits should be designed to minimize the possibility of sediment
being carried into water courses by runoff. Borrow pits will be located away from water
courses, unless project interdisciplinary team analysis determines that site-specific
mitigation measures can be applied to assure protection of the soils water and associ-
ated resources. Whenever locations near stream courses or other water bodies are
recommended, erosion control measures must provide for drainage from materials
sites to run off through a vegetative screen or sediment basin prior to entering a water
body.

3. Blasting that adversely affects fish spawning beds will be limited to times when eggs
and alevins are not vulnerable. Safe times and distances will be determined on a
site-by-site basis after consultation with appropriate agencies such as:

* Alaska Department of Fish and Game

* National Marine Fisheries Service

* U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

4. The use of intertidal gravel as a source of borrow shall not be allowed in fish spawning
areas. Such borrow will be limited to those areas and methods stipulated in the project
plan as being compatible with the character of the area and where the borrow source
can be returned to a natural appearance subsequent to use.

5. Borrow pits and quarries no longer needed will be drained, unless developed for fish
or waterfowl habitat, and mineral soil revegetated using the most appropriate means,
as stipulated in the project plan.

V. Log Transfer Facilities Siting

A. Site log transfer facilities in locations which will best avoid or minimize potential impacts
on water quality, aquatic habitat and other resources. During site analysis, the Forest
Service will cooperate with appropriate State and Federal agencies per stipulations in
Memorandums of Understanding or cooperative agreements to assemble required data
and evaluate alternatives. The Alaska Timber Task Force Siting Guidelines are reproduced
below (items 1 through 10), followed by additional site selection criteria to be considered

Forest-wide Direction:
Transportation

G - 90

in that evaluation. Consideration should be given to all of these guidelines when proposing

new facility sites.

1 . Proximity to Rearing and Spawning Areas: Siting of log transfer and log raft storage
facilities within 300 feet of the mouths of anadromous fish streams, or in areas known
to be important for fish spawning or rearing, is normally prohibited.

2. Protected Locations: Log transfer and log raft storage facilities should be sited in
weather protected waters with bottoms suitable for anchoring and with at least 20
acres for temporary log storage and log booming.

3. Upland Facility Requirements: Log transfer facilities generally should be sited in prox-
imity to at least five acres of relatively flat uplands. There should also be a body of water
sufficient to provide a minimum of 60 lineal foot facility face.

4. Safe Access to a Facility from the Uplands: To provide safe access to the log transfer
facility and adjoining log sort yard, the facility should be sited where access roads to
the facility can maintain a grade of 10% or less for trucks and 4% for specialized
equipment.

5. Bark Dispersal: Log transfer facilities should be sited along or adjacent to straits and
channels or deep bays where currents may be strong enough to disperse sunken or
floating wood debris. Siting log transfer facilities in embayments with sills or other
natural restrictions to tidal exchange should be avoided.

6. Site Productivity: Sites for in-water storage and/or transfer of logs should be located
in areas having the least productive intertidal and subtidal zones.

7. Sensitive Habitats: Log transfer facilities and log raft storage areas should not be sited
on or adjacent to (i.e., near enough to effect) extensive tideflats, salt marshes, kelp or
eelgrass beds, seaweed harvest areas or shellfish concentration areas.

8. Safe Marine Access to Facilities: Log rafting and storage facilities should be safely
accessible to tug boats with log rafts at most tides and on most winter days.

9. Storage and Rafting: Logs, log bundles or log rafts should be stored in areas where
they will not ground at low tide. A minimum depth of 40 feet or deeper measured at
Mean Lower Low water (MLLW) for log raft storage is preferred.

1 0. Bald Eagle Nest Trees: Site log transfer facilities to avoid bald eagle nests. No project
construction or operation should be closer than 330 feet to any bald eagle nest tree.

1 1 . Minimize the number of log transfer facilities and storage areas by selecting locations
that will accommodate future logging without requiring additional transfer or storage
sites.

1 2. Give preference to locating log transfer facilities along straits or channels when feasi-
ble. When located in bays, large bays are preferred to small bays, deep bays preferred
to shallow bays. Sites near the mouth of bays are preferred to sites near the head of
bays. Give preference to sites where marine vegetation is sparse or absent over sites
with vegetation.

13. Avoid siting log transfer, rafting, and storage facilities in areas with established com-
mercial, subsistence, and sport fishing activity, high levels of recreation use, areas of
high scenic quality, or documented concentrations of species commonly pursued by
commercial, subsistence, and sport fishermen.

14. When an existing log transfer facility in a less than optimal location is considered for
reconstruction, an interdisciplinary analysis will be performed to determine whether
adverse impacts of relocating the facility exceed those resulting from continued use
at the existing site.

1 5. Site in locations that have foundation materials, determined by appropriate subsurface
investigation, that can economically and effectively support the structure through the
duration of it’s design life.

G - 91

Forest-wide Direction:
Transportation

VI. LTF Design and Construction

A. Plan and construct log transfer facilities in accordance with management area objectives
and the Alaska Timber Task Force Construction Guidelines listed below, in order to
achieve effective and environmentally sound designs.

1 . Log Transfer Facility Design: Log transfer facility design should be the least environ-
mentally damaging, practicable alternative. Factors to be considered in selection of
design alternatives include:

* economic practicality

* facility requirements

* physical site constraints

* timber volumes to be transferred (site usage and duration

* total potential effects on biota and water quality, (including biological productivity
and sensitivity) and

* other potential uses of the site and facility.

2. Fill Structures: Fill structures shall be designed and constructed to prevent erosion,
pollution and structural displacement.

3. Timing of Inwater Construction: Inwater construction, blasting and/or filling associated
with LTF sites should be timed to limit adverse impacts to marine and estuarine fishery
resources and avoid conflicts with other user groups.

4. Bark Accumulation Management: The siting, design and operation of the LTF and
contiguous collateral upland facilities shall utilize best practicable procedures and
methodologies to control intertidal and submarine accumulations of bark.

5. Bundle Speed: The speed of log bundles entering receiving waters should be non-
violent and .he slowest practicable speed achievable. Decisions on the allowable
transfer system that can be used will occur on a site-specific basis during the permit-
ting process.

6. Surface Drainage Management: The design, construction and operation of LTF’s
contiguous sort yards and/or log storage yards shall utilize practicable procedures for
control of surface water runoff from facilities.

B. Consider the visual impact of a proposed structure in the selection of alternative designs.
In areas of high visual sensitivity emphasize designs which would be less likely to dominate
the landscape (e.g., a low-angled slide would be more likely to be compatible with natural
topography than a bulkhead design).

Road and Bridge Construction/Reconstruction: LT22

I. Construction

A. Construct Forest Development Roads that provide the stability and durability appropriate
for their intended use as documented in the road management objectives, and which are
necessary for completion of the management activities identified in the Forest Plan imple-
mentation schedule.

II. Reconstruction

A. Reconstruct roads in accordance with the following limitations.

1 . Limit reconstruction activities to:

* Correction of unsafe conditions that cannot be corrected by traffic restriction.

* Repair of situations where use will cause environmental impacts inconsistent with
Forest Plan direction.

* Upgrading of a facility that was not originally constructed to accommodate antici-
pated use.

* Repair of surfacing, bridges, and LTF’s where analysis clearly shows an economic
advantage to protect the investment.

Forest-wide Direction: G - 92

Transportation

Road Maintenance: LT23

I. Maintenance levels, conditions, and inspections

A. Operate and maintain Forest Development Roads in a manner which provides cost effec-
tive support to management area direction and safe travel to users of the system while
protecting the environment, adjacent resources, and the public investment (consult the
Transportation System Maintenance and Region 10 BMP Handbooks).

1. Maintain Forest Development Roads accessible by Marine Highway to the following
minimum maintenance levels:

* All arterial and open collectors: Level 3

* All open local roads: Level 2

* All roads closed or blocked: Level 1

2. Maintain Forest Development Roads not accessible by Marine Highway to the follow-
ing minimum maintenance levels:

* Arterials: Level 3

* Collectors: Level 3 during scheduled activities, Level 2 at all other times.

* Locals: Level 3 during scheduled activities, Level 1 at all other times.

3. Consider protection needs of adjacent resources when planning and conducting road
maintenance activities.

* Road running surfaces and bridge decks should be maintained to minimize the
amount of road surface sediment entering adjacent streams and lakes.

* Ditches and culverts should be maintained to keep water effectively flowing, and
minimize sediment entering waterways.

* Provide for the disposal of waste materials collected during road maintenance (soil,
rock and debris) in a manner that minimizes sediment entering streams and lakes
and meets management area objectives (particularly those regarding visual qual-
ity).

* During snow plowing operations, do not use bodies of fresh water as disposal sites
for snow (and accompanying road surface sediments).

4. Perform Condition Surveys annually. The intensity of survey will be commensurate with
the risk of structure failure. Itemize deficiencies needing correction and present recom-
mendations for corrective action.

5. Inspect bridges at frequency and standards specified in FSM 7730.

6. Use of traffic control devices will be in accordance with the guidelines contain in the
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.

Geometronics Activities: LG

I. Maps, aerial photo, and orthophoto production and updating

A. Provide information and assistance as needed and requested to meet Regional ge-
ometronic objectives, such as: updating the primary base series maps; contracting for
aerial photography; production of orthophotos; production of special maps; and prepara-
tion of map products for publication.

G - 93

Forest-wide Direction:
Transportation

FIRE

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Fire Suppression: PF12

I. Protection Options

A. Due to weather conditions, fire suppression is not a common need on the Tongass
National Forest. Under normal conditions the period of time for fire starts and spread is
short. Fire suppression shall fall into one of four optional categories: ■Critical* (control
strategy), *FulP (control strategy), 'Modified' (contain strategy), or 'Limited* (confine strat-
egy). These options and strategies are further defined and discussed in the interagency
Southeast Alaska/Prince William Sound Fire Management Plan. All suppression actions
that fail to confine, contain, or control the fire’s spread following the first initial attack shift
will result in the completion of an Escaped Fire Situation Analysis. (Consult FSM 5132)

1. Critical Protection Option (control): This option is specifically created to differentiate
the protection of human life and inhabited property and improvements from natural
resource protection. The designation of a site or area with this option is the discretion
of the land manager responsible for the fire protection. Unquestioned priority over all
other fires will automatically be given to control fires on sites or areas identified in this
option.

2. Full Protection Option (control): Areas assigned this designation will receive aggres-
sive initial attack and aggressive suppression actions until the fire is declared out. This
option was designed for the protection of high resource values, cultural sites, historical
sites, and those resources which require wildland fire protection, but do not involve
protection of human life and habitation.

3. Modified Protection Option (contain): This option is to provide managers with an
alternative for those lands that require a relatively high level of protection during critical
burning periods. Its intent is to reduce suppression costs and increase resource
benefits where possible during the entire fire season. Some portions of the fire may
require aggressive action and others may only require a containment action.

4. Limited Protection Option (confine): This category recognizes areas where a natural
fire program is desirable or the values at risk do not warrant the expenditures of
suppression funds beyond initial attack. No suppression actions will be taken unless
necessary to confine the fire within the limited area.

Fuels Improvements: PF2

I. Prescribed Fire

A. The use of Prescribed Fire as a tool for resource management is an ofttimes undependable
one due to shortness of burning opportunities and weather limitations during the burning
season. Use Prescribed Fire, as appropriate, for silvicultural site preparation, wildlife
habitat improvement, slash hazard treatment, and prescribed natural fire in wilderness or
limited suppression areas.

1 . All prescribed fires must have an approved project plan signed by the appropriate line
officer with a designated burn boss, contingency options, and a process for monitor-
ing and evaluating results. All prescribed fires will have a qualified organizational
structure, including personnel, to suit the complexity of burn. (Consult FSM 5140)

Forest-wide Direction:
Fire

G - 94

2. Silvicultural Site Preparation. The District Ranger will assure appropriate interdisci-
plinary specialist participation during planning, executing, monitoring, and evaluation
phases of prescribed fire use. Consult FSM 5140, FSH 5709, FSM 6740.

3. Wildlife Habitat Improvement. The District Ranger will assure appropriate interdisci-
plinary specialist participation during planning, executing, monitoring, and evaluation
phases of prescribed fire use. Consult FSM 5140, FSH 5709, FSM 6740.

4. Slash Hazard Treatment: The District Ranger will assure appropriate interdisciplinary
specialist participation during planning, executing, monitoring, and evaluation phases
of prescribed fire use. Consult FSM 5140, FSH 5709, FSM 6740.

5. Wilderness or Limited Action: The District Ranger will assure appropriate interdisci-
plinary specialist participation during planning, executing, monitoring, and evaluation
phases of prescribed fire use. Consult FSM 5140, FSH 5709, FSM 6740.

G - 95

Forest-wide Direction:
Fire

LAW ENFORCEMENT

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Law Enforcement Activities: PL

I. Prevention and Protection

A. Emphasize the prevention of illegal actions (including trespass), and the protection of
National Forest users, their property, Forest Service employees, Government property,
and Forest resources. Develop and maintain a strong prevention program, using informa-
tion and education, a training program for all Law Enforcement Officers, and cooperative
law enforcement agreements with State and local agencies. When prevention is not
successful, proceed to detection, investigation, reporting of violations, prosecution, and
publicizing penalties received. Promote a Law Enforcement Program that is fair, firm,
effective, and promotes a better understanding of the laws and regulations and the need
for compliance with them. (Consult FSM 5300)

1. Enforce Federal laws pertaining to the National Forest System and Secretary of
Agriculture Regulations under 36 CFR 261. Take aggressive action to discover and
investigate violations of applicable laws and regulations but use discretion when
legally permissible, in deciding appropriate action to take when handling minor petty
offenses which: (1) do not constitute a threat to public or employee safety, and (2) do
not result in resource or property damage of more than $100.

2. Identify sites, areas, and situations which have high risk to visitors or their property.
Minimize these risks using methods such as information and education, official pres-
ence, and cooperative agreements with State and local police departments. If preven-
tion attempts fail, proceed to detection, investigation, and prosecution of criminals.
Cite law violators when appropriate and publicize penalties received.

3. Identify sites and situations which constitute a high risk to Forest Service employees.
Provide information and training for affected employees. Provide full-range Law En-
forcement Officers to assist employees in situations which may become violent. Cite
law violators when appropriate and publicize penalties received.

4. Identify areas and situations most susceptible to loss or damage of Government
property or Forest resources. Minimize the opportunity for loss or damage, using
methods such as official presence, information and education, citizen involvement,
signing, cooperative agreements, and property control records. When prevention
methods fail, investigate and prosecute law violators and publicize penalties received.

5. Identify employees most likely to observe illegal activities on National Forest System
lands. Train and inform these employees in realizing their responsibilities, obligations,
and procedures available to handle these situations.

6. Make all law enforcement contacts in a professional manner which promotes a better
understanding of the laws and regulations, and of the need for compliance.

7. Only Special Agents or other properly trained and equipped personnel will normally
make arrests. However, any Forest Officer should take immediate action when neces-
sary to protect life or prevent serious damage or destruction of property or escape of
a suspect, a loss of material evidence, when such action can be taken with reasonable
safety.

8. Only Forest Service employees specifically authorized to do so, may carry firearms for
law enforcement purposes.

9. Refer to the Regional Law Enforcement Plan for Regionwide direction on such things
as staffing, training, and equipment requirements. Refer to Ranger District Law En-
forcement Plans for more site-specific direction.

Forest-wide Direction:
Law Enforcement

G -96

INSECT AND DISEASE

Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines

Forest Pest Management: QC

I. Integrated Forest Pest Management

A. Maintain the health of the forest by applying integrated forest pest management (IFPM)
principles developed by the Cooperative Forest Pest Management Group during project
design and implementation.

1 . Create ecological conditions which improve the health of vegetation by incorporating
integrated forest pest management principles into forest planning, decisionmaking,
and implementation of project activities. The Cooperative Forest Pest Management
(CFPM) group of State & Private Forestry will be responsible for providing the data
necessary for project planning to maintain or improve the health of the forest.

2. Apply IFPM recommendations of the CFPM group to minimize impacts of pests to the
extent necessary to achieve resource management objectives.

B. Evaluate pest damage to the resources.

1 . Local pest conditions will be evaluated by the S&PF Forest Pest Management (CFPM)
group through ground surveys to determine damage levels and their effect on re-
sources.

2. Data from the evaluations will be used in developing project prescriptions.

C. The S&PF Forest Pest Management Group will provide training, technology transfer, and
technical assistance to Forest and District personnel to assist in management of pest
problems.

Forest Pest Inventory & Survey: QC122

I. Forest and District Cooperation

A. The S&PF Forest Pest Management Group will cooperate with Forest and District person-
nel in conducting an annual aerial pest survey.

1. Forest and District staff will notify CFPM of any pest problems noted during field
activities on the forest.

2. Forest and District staff will determine those resource areas having highest priority for
management of pest problems prior to the survey season and notify CFPM of their
needs.

3. The Forest Pest Management Group will conduct surveys of a variety of forest cover
types and management areas. Surveys will concentrate in those areas identified as
having highest management priority by the Forests and Districts, and in adjacent
outbreak areas.

G - 97

Forest-wide Direction:
Insect and Disease

APPENDIX H

MONITORING PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Introduction H - 1

Level of Monitoring H - 1

Common Monitoring Methods H - 3

Monitoring Plan H - 4

Wilderness H - 5

Research Natural Areas H - 6

Recreation H - 7

Visuals Resources H - 8

Timber H - 9

Minerals H - 11

Wildlife Habitat H - 12

Fish Habitat H - 13

Cultural/Historical Resource H - 14

Subsistence H- 15

Wild and Scenic Rivers H - 16

Watershed H - 17

Land Ownership H - 18

Transportation H - 19

Fire H - 20

Forest Pest Management H - 21

Threatened Endangered, & Sensitive Species H - 21

Social and Economic Health H - 22

Forest Programs and Budget H - 23

APPENDIX H
JUNE 1990

TONGASS LAND MANAGEMENT PLAN REVISION

INTRODUCTION

LEVELS OF
MONITORING

Implementation

Monitoring

MONITORING PLAN

The purpose of a monitoring plan is to measure and evaluate how effective the
Forest Plan has been in accomplishing Forest Plan objectives. Monitoring
provides quantitative and qualitative information on progress and results. It
determines how well assumptions used in developing the Forest Plan reflect
the actual conditions, how well Forest Plan objectives are being met, and how
appropriate management standards and guidelines are. Monitoring is intended
to help keep the Forest Plan dynamic and responsive to changes. It may lead
to changes in management practices, provide a basis for minor adjustments to
the Forest Plan, or even lead to Forest Plan amendment or revision.

Monitoring consists of gathering data, observations, and information. Evaluation
interprets and analyzes this information. Together, monitoring and evaluation
provide information necessary to determine if planned conditions are being
met and are within the intent of the plan, and if not, why not?

Collectively, monitoring and evaluation are intended to determine if Forest Plan:

a) goals, objectives, and assumptions (i.e., the estimated outputs,
services and effects) are valid and being achieved.

b) management area prescriptions and their associated standards
and guidelines are being implemented as directed.

c) management area prescriptions, when applied, address the
management problems and stated public issues, management
concerns, and resource opportunities.

d) implementation costs are as predicted.

e) demand projections are correct.

f) amendments or revisions are needed.

There are three distinct levels of monitoring: implementation monitoring,
effectiveness monitoring, and validation monitoring.

Implementation monitoring determines if plans, prescriptions, projects, and
activities are implemented as designed and comply with Forest Plan objectives,
requirements, and standards and guidelines. Implementation monitoring answers
the questions:

H - 1

Appendix H:
Monitoring Plan

Are the standards and guidelines being implemented as prescribed?
Are the resource objectives being accomplished at the level specified?

It is generally conducted by Ranger District and Forest personnel as an integral
part of day-to-day activities and documented in project files as part of routine
compliance procedures. Evaluation of implementation monitoring may result in
adjusting prescriptions, fine-tuning targets or changes in plan or project
administration.

Effectiveness

Monitoring

Effectiveness monitoring can be conducted only after implementation
monitoring has determined that Forest Plan direction has been implemented
correctly. It determines how effective prescriptions, project plans, and activities
have been in meeting Forest Plan objectives.

The question posed by effectiveness monitoring is:

Did the management area prescriptions and standards and guidelines
result in the expected effect?

Effectiveness monitoring is conducted by resource and technical specialists.
Because effectiveness monitoring may require a considerable amount of data,
it is generally conducted on a limited basis dealing with sensitive areas and
moderate to high risk resource activities, or in response to public issues.

Evaluation of the results of effectiveness monitoring generally results in
adjustments to projects and targets, and changes in mitigation measures. It
may also indicate the need for change to or amendment of the Forest Plan.

Validation

Monitoring

Validation monitoring is used to determine whether the initial data,
assumptions, and relationships used in revising the Forest Plan are correct, or
if there is a better way to meeting forest plan regulations, policies, goals, and
objectives.

The questions posed by validation monitoring are:

Are assumptions and resource relationships used in the Forest Plan
valid?

Is there a better way to meet Forest Plan goals and objectives?

It is usually conducted when effectiveness monitoring results indicate basic
assumptions or coefficients are questionable or where coefficients and standards
are not reasonably substantiated by existing research. Items monitored are
those with strong public interest, Forest Service concern, diversity of opinion,

Appendix H:
Monitoring Plan

H - 2

COMMON MONITOR-
ING METHODS

or those that have the potential to be under or overly restrictive. Validation
monitoring may be data-intensive and may require long-term investigations. It
is generally conducted by technical and research specialists and by means of
the establishment of permanent plots or studies and in close coordination with
research.

Some of the methods commonly used for monitoring follow. These components
may be used singly or integrated with each other.

- The project level day-to-day management of projects and programs
will generally identify deviations from the Forest Plan and resolve them
on an on-going basis. At year-end, Forest Supervisors will submit a
narrative report explaining where significant deviations in standards and
guidelines and/or resource objectives have occurred so that these
deviations may be taken into account for future project/program planning.

- The Supervisor’s Office personnel will conduct routine resource
assistance trips for each Ranger District. The trips are informal visits to
assist in reviewing project implementing direction, solving problems,
exchanging information, transferring technology, and identifying areas
needing higher-level reviews. Resource assistance trip findings will be
documented and usually shared throughout the Administrative Area.

-- A General Management Review (GMR) will be conducted on each
Ranger District at least once every five years to verify that the District is
operating effectively and efficiently. The GMR focuses on the Forest Plan
implementation and how that implementation is being monitored and
evaluated. The GMR will be documented formally with a follow-up action
plan.

-- Activity and Program Reviews will be scheduled and conducted on a
recurring basis. These reviews, conducted by Forest and/or Regional
Office Staff, use an interdisciplinary team approach and are designed to
assure that programs and activities comply with Forest Plan management
direction, objectives, and standards and guidelines. Activity and Program
Review findings will be documented and communicated with the Forest
Supervisor, and will be followed-up by an action plan.

- Management Reviews are line level reviews which check for resource
area compliance with many laws and regulations, with certain standards
and guidelines.

H -3

Appendix H:
Monitoring Plan

MONITORING PLAN

The following tables display the monitoring questions and reflect public issues
associated with Forest Plan implementation. The monitoring plan is not intended
to represent all inventory and other on-going informational needs for project
planning or implementation (For a more in-depth discussion of information
needs, refer to Appendix Q).

The column headings in the tables are explained below.

Monitoring Question - Questions being asked with regard to the general
monitoring question listed at the beginning of each resource.

Monitoring Type - Implementation, effectiveness or validation. In some
cases there may be overlap between types.

Action/Effect to be Measured - A statement of what will be examined.

Methods/Location - How the item will be measured and which reporting
system contains the data or information.

Units of Measure - Applicable unit of measure.

Expected Reliability - An indication of the accuracy of the information
collected and how well it correlates to the monitoring question.

Frequency of Sampling - The schedule for collecting the data-how often
the data is collected and to what magnitude or level of detail.

Reporting Period - The schedule on which the collected data is aggregated,
evaluated and reported to determine if further action is necessary. Under
some conditions the reporting period may be increased (less time between
reports).

Management Responsibility - Responsibility for coordinating and evaluating
the monitoring activity.

Variability Indicating Further Action - The amount of change that can
occur before further action is taken. Examples of further action are:

-- Referring problems to the appropriate Line Officer for action.

-- Revising the land allocation as a nonsignificant amendment.

- Revising the budget.

~ Initiating significant amendment of the Forest Plan.

- Initiating revision of the Forest Plan.

Annual Cost - Approximate costs of the monitoring task. These costs
may not be spent every year, but are the expected average annual cost
over a ten-year period.

N/A = Not applicable

Appendix H:
Monitoring Plan

H -4

Are natural ecosystem processes functioning in designated Wilderness within acceptable limits of change? (Recreation management in Wilderness is included
in Recreation Monitoring).

§ §

c °
<

n m c
BOO
^ 5 r

> i

E |

Si "

S ■§ -o

8^ si

® ■o ® -2 ^

u ® O) fll «

£ C O -£

< o o .E ©

® £
rr ®

U. <0

</>

® <0

- 3

2 o
® £ c 3= sL

= o $ E E

Q- o ® §

Q- c o £

O jc a c

c .2

» s

2 E
h <o

.o ^

“D

- « -5
"5 9 t ■§ o

§ | sJ E s

• '■§ S §- 1 S £

® _2 32 <d « o> a

— > ^ 3 4- T3 CT

*1
.* I

s.1

US's5*

^ 35 c 35 ^ ~ 1

2 § ® o 2 8
o s ® o c
u. a DC a ll «

X |
.X CL

c g>
a) -5

&|
< c

c «

« _ tr

3 ® ® ,0 O

c£ 2 8 a
c^5 o ®
< £ 5 c cc

> c
81.
§ i

it o

I S
| 2^
m CO «

o « 2

^ <0 u

£ © c
H- c co

■6

£ s

3 I

0 8
Ii c

.3 g £

.©

® ®
N c
5: ®
£ 2
±= o
« 2
* 6*

0 0
? O

1 c

—I 0

e* J t

0 ® t» 0

® £ S' ® 3

| -D X s -3

8 g 3 o ®

5 C .o O Q.

ii 1 1 s

Pill

0 "te O 3 ®
UJ .E -D O ~

O S

E ®

® — ® ^
■D ® 3

% OK- -
~

e __

® ® £ -o 2 •
S E5? I £
~ ® 0. -g go

Ei 2- ® o ® «

® E 0 _ TJ .2

j® o c > "2

Q O LL. 0 s .£

o a
Z £

■|n

4 2m®

fill

a
E
0

I5!

£ O
® £
< T3

- 5

f 3J

?!
•M Z

§ |

-C §

8 ®
E £

0 ®

o> 0

5 «

6 i
If

f •

• £
o **

® o

i 2

s o
0
£

^ ^ -s
z* ® ®

5 ? O

i 1 -
c E !»

.2 r- O

C^-

1 ®

I 8

« ~ | 8 « 8

C ® jQ »: f ©

E 0 2 .2

1 E 8 £
'g a ® 0
T3 Z C 0.

2 I

0 -JS ■

Z S'-
© o

1 8

i E
cvi $

® 0
TJ 0

2 S

^ o «

1 1 1

1 Q.I

• 2 3
£ & ®

2 ® 5

in#

Are natural ecosystem processes functioning, without man-caused vegetation manipulation, in designated Research Natural Areas? Are Research Natural Areas
being used for research purposes?

-O a c
m 3 o

a "5 o

> £ <

I *

® E

a»
> c

c a.

2 E

u. o

5 2
* 2
51

5 s

uj £

s 2

° 3

c ©
© £

3 <8

ft a

o a>

c ©

® © E =6
E «r -p

J 3

*- r- 2

2 ©

g oc E .

- O ® TO o
< tj ■£ a

° 2
</) -£
_ CO

ts «
© «
s °

o c

Li. ©

C Z

o tr

a o

-C

s -s

E © 2

a ©
©

<j>

E «

c .a c
3 O E

O ®

«5 ==

£ CL

6 2

(0 <0

2 TJ
CO ^
© <
if) 7

OC £

©</><£

f=- (0 ©

TJ O
© LL

<w
©

1 c ©
to 2 £

08 © .E

(/> CL. "O
TJ g ©

a - 2

TJ TO fr C“
C C ® C
© © © J®
w -Q "D Q_

* TJ

„ Z TJ

°rUs
® 2 ® | 2
s «< - o

ES — .i=Q-

O © 2 ® 3
Q.

ffl

.a CL

u © r

z tr 3

TJ
§
£.s

< c

O o
co -2

A ©

^ O
° c ^
LL © ^

J. k-

tc ©

o a.

Q. _

>»

Q£ £ 5

l o

-C

O TJ "D ©

. _ © >

2 o-g^ -g

TO C 3 2 .5, TO

> *^=

c o

I c

_J ©

■© <2 C

Eoo

O'^

jc
o
©

»- ^ ©
Q.O©

<)>

>»

6 © <
TO°C ^

>_ _c
© o _
x> 5 .E ©

E © N £ 3
3 « ~

3 J = . 11 £

z 2 ^ o z ®

c ©
©

5 ©

-O C
’£ .2
£ co

8 z

2 75

■g §

* g

O ©

.2 a>
= ©
5 oc

. ©
Csi OC

CD ©
C -C

1 2

» <>:
© </>
tj a

2 TO

O ^©

TJ I

§5

<**

Cv.

-C

.*0

4»*

i£

■C

O O)
^ .C
Q. c

g» 2

■2 §
£ 5
8 ©
p g

§ §
„ 00
CO ©
<D Qc
■♦3

c5 CD
O 3
2 §

rL ®

O) x~

e: «s
2 .c

CD ~-
CO P

■iS

•2

111

III

£ i

I I

t: ©

«
oc

• £ 1

>> c

C Q.

® E

£ o

uj £

- 2

o S

C 9

O Z
S
<

o o»

Z £

15 •

~ O «

-o c £ ®
‘> £ © •=
lu a i ®

5g
£ «
51

>»

. Fir

o a. « o

S A

•f s
■> «
o ©
a o

3 *“

g “O

O C

o ©

£ .
c xj =

©CO
3 « «

?3i

SS5

o »
£ c
CO o
o o

O H-

_J o

4 5

£ oj <5

li s

5 »*1

8 r. ®

•« <?o

fl) C 3

<1 o
.E o

C .2L

a £

X) o

8 |

c to

— ©

1 £

2 i ?

In 5 •■§

of®

g « C
o ffl Z

o o © S

Q to © <
tr o. E £

•s

Li-

o p" « -c
_ E ® a

« ® « ^
c $e ® £
5 S n |

< r- <n £

ts ©
« ©
CL O
© «
£ a

-E ©

Q. O

.E |
8 £
g 8
1 J

O o

4 5

1 _f

2 '£ a.

■° r °

.® B -D

O « 2

c « g

> s -

E — «

~ CL ©

| cl
< o ©
" ©

C\J © 42

CO _©

c a-

T3 ©

E o

■p r- ©

C .t Q

« £ >

® s

C -Q
« O

.2 P
c

^ ^4

1*5 1 i I

E © -9 ■ o

g- « S.2 o

g © O 3 % c

<B 1 8 1 8 S

s s

a) 5

E to c
cr 2 .2
•r ° «
•c £

to "O o

o co x

S J® s 5 f

c Q x> Ql a

5 > c _ ra

< OC a « o

? o

2 ©
« ©
O =

2 |
a. «

E ‘
o
O

.y © ^-

sji

a c ®

£> .2 E

g o) E

« « ®

_ o

« ©

“2 e
2 CLDC

^ ® «•
=». ® c
o XI .2

c © p

©CL ®

cl o ©
3 © Q.
O > O
® ^
O xj o

■5 »

1 I

LU C

i ®

4 %

C— ©

S- © »•

o © XI
© ~ ©
> = .£c

■o « 5

< o ■©

to "5 -p

§ i

? 5 «

X) -2 ©
© -S >
DC S ®

A 8
8

li- © X

>»

v> ©

?|c

_l © p

Z E ©

■So I o

LU .E T>

O ®

- E
> 2
© «

— 3
C o

2 c
T> 2
« «
© ©

LU C

"O ^

1 8.5
« Q. £

■g°«
S c a

2 1 I
© © ©
Eg©
o o xj
© © c

3 ©

« ® «
9 £ ©

< i :|

1 1

>< a.

? 05

Forest provides? a*i°n ^teff.

</>

o ©

c 73

> ®

0 ■£

Q. C

1 O

5 a-

GC 5
— 0)
© _

u. ©

’>

9= ©
ID C

Sf
E %

E °

C 73

■2 3 -

« -fc IS

S 8 !

“ Q.

L? *

U- ©

. o

in ©

.E-fi

Z 3 (A

risi

2 <5

C “q.
©

•z: ©

CL ♦*
X C
© —
© ~D
JO ®

_ O

® n
? x
E ®

-Q

■c

<N.

■2

0
0)

■o

>—

t: ©
8.°-

8 08 -5
8 8

U a

<0 *- ©

3 ° ■£

» 1. « D # 1 t!

£* ® * -d 5 :? i -2 TJ >» £ § -£■

= ^ ci<» E2r5mi;t ?i

■ So »8®'"2S8|®®g-g

« T3 O 5^1^® o « 2 £ 3
> £ < <2S.?oc2?^E®«

.- 5 o

O Q. »

111! i

_ go

•g 5 >. § d

2 O 6 ! (fl

Q- > 5=- .£ <

I E

> £
8 =5.

§ i

it o

-O

® £
o 5
u. c o

« 3=
o 5
u. co

£ > c

® , o o

S* £ £ ••§

® C -o

> TJ o £

*. © a. E

5 O u c
.E x o t
ZJ © <0 O

o S>

Ii. 0)

E ^

CD cf

E 2
** a
Z g»

•1 I

o 5
•9> o
o c
o c
CD 2
E €

2 o
to
c
.0

<D
CO

•O

■c

.co

^ <D

1 §

O o

O CO

0 Q)
CD 2-

o>|

1 3

qj *“

£ E

-c $
*- w
S «-

■Q co

•

51
£ s
51

S -c

2.i

"2 TJ
IE §

S «

<D ©
> *
© ©
*“ £
*0 i-

.2 5

u. a

i’S

* |

1 3

2 4

1- <0

C "O
« ®
k. TZ
« £
« ©
>. o

■- 8
■2 2
8 5

tr -o

o I

< £

i 5

— c

I i

111

|1J

1— in S'

C -Q «
— © o

r « 2

S TJ ^

E j; o

3^0

8 I «

o <55 o

« *.
». C
© ©

g-£
E <.
o
o

• 1
E a

3 .

O £

^ O Q

g> " l

-§ TJ- 2
5 © c

« t «
CO S. £

i I

® I

Jl
> §
D) TJ

■i 0
* «

JO .
— ©
. £
CM O

i 0

6 CO

® £ ©
^ r ^

| = ©

c £ •

i<si

* « i
jj «
a £

■s 2

® c
^ o
© o

CO 2

0 ©
•e ©
2 *
0 -Q

t ©
cS

8.S

i 0
E £

§ &
Q 3

•3 s

.« £

c ©

3 E

i I

S'2

ft ®
0 N

U- S

Ol LL.

£ c

I 2
> •

to a

a O c..

I Is

SI2

S* l w

a -e O)
E 8 CM

Appendix H:
Monitoring Plan

.® t O

05 O £ "5 «

I 2 05 § f

I tS £ .E s «

“ 8 « | ® «

| <d o - o ®

Z -C ♦= Q. n *D

2 3 F C c ® *-

m C -77 £ E E © *?

>Z §2- o co s E

<0 ;S > '*~ o o " —

<0 ■*- W v

« 5 o -g =§ 8 s
^°oc « « J

CO (/) (\J O Q. w l.

_ eg -£>-0 T3

a r Q. <D <0

_© q_ E Q. © o ©

.■e © _o ~o ©

~ ® -8

° o£ 2

■2 8 g- s

® m ° o

o ® o 2 .

£ 5 § £ ?

c ©

-Q

O X)

CD E

4= O

5) O

3= E
© o

55 o
£ °
© LU

.9 o

-5 5

< o

-C

N ©
->* -C
© ~
c C
© ■“
©

T> c

g -2

5 I

.2 I

CC © Q_

k. c
© ©

♦= ©

■D

T5 -
C ©
© ©

5 <

o .
c ®
o E
.2 .2
<5 2

cl >

E 2
o o

O (0

■O "

s ®

« _Q

05 E
c 'g=

~ i
>. ®
-Q -V
■E
X» O

£ -c

a <o

5 ®
® o

'I I

r w

E *

C T-| ©

2 S 5

-Q “O

— « - I

H £ § S «

- ® w 3

s i 8 § ®
? 1 5 « «
S. o ? = 1

O £ ® d £2-

C . -

2 is

y Q. O

c" ^ >

2 o i

C C -C

o -n

§ .2 x>

.£3 2

„ -Q E
« c p
£ tS <o
2 b 05

|2 4.

-§ =2 05

.■e >- ®

3 - S

|l J

® g -§

o ®

TJ O

I o

E ©

-o *“

o3 j 8

-i1 E <

CL ~ LD

g- ® OT

CO £ .E

■O

c o

8 3

o ^

.3 O
C

g c I

o ©

CL >
D “D
C ©
. « ©
Tt CL JD

w — .

>- «

111

® o «

40 CL c
~ 2 ®
in o. tj

o ©

2 ~

^ c

-C -Q

o ®

1- ©
o .9-

2 c-

E 2

^ o
©

CD .2

£ «
© ©

c .9-
© *-
c o

-C ©

E ©

- 10 Appendix H:

Monitoring Plan

Are exploration and development of mineral resources accomplished according to Forest Plan standards & guidelines?

>. >

-o s

03 O

>• a> ® w ■“ 'a

JE C ® T5 - TJ .3
— — o — © <n

uiniiii

> E < lu E o 2 « x)

« £>

jc ®

o S « >

r O r 2

® s -5
■a .2 E 2.

> O O -O

lu o 3 o

JE -5 « ~ -2.

♦; ? m C D

A n ? ® c

8 ® ° m 2 ® °

-; « ? 8 -2 .2 ®

(fl l- r .. m r

« « _
® 8 o
c .-g ®

ft E *

3 a
Q „

a> c

<D O t~ A

to ® ~ Q.
2 £ ° to

■?: II

■S J

c £

I £

J 8.

| $

Z a:

2 =5

o 2

LL- C/)

_©

0= 2

.£= © 3=

3 o 5

O IL (/)

c _ 5

« g CO
a: ® -

— o

0 U.

1 ? -

Q <§ 5

r ®

s.0-

>* C
C Q.

§ E

u. o

ii .

-C

5 3

2: a

_Q o

io8

Z Z CL

CL ■«
O C

> ®
6 o

S 3 2

a® 5 o
< © £ ©

o C
c ©
o E

o ®

E S
© ©
~ c
©

Q E

O ©

s «

o Q.

0 -O

1 s
® ~
£ O

"D ®

§ I

'in'

o « w ~
O-E AS

c ® 1 -

2 8 i "S

° © 2 5 ©

o © «= © C\J

€ ®

jS c
© o

it
ft s

~ ©
o ©
(0 ©

o c
© ^
•S* ©
-9 o>

O A

■2 I

LU 2
- 3

C 8

0 2

c ^

o ®

t- "O

.A J

Q. <g
E I
8 >

E ®
E o

<n ®

■s °

® C

O a

3 c E
x» « .2

I 8 ?

® -E a.

112
Q- 5 o
« a) ®
® -o s

o c 2

II a cl

i s

-= > .

2 ® ®

® T3 £

.£ "D O

O <n z. ®

■g * ® 3

®~ E ®

m « o 2

* E

#> ®
m g>
© ©

® j£
® «
®

■o c
a S

® 3 l
X> O CL
■5 o O

o E ®

X> ®

c C -o

o « >.
a o 5
«

</> ® o
2 © ©
Q. D _C

g | ®

U TJ D)
© © ©

■5o2

® s 2

■E « e

If!

o 2 CD

-t - o
X

X ©

So-©

2 d c

2 g ®
^ 2 ^

Q. "D "CD

>< C

5 -C
D> .E

. ©

C £

P O

U ifl

CL ®

“O

0 c

Jn ©
© p

*U E

« «
to 0-

v r

c .9

o ©

•^5 N

g E

S.c

0 E

co ©

tf>

o ^
D ®
O CO

SSI

3 S

Appendix H:
Monitoring Plan

Does the management of wildlife habitat reflect Forest Plan objectives?

i s

I • 3

“lie

2 ®
5 E
S F

£-0^

IJ. O M

C ®

~ o
o c

2 a C «
c c « «
« E Q. o
c ■§ ^ E

£ o f -5
H o s ®

Ifc x 0

z; O f- . m

3? 5 £ 3=

5 ® o a .-=

■= DC o ® >

= «os!

-§>S

S x -g o ® 55

!fc

-5

C g
.2 £
3 3!

s I*

T3 U. o
3? E c
fo o .2

CM -t CL

£ 'S

o 5

LL 0)

I 3
® '2 «
-O Q- f

* E £

in o d

C\J ^ O

Ifc

2 ’S

o 5

LL CO

X I

.>£ o.

11
< c

—a*

t: •

£<=?

>»

>* c
2%
® E

£ 'S

> -O

® £ o S.

=2 8 .® S

c © 2 *j-
< CO Q- O

■o

§Ss
35 3 <

_L « ;•=

a 5 I 2

.o o. o E $

0 0-^3^

1 O £ Z o

3 g s

CL— O

£ S o
3 3 .1

« _e c

si 2

8. 2 c

E “ «
o ^ «
O o -o

■M W ^

coo

o> 5
0
c

0 A

E s £

'5 « 3

1
£

#> "o

TJ
O

-g “

■2 TJ
® — o _
O Q. C

t» « ®

«i=?

-1 c

® f «

■St o “D

3 I *

« 2 ^ =
> E £ 5

o «
° S'

C CO &
3 ^ 3

° «

, . ©

« ®

s -g

« E

£ 3
® =

3 0,®
#> _ 25
CD ^ ~

1*1

® — =
2 £ S

LU 2
w 3

c S

O s

o D> -

o>.E o -

2jS.S

O o £ ®

C c •= £

»> = -s

- ' 0

-C

5.3.

£ ® -O

0 5* c

xz ^ 0

W ■*w

■o «

£ := ©
® D O)
0 C
c Q. 0
o ® -c
.^500

0 4^

ffl CD

2 .-e .-e
CL XI -Q
o « CD
CL £ £

> c

« 9 ”

® « ■§

! S£ £

.1 1 .s i

E D) c ®

® 2 ® g.
® « S o
Q E ■£ cl

c 0

3 • O

C E .®

® — 2
£ « Q.

Q XI CL o

a C
■c © „

XI XI oi

« P E
■*= 3 ^ tS
® c ® -2.
£ o 2 2

® >. ® “■

.E XL ^ ©

El!£

5 a? E
a a — o
Q o O £

3 *-

o o>
S £

♦*

4> s
11

.■e

-O

O w to

TO 3 a.

£ O) w

o c ®

2 ■?£
< © ©
- o £

■O

1 -

c ©
.2 E

0 ©

— o>
3 0

CL C

O 0

0-5
© 0
< £
CM O

CO 2

IJS

Q ©
© ©
Q. O)

® s

2 o

■0 0-0
c E
« - ®
« O) 2

"2 -E -o
0 © ©
"O -Q *-

E © o
« ®

® .E -D
© © ©
< "D c

5 c
CO CD E

Imple-

menta

C .± © -=

0 -O E 2
c © 0 E

1 f ■■§ 1

•C C 3 2

•D

2
a ^

- 0

® C

® 0 a fc
® £ 0 ®
© 9 Q- c

5 0

1 s
® £

-C

5 Q- ~
tj E © e

■D
C ^

> O
C 3

0 ®

Q. 2

5 0
2 a

i s

UJ ^
/A ©
■§ .2

E g
J 2

C X->

a £

0 ®

O C

E ®

<2 §

3 0

X -0

® ®

« J2.

1 2

. c

Ex#

- £ o-
« O -o
If © ©

a 2 ®
r a a

-Q .©

3 C**

33
3 1

^ 0
a. a

k- ts O

c .2

® c
E 0

Are fish habitats maintained or enhanced, and are fish project objectives achieved? (Many of the questions which concern fish habitats are included in Watershed)

o 2 5 ®

£ £1 | c

* z. « a, o

1*? I I

oO®«-

< TJ £ E TJ

.o £ £ £ c
o « ii .2 ..

“ -P t >50

.2 £ p 2 = * *
J i | 2 S

< e 2 O ” Ctr-

S I

Eo
m

~ ©

1 1
O 9:

.© c <o

® -S >

■o 1>
ge e .®
10 0.0
CM ^ O

o "®

•p Q-
.2 o £
> P ->

_ Ql

■D « -5

# E 0
- o T>
©

■O

5 £
u- 5

c S
§0.

If?

c a

§ i

w 'fr-

— 8
© '♦r O

3 O Q

1*2

o 2
3 CL

C <?

it 0

< to Q.

< A

High

•

,-c at

? 3

xj a

3 Z

X 0

. ©
|S®
55 £ <

■2 ©
S n

c 5
c ®
< CO

-*-> W

g a

.© 3
2 2
a! O

i) ao Eu.

X O 2 o

<0 ®
>

® o

ST c
a —

■R «
O ^

JP TJ
in o
© 'JS

Q. Q.

E E
a o
co o

f ?

-o *
z ©

O -D

£ £
© 3
©

c ^
© *=
*E ©

- ®

c ® ©

S o'

-Q © a.

5 ■§ 3

® ■§ o _
« c *: o

-J E £- o
© © E 'tf
2 “5. P c

0 ©

c 3
« 5

? »
a .g

1 1

1 2
© *“

o ©

i o
© ©
a> a)

m ©

J5 ©
» ©

° 2.
©

S -2

3 £
o ©

•o

C _
© 2

©" ©
nj ©
c ®

« 2
« o
o #>

« c

T3 ®

■K «

a <0

08 o
® c

o £ o c
® I 2 «

« t- c E

® ofl O ®

® ^ £5 O)

^ © t c .

E 2 Q-S s
g 8 c^. -|
2 « « a> S
v> 5 h- £ cc

■o >.

_© CC
Q. <

E 5

0 c
o .E

go
O ® E

CL £ ®

• 2
2.5

s 1

« c
.•e *-
x> c
a 3
£ 0

2 "

3 ° j-

S 3 "o

. 3

o •

c •
O S

H- ©

o o

c J

0 ©

« 1

1 ®

c c

I .2

a. a
E -9-

o c

^ -2 £ ^
^ «a .2 .-e*

® S -s C 3

^ -D 5 o «

® c "o 2 «

c 2 c ® o

C © ♦2 "Z flf

fc- o © ©

£ •= -o 5 S

DO©

a> .

E 3
3 • °
c E .©

c © © 2
E f E ®
^ o ® CL

® ® 2 o

Q XI Q. o

® »- c
.-t © t
X! _o o

3 O)
© c c

.E f © .©

5 “S ■« Ql

® §-r ®

O o o £

o a»

i 8

<i> s

O V)
® V)
5= ©

(ii c

o»

0 3®-.

® a) E 2

^ * Q. c
c « p -
2 ^ -= "o
« ® a> 2
2. -o .c £

o o
Si <n

_ © C--

S -o s

— So.

® o e ^ c--

3 °8 c c1 ^

C m «
.2 -O C
■S3®

2 c» e

3 °8 c
C © m
.2 "2 >
« -§ O
.9- c ®
^

® <0 ®

< -O s

oi « =

o xi

m ®
« CL

| 2

£ «
O .-e

?«

2 -p

3 ,2

£ TJ
o ®

® m

5 2 2 3.
15 £ ‘

S' 2

* 2
o c

X XI
. c
CO «

Q- E
•p o

S 0

I ®
© ©
c -o
® ®

« X

c £

® c
E «

® o>
c .E
© o _

r* C**

C T) t

• J-s

ip <2 o

i-2

t: a
a. a.

- 13 Appendix H:

Monitoring Plan

c T> «

oi5.Ej

~ "5 § a) c <o

g 2 o ^ g © ®

T3 Q. *r -2 Q. ©

w © u O c

F x> c **= ^ t

B O o s O •■£ is

OJ ^ t h o 5 (D

-c j=

.2 o
LL- (j)

« 1
c m

□> -Q
© a
a: x

c J=

>»

*■5= ©

CO ;—

X ^
<n P.

|S
6 1

c *5
2 ©
© "O
*c c
Cl ©

2 H
Q. .

Q_ ©
© ©

? 1

8 «

£ -
- "O

C^.

•c

■8 -

§•1 g>« |
° D | « E

£E

.tr

-Q

v-'

> -O
o ©

*r _c

-C

c o

3 E
o ♦=

o ©

L-

J3 m c

■ So

■2 T>

> i <

i I

& "

f 8.

I 8

Z a:

c ®
&

8.'

>. C
C Q.

2 E

u. o

1±

5 1

c s

C ®

c ©
° Z

si
* 2*

o a»
Z =

T3 -X 3

LL. ©

S£

Z O

u 4 «

t <o £

3 C O
O « >
O C •_

o c o

- * S ° £

c ® ■= -
© 's;

E “

3 ®

O £

Q O T3 ©

® »
® ©
•C .-e
LU <o

4 2

O O

c ©
r ©

E CL w
© c ©

o) .E s

"ZS

S 2

® c >

c «

E © —
« © o

-* 3

O © tp

C 3
© o

t g ® «V

“

E c

o ^ o E

| 1

^ a !2
>. «

X .x

. c

T- 3

£ O T) «
<0 © © >

- 14 Appendix H:

Monitoring Plan

What effect does Forest Plan implementation have on subsistence opportunities on National Forest Lands?

O V)

6.^
o 2 *
®

s 5 £ = -g S>

1 § £ * * 5

« 5 .52 O 0 x

i fc in Q. H o

-Q 5=
3 <5

" 55

to ©
<0 o
P £

C ©

> c
o =
C Q-

D E

EL (0

gTo)

it o

6 3

s «

z o

c ©

® ® ® ® o

C W -Q 3 ©

E <a in 2

<»

. <b
S g1

s-^

» o

5 O)
5 .E
2 ©
-D

^ o

^ E

« J E

o < *5

S « "

o OJ

TS *0

s |
© tl

'o «

® 9-

CL®

£ Z § ”

to ® >- }2

§ E ■“ 2

03 D) .2 <
-C © O ©

®s a-

! s w t

£ i“S <

O T3
C ©
© Q.

» T3
■ti <o

E «
® ©
■e ;=
o «

Cl ©

E 3

s "
© ©
a: >
© ©

2.*

o r?\

k. V

o o y>
i- o o
E © g;

I3t

c ■g

LU £
. 3

O S
c o
2 2
o ©
< m

c >»

.t j:
— .-e

« *

§■§

o .©

c *
o a

2 C

3 3 •■§

O © T>
® <0 :=
3= ® «
LU C >

O o

■D ®
© u
ts ®

5 3=

.9- ©

1 1

as ®

® ■£
£ O
® “w
< T>

. c
r- as

o ®
« ©
.® x

.t: -*-

> c-

S 1

a ©

£ ®
® o
E c
© ©

g\»

C ©
©

C ^

c ©

£ O*

D ©

• o

2 |

2 |
.© ©
JZ Q.

-15 Appendix H:

Monitoring Plan

Is the outstandingly remarkable character of the units of the Wild and Scenic River System being maintained? (Monitoring requirement applies to all eligible
rivers recommended for designation for three full fiscal years following approval of the Forest Plan, and continues for all designated rivers).

§ 8

§ °
<

> i <

"o ■:=

-2 x>

o ®

3 .

~o 5
2 >

-Q -A

ffl ^ c

o 2 c ® m
® o .E xj ®

£ ^

3 .

“2 ©
£ >

“D ^
© O
©

3 C

75 X3 © ' >r

X) © C g o
>. Q- o 2. xj

® .2
CD

c ©

<0 S

3 C

c t_ © CO ©

« O

O ^

< O X) > ^

o o

o ♦=

X |

.* Q.

c g>

1 1

< C

.. *
c =

c a

2 Q.
« $
2 CC

® .2

CL Q

V) <»

•K « ®

2 ©

o o

li. © OC

O jfc.

a: 5
^ c o
© _

« °

o ^

Li. CO

DC 5
^ CO

LL CO

t: a)

Si*

CD O

•S o i -o

8 s I ®

U ® Q- J r

< .E £ oL o

_ ®

® A £ A C

2 o o «

3 ±; c .-e

OC—c'-L
</) O CD O CD

£ E .E E .E

> C
o :=
C Q.

s i

it o

A « O

c c --e ^

O ^ _® E _<n

O C CL c 'rr,

c .2 E .2 c

1 1
l2££

5 3

£ o

, -D

o ®

® ■ "D C

® ® .E ® «
> -3 © .E -E
if > E « ®

Jr ®

cc >

. "O

5 8

c "® «
•« .E -§
E 2 ®

■>

3 ®

J!l

O -o

•O

E "2

5 §

3 ©

0 © o

o O c
© ©

■° « -g <5

IllM

1 s s ! !

uj £

* 5
° 8
c ©
© 2

»♦—

■6

■O

■D

>»

•D

-Q

k“

•5

■©

"©

2 =

o *

3= ®
111 C

8 be
OT m
1 §
5 '-8

« QC
< X>

. c

E ©
d) © ~n ©

*§•1 s
© .s c o

® m ° ©

S f g o

c 2 Q. t!
® » o

_ _ «

c ©

CD ^

■° ©
“D C
© O

c E
O) o
•©

’c

1 1
5 1

75 co

g |

■— ©

« >

z cc

8 be

? §

2 $ «

< T>

. c

CM «

<£> .2

5 «
£ ™
« c
c ®

® -O

E «

8> .2

g.?.
© *-
c o
c ©

c £ -0

E | *1
© ©
CD © m

C O

E O TD

p ♦- ©

.E c c

8 ir
« <5
1 §

■D
©

"O
c
©
to

.z%.
^ © .2
~ 5 q.:

t> 3 Q.
© O) ©

*5 «
-O?
c ®

« -s;
« ©
8 75

C^-

o 2

| 8

> a>

CD ©

c JZ

Are soil productivity, water quality, and riparian values being maintained? (Some of the questions which concern watershed are included in fish habitat).

I
"So

5 -g s

> £ <

c i

E g

§*8.

I s

Z oc

o O p
x; c _®

~ C
> ©

•U Q-

® o E -o
© ® CD 2

# E

lO o

■o 2= c c
‘> 5 '® ©

■O

‘>

CvJ ^

lli m x> E

Z &

® T3
O _c

LL. <0

_ 3=

® 5

CD (S)

(T £ ®

o il 2

'3 ©

b « $

> ^ ® TJ

5 0 0 =

>5 => "2 2

LU O') 0 © ©

! I

"S !t= > ^

5 « « «

.. c 35

<0 _ O __
CD ®

-L.® -C

0 LL <o

‘r ©

* ? $ I

2 §)■§ 8
Q © r ©
IL OC © OC

“O - ^
— "O O

o ® o

£ ©
© -=
o ©

5 ^ j.
'S > 0

c .©
© ^

- 1 "2

■O ©

° « ® l

S O- 0 2

£ £ g

C »- L-
’© ® _>»

g | .
c © .2> ©
° > o >
O O ^

■g 5 i-
® g 55 a

<g .2 T-, ®

it! O) ® 0
° ® x: ©
LL (X </> OC

X §
.x Q.
c

S S

< c
o
5

r ©

>»

5|
* s
51

( o

§ S 2
5 5 §

r-.

■o 5

_© 2
CL ©

E £
o c
o .E

t; 5 e
.2,0®
‘o' © ©
n” tr >*

O ©

c O

O
©
o'

<*■2 Q.

iff*
sill

(D W £ ©

"oL **o c
E -o ®

— o

“O

O -— ©

® E ©
o ® £

S » «

« o>

T) o o

-5 °--o

< 2 S

§1
c ®
O £

o o
c .®
- o

g 5.

■2 _c

§1
© O
CL

2 S

E C

^ 2

»I
® €
0 c

5 o>

£ .E

2 o

LU E

® "0
c c
=1 -2
sg «

.3 2

1 c

E 2

2 ^
® c
T3 0

O ^
C i_
3 ®

C -g
o E

O 3
r- C

o *
•c .c
® •«
Q- 5

E E

3 -q O
ego

<D JC ©

6 9-
® 2 .i
5^g»

jl. XL
c 5

*= ® ©
© c -o
c e

1 *

2 2

.= © ©
i S’ «

■O

511

Imple-

menta

Imple-

ments

<D ©

■o »- *2

^ 3-S*
S S e

S5 ®
0 -.E

■g 5 ®

•E i o

4- i X
c © - Q

O -

16 u « |
® c 2
.£««■§
E >. ® -c

-E © ^ ©

® 3 (O -Z

Q cr © o

</>

■o

o «

.E ° E

o> | ~

•I S £

I 3
£ 2

"O ©
© ©
-C -Q
© m
t ©

2|
J »

O O

1 -b
® “
CD

0 - — .
§ OL

S ?

"S ®

0)5 £
E o "5
® 0 E

_Q ® 0

■o c

0 «

e*-

^ UJ w

5 S ®

_ o E

LL.

2 g 2
< « a

■4-*

CliCL-i

2 o

0 o

> "O

■O E

0 I
11

4 ®
S’-2
g -5
® 2

5 %

•c 2

<2.2

® I

£ 2

® “■

I *

co E

>, ®

-t 0

g 5

3 r>.

cr ® 0
I- 0 p
2 « ®

r?l

1 e i*

2 -o 0
2 g 3
CL 0 O

.2 ^

T> 0

« O- ®

^ ” £ »

® 2 « ®

P g 0 O

® i 2 3

!f| !„.

E | a § |

« i= ® E o

z ®

<0 -^2"

-f ® o .2 E

N if.

O P O

i s -§ « 5

.® 2- 5 © 1 ®

E « ? ®

§ 5

^ C/)
o “O

"5 o

1 #
< °

, c

D 3
O v)
O) ~o

c
©

? £

</)
.*e
c

CD D

£ ■? I

® s

8* I

c
co

u r-
© .E

5>§

| Q ^15 .«

c .
<D O
C o Q_
2 O O
£ Q_ co

“O

—

C/)

O T>
C <D

P
^ >
~n ©

O g

£> $
:>

O c
3 .2
"O '</>

o o

<0 0 0.0

8 8
© s
< £

O-

.§

■*3

•O'

•S

•*—

<15

■*3

-2

■♦3

-C

-c

CO-

-C

0
.a
-c

Does the transportation system efficiently support Forest Plan objectives?

3 8

§ °

ja <5 e

0 o o

a "5 o
> — <

, o

<T>

o 5

c a. .

# ? o

0 75 -p

1 «= -2 I S

O <0 C3> ® >

cl F c a>

C .2 ® c ©

« £ ® « o'

H « E E o

sf .X

® « ± c -g

O -o 0 3 S g °

2-«'2®o>^cl/j

.ST p o -g c © © ®

c*--ag*=PE>
£-Oc“®D®~

■2®tocE<o©.®,

c I*

® c

gi
I s

Z cc

r ©

S-®
<sf S

>»

O)
>. C
o =
c a.
S E

k. «h

u. o

E >,

>»

§ i

Y- ©

.as*

£ «

•ft r; 1- <0 ® ©

° § ® [L ® ®

8 -o E b E 13 d

i 2 1 oSfl

1&
© .9*
cc

’>

’■H

_©

.ti

»!
c o
o Z

•0

o ®

< m

-- "O s

•K c ®

% 2 ~

O to ®

® T> ~

2 c 3

CL 0 D>

JS JO
o ®
<o‘ _®
® *
•“ o

c E

3- 03

O’ ir

*- .t;
© ©
O) LL
© 1—

8 -1
s.«

_ c
© ©
■3 E

. o

<0 3

CL 2
2 £
m c
<o* O

! I

2!
2. °

a> o

<0 c £

* 5

c £

E ®

U> _
© -C
C O

E I

_c c

S .2

T> ©
C ®
« =6

® -s

m «

O CD

S c

4 2

,±

m ®
£ ©
LU C

TO I-

O d.

TJ ©

0 £

TJ 0

a u.
O w
*- ©
® to

< 0

■o »
E ®
® CD

3 E

o ©

t> a:

£ 8

■O *•—
c o
© ^

:1 °
ifi c
C ©
© ~

I §>

• s

o E

2 1

5 «"•

~D E
© ©
O) O)

JS
£ 0

E f
© ©
O) Q.

0 0

■s 0

c c
© ©

T3 ®

C T3
© ©

E 2

0 ^

E 2

E 0

£ 2
O O to
2 ® C
_ Q_ O

~ <n

o ® Ll

P £ t-

c 1 -o t5
00c®

0 © * o

. .£T g -o ©

(0 c i © 3

-19 Appendix H:

Monitoring Plan

Does the management of prescribed and wildfire reflect management area objectives?

111
5? o
> £ <

O HJ

•g ® <8
<8 ®
Tj a o
g 'o 3
ob 2 o

O 2 <0

O 8 £

- "D oi
(0 -2 ©
-O 5 o
®'o 3
CD 2 O
m J5 <0
O 8 £

C I*

E %

g i

| S

2 tr

<0 O
£ Q.
O CL

u. <s

£ -2
2 «
Z Q.

<o p
£ Q_
O CL
LL ©

t: ®

it
« Si

>»

> c

C Qo

3 E

it o

0 ©
"© ^

1 -g

< ®

o ®

To ^

| -5

< ®

1±

5 3
£ <0

8 S.

id £

s 3

° a
c ®
2 2
o ®
< m

i 1

•s w

O <n
c ©
o 3

-D 'O C^-
® ® T3
o.£ ®
_ ® <5 «
■ 2 Q- £ ®
~ x « 4=
2 ® CD „
c ©

3
#>
o ©

T3 35 c'-
® © T>

o -E ©

r © .^2

X « ■

« T) © CD

3 —

'©

“©

"©

.■e

-O

-C

&|
c *

O CD
2 =

5= 8

LU c

-O

_©

*©

E E

■§ «
8*1
§ I

<D ©

2. c c^-

I E I

5 o o
© © .©.
cvi £ o

- 20 Appendix H:

Monitoring Plan

Is the health of the Forest being maintained by applying Integrated Forest Pest Management principles?

t: o

C o.

§ E

£ 'S

* S

c ©

uj 2

w co
c ®
o S

C P
o o>

z =

- 03 —

£ £ =£ -o _

o 5 5 c o

u. Z a) a u.

_ o> 8

See.®
>* © © >
in E E 2

“ c
to .2
® ,-c
CL XI

<0 C

lit

r, © ©

® -D I

21 S5

A <0

S I

Q- c

O jg

U ©

CL Q.

c 6

.2 © w
<p S LU ©

til!

to g
® -b

O CL

Q- c
E .2

il r 2 o

■§ ®

1 1
D) O)
| 2
JE ©

■S ■§

® ?
2 ©
O) c
© o

S c

I c ■o
® « <0
~ E

' m ‘c

O CO =

c ©

I s

o ®

a g

Q- - P> « -

o ®

.£ «
« c

<D ©

Q. E

O) 3 ©

■2 o)

® .E

1 «

2 E

c «
.E -o

(/}

■D

■a

5
.c
co

-Q

5
3
co
■c

.L-

€

•O

•is

6
a

.©

.§>

,<&

■o

•§

€

f f

fill

III

E |
Si «=

*s.

>* C

a =
e n.

S E

£ o

5 3
£ «

5 I

uj 2

c ®
O Z

O O)

Z £

1 <0

I 1

CL ^ X) 5=
0)0®®
C (O to ®
E C Q. <0

I -2 O |

_ ©
e - -c:
E . xj p
* = «
r o

.<2 (0 _ <o
u. „ « ®
„ ® c DC
to £ O .

S2 15
o 5 « 5
u. § a: 35

^ ©
<0 -O

2 E

o 3
< C

-E <o

TJ ®
c o
® ®
8- a.
® (0
X3

« O

« 5

> v>

ofl

’o

6 5

.ts

-Q

> C

■O

.-e —

c ©

S s

c ®

■0-*

§ £

i ©
.>< o.

Plan being adversely on popula-

affected by management tions.

actions? Are populations
showing a decline?

Social and Economic Health

-O « c
« o o

5? 5

> £ <

£ "O .E #> ®

S 2 ® g Z

•t .2 a>_£ «

5 "S «

2 n «

C T>
O) ©

.rim o-2
CO CL o (/) <

'o ©

<0 <0
c| 8

c 5 <

■= .2 O t UJ 5 §

m « -o o 2 £ o.

_ t «

o-os®

C 13

2 « C £

® 3 1 1

'5 o>

o. E .E

c^.

€

<15

•2

= t

M
& c
J a

a $
2 IE

r s

£ fa

>- c

C Q.

® E
a
c/>

£ o

5T-

—

5 3

c «

« g
I 55

a> J?
© .E
cc c

>»

o ^

■jz ©

CO ©

E o ?

o “■ I

c -a o
” (0 a
<o -n ©

|i»g

t (O o ^

Q- E c ©
© o © >*
cr co co

1 1

#> 55

£ c
o o

JSc

—I © ♦=

.a>

*£

■6

£:

.co

uj Z

s 3
° %
c ©
.2 2
o ®

< m

c H
o o>
2 £

>, ©

Q. ©

£ ©
-C

.E o

E ®

O ©
f— ~
© O

£ ST 5 5
©'

« w C 4-
qO © o

.IS c ©
© © c ^
o ■> >* c
© -^ _0 o

£ Q_ o
LL B E CO

-3- © © LL

_Q T>

! g

o 2

® S

To “D
> £
“O ©
C it=
© O

^ O
"D ©
© —
© ©
© >

£ “O
© _

cr ^ o ©

^ o 3 ©

■o ® -o ®
§ ^ 2 §
-D 5

_c © Q.

o T>

3 C —

T5 © © C

S4f«i

£ Z o .£

T3 E
C O
© O

8 ~ *
1 8 g

■« © "O
© <- .2
© ♦= ©
m 3 ©

-E CO m
E - «

® c «
® o ^

o ^ <

.£

'©

■2

‘is

j*.

E ^

XJ &

c ©
© ©
© —
3 O)
© c

n ©

11 O-

q. co 2 x)

. 22 Appendix H:

Monitoring Plan

Are programs funded as anticipated in the Forest Plan? (Program monitoring details are provided in the other monitoring elements).

•SI

ill

_ ©
c o
<0 c
.c co

ir 5 C

Li_

r- ©

E « -o

o <o ® tr

P ~ ^

c <
© —

®>8«-EE E

CD C\l -O © © CL X> V)

sz t «

“ c 5 ©

! 1 1 1 a

i I ! ! |

> 2 2 = jd

LU Q. Q. i O

"5 *

5 c3

lit?

«i5®
> I E ©
® 3 I

JD © t

i«

• c

-- 5
E .2

■- ©
E .2

« ®

CD <3>

JL C C

2 c *S

t § S>

O r-- CD

« ■o ©
- C 55

DC O) ©

t: ©

® i i

>»

>* c

2 E

it o

a <2 ^

-C

5 3

“O

~ 4 %

•- S £0

td E ^

P ? °

E E cl

O © ©

tr •?= o> cc .

P ~ i

o —

g- ©
© •—

QC £

s °

Q a

-6

a E
<2 o

■o

’ #A ©

C/) >,
C _ ©

?|?o

« 2 c

- p t

« 2

® ^ .t:

? i £ 1
©£■0 0-
<r .£

O ©

ig 1

« « c °-
o-*- o t>
E Er 5

o 2 > °

Ot JlL

- 3
° S

c ®
O 2

So©

L? « j=

“■to
® a ®
|SS „
i ° t) 5

Q n a o

c _

-O 03

c -*5

iH
| £ 1
t « «
® © ©
® > >
Q ® C

<j> ® -c
■n in **

0 O Q.

1 I ?
2^-S
g ° 2

♦f © © 25

® 3 2> -2

Q cr 3 Q

A S

6 2

® ©

o |

to to
© ©
o c

LL. _©

s ts s

. o 5
r-u. o

<0 £
© ®
> E

® i

CD E
E ©

2 -2
< Q.
. ©
CsJ O

> C-
© ©
SI c
o ©
© E
o ©
>

o-.i

«!l

_© o

■8 S .§

*C © 0.
CO ID ^

> © ©
»_ ^ ©
2.-0
# C IL

^ T3 _2
© © z
^ © ^_

<? !
CO o c

1 2
il

5 13

I!
.2 |
© —
C Q.

- 23 Appendix H:

Monitoring Plan

APPENDIX

APPENDIX I

BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

The Clean Water Act of 1972 (Public Law 92-500), as amended in 1977 (Public Law 95-217) and 1987
(Public Law 100-4), has the objective to restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and biological
integrity of the Nation’s waters. The Act provides a means to protect and improve the quality of the
water resources and maintain their beneficial uses. The Clean Water Act (Sections 208 and 319)
recognized the need for control strategies for nonpoint source pollution. To provide environmental
protection and improvement emphasis for water and soil resources and water-related beneficial uses,
the National Nonpoint Source Policy (December 12, 1984), the Forest Service Nonpoint Strategy (January
29, 1985), and the USDA Nonpoint Source Water Quality Policy (December 5, 1986) were developed.
Best Management Practices (BMPs) were recognized as the primary control mechanisms for nonpoint
sources of pollution on National Forest System lands.

To comply with State water quality standards, the Forest Service is required to apply BMPs that are
■consistent" with State Forest Practices and other applicable State water quality regulations. The
site-specific application of these is designed with the consideration of geology, land type, hydrology,
soil type, erosion hazard, climate, cumulative effects, and other factors in order to fully protect and
maintain soil, water, and water-related beneficial uses, and to prevent or reduce nonpoint source pollution.

Direction for the use of BMPs on National Forest System lands in Alaska is included in FSH 2509.22,
Soil and Water Conservation Handbook. The handbook describes the application, monitoring, evaluation,
and possible refinement of these BMPs. This appendix provides a listing and brief summary of the
Best Management Practices used in the Alaska Region.

Best Management Practices may be defined as: land management methods, measures or practices
intended to minimize or reduce water pollution including, but not limited to, structural and nonstructural
controls, operation and maintenance procedures, other requirements and scheduling and distribution
of activities. The following list includes the practice number (from the Soil and Water Conservation
Handbook), name and objective.

I - 1

Appendix I:
Best Management Practices

NUM-

BER

PRACTICE

OBJECTIVE

12.1

Determination of Cumulative
Watershed Effects

To determine the Cumulative Watershed Effects (CWE) on
the beneficial uses of water caused by multiple land
management activities, distributed over both time and space.

12.2

Soil and Water Resource
Monitoring and Evaluation

To determine effects of land management activities on soil
productivity and beneficial water uses; to monitor baseline
watershed conditions for comparison with State standards,
Forest Plan standards and guidelines, and estimation of
long-term trends; to ensure the health and safety of water
users; to evaluate BMP effectiveness; and to determine the
adequacy of data, assumptions, and coefficients in the
Forest Plans.

12.3

Watershed Improvement
Planning and Implementation

To improve degraded watershed conditions, to minimize
soil erosion, and to improve water availability or quality.

12.4

Floodplain Analysis and
Evaluation

To protect floodplain values and avoid, where possible, the
long and short-term adverse impacts to soil and water
resources associated with the occupancy and modification
of floodplains.

12.5

Wetlands Analysis and
Evaluation

To maintain wetland functions and avoid adverse soil and
water resource impacts associated with the destruction or
modification of wetlands.

12.6

Riparian Area Designation
and Protection

To maintain and protect water quality, and to minimize
adverse effects on riparian areas from logging and other
land disturbing management activities, with the exception
of beatable minerals that fall under the jurisdiction of the
1 872 Mining Laws, or require a NPDES wastewater discharge
permit.

12.7

Streambank Protection

To minimize sediment production from streambanks and
structural abutments in natural waterways.

12.8

Oil Pollution Prevention

To protect surface and subsurface soil and water resources
from nontransportation-related facilities.

12.9

Oil and Hazardous Sub-
stances Pollution Contin-
gency Planning.

To minimize contamination of waters from accidental spills
by use of appropriate contingency plans.

12.10

Control of Activities Under
Special Use Permit

To protect surface and subsurface soil and water resources
from physical, chemical, and biological pollutants resulting
from activities that are under special-use permit.

Appendix I:

Best Management Practices

1-2

NUM-

BER

PRACTICE

OBJECTIVE

12.11

Management by Closure to
Use

To exclude activities that would result in serious and adverse
damage to facilities or degradation of soil and water
resources.

12.12

Water Well Construction and
Management

To protect ground water resources from contamination
transmitted from water well developments.

12.13

Administrative Site Planning
and Management

To locate, design, and manage administrative sites to prevent
water pollution and other adverse environmental and health
impacts.

12.14

Planning, Design and Man-
agement of Linear Transmis-
sion Facilities (Powerlines
and Pipelines)

To assure that construction and maintenance of powerlines
and piplines are accomplished in a manner that minimize
effects on water quality.

12.15

Sanitary Guidelines for Con-
struction of Temporary Labor,
Spike, Logging, Fire Camps
and Other Temporary Installa-
tions

To eliminate water pollution and other potential environmental
and health impacts from the disposal of human waste and
wastewater from temporary camps of all types.

13.1

Timber Sale Planning

To incorporate soil and water resource considerations into
Timber Sale Planning.

13.2

Timber Harvest Unit Design

To ensure that timber harvest unit design will secure favorable
conditions of water flow, or maintain water quality and soil
productivity, and minimize soil erosion and sedimentation.

13.3

Use of Sale Area Maps for
Designating Water Quality
Protection Needs

To delineate the location of protection areas and available
water sources and to ensure their recognition, proper
consideration, and protection on the ground.

13.4

Limiting the Operating Period
of Timber Sale Activities

To minimize soil erosion and sedimentation and loss of soil
productivity by ensuring that the Purchaser conducts
operations, including erosion control work, road mainte-
nance, and so forth, in a timely manner, within the time
period specified in the Timber Sale Contract.

13.5

Protection of Unstable Areas

To protect unstable (high and extreme mass failure hazard)
areas and to avoid triggering mass movements of the soil
mantle and resultant erosion and sedimentation.

13.6

Determining Tractor Log-
gable Ground

To protect water quality from degradation caused by tractor
logging ground disturbance.

1-3

Appendix I:
Best Management Practices

NUM-

BER

PRACTICE

OBJECTIVE

13.7

Determining Shovel Loggable
Ground

To prevent soil and water quality degradation by identifying
those areas where shovel yarding techniques are appropri-
ate, and by establishing guidelines for the yarding operation.

13.8

Protection of Alluvial Soils
With Shallow Organic Layers

To protect alluvial soils and the overlying organic layer to
maintain soil productivity.

13.9

Suspended Log Yarding in
Timber Harvesting

To protect water quality by protecting the soil from excessive
disturbance and accelerated erosion and to maintain the
integrity of the riparian area and other sensitive watershed
areas.

13.10

Log Landing Location and
Design

To locate landings in such a way as to minimize soil erosion
and water quality degradation.

13.11

Log Landing Erosion Preven-
tion and Control

To reduce the impacts of erosion and subsequent sedimenta-
tion from log landings through the use of mitigating measures.

13.12

Erosion Prevention and
Control Measures During
Timber Sale Operations

To ensure that the Purchaser’s operations shall be conducted
reasonably to minimize soil erosion and water quality
degradation.

13.13

Revegetation of Areas Dis-
turbed by Harvest Activities

To establish a vegetative cover on disturbed sites to prevent
erosion and sedimentation.

13.14

Wetland Protection During
Timber Harvesting

To avoid damage to the ground cover, soil, and water in
wetlands.

13.15

Stream Channel Protection
(Implementation and Enforce-
ment)

(1) To protect the natural flow of streams; (2) to provide
unobstructed passage of stormflows; (3) to reduce sediment
and other pollutants from entering streams; and (4) to restore
the natural course of any stream as soon as practicable, if
the stream is diverted as a result of timber management
activities, (5) to maintain channel integrity and stability for
protection of aquatic habitat and other beneficial uses.

13.16

Erosion Control Structure
Maintenance

To ensure that constructed erosion control structures are
stabilized and working effectively.

13.17

Acceptance of Timber Sale
Erosion Control Measures
Before Sale Closure

To assure the adequacy of required erosion control work
on timber sales.

13.18

Nonrecurring "C* Provisions
For Soil and Water Quality
Protection

To exercise the option of inserting nonrecurring (Special)
■C" provisions into the Timber Sale Contract to protect soil
and water resources, where standard "B* or "C" provisions
do not apply or are inadequate to protect watershed values.

Appendix I:

Best Management Practices

1-4

NUM-

BER

PRACTICE

OBJECTIVE

13.19

Modification of the Timber
Sale Contract

To modify the Timber Sale Contract, if new circumstances
or conditions indicate that the timber sale will cause
significant damage to soil, water, or watershed values.

13.20

Reforestation Requirement

To promote prompt reforestation and to limit disturbance
on areas with limited regeneration potential.

14.1

General Guidelines for T rans-
portation Planning

To assure soil and water resource considerations in
Transportation Planning activities.

14.2

General Guidelines for the
Location of Transportation
Facilities

To locate roads and trails with minimal soil and water resource
impact.

14.3

General Guidelines for the
Location and Design of Log
Transfer Facilities (LTF’s)

To locate and design LTF’s with minimal soil, water and
biological impact.

14.4

General Guidelines for the
Design of Transportation
Facilities

To design roads and trails with minimal soil and water
resource impact.

14.5

Road and Trail Erosion
Control Plan

To prevent, limit, and mitigate erosion, sedimentation, and
resulting water quality degradation prior to the initiation of
construction and maintenance activities through effective
contract administration during construction and timely
implementation of erosion control practices.

14.6

Timing of Construction Activi-
ties

To minimize erosion by conducting operations during low
runoff periods.

14.7

Slope Stabilization and
Prevention of Mass Failures

To reduce sedimentation by minimizing the chances for
road-related mass failures, including landslides and embank-
ment slumps.

14.8

Surface Erosion and Stabi-
lization of Slopes.

To minimize soil erosion from road cutslopes, fillslopes,
and travelway.

14.9

Control of Permanent Road
Drainage

To minimize the erosive effects of concentrated water and
the degradation of water quality by proper design and
construction of road drainage systems and drainage control
structures.

14.10

Pioneer Road Construction

To minimize sediment production associated with pioneer
road construction.

I - 5

Appendix I:
Best Management Practices

NUM-

BER

PRACTICE

OBJECTIVE

14.11

Timely Erosion Control Mea-
sures on Incomplete Roads
and Streamcrossing Projects

To minimize erosion of and sedimentation from disturbed
ground on incomplete projects.

14.12

Control of Road Construction
Excavation and Sidecast
Material

To reduce sedimentation from unconsolidated excavated
and sidecast material caused by road construction, recon-
struction, or maintenance.

14.13

Sen/icing and Refueling of
Equipment

To prevent contamination of waters from spills of fuels and
lubricants.

14.14

Control of Construction in
Riparian Areas

To minimize the adverse effects of road and trail construction
on riparian areas.

14.15

Controlling In-Channel Oper-
ations

To minimize stream channel disturbances and related
sediment production.

14.16

Diversion of Flows Around
Construction Sites

To minimize downstream sedimentation.

14.17

Streamcrossings on Tempo-
rary Roads

To prevent temporary roads from damaging streamcourses,
degrading water quality, or obstructing fish passage.

14.18

Bridge and Culvert Installa-
tion (Disposition of Surplus
Material and Protection of
Fisheries)

To minimize sedimentation and turbidity resulting from
excavation for in-channel structures.

14.19

Development of Borrow Pits,
Gravel Sources and Quarries

To minimize sediment production from borrow pits, gravel
sources, and quarries, and limit channel disturbance in
those gravel sources suitable for development in floodplains.

14.20

Disposal of Right-of-Way
and Roadside Debris

To ensure that debris generated during road construction
is kept out of streams and to prevent slash and debris from
subsequently obstructing channels.

14.21

Maintenance of Roads

To maintain all roads in a manner which provides for soil
and water resource protection by minimizing rutting, failures,
sidecasting, and blockage of drainage facilities.

14.22

Road Surface Treatment to
Prevent Loss of Materials

To minimize the erosion of road surface materials and
consequently reduce the likelihood of sediment production.

14.23

Access and Travel Manage-
ment

To reduce the potential for road surface disturbance, erosion
and runoff, such as during wet weather, and to reduce
sedimentation probability.

I - 6

Appendix I:

Best Management Practices

NUM-

BER

PRACTICE

OBJECTIVE

14.24

Snow Removal Controls

To minimize the impact of snow melt on road surfaces and
embankments and to reduce the probability of sediment
production resulting from snow removal operations.

14.25

Obliteration of Temporary
Roads

To reduce sediment generated from temporary roads and
return land to production by obliterating them at the
completion of their intended use.

14.26

Surface Erosion Control at
Facility Sites

To minimize the amount of erosion and sedimentation at
developed sites.

14.27

Trail Maintenance and Reha-
bilitation

To minimize soil erosion and water quality problems
originating from trails.

15.1

Revegetation of Surface
Disturbed Areas

To protect water quality by minimizing soil erosion.

15.2

Pesticide Use Planning

To incorporate water quality and hydrologic considerations
into the Pesticide Use Planning Process.

15.3

Apply Pesticides According
to Label and EPA Registration
Directions

To avoid water contamination by complying with all label
instructions and restrictions.

15.4

Pesticide Application Moni-
toring and Evaluation

To determine and document that pesticides have been
applied safely and to provide an early warning for any
contamination of water or non-target areas or resources.

15.5

Pesticide Spill Contingency
Planning

To reduce contamination of water from accidental pesticide
spills.

15.6

Cleaning and Disposal of
Pesticide Containers and
Equipment

To prevent water contamination and risk to humans from
cleaning and disposal of pesticide containers.

15.7

Protection of Water, Wet-
lands, and Riparian Areas
During Pesticide Spraying

To minimize the risk of a pesticide entering surface or
subsurface waters or affecting riparian areas, wetlands,
and other non-target areas.

15.8

Controlling Pesticide Drift
During Spray Application

To minimize the risk of pesticide contaminating non-target
areas.

16.1

Recreation Facilities Planning

To introduce soil and water resource considerations into
Recreation Facilities Planning.

1-7

Appendix I:
Best Management Practices

NUM-

BER

PRACTICE

OBJECTIVE

16.2

Providing Safe Drinking
Water Supplies

To provide safe drinking water to Forest Service facilities
such as campgrounds, picnic grounds, trailheads,. Visitor
Information Centers, winter sport areas, and developed
roadside facilities.

16.3

Documentation of Potable
Water Quality Data

To assure the availability of water quality data and related
information when making analysis and interpretations with
respect to potable water systems.

16.4

Management of Sanitation
Facilities

To protect surface and subsurface soil and water resources
from bacteria, nutrients, and chemical pollutants resulting
from the collection, transmission, treatment, and disposal
of sewage at Forest Service facilities.

16.5

Control of Solid Waste
Disposal

To protect surface and subsurface soil and water resources
from nutrients, bacteria, and chemicals associated with
solid waste disposal.

16.6

Assuring Proper Sanitation
and Water Supplies For
Special Use Facilities

To protect the quality of water both consumed by and
discharged from facilities under Special Use Permit.

16.7

Sanitation at Hydrants and
Water Faucets Within Devel-
oped Recreation Sites

To maintain water quality standards around hydrants and
faucets which provide water for consumptive use in devel-
oped recreation sites.

16.8

Management of Off-Road
Vehicle Use

To control Off-Road Vehicle (ORV) use which is causing
soil erosion and adverse effects on water quality and to
identify corrective measures.

16.9

Protection of Water Quality
Within Developed Recreation
Areas

To protect water quality by regulating the discharge and
disposal of potential pollutants.

16.10

Protection of Water Quality
Within Dispersed Recreation
Areas

To avoid slope erosion and trampling in riparian and wetland
areas, and consequent loss of vegetation and degradation
of water quality.

17.1

Administration of the General
Mining Law (Act of May 10,
1872) for Mineral Exploration
and Extraction on National
Forest System Lands

To protect water quality from degradation by physical and
chemical constituents which may result from mining and
associated activities.

17.2

Mining Site Conditions,
Planning, and Design

To incorporate soil and water resource considerations into
the planning process for mining plans of operation

I - 8

Appendix I:

Best Management Practices

NUM-

BER

PRACTICE

OBJECTIVE

17.3

Placer Mining - Onsite Water
Use and Control

To incorporate soil and water resource considerations into
the planning process for mining plans of operation

17.4

Site Closure and Rehabilita-
tion

To incorporate soil and water resource considerations into
the planning process for mining plans of operation

17.5

Administration of Bureau of
Land Management Issued
Permits, Licenses, or Leases
for Mineral Exploration and
Extraction on National Forest
System Lands

To protect soil and water resource values during mineral
exploration, extraction, processing and reclamation activities
that are conducted on National Forest System lands under
the terms of Bureau of Land Management prospecting
permits, coal exploration licenses, and mineral leases.

17.6

Administration of Common
Variety Mineral Operations

To assure protection of water quality and other resource
values when common variety mineral materials are used by
both the USFS and others.

17.7

Permits and Administration
of Geophysical Operations

To protect the quality of surface and ground water from
degradation resulting from geophysical activities on National
Forest System lands.

17.8

Abandoned Mine Land
Reclamation

To reduce erosion and water quality degradation by sediment
and toxic substances from abandoned mined lands and
mining facilities through reclamation of these lands.

18.1

Fish and Wildlife Habitat
Improvement Planning

To incorporate soil and water resource considerations into
planning for fish and wildlife improvement projects.

18.2

Regulation of Gravel Extrac-
tion or Ground Reshaping
for Development of
Groundwater-fed Spawning
and Rearing Streams and
Ponds

To minimize sediment production from gravel extraction
and/or ground reshaping during and following construction
of groundwater-fed spawning and rearing streams and
ponds.

18.3

In-Channel Excavation or
Disturbance During Fish and
Wildlife Habitat Improvement
Projects

To minimize stream channel disturbances and related
sediment production during and after development of fish
and wildlife habitat improvement projects.

18.4

Ground Fertilization for
Wildlife Habitat Improvement

To minimize impacts to water quality in stream systems
and lakes within and adjacent to areas being fertilized.

18.5

Lake Fertilization for Fish
Habitat Improvement

To limit eutrophication in Forest lakes.

1-9

Appendix I:
8esf Management Practices

NUM-

BER

PRACTICE

OBJECTIVE

19.1

Fire and Fuel Management
Activities

To reduce public and private losses, and/or subsequent
flooding and erosion by reducing the frequency, intensity,
and destructiveness of wildfire.

19.2

Formulation of Fire Prescrip-
tions

To provide for soil, water and other resource protection
while achieving the resource management objective through
the use of prescribed fire.

19.3

Protection of Soil and Water
from Prescribed Burning
Effects

To maintain soil productivity, minimize erosion, and prevent
ash, sediment, nutrients, and debris from entering surface
water.

19.4

Minimizing Watershed Im-
pacts from Fire Suppression
Efforts

To avoid watershed impacts in excess of that which would
be caused by the fire itself.

19.5

Stabilization of Fire Suppres-
sion Related Watershed
Damage

To stabilize all areas that have had their erosion potential
significantly increased, or their drainage pattern altered by
suppression related activities.

19.6

Emergency Rehabilitation of
Watersheds Following Wild-
fires

To minimize the loss of soil and on-site productivity, the
deterioration of water quality, and threats to life and property,
both on-site and off-site.

Appendix I:

Best Management Practices

I - 10

APPENDIX

APPENDIX J

INTRODUCTION

PROCESS GROUPS

STREAM PROCESS GROUPS

In the early 1980’s a method of inventorying channel types was developed on the
Forest to identify, classify, and map the distinguishing parts of streams or river
systems (Marion et al. unpub. 1986). This inventory system allows definition of
stream and river channels characteristics and provides a process for defining the
channel characteristics and predicting their response to management or naturally
caused changes. In addition to the above, the system also stratifies watershed
stream and lake habitats into distinctly different groups which are useful in invento-
rying and assessing watershed condition and fish habitat production capability
and sensitivity to management activities. A description of each channel type is
listed in Table J-2. For planning purposes, channel types are grouped into nine
categories called “stream process groups' as shown in Table J-1.

TABLE J-1

STREAM CLASSIFICATION AND STREAM LENGTH BY PROCESS GROUP

Stream Process Groups

Channel Type Classification

Miles

Low Gradient Floodplain

B1, Cl, C3, C4, C6, D4, D8

5,242

Alluvial Fan

A3, B5, D1 , D6

2,015

Large Low Gradient Contained

C2, C5

714

Mixed Control Moderate Gradient

B2, B3, D3

4,726

Moderate Gradient Contained

B4, B6, B7

2,652

High Gradient Contained

Al, A2, A4, A5, A6, D2, D7

24,609

Placid or Glide Streams

LI, L2

1,265

Lakes and ponds

L, L3, L4, L5

528

Estuarine

El, E2, E3, E4, E5

678

Source: Revision GIS Database

Beginning on page J-3 is a discussion of each process group, including a listing
of the channel types. An illustration of each group is included.

J - 1

Appendix J:
Stream Process Groups

TABLE J-2

CHANNEL TYPE DESCRIPTIONS

Appendix J:

Stream Process Groups

Channel Type Description

A1 Steep Mountain Slope Channel

A 2 High Gradient Upper Valley Forested Channel

A3 Alluvial Cone Channel

A4 High Gradient Mountain Slope Cascade Channel

A5 High Gradient Incised Lowland Muskeg Channel

A6 High Gradient Shallow Lowland Muskeg Channel

A7 High Gradient Forested Footslope Channel

B1 Lowland Low Gradient Forest Channel

B2 Moderate Gradient Forest Channel

B3 Moderate Gradient Upper Valley Forest Channel

B4 Shallow Incision Moderate Moderate Gradient Channel

B5 Alluvial Fan Channel

B6 Moderate Gradient Lowland Muskeg Channel

B7 Gorge Channel

B8 Yakutat Narrow Uplifted Estuary Channel

Cl Low Gradient Lower Valley Forested Channel

C2 Structural Control Low Gradient Lowland Channel

C3 Broad Alluvial Sinuous Lowland Channel

C4 Beach And Sand Dune Channel

C5 Confined Narrow Valley Forested Channel

C6 Yakutat Wide Uplifted Estuary Channel

D1 Low Gradient Cirque Basin Glacial Channel

D2 Upper Valley Glacial Torrent Channel

D3 Moderate Gradient Upper Valley Glacial Channel

D4 Broad Low Gradient Lower Valley Meandering

D5 Broad Braided Lower Valley Glacial Channel

D6 High Gradient Alluvial Fan Glacial Channel

El Large Estuarine Channel

E2 Small Rocky Estuarine Channel

E3 Small Sandy Estuarine Channel

E4 Yakutat Small Estuarine Channel

E5 Broad Braided Glacial Estuarine Channel

L Bodies Of Water Greater than 5 Acres

LI Low Gradient Lowland Muskeg Placid Flow Channel

L2 Wide Low Gradient Deep Water Channel

L3 Stable Beaver Dam/Pond Channel

L4 Shallow Braided Glacial Floodplain Cut-off Channel

L5 Deep Slough (backwater) Floodplain Channel

J-2

Low Gradient
Floodplain

Stream channels in this process group include: B1, Cl, C3, C4, C6, D4, D5
and D8 channels with less than 2 percent slope and active floodplain develop-
ment. Channel materials are composed of fine sediments, small boulders and
cobble which are deposited by the stream.

Flooding is a fundamental process in these channels with streams typically over-
flowing their banks during high water. The floodplain stream channels and flood-
plains interact with each other through bank erosion, channel migration and
overflow, leaf fall, and blowdownAree fall. Alluvial channels process dissipate flood
energy (velocity) and are an important nutrient source.

The low gradient floodplain riparian areas include the channel banks, active
channel floodplains, sloughs, backwater overflow channels, and ponded swales
and may extend well beyond 1 00 feet of the streambank. These riparian areas are
extremely dynamic because floodplain streams are likely to overflow their banks
during individual or seasonal storms. Because of the stream’s interaction with
adjacent landforms, these alluvial channels contain a rich, abundant community
of aquatic life.

Streambanks consist of unconsolidated materials such as sand, gravel, or organic
materials and are often unstable. Channel migration and braiding may occur. Root
networks of trees and shrubs are often the only things holding unconsolidated
streambanks together. Large organic debris (LOD) also plays an important role in
controlling streambed and bank stability by regulating the stream’s energy dissi-
pation. Riffles formed when the stream velocity slows form good fish habitat.

LOW GRADIENT FLOODPLAIN CHANNELS

J -3

Appendix J:
Stream Process Groups

Alluvial Fans

Stream channels in this process group include: A3, B5, D1 , and D6 transitional
streams that both transport and deposit sediment. When the stream makes the
transition from mountain slopes to low gradient floodplains, stream velocity slows,
and cobbles and coarse gravel are deposited. Stream channels frequently change
course, generally after flash floods or debris torrents, when high volumes of
sediment are quickly deposited on the streambeds, streambanks, and areas
adjacent to streams. Alluvial fan stream channels are often unstable; the water flow
in them may be intermittent during the summer and winter months. Due to the
complex stream network, riparian areas for alluvial fan channels may be extensive.

ALLUVIAL FAN CHANNELS

Appendix J:

Stream Process Groups

J -4

Mixed Control,

Moderate

Gradient

As the name implies, these channels (designated as B2, B3 and D3 channel
types) are a mixture of stream channel containment. Some segments are
controlled by bedrock or the valley walls, while other areas develop narrow flood-
plains. Streambanks may be boulders, cobbles or bedrock. An increased volume
of water introduced into these streams, does not cause bank overflow. Bedrock
segments of these channels act as sediment transport systems; sediment is
deposited in the lower gradient (flatter) and floodplain segments. Riparian vegeta-
tion is important in regulating stream energy losses thru large woody debris (LWD)
imput. LWD forms water energy dissipators such as log step pools and laterial
scour pools. LWD strongly influences channel form, sediment transport and fish
hibitat in these channels.

MIXED CONTROL, MODERATE GRADIENT CHANNELS

J - 5

Appendix J:
Stream Process Groups

Large Low

Gradient

Contained

Appendix J:

Stream Process Groups

Stream channels in this process group are contained by adjacent landforms,
but the channels have little effect on those landforms. Included are C2
and C5 channel types. The adjacent influence zone often extends to the slope
break above the cut valley slope. Adjacent vegetation plays a major role in control-
ling the rate of downslope soil movement and large woody debris (LWD) into
stream channels. LWD accumulations dissipate stream energy (slow its velocity)
and trap and store sediment that is being transported downstream. The area the
stream influences is dependent upon upland soils and vegetation (primarily trees).

LARGE LOW GRADIENT, CONTAINED CHANNELS

J - 6

Moderate

Gradient

Contained

Stream channels in this process group include: B4, B6 and B7 channels and
streamflows. They are completely contained by adjacent landforms.

Streamband and streambed erosion are often influenced by bedrock outcrops.
Although they transport and deposit sediment downstream very efficiently, sedi-
ment deposition is very limited in the channels themselves. Stream influence
zones are dependent on the streambank slopes. Where the slopes are short, low
gradient, or there are no slopes, the influence zone is narrow. If these streams
have very large, high graident sideslopes, then larger areas influence stream
conditions.

MODERATE GRADIENT, CONTAINED CHANNELS

J - 7

Appendix J:
Stream Process Groups

High Gradient
Contained

Channels in this process group (A1 , A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, B7, D2, and
D7 channels) are source streams for downstream waters and transport organic
and inorganic sediments to the downstream habitats. Their stream channels are
well contained within the narrow valley bottoms. Channel banks are steep and
generally composed of large material, either consolidated bedrock or well-packed
boulders and cobbles. The riparian vegetation when present along these streams
are narrow strips (< 20 feet) of alder, salmonberry, devil’s club, or currant/brush
communities. The upper steep banks of these incised streams have a mosaic
plant communities of dense conifers and shrubs. The channels are predominantly
influenced by the upland or terrestrial plant communities. Soils in the adjacent
upland area are often shallow and subject to downslope movement. Leaves, forest
litter, and trees often move downslope into these incised channels when disturb-
ance occurs.

HIGH GRADIENT, CONTAINED CHANNELS

Appendix J:

Stream Process Groups

J - 8

Placid or Glide
Streams

Stream channels in this process group (LI and L 2 channel types) occur
throughout the watershed on gently sloping, lowland landforms and are frequently
associated with bogs, marshes, or lakes. Most of the sediment being transported
through these channels is sand sized or smaller, much of which settles out in these
gentle gradient channels. Stream channels are fairly stable and contain their flows
fairly well. Channel stability is controlled mainly by dense root systems formed by
sedges and spahgnum mosses and by some bank trees when they are present.
Flood waters often flow over adjacent landforms, an action which may lessen
downstream flooding, and may serve as a buffer during major storms. Low gradi-
ent, slow flowing streams, such as those in placid or glide channels, are often
associated with temperature sensitive watersheds. Channel productivity is moder-
ately tied to the riparian/terrestrial interaction. Although they are highly varaible,
riparian areas associated with these streams may be located within very large
wetlands areas.

PLACID/GUDE STREAMS

J -9

Appendix J:
Stream Process Groups

Estuarine

Streams

Stream channels in this process group include: El, E2, E3, E4 and E5 channel
types. They occur at the mouths of watersheds with estuarine landforms. (Estuar-
ine landforms are defined as major stream deltas at heads of bays or along inlets.)
They include all intertidal streams and streams that are inundated during high
tides. This channel type is often associated with saltwater marshes, meadows,
mudflats, and gravel deltas. Stream stage fluctuations, channel structure, sedi-
ment transport, and water chemistry are influenced by saltwater inundation. Estu-
arine stream channels are usually single or multi-channeled, generally shallowly
cut, and characterized by small, loose, fine textured water-deposited materials
which are easily eroded. Streams containment varies from a poor to fair extent.
Much of the sediment produced from any given watershed is ultimately deposited
in the estuarine channels, consequently, these channels are highly sensitive to
upstream management activities. As a result, bank widths and depths are highly
variable and bank and channel beds are unstable. Sedge and marshland plants
dominate the streamside, interaction with plants that are further upland is minor.
The amount of stream migration and braiding may vary, depending on bank and
bed stability.

ESTUARINE CHANNELS

Appendix J:

Stream Process Groups

J - 10

Lakes and
Ponds

Stream channels in this process group are lakes and ponds and are designated
L, L3, L4, and L5 channels types. Lakes and ponds are water habitats that are
situated in topographic depressions, dammed river channels or floodplain ter-
races of large glacial rivers. This channel group includes all lakes and ponds
greater than 2 acres in size; beaver ponds are also included in this channel
classification. (Isolated muskeg potholes or ponds less than 2 areas were not
mapped.) Vegetation includes muskeg sedges, rushes, and grasses or coniferous
forest with shrub and herb understory. Their surface size and depth is dependent
on the landform they occupy. Lakes contain valuable aquatic habitat for some fish
species, primarily sockeye and coho salmon, and trout. (Illustration not included.)

J - 11

Appendix J:
Stream Process Groups

APPENDIX K

INTRODUCTION

TASK FORCE
OBJECTIVE

TENTATIVELY SUITABLE FOREST LAND CLASSIFICATION

The Tongass Forest Plan Revision IDTs recommendation on the Criteria for
Determining the Tentatively Suitable Forest Land Classification was sent to
each Area on April 28, 1 988 for review. Review comments have been incorporat-
ed and the criteria have been approved by the Tongass National Forest Super-
visors. The criteria listed in this document will be used in the Draft Forest Plan
to determine the tentatively suitable forest land classification.

On October 23, 1987 a task force was established to determine the
criteria for the tentatively suitable forest land in conjunction with the Revision of
the Tongass National Forest Land Management Plan. The task force is com-
prised of a technical working group and consultant/reviewer group. Working
group members are:

Bill Wilson - IDT Timber Planner - Chairman

Bob Gerdes - Stikine Area Forester

Dave Loggy - Ketchikan Area Soils Scientist

Jim Russell - Chatham Area Silviculturist

Jim Douglas - SAF Representative

Consultant/reviewer members are:

Paul Alaback - Forest Science Lab

Don Finney - Alaska Loggers Association

Bart Koehler - SEACC

The role of the task force is limited to identifying the biologic criteria and
availability of forest lands to be considered as capable of producing industrial
wood products as described in the National Forest Management Act (NFMA)
Regulations 36 CFR 219.14 (a)(1) through (4). These forested lands are those
that are producing or capable of producing crops of industrial wood and (a)
have not been withdrawn by Congress, the Secretary, or the Chief; (b) where
existing technology and knowledge is available to ensure timber production
without irreversible damage to soils, productivity, or watershed conditions; (c)
existing technology and knowledge, as reflected in current research and experi-
ence, provides reasonable assurance that adequate restocking can be attained
within 5 years after final harvest; and (d) adequate information is available to
project responses to timber management activities. The determination of lands
actually suitable for timber production will begin in the analysis of the manage-
ment situation (AMS) and culminate with the Forest Plan. Suitable lands in the

K- 1

Appendix K:
Tentatively Suitable Process

TENTATIVELY

SUITABLE

(BIOLOGICALLY

CAPABLE)

ECONOMICALLY

SUITABLE

Forest Plan will constitute the land base for determining the allowable sale
quantity (ASQ) and all vegetation management practices associated with tim-
ber production. The AMS and each alternative in the Forest Plan will be limited
to no more than the acres identified as tentatively suitable.

National Forest Management Act Regulations 36 CFR 219.14 - Timber Re-
source Land Suitability is provided for review. This task force is responsible for
Section (a)(1) through (4).

36 CFR Part 219

NATIONAL FOREST SYSTEMS LAND AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
PLANNING

36 CFR Part 219.14 - Timber Resource Land Suitability
During the forest planning process, lands which are not suited for timber
production shall be identified in accordance with the criteria in paragraphs (a)
through (d) of this section.

(a) During the analysis of the management situation, data on all National
Forest System lands within the planning area shall be reviewed, and those
lands within any one of the categories described in paragraphs (a)(1)
through (4) of this section shall be identified as not suited for timber production

(1) The land is not forest land as defined in 219.3.

(2) Technology is not available to ensure timber production from the land
without irreversible resource damage to soils productivity, or watershed
conditions.

(3) There is not reasonable assurance that such lands can be ade-
quately restocked as provided in 219.27(c)(3).

(4) The land has been withdrawn from timber production by an Act of
Congress, the Secretary of Agriculture or the Chief of the Forest Service.

(b) Forest lands other than those that have been identified as not suited for
timber production in paragraph (a) of this section shall be further reviewed and
assessed prior to formulation of alternatives to determine the costs and benefits
for a range of management intensities for timber production. For the purpose
of analysis, the planning area shall be stratified into categories of land with
similar management costs and returns. The stratification shall consider appro-
priate factors that influence the costs and returns such as physical and biologi-
cal conditions of the site and transportation requirements. This analysis shall
identify the management intensity for timber production for each category of
land which results in the largest excess of discounted benefits less discounted
costs and shall compare the direct costs of growing and harvesting trees,
including capital expenditures required for timber production, to the anticipated

Appendix K:

Tentatively Suitable Process

K - 2

receipts to the government, in accordance with 219.12 and paragraphs (b)(1)
through (b)(3) of this section.

(1) Direct benefits are expressed as expected gross receipts to the
government. Such receipts shall be based upon expected stumpage
prices and payments-in-kind from timber harvest considering future sup-
ply and demand situation for timber and upon timber production goals
of the regional guide.

(2) Direct costs include the anticipated investments, maintenance, oper-
ating, management, and planning costs attributable to timber production
activities, including mitigation measures necessitated by the impacts of
timber production.

(3) In addition to long-term yield, the financial analysis must consider
costs and returns of managing the existing timber inventory.

SUITABLE BY

MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVES

(c) During formulation and evaluation of alternative as required in 219.12
(f) and (g), combinations of resource management prescriptions shall
be defined to meet management objectives for the various multiple uses includ-
ing outdoor recreation, timber, watershed, range, wildlife and fish, and wilder-
ness. The formulation and evaluation of each alternative shall consider the
costs and benefits of alternative management intensities for timber production
as identified pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section in accordance with 21 9. 1 2
(f). Lands shall be tentatively identified as not appropriate for timber production
to meet objectives of the alternative being considered if -

(1) Based upon a consideration of multiple-use objectives for alternative,
the land is proposed for resource uses that preclude timber production,
such as wilderness;

(2) Other management objectives for alternative limit timber production
activities to the point where management requirements set forth in
219.27 cannot be met; or

(3) The lands are not cost-efficient, over the planning horizon, in meeting
forest objectives, which include timber production.

REVIEW OF
NOT SUITED

(d) Lands identified as not suited for timber production in paragraph (a) of
this section and lands tentatively identified as not appropriate for timber pro-
duction in paragraph (c) of this section shall be designated as not suited for
timber production in the preferred alternative. Designation in the plan of lands
not suited for timber production shall be reviewed at least every 1 0 years. Such
lands may be reviewed and redesignated as suited for timber production due
to changed conditions at any time, according to the c iteria in paragraphs (a)
and (c) of this section, and according to the procedures for amendment or
revision of the forest plan in 219.10 (f) and (g).

K - 3

Appendix K:
Tentatively Suitable Process

NFMA Sections cited in Part 219.14 (a)(1) through (4) -
219.3 Definitions and Terminology

Forest Land: Land at least 10 percent occupied by forest trees of any size or
formerly having had such tree cover and not currently developed for non-forest
use. Lands developed for non-forest use include areas for crops, improved
pasture, residential, or administrative areas, improved roads of any width, and
adjoining road clearing and powerline clearing of any width.

21 9.27 Management Requirements - (c) Silvicultural Practices
(3) When trees are cut to achieve timber production objectives, the cuttings
shall be made in such a way as to assure that the technology and knowledge
exists to adequately restock the lands within 5 years after finai harvest. Re-
search and experience shall be the basis for determining whether the harvest
and regeneration practices planned can be expected to result in adequate
restocking. Adequate restocking means that the cut area will contain the mini-
mum number, size, distribution, and species composition of regeneration as
specified in regional silvicultural guides for each forest type. Five years after
final harvest means 5 years after clearcutting, 5 years after final overstory
removal in shelterwood cutting, 5 years after the seed tree removal cut in seed
tree cutting, or 5 years after selection cutting.

Appendix K:

Tentatively Suitable Process

K - 4

PROCESS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF LANDS SUITABLE FOR TIMBER PRO-
DUCTION

Is land forested? NO

YES

Unsuitable (nonforest)

Is land capable of pro- NO

ducing crops of industri-
al wood?

YES

Unsuitable (nonindustrial wood)

Is irreversible damage YES

likely to occur?

Unsuitable (irreversible damage)

Can area be restocked NO

within 5 years?

YES

Unsuitable (restocked)

Is adequate response NO

information available?

YES

Unsuitable (no information)

Is land withdrawn from YES

timber production?

Then land is tentatively
suitable for timber pro-
duction -

Unsuitable (withdrawn)

Is land selected in alter- NO

native for timber pro-
duction?

YES

Then land is suitable for
timber production -

Not appropriate (unsuitable in pre-
ferred alternative and Forest Plan).

K - 5

Appendix K:
Tentatively Suitable Process

PROCESS 1.

Is Land Forested?

Forest Land. Land at least 10-percent occupied by forest trees or formerly
having had such tree cover and not currently developed for nonforest use.
Forest trees are defined as woody plants having a well-developed stem and
usually more than 12 feet in height at maturity. Lands developed for nonforest
use include areas for crops, improved pasture, residential or administrative
areas, improved (constructed) roads of any width and adjoining road clearing,
and powerline clearing of any width. The term occupancy, when used to define
forest land, shall be measured by canopy cover of live forest trees at maturity.
The minimum area for classification of forest land is 5 acre or greater, consistent
with Regional mapping standards. Unimproved roads, trails, streams, and
clearings in forest areas are classified as forest, if they are less than 1 20 feet
in width.

Tentatively Suitable Criteria

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the definition will be classified as
forested.

a. Vegetative Inventory - National Forest lands identified as having a
forested Cover Type (CT) in the Forest Plan Geographic Information
System (GIS) Data Base includes all existing forest types meeting the
1 0% crown cover and currently nonstocked forest land formerly having
had 1 0% crown cover.

b. Soils Inventory - National Forest lands with soils inventoried as having
forested plant association in the Forest Plan GIS Data Base will be
compared to the vegetative inventory to insure all nonwilderness forest-
ed lands are identified. Forested lands in the Soil Mapping Unit (SMU)
are identified in the Cover Type of the SMU look-up table (SMUT).

Code Descriptions

F Forested

c. Lands Inventory - National Forest lands currently developed for non-
forest use, including administrative sites and powerline clearings, will be
identified in the Forest Plan GIS Data Base and classified as unsuitable.

Code

Description

Forested

Appendix K:

Tentatively Suitable Process

K- 6

Forested encumbered National Forest lands satisfy the forested criteria
until selections are conveyed to the State of Alaska or Native Corpora-
tions.

PROCESS 2.

d. Roads Inventory - Existing specified roads and adjoining road clear-
ings on National Forest lands will be identified in the Forest Plan GIS Data
Base and classified as unsuitable. The existing road status (STATUS) is:

Code Description

Existing

NOTE: All resource inventory information will not be available for existing
Wilderness. As a minimum, the vegetative inventory will be used to identify
forested lands within Wilderness.

Is Land Capable of Producing Crops of Industrial Wood?

Forest Land Capable of Producing Industrial Wood. Lands that are not capable
of producing crops of industrial wood are by definition to be classified as
unsuitable for timber production. Species of trees which are not currently
utilized or not expected to be utilized within the next 1 0 years, constitute the
primary criterion for assigning lands to this category. This does not preclude,
however, the formulation of an alternative to display management opportuni-
ties, if a demand develops.

Tentatively Suitable Criteria

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the criteria of forested (Process 1),
but are not capable of producing industrial wood products, will be classified as
unsuitable.

a. Vegetative Inventory - Mature stands of nonindustrial forest types will
be identified in the Forest Plan GIS Data Base and classified as unsuit-
able. Forest Type (FT) codes are:

K - 7

Appendix K:
Tentatively Suitable Process

Codes

Description

Black Cottonwood
Lodgepole Pine
Alder

NOTE: A review of the soils GIS inventory indicates that there are no SMUs
which have occurances of Plant Associations with 50% or greater of the non-
commercial species listed above on the Tongass National Forest. The vegeta-
tion inventory will be used to identify unsuitable lands in both wilderness and
nonwilderness.

Physically Suitable Forest Land. Forest lands physically suitable for timber
production are lands where technology is available to ensure timber produc-
tion, without irreversible resource damage to soil productivity or watershed
conditions and lands where there is reasonable assurance that they can be
adequately restocked within 5 years. The latest developments in technology
that are documented in current research and experience are to be considered
in these determinations. Economic efficiency is not a factor in the determination
of physical suitability.

The next two steps (Process 3 and Process 4) are subparts of the Physically
Suitable screen.

Irreversible Damage. The first test of physically suitable forest land is for irre-
versible damage. This test shall be performed by an interdisciplinary team. It
shall determine if activities involved in timber production can be carried out on
forest land without irreversible resource damage to soil productivity or water-
shed conditions. As a minimum, activities considered should include access,
harvesting, slash disposal, and regeneration. If these items can be accom-
plished with available technology and without impairment to the site or
drainage, the land shall be considered tentatively suitable. Available technology
is that technology that is in use or which current research and experience
indicates is feasible to use. Current research and experience should indicate
that the technology is feasible to use successfully for the site, species, and
other factors involved. Current does not have to be within the Forest or Region.

Tentatively Suitable Criteria

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the criteria of forested (Process 1)
and capable (Process 2), but cannot be managed for industrial wood products
without irreversible resource damage, will be classified as unsuitable.

PROCESS 3.

Is Irreversible Damage Likely to Occur?

Appendix K:

Tentatively Suitable Process

K- 8

a. Soil Inventory - Soils identified as meeting criteria for irreversible
resource damage will be identified in the Forest Plan GIS Data Base and
classified as unsuitable.

(1) SMUs that are unsuitable will be identified in an interpretation
lookup table for very high (code 4) mass movement probability
rating.

(2) Those SMUs in the table having high (code 3) mass movement
probability ratings will be identified as needing technology capa-
ble of supplying partial or full suspension over nearly the entire
length of the yarding distance to ensure timber production without
irreversible resource damage to soil productivity or watershed
conditions. These lands satisfy the criteria for tentatively suitable,
but will continue to be tracked to insure that alternatives include
the appropriate logging system.

(3) SMUs with any occurance of McGilvery soils will be still meet
the criteria for tentatively suitable in this process, but will be identi-
fied as requiring harvest systems capable of at least partial sus-
pension over nearly the entire length of the yarding distance.

Classes of McGilvery Soils

HOCL

MCG

MCGF

MCGC

NOTE: The soils inventory is not available for all existing Wilderness. As a
minimum, the Digital Elevation Model (DEM) will be used to identify forested
lands (from the vegetative inventory) with slopes 75% or greater. These lands
will be classified as unsuitable.

Can Area be Restocked Within 5 years?

Restocking Within 5 years. The second test of physically suitable forest land
(after irreversible damage discussed in PROCESS 3) is whether there is reason-
able assurance that the remaining forest lands can be adequately restocked
within 5 years of final harvest, based on existing technology and knowledge.
Current research and experience shall be the basis for determining whether the
practice planned can be expected to be successful at the time final harvest is

K - 9

Appendix K:
Tentatively Suitable Process

planned. If existing knowledge is inadequate to determine which practices will
be successful on certain lands, but research is underway which should resolve
this question prior to when final harvest is planned; then, the applicable lands
may be included as tentatively suitable, but shall be maintained as a separate,
noninterchangeable component of the allowable sale quantity. For the purpose
of this test, final harvest is defined in 36 CFR 219.27(c)(3). Such assurance
applies to normal conditions for the site and does not constitute a guarantee.
Abnormal conditions, such as drought, disease, or other unplanned events,
may preclude meeting this requirement. Forest lands failing to meet this test
shall be classed as unsuitable for timber production.

Tentatively Suitable Criteria

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the criteria of forested (Process 1),
capable (Process 2), and not causing irreversible resource damage (Process
3), but restocking cannot be assured within 5 years, will be classified as unsuit-
able.

a. Soils Inventory - Soils Mapping Units not restockable will be identified
in the Forest Plan GIS Data Base and are classified as unsuitable. These
include:

(1) SMUs with greater than 41% McGilvery Series.

(2) SMUs in the data base identified with the dominant plant
associations as listed below can be restocked but require special
technology to meet restocking within 5 years. These plant associ-
ations will satisfy the restocking criteria for tentatively suitable, but
will be tracked to insure that alternatives include the cost of these
special restocking requirements (planting and site preparation).

Appendix K:

Tentatively Suitable Process

K- 10

Code

Description

PROCESS 5.

330

Spruce - Devils Club

335

Spruce - Devils Club/Salmon Berry

340

Spruce - Devils Club/Skunk Cabbage

350

Spruce - Alder

380

Spruce - Salmon Berry

800

Spruce - Black Cottonwood/Alder

810

Spruce - Black Cottonwood/Willow

830

Spruce - Cottonwood/Devils Club

840

Spruce - Cottonwood/Alder - Devils
Club

850

Spruce - Cottonwood/Blueberry - Dev-
ils Club

NOTE: The soils inventory is not available for all existing Wilderness. The
vegetation layer will be used to establish a correlation between soils and
vegetation outside of wilderness to be applied within wilderness.

Is Adequate Response Information Available?

Inadequate Response Information. Forest land shall be classified as unsuitable
for timber production, if there is not adequate information available, based on
current research and experience, to project response to timber management
practices. These lands shall be identified as needing further inventory, re-
search, or information and shall not be considered as part of the tentatively
suitable land base, until such time that adequate response data are available.
Give special attention to lands classified as incapable of producing 20 cubic
feet/acre/year if they formerly met this criterion and were included in the timber
base. In those situations where significant acreages are involved, the lands
shall be considered tentatively suitable for timber production. The yield projec-
tions for these lands shall be limited to regeneration harvest practices, where
response data to intensive management practices is inadequate, during the
development of management prescriptions.

Tentatively Suitable Criteria

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the criteria of forested (Process 1),
capable (Process 2), not causing irreversible resource damage (Process 3),
and restocking assured within 5 years (Process 4), but have inadequate re-
sponse information, will be classified as unsuitable.

K- 11

Appendix K:
Tentatively Suitable Process

a. Vegetative Inventory - Low site forested lands that have never been
managed for industrial wood products have no response information
and will be identified in the Forest Plan GIS Data Base and classified as
unsuitable. These include forested lands with Forest Productivity
(FPROD) identified as:

Code Description

Low Productivity due to Alder

Low Productivity due to Glacier Forest

Low Productivity due to High Elevation

Low Productivity due to Muskeg

Low Productivity due to Rock cover

Low Productivity due to Recurrent
Slide Zone

Low Productivity due to Willow

Low Productivity due to Low Site Index

b. Soils Inventory - Soils with inadequate response information will be
identified in the Forest Plan GIS Data Base and classified as unsuitable.
These include:

(1) All Soil Mapping Units having site index of less than 40 (on a
50 year base).

(2) Soil Mapping Units which have never been logged and have
no response information available.

Code Description

305 Spruce - Myrica Gale/Sedge

315 Spruce - Willow

325 Spruce - Blueberry/Willow

NOTE: The soils inventory will not be available for all existing Wilderness. As a
minimum, the vegetative inventory will be used to identify land with inadequate
response information.

Appendix K:

Tentatively Suitable Process

K- 12

PROCESS 6.

Is Land Withdrawn from Timber Production?

Forest Land Withdrawn From Timber Production. Lands designated by the
Congress, the Secretary, or the Chief for purposes that preclude timber produc-
tion are to be classified as unsuitable. The act, order, or decision must include
a legal description of the designated land, or a reference to a map, pending
boundary survey and description, and include an effective date. Congressional-
ly designated wilderness study areas and roadless areas endorsed by the
Administration for wilderness classification are also withdrawn from timber pro-
duction. Examples are units of the National Wilderness Preservation System,
Primitive Areas, and Research Natural Areas. No other RARE II lands shall be
considered withdrawn unless an individual State wilderness act so designates.
Lands not withdrawn shall be further considered for timber production suitabil-
ity.

Management objectives for Experimental Forests shall be obtained from the
Station Director. Where objectives preclude timber production, the areas shall
be considered withdrawn.

Tentatively Suitable Criteria

1. Tongass National Forest lands meeting the criteria of forested (Process 1),
capable (Process 2), not causing irreversible resource damage (Process 3),
restocking assured within 5 years (Process 4), and having adequate response
information (Process 5), but are withdrawn from timber management, will be
classified as unsuitable.

a. Administrative Inventory - National Forest Wilderness and Monument
Areas identified in the Forest Plan GIS Data Base. Forested land within
these areas will be classified as unsuitable.

b. Boundaries Inventory - Existing Research Natural Areas, Enacted
Municipal Watersheds, and Experimental Forest identified in the Forest
Plan GIS Data Base are classified as withdrawn. These include.

K- 13

Appendix K:
Tentatively Suitable Process

Research Natural Areas

Municipal Watersheds

Cape Fanshaw
Dog Island
Limestone Inlet
Old Tom Creek
Pack Creek
Red River
Gambier Bay

Experimental Forests
Young Bay
Maybeso

Ketchikan

Petersburg

Sitka

Tentatively Suitable Forest Lands. Tentatively suitable lands, identified in ac-
cordance with the process, shall be fixed input to the Forest planning model in
the establishment and evaluation of benchmarks and alternatives, unless trade-
offs, such as wilderness areas, are to be analyzed.

The criteria provided to determine the tentatively suitable forest land base is for
modeling purposes. The timber schedule in the Revised Forest Plan will be
limited to no more than the acres identified as tentatively suitable. Site specific
inspection during implementation may indicate that exceptions to the Forest
wide criterion are necessary for project implementation. These exceptions are
valid provided the assessment is made through the National Environmental
Policy Act process.

Appendix K:

Tentatively Suitable Process

K- 14

Tentatively Suitable Land Classification

Not Suitable
for Timber
Production
(acres)

Total National Forest Area

267,649
6,958,823
14,451

III. Forest Lands

Not capable of growing
industrial wood products

Irreversible damage likely
to occur

Regeneration difficulty
Inadequate response information
Withdrawn forest lands
Existing Wilderness
Existing Research Natural Areas
Existing Experimental Forest

II. Non-Forested Area

Fresh Water

Non-forest lands

Developed for purposes
other than timber production

IV. Tentatively Suitable Forest
Land

Totals

(acres)

16,955,945

7,331,085

9,624,860

48,501

850,678

97,016

3,029,905

2,212,658

20,915

14,170

3,065,976

K- 15

Appendix K:
Tentatively Suitable Process

APPENDIX L

INTRODUCTION

EMPIRICAL TIMBER YIELD TABLES

The following tables depict timber yield on the Tongass National Forest by
administrative areas (Ketchikan, Stikine and Chatham) by low, medium and
high site classifications for stands without and with precommercial thinning
prescriptions. Culmination of mean annual increment (CMAI) is depicted by the
last column in the tables whereby merchantable volume in cubic feet per ten
year growth period begins to fall off with age. At this point in the life of the stand,
the average annual growth in volume is equal to, or less than the average
growth in volume over the life of the stand. This measurement represents the
point at which the annual growth rate begins to slow as compared to the
average rate of growth during all previous years. Optimum rotation age is at the
point at which the CMAI is achieved. Site index values utilized for the develop-
ment of the timber yield tables is based on the Farr site index variables.

Research in Southeast has determined that on most reestablished stands,
100% restocking is not feasible due to stockability limitations of the site. The
empirical tables represent reduced stocking as well as defect and breakage
considerations and are contained in this appendix.

L - 1 Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

STIKINE AREA
LOW SITE

UNMANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Age

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

5685

0.3

0.0

5593

1.3

0.0

3753

2.6

0.1

0.0

0.3

2149

3.9

0.9

0.3

2.3

1449

5.0

2.3

0.6

4.6

1064

6.0

6.8

1.7

11.3

829

6.9

16.2

4.2

23.1

672

7.9

27.8

8.4

34.8

567

8.7

38.6

13.7

42.9

100

492

9.5

49.9

18.5

49.9

110

431

10.3

60.2

23.6

54.7

120

386

103

11.1

70.4

28.7

58.7

130

349

108

11.8

79.7

33.7

61.3

140

318

112

12.5

88.7

38.5

63.4

150

292

117

13.2

96.9

43.3

64.6

160

270

120

13.9

104.2

47.3

65.1

170

252

124

14.5

111.2

51.4

65.4

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

L - 2

Age

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

170

CHATHAM AREA
LOW SITE

UNMANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

12618

0.4

0.0

10637

1.3

0.8

8.0

4065

2.5

1.9

0.9

6.3

2067

3.9

3.0

1.1

7.5

1336

5.1

4.9

1.8

9.8

1028

6.0

8.7

3.0

14.5

823

6.9

16.3

4.4

23.3

678

7.9

27.9

8.5

34.9

573

8.7

36.5

13.4

40.6

491

9.6

50.1

18.4

50.1

425

10.4

61.7

24.3

56.1

380

102

11.2

71.3

30.1

59.4

340

108

11.9

81.0

35.0

62.3

309

113

12.8

89.6

39.7

64.0

316

119

13.6

98.2

44.7

65.5

261

122

14.2

107.0

49.2

66.9

243

127

14.9

113.8

53.6

76.9

L - 3

Appendix L:
Empirical Timber Yield Tables

KETCHIKAN AREA
LOW SITE

UNMANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Age

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

4826

0.6

0.0

4812

1.4

0.1

0.0

0.5

3877

2.5

0.8

0.1

2.7

2685

3.7

2.7

0.6

6.8

1656

4.9

7.9

1.9

15.8

1130

6.1

17.5

4.8

29.2

816

7.4

27.6

9.0

39.4

618

8.5

39.2

14.1

49.0

495

9.7

51.7

19.6

57.4

100

409

10.8

63.7

25.5

63.7

110

352

102

11.8

74.4

31.3

67.6

120

308

107

12.8

85.1

37.1

70.9

130

275

109

13.8

94.8

42.6

72.9

140

247

117

14.8

103.7

47.7

74.1

150

226

120

15.6

111.4

52.3

74.3

160

208

122

16.4

118.4

56.8

74.0

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

L - 4

5685

4836

2402

1386

973

742

598

501

430

377

335

300

272

249

229

213

STIKINE AREA
MEDIUM SITE

UNMANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Dominate Quadratic Merchantable

Tree Mean C.F. Volume

Height Diameter (100)

(feet) (inches)

Merchantable Mean

B.F. Volume Annual

(1000) Increment

(net c.f.)

0.3

0.0

1.9

0.0

3.7

0.5

0.1

1.7

5.1

1.4

0.4

3.5

6.3

5.8

1.2

11.6

7.4

16.7

4.4

27.8

8.4

30.7

10.0

43.9

9.4

45.4

16.6

56.8

10.4

59.5

23.1

66.1

104

11.2

72.3

29.6

72.3

111

12.1

84.4

36.4

76.7

116

13.0

95.0

42.5

79.2

121

13.8

104.8

48.2

80.6

126

14.6

113.7

53.5

81.2

130

15.4

121.8

58.4

81.2

134

16.1

129.0

63.0

80.6

L- 5

Appendix L:
Empirical Timber Yield Tables

CHATHAM AREA
MEDIUM SITE

UNMANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Age

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume

(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

12618

0.4

0.0

6891

1.9

1.6

0.8

8.0

2333

3.7

2.7

1.0

9.0

1406

5.0

3.9

1.5

9.8

961

6.3

10.8

2.7

21.6

747

7.4

19.6

6.5

32.7

595

8.5

33.3

11.7

47.6

490

9.5

49.2

18.4

61.5

418

10.6

63.6

25.7

70.7

100

359

107

11.6

76.8

33.4

76.8

110

312

114

12.7

89.4

40.4

81.3

120

276

121

13.6

101.8

46.6

84.8

130

247

127

14.7

111.9

53.6

86.1

140

225

132

15.5

120.9

59.3

86.4

150

204

137

16.5

129.9

65.3

86.6

160

188

142

17.4

138.0

70.3

86.3

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

L - 6

Age

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

KETCHIKAN AREA
MEDIUM SITE

UNMANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

4821

0.6

0.0

4483

1.8

0.4

0.0

2.0

2744

3.3

1.7

0.3

5.7

1569

4.9

5.5

1.2

13.8

1033

6.3

15.7

4.5

31.4

734

7.7

29.0

9.9

48.3

557

9.1

44.5

16.3

63.6

438

10.4

59.5

23.9

74.4

361

103

11.7

74.1

31.7

82.3

302

110

13.0

88.3

39.2

88.3

264

116

14.2

100.1

46.4

91.0

234

122

15.3

111.1

53.3

92.6

209

127

16.5

121.8

59.7

93.7

189

132

17.6

131.2

65.7

93.7

173

137

18.6

139.4

71.0

92.9

159

141

19.6

147.3

76.3

92.1

L - 7

Appendix L:
Empirical Timber Yield Tables

STIKINE AREA
HIGH SITE

UNMANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Age

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

5685

0.3

0.0

3688

2.5

0.1

0.0

0.5

1588

4.7

0.7

0.2

2.3

992

6.2

3.5

0.7

8.8

719

7.5

14.1

3.8

28.2

562

8.8

33.0

10.9

55.0

460

9.9

52.5

19.5

75.0

391

103

11.0

70.3

28.4

87.9

336

111

12.1

85.7

36.8

95.2

100

298

118

13.1

99.3

44.8

99.3

110

265

125

14.0

110.7

52.0

100.6

120

239

130

15.0

121.0

58.4

100.8

130

217

136

15.9

130.5

64.3

100.4

140

198

140

16.8

138.3

69.6

98.8

150

183

144

17.7

145.6

74.5

97.1

160

170

148

18.5

152.3

79.0

95.2

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

L - 8

1592

1007

718

556

450

375

321

277

242

216

194

176

160

147

CHATHAM AREA
HIGH SITE

UNMANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Dominate Quadratic Merchantable

Tree Mean C.F. Volume

Height Diameter (100)

(feet) (inches)

Merchantable Mean

B.F. Volume Annual

(1000) Increment

(net c.f.)

0.4

0.0

2.4

1.6

0.9

8.0

4.7

3.0

1.2

10.0

6.2

5.7

2.2

14.3

7.6

17.5

5.8

35.0

8.8

34.6

12.0

57.7

10.0

55.8

21.5

79.7

106

11.3

73.8

31.5

92.3

115

12.4

87.5

39.5

97.2

122

13.6

103.5

48.0

103.5

129

14.8

116.6

54.4

106.0

136

15.9

127.6

64.0

106.3

142

17.0

138.7

71.0

106.7

147

18.0

147.3

76.7

105.2

152

19.2

156.2

83.0

104.1

157

20.2

163.5

88.1

102.2

L - 9

Appendix L:
Empirical Timber Yield Tables

KETCHIKAN AREA
HIGH SITE

UNMANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Age

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

4821

0.6

0.0

3887

2.3

0.5

0.1

2.5

1976

4.2

3.1

0.6

10.3

1149

5.8

9.9

2.6

24.8

755

7.5

25.2

8.2

50.4

548

9.0

43.5

16.4

72.5

423

10.6

62.3

25.6

89.0

343

108

12.1

79.5

35.0

99.4

287

116

13.6

96.1

44.4

106.8

100

244

124

15.0

110.8

53.5

110.8

110

214

131

16.3

123.8

61.7

112.5

120

190

136

17.6

135.2

69.4

112.7

130

169

142

18.9

146.2

76.5

112.5

140

153

147

20.2

156.0

83.2

111.4

150

140

151

21.3

164.4

89.0

109.6

160

129

155

22.5

172.5

94.6

107.8

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

L- 10

Age

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

STIKINE AREA
MEDIUM SITE

MANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

5685

0.3

0.0

318

2.6

0.0

318

4.8

0.0

317

6.9

1.5

0.3

3.8

316

8.6

13.7

2.9

27.4

301

9.9

29.0

9.0

48.3

279

11.1

44.4

15.8

63.4

261

12.1

58.5

23.0

73.1

245

102

13.0

71.6

30.2

79.6

231

109

13.9

84.6

37.2

84.6

221

115

14.8

96.1

44.2

87.4

210

121

15.6

107.6

50.9

89.7

199

126

16.3

117.6

56.6

90.5

190

131

17.0

126.3

61.9

90.2

180

135

17.7

133.9

66.7

89.3

170

138

18.4

140.9

71.2

88.1

L- 11

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

CHATHAM AREA
MEDIUM SITE

MANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Age

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

12618

0.4

0.0

386

2.1

0.0

386

4.1

1.1

0.2

3.7

383

6.4

4.5

1.2

11.3

376

8.2

12.4

3.9

24.8

351

9.6

26.0

8.0

43.3

321

10.8

38.8

14.5

55.4

299

11.7

51.2

20.6

64.0

281

102

12.6

72.4

26.6

80.4

100

265

109

13.5

84.8

36.9

84.8

110

254

115

14.2

95.3

43.6

86.6

120

244

121

14.9

106.9

50.1

89.1

130

229

125

15.5

114.6

54.6

88.2

140

216

130

16.1

121.4

58.7

86.7

150

204

134

16.8

128.0

62.7

85.3

160

190

137

17.5

134.3

67.0

83.9

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

L- 12

Age

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

KETCHIKAN AREA
MEDIUM SITE

MANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

4821

0.6

0.0

319

3.5

0.4

0.0

2.0

318

5.9

2.1

0.4

7.0

316

8.1

10.9

2.1

27.3

302

9.8

25.8

7.4

51.6

279

11.2

42.4

15.2

70.7

255

12.5

57.1

22.4

81.6

238

13.6

71.7

29.8

89.6

223

106

14.6

86.6

38.1

96.2

209

114

15.7

100.4

46.1

100.4

196

120

16.7

113.6

54.1

103.3

182

126

17.8

125.0

61.4

104.2

169

131

18.7

134.3

67.1

103.3

158

136

19.7

142.9

72.7

102.1

148

140

20.4

149.6

77.4

99.7

139

144

21.3

156.1

81.9

97.6

L- 13

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

STIKINE AREA
HIGH SITE

MANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Age

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

5685

0.3

0.0

385

3.1

0.0

385

5.8

0.3

0.0

1.0

381

7.9

8.4

1.7

21.0

346

9.6

29.2

8.2

58.4

316

10.9

50.7

18.8

84.5

291

12.1

68.6

28.1

98.0

271

106

13.2

85.8

37.5

107.3

252

114

14.1

100.5

46.0

111.7

100

234

122

15.1

112.9

53.5

112.9

110

216

128

16.0

123.3

60.4

112.1

120

200

133

16.8

132.6

65.3

110.5

130

186

138

17.6

141.4

71.9

108.8

140

172

142

18.5

148.7

76.9

106.2

150

160

146

19.3

155.7

81.7

103.8

160

151

150

20.2

162.0

86.1

101.3

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

L- 14

Age

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

CHATHAM AREA
HIGH SITE

MANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

12618

0.4

0.0

386

2.7

0.1

0.0

0.5

386

5.3

2.2

0.1

7.3

379

7.7

8.1

2.6

20.3

355

9.5

22.9

7.5

45.8

315

11.0

42.9

15.9

71.5

287

12.3

65.7

27.4

93.9

269

107

13.2

83.0

36.7

103.8

253

116

14.2

98.5

45.5

109.4

238

123

15.1

113.0

53.8

113.0

221

129

16.0

121.8

59.5

110.7

202

134

16.8

130.2

64.9

108.5

190

139

17.5

138.7

70.4

106.7

179

143

18.2

145.6

75.4

104.0

167

147

18.9

147.8

79.7

98.5

157

151

19.7

157.8

83.7

98.6

L- 15

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

KETCHIKAN HIGH
HIGH SITE

MANAGED EMPIRICAL YIELD TABLE

Age

Trees
Per Acre

Dominate

Tree

Height

(feet)

Quadratic

Mean

Diameter

(inches)

Merchantable
C.F. Volume
(100)

Merchantable
B.F. Volume
(1000)

Mean
Annual
Increment
(net c.f.)

4821

0.6

0.0

319

4.0

0.5

0.1

2.5

318

6.7

4.4

0.8

14.7

309

9.1

18.3

5.0

45.8

284

11.0

39.4

13.9

78.8

254

12.6

59.5

23.7

99.2

231

102

14.0

78.0

33.5

111.4

215

111

15.2

94.6

43.4

118.3

198

119

16.4

111.0

53.2

123.3

100

184

127

17.5

126.0

62.4

126.0

110

168

133

18.8

138.2

70.6

125.6

120

153

139

20.1

149.0

78.0

124.2

130

142

144

21.1

158.4

84.2

121.8

140

130

149

22.2

166.8

90.1

119.1

150

122

153

23.2

174.1

95.3

116.1

160

114

157

24.1

181.2

100.3

113.3

Appendix L:

Empirical Timber Yield Tables

L- 16

APPENDIX M

Appendix M displays the effects of alternative implementation for each of the 52 mineral activity tracts on the
Tongass National Forest. A loction map of all 52 mineral activity tracts is provided followed by the Appendix
M pie charts.

Alternatives A through G are listed at the top of each page. The mineral activity tracts are listed on the left
margin of each page starting with Tract 1 and ending with Tract 52. Acres of individual mineral activity tracts
are listed in the minerals section of Chapter 3. Each pie chart represents the acres for that tract or 1 00 percent.

A pie chart ledgend is displayed along the bottom margin of each page. The pie chart shading and symbols
correspond to the following:

EW Existing Withdrawal

Lands already withdrawn from mineral entry. Valid existing rights will be determined and
recognized. Managenent prescriptions which are withdrawn from mineral entry are
Wilderness, Wilderness National Monument, Non-Wilderness National Monument, Re-
search Natural Areas, and Enacted Municipal Watersheds. As of 1 988 there are no lands
withdrawn for Wild River segments.

RW Recommended Withdrawal

Lands proposed for withdrawl from mineral entry. Valid existing rights will be determined
and recognized. Managenent prescriptions which will be withdrawn from mineral entry
are Wilderness, Research Natural Areas, and Wild River Segments. Additions to Wilder-
ness National Monument and Non-Wilderness National Monument, and Enacted Munici-
pal Watersheds are not recommended under any alternative.

OH Open: High Operating Costs

Lands are open to mineral entry, however periods of operation may be restricted, special
stipulations and mitigation measures will be applied, and some areas will be recommend-
ed for withdrawal from mineral entry to protect surface resources for which the manage-
ment area was established. Operating costs will generally be greater than areas allocated
to prescriptions with average operating costs. Management prescriptions with high
operating costs are Beach Fringe and Esturary, Primitive Recreation, Old-Growth Habitat,
Semi-primitive Recreation, Experimental Forests, Stream and Lake Protection, Special
Areas, and Scenic Rivers.

OA Open: Average Operating Costs

Lands are open to mineral entry. Mitigation measures and stipulations may be applied.
Operating costs will average less than areas allocated to prescriptions with high operat-
ing costs. Management prescriptions with average operating costs are Scenic Viewshed,
Visual-Timber, Roaded Natural/Rural Recreation, Recreation Rivers, Minerals and Timber
Production.

M-1

FIGURE 3.

LOCATION OF 52 MINERAL ACTIVITY TRACTS WITH HIGH DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL ON THE
TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST

M-4

M-5

M-6

A B C D E F G

00®0®

" 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

M-7

M-8

APPENDIX N

INTRODUCTION

USE BY GEOZONE

SUBSISTENCE USE AREAS

This appendix displays areas of the Tongass National Forest where subsis-
tence use activities by rural communities have been identified to occur, based
on "Most Reliable Deer Hunting Areas", "Most Frequented Deer Hunting Areas",
"Upland Salmon Harvest Areas", and moose hunting areas. Appendix N is
comprised of three parts: 1) Communitiy use by Geozone, 2) Community use
by watershed (VCU) and 3) mapped individual community use areas. The
principle source of this material is the Tongass Resource Cooperative Study
(TRUCS, 2/89), with additional information on location of use being derived from
Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) Technical Reports prepared by
the State’s Division of Subsistence.

Two geographic areas are displayed, geographic zones (geozones) and water-
sheds (using Value Comparison Units). (Geozones are explained in the intro-
duction to Chapter 3 and in Appendix B.) The first table shows the number of
Value Comparison Units (VCUs) used by a community within each geozone. If
a watershed VCU is divided between two or more geozones, the geozone
containing the largest percentage of the VCU is given the count for that water-
shed. A zero (0) indicates that no use was identified for the individual commu-
nity listed as per the TRUCS survey or ADF&G Technical Papers.

Of the 33 communities of Southeast Alaska, 31 are designated as "rural," with
Juneau and Ketchikan being the only urban areas. Rural community codes are
listed across the top of each page following the geozone heading. The codes
(in both tables) refer to communities as follows:

Code/Community

AN = Angoon

KL = Klukwan

CP = Cape Pole

ME = Metlakatla

CC = Coffman Cove

MC = Meyers Chuck

CR = Craig

WP = North Whale Pass

EB = Edna Bay

PE = Pelican

EC = Elfin Cove

PG = Petersburg

GU = Gustavus

PB = Point Baker

HA = Haines

PP = Port Protection

HO = Hollis

PA = Port Alexander

HN = Hoonah

SX = Saxman

HB = Hydaburg

SI = Sitka

HY = Hyder

SK = Skagway

KK = Kake

TS = Tenakee Springs

KA = Kasaan

TB = Thorne Bay

KC = Klawock

WR = Wrangell
YA = Yakutat

N - 1 Appendix N:

Subsistence Use Areas

RURAL COMMUNITIES ' USE OF GEO-ZONES

GEO- RURAL COMMUNITY

ZONE

C01

C02

C03

C04

C05

C06

C07

C09

CIO

Cll

C12

C13

C14

Cl 5

C16

C17

C18

C20

C21

C22

C23

C24

C25

KOI

K02

K04

K05

K06

K07

K08

K09

KIO

Kll

K12

K13

K14

K15

SOI

S02

S03

S04

S05

S06

S07

S08

S09

SIO

Sll

S12

S13

S14

Appendix N: N - 2

Subsistence Use Areas

USE BY WATERSHED

The second set of tables displays Value Comparison Units (VCU’s) for
all of the Tongass National Forest where subsistence use activities have
been identified to occur (as discussed above). A "I* indicates reported
use for the community listed in the specific watershed identified. A "O'
indicates that no use was shown to exist in the VCU, based on the
TRUCS survey or ADF&G Technical Papers. The listing of VCUs is
ranked by the number of communities using the watershed for subsis-
tence purposes. At the end of the table, "community totals" shows the
total number of VCU’s used by each community Forest-wide. The last
column to the right of each VCU totals the number of communities using
that specific watershed. The maximum number of communities in any
one watershed is 13, with the minimum being zero.

N -3

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

rOCO(N(N(N(N(N(N(N(Nf-H

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

O O
O fH

ooooooooo

OOOOOOOOOOtHOOOOOO

oooooooo

o o o o o o o

H H H O H

o o o o o

O O O .H o

t— ItHtHtHtHOtHtHtHtHtHtHt— I tH

oooooooooooooo

ooooo^oooooooo

tH O tH

o o o o

oooooooooo

o o o o o o

tH tH o O O

O t— l O O O O tH

O O O O »H

O O O tH tH

tH tH tH O tH

tH tH tH O O

tH tH O

o o o

tH iH O

O O tH

o o

tH O
tH O

O tH tH tH

tH tH tH O

O O tH tH

o o o o

o o o o o

tH O O tH tH

tH tH O O O

o o o o o

tH tH tH tH tH

O rH O O O

o o o

O O tH

o o o

tH tH tH

o o o

o o
o o
«H o
o o
o o

O «H

o o

O tH

o o
o o
o o

tH O O

o o o

O tH tH

o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

O tH tH

oooooooooo

tH o O

oooooooooo

OOOOtHJNOOOO

<N(Nf-O'r^'t*tHC0O'r0

cor-tNCNicoinr-r^ocN

ininininininmmvovo

tH O
tH o
o o
o o
tH o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH
O tH

o o
o o

tH O

r- o
cr» o
(N CO

O O tH

o o o

tH tH O

o o o

O O tH

tH O *H

o o o

O O tH

o o o

O tH o

O «H

o o
o o
o o

tH O tH

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O tH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

tH t— I tH

o o o

O O tH tH tH

o o o o o

tH O tH tH tH

o o o o o

O O O tH o

O tH tH O *H

o o o o o

O O O »H o

o o o o o

tH tH tH O tH

tH tH tH tH tH

o o o o o

O tH tH O O

o o o o o

O CM O

CO CT' tf

CO ^ t*"

IT) IT) IT)

o o in o tH

t*** tH tH CO »H

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 4

5360

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

OOOOO'O'O'O'O'O'O'O'O'O'O'COCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO

ooooooooooooooo

H O H H tH H tH H H rH rH O O H t-H

oooooooo

O O O O tH

tHOOOOOOOtHO

tHrHrHrHOOOOrHtHrHrHrHTHtHOOO

OOOOtHtHtHOOOOOOOOtHOO
O O O O H tH rH tH O O O O O O O tH tH tH

OOOOOOOO
O O O tH tH tH tH O

tH O O O O O

ooooooooooo

O O O tH O O O

tH o O O O tH

o o o o o

o o
o o

O O tH

O tH tH

ooooooooooooooo

tH o O

O rH O

tH O tH

o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

tH o O

o o
O rH
o o
o o

tH O O O O

o o o o o

o o
o o

tH O
O tH

O O tH

o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

tH tH

o o

O tH

o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
tH o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o

o o
in v£>
cr> o*
in in

o o o

O rH O

tH o O

rH O O

O fH o

o o o

rH o O

O tH tH

tH O O

O rH rH

o o o

rH O O

o o o

O tH tH

o o ^

CM V0 rH

(M H IN

o o o
o o o
O tH o

o o
o o
tH o

o o

tH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

ro (*

CM CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH O

o o
o o

O tH
O tH

o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o o o o o

O tH tH O

o o o o o o

o o o

tH tH O

o o o

rH tH tH

o o o

O tH O

o o o

tH rH O

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O O rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
in

ro ro
in in

o o
o ^
in cm
in vo

o o o o o

tH t — I tH O rH

tH tH O rH O

o o o o o

O O t — I rH rH

in cm in

<J\ tH tH

tH tH fN CM

N - 5

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

236

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

E-

C/3

E-

cl.

be:

cocococDcocococococor'r'r^r^r'r^r-r^r^r-r^t^r^r'r^r-

oooooooo

o o
rH o

o o o

rH O iH

o o o

*H o »H

oooooooooo

oooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

O rH o

o o o

rH O O

o o o o o o o

iH rH rH O O O O

O O «H

O O rH O O iH

oooooooooooooooo

•HOOOOOOOOr-lOOOOOOOOOOOO

o o
rH o

o o

O 1-H

oooooooooo

O O O iH

o o
o

o o o o o

O 1-H

o o

O O rH

o o o o

rH O

o o

rH O

o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

rH o
O rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

rH o O

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o

o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

O O rH

o o

rH O

o o

O rH
v£>

ir> in

o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH rH rH

o o o o

O rH rH O

o o o o

o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o
o o
o o
o o

rH O
rH rH

o o
o o
o o

o o o

O O rH

o o o

rH O O O

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

O rH rH

o o o

rH rH rH

o o o

O rH O

o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o

O O O rH rH

o o o o o

oooooooooo

rH rH rH O rH rH rH rH O O
OrHrHOOOOOOO

oooooooooo

rH O rH

o o
fNJ o

vO CO
in in

o o o o

in rH (N

N - 6

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

218

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

ooooooooooooo

o o o o

O H rH rH

o o o o

t—i rH H O

o o o o

O O O fH

oooooooooooooooo

rH i — I O

o o
o o

o o o

O O rH rH

o o o o

H O H H

o o o o

H T— I T—I T—I

oooooooooooo

rH O O

fH o o o o

o o o o o o o

o o o o

oooooooo

o o

O rH

o o
o o

o o o o

1 — I T—I T—I O

o o
o o

o o o o

o o o o o

o o
o o

o o o

O rH O

o o o o

rH O

o o

O tH

o o

o o o o
o o o o
o o o o

rH O O rH

O rH

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o

rH o O

o o o

rH O t— I

o o o

o o
o o

o o o o

O O rH o

rH O

O rH
O' O' O'

CO IN IN

O O rH

o o o

r- cr> co

rH CO (N

CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O rH t-H

O rH O O

o o o o

(N CO O' CO

^ ^ in vo

in in ir> in

o o o o

rH rH t— I rH

o o o o

o o
o o

O rH O

o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

oooooooo

OtHt— lOrHOOO

oooooooo

OOOOfNOfNO

vorgcovor-cMt^o

hCOCOCOCOO'O'H

inininmininin'O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

O rH

o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o

rH O

o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CO O' O'
in

N - 7

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

172

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

v£vOiOvO<Ot£vOv0v£vOiOvOvOvOvOvO*0vOvOvOiOtOvO*0vOvO

O O O O O O O

ooooooooooooooooooo

O H rH H H rH H »H »H H H O H H rH H H H rH

o o
o o

o o o o

o o
o o

ooooooooooooooo

OlHOOOOOOOOOOOOO

O rH f-H

O rH rH

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

ooooooooooooooooo

o o o o

o o o o o

rH O O

tH o
o o

o o
o o

o o o

O O fH

o o o o o o

tH o o o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

O rH H

o o o

o o o o o o

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O i — I i — I

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o

rH O
rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH

r- co in vo tj* cm

r* r- co co O' o

o o o

rH tH rH

o o o

rH O rH

o o o

rH rH O

co r** rH

rH rH CO

CM (N CM

o o o

O rH i — (

o o o

tH o O

o o o

rH O O

o o o

O rH rH

(N H (N

(N (N (N

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

cr» (N
r^- cr>

N fN N

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

rH rH rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O tH rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

rH rH rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 8

326

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

tOvOvOvOvOvOvOvOvOvO*£tOvOvOvO*£vO*0vOvOvOvOvOvOvOvO

OOOOOOOOOOOOOO

O O

O rH

o o o o

tH O O O

o o o

O O tH

o o o

H H O

ooooooooooooooooooooooo

OOOOOOOrHOOOOrHOrHfH

oooooooooooooooo

rHrHiHiHrHrHOOOOOOOOOO

H rH rH O

o o o o

tH tH O

o o o

O rH t-H

o o o

oooooooo

O fH rH o O

O tH O O O rH O

O O O fH o

o o o

o o o o o

o o
o o

o o

rH O

o o
o o

o o o

O rH O

o o o

O rH rH O O

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

rH O O

o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o

O O tH

o o o
o o o
o o o

O O rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

fH O O

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

CO O <N

CO ^ t*

CO CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O fH

o o

fH o

CO O
fH vO

rH O O

o o o

O rH tH

o o o

O tH rH

o o o

CO o o

r- IT) V£>

o o
o o
o o

rH o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o

rH o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

fH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o

rH O tH

o o o

o o

o o
o o

tH »H

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o

O O O O fH o

o o o o o o

tH o o o o o

co o o in o\

Tfinvor-'-r'-r-
in in in in in in

o o o o
o o o o
o o o o

fH o o o

r" t" co o

C* O O CM

IT) vO v£) VO

o o o

tH tH O

o o o

O tH fH

tH rH rH

o o o

fH in vo

fN (N CM

vO vO VO

O rH O

o o o

tH rH rH

o o o

O O rH

o o o

rH O tH

o o o

fH o O

o o o

N - 9

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

7610

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

inininmininininmininininininininininininininininin

oooooooooooooooooooooooo

OOOHOOOHHOOHOHHHHHHpHHHHH

OOt-HrHOOOOO

tH O

H O H

o o
o o

o o o

H O H

o o
o o

O tH

o o
o o

oooooooooooooo

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

1-HOOOOOOOOOOOOOfHO

o o o o o o o

o o o

O «H rH

iH o o o

o o o

tH o O

o o

tH o

o o

rH O

o o o

tH O

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

tH O

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

O tH

o o
o o

o o o o

o o
o o

O O rH

tH H O

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

tH T— 1

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CO rH
fO Tj*

o o o

O O tH

o o o

tH tH O

o o o

tH tH rH

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o

O tH

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH rH

o o
o o

O tH rH

O tH

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o

rH tH tH

o o o

tH tH O

o o o

O O tH

in vo o

O O tH

N (N (N

o o o

O tH o

o o o

O O tH

o o o

tH o O

o o o

rH O tH

o o o

O tH rH

tH O

(N tj« tf

IN (N (N

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

<N (N

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o
o o
o o

O rH o O

cn ^ r-

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
O tH o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

tH tH O

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 10

329

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

minininininininmininininininininininmininmininin

oooooooooooooo

o o

rH O

o o o o o

tH O O tH O

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

oooooooooooooooo

O O O r-l

o o o o

ooooooooooooo

H tH ?H »H O

o o o o o

oooooooooooooooo

tH O O tH

O tH

tHOOrHOOOO

o o o

O O tH

o o o o

rH o O O

o o o o o

tH tH tH O O

o o
o o

o o

O tH

o o o o o

o o o o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

tH O tH tH

o o o o

tH tH O O

o o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o

O O O O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

rH tH O

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

ID f" CO

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o

tH <N Tf If)

o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH
CO CO

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o

O tH o

o o o

r- o o

in t* co

m in

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o
o o
o o

tH o O
tH O tH

o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

O tH rH O O

o o o o o

o o
O o
O O

rH O

o o
o o
o o
O o
o o
o o
O o
o o
o o
o o

o o o

O O rH

O tH o

o o o

O o o

o o o

O o o

o o o

o o

^ tH

N - 11

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

6170

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

mmininmminmininfj'

,f 'j1 ^ 't 'f

■'T TT T* ^

o o o o o o o

o o
fH o

o o
o o

o o o o

rH rH O O

o o
o o

o o o o o

oooooooooo

ooooooooooo

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

rH O

o o

o o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o o

O rH i-H rH

o o
o o

o o o o o

fH o o o o

rH O O

tHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

iH o o o o o o

OOOOOOtHfH

oooooooo

o o o

O O fH

o o
o o

O »H

o o o o

tH O fH fH

o o
o o

o o o

O fH o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

o o o o

O fH fH

o o
o o
o o

fH o

O rH

o o
o o
o o

fH O

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH O

o o o
o o o
o o o

tH O O

o o o

fH O O

O fH O

o o o

fH O O

o o o

O O »H

o o o

O *H fH

O »H fH

o o o

O' r" o

fH <N CO

vO vO vO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

fH fH

o o
o o
o o

o o

CO f*
CO CO
vO VO

o o
o o

rH fH

o o
o o

O fH

o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o

rH o
fH o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o

O fH

o o
o o

O fH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o

rH o

o o

O rH
rH O
O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o

rH O

o o

rH o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH o

o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O fH

o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

vO VO fH

o o o o o o o

O O fH o o o o

fH rH o o o o o

o o o o o o o

co o* o r- co O'

CO CO o o o o

fH tH (N (N <N (N

r- r- C'

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 12

220

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

^ 'J'

oooooooooooooooo

0»h000»h00»HtH»HtHtHtH00

o o o o

O O tH o

o o o o o o

OOOOOOrHOrH

O rH

o o o o

oooooooooooooooo

OOrHrHOOOOOOOOOOOO

o o o o

o o o

iH o O

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

OOOOOrHOOOOO

rHOOOOOOOrHOrH

o o

rH O

o o
o o

O O rH

rH tH O

O O O rH

O rH

o o

o o o

O rH o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o

O rH tH

o o o

o o

O rH

o o
o o

o o

o o
o o

o o o

rH i — I O

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CM CO
CM CM
CM CM

CO <T>
CM CM
CM CM

o o o

O O rH

o o o

rH O O

o o o

O O rH

o o o

co co

co ’f in

CM CM CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

in vo

CM CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH

r- t"*

CM CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH in

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O O rH

vO co
CO CO CO

CM CM CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH o

co in
o\ o

CM CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o

00 rH
CM CO
CO CO

o o o

O O rH

o o o

O O tH

o o o

CO CO O'

^ O'
CO CO CO

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O VO
rH rH

N - 13

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

417

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

^1* *M*

ooooooooooooo

o o o

*H o O

o o

O rH

o o o

•'* ^

o o o

O tH O

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o o
o o o o
o o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

O H H

o o o

rH O

o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOfHrHOOtHOOOlHOfH

»H O rH O

o o o o

O O »H fH O

o o
o o

o o

O fH

o o

fH O

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

fH fH O

o o
o o

fH o
o o
o o

fH o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

fH o
o o

rH fH O

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CO ON
fH fH

o o
o o
o o
o o

fH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O CM
CM CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o

CM O

r* r-

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

CM CO

in in
in in

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

fH O rH

o o o
o o o
o o o

fH rH fH
O O fH
O fH O

o o o
o o o

o o o

■m* in on

VO vO VO

in in in

O O tH

o o o

O fH fH

fH o O

o o o

O fH o

o o o

rH o O

fH o O

o o o

O rH

o o

O fH
rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o

o o

O rH
VO vO

rH O rH

o o o

fH fH fH

o o o

O fH o

o o o

o o
o o
o o

fH o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O fH

o o
o o
o o

o o o

rH O O

o o o

i — I fH rH

o o o

o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 14

6150

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

^•rororococororororocorococo

O O
O «H

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

O O .H O

o o
o o

o o o o

O O fH

o o o

H H O

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOrH

rHOOOOOOOO

O fH

o o
o o

o o o

fH O

o o
o o

O fH

o o

fH o
o o

o o
o o

o o

O fH

OOOOfHOOO

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

O fH O

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o o

ooooooooooooo

o o o o o

OOOOOfHOfHOfHOO

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

fH o
o o

o o
o o

O O rH

O rH O

o o
o o
o o
fH o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

O fH

o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o

o o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O fH

o o

fH O

o o
o o
rH o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

fH o fH o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

O' O fH

O rH rH

f" r-

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

H O fH

o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

O fH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O fH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o

fjf o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

fH <N

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH O rH

o o o o

rH rH O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O fH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o

O O fH

o o o

O O fH

o o o

O' Tj*

v£> CO

r* t- r-

N - 15

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

193

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

cocococococococococo

cocococococorococococorocoooco

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

OrHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOtHtHtHtH

O tH

O rH

oooooooooooooooooooo

o o o

H O H

«H O O

o o o o

ooooooooooooooooooo

tH H

H rH

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o o o o

ooooooooo

o o o

rH O

o o

O tH

o o

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOtHOOOO

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

H H H

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

»h m vo

O O rH

IN IN IN

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

vo r-

CM CM
CM CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH o O O

CO O' O tH

n- tj- in in

CM CM CM CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

cm in
in in

CM CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CO <T\
in in

CM CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O CM
vO m
CM CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o

CM CM CM CM CM CM

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
^ in

N - 16

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

277

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

corococorocococococorororococorococoro

co co oo ro co ro

O O
iH O

O O
O O

O O
O «H

O O
O

oooooooooooooooo

H O H

00000^00000000000000000000

o o
o o

tH O

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

o o o o

O rH O

o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

OOOOtHOOOO

O O O rH

o o o

rH O O

O rH

O o

O O

o o
o o

o o

O rH

o o

rH O

o o o o o o o

o o

O rH

O O o

rH O rH

o o
o o
o o

O O

o o
o o
o o
O o

O O

o o

O O

O o
O o
o o
o o

rH o

o o
o o

rH O

O O
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

O O O

o o o
o o o
O o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

O O

o o
o o

rH O

o o
O o
o o

O O o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
O O

o o
o o
o o
o o

O O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O O

o o
o o
o o
o o

co ro
o

o o

O O

o o
o o
O o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O O

o o
o o

O O
O O

o o
o o

O rH

ro ro

O O
O O
O O
O O
O O
o o
O o
O o
o o
o o
O o
O o
O o
O o
o o
o o
o o

t-H O'*

ro ro

O O

o o
O o
o o

rH rH

o o

O O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o

O O

o o

rH O

O O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
O o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
O o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

O O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
O o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
O o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
O o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

rH O' rH (N

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

rH CO TP O'

v£> vO [■"• CO

O rH O
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O O rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

<N VO
<J\ <N

N - 17

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

5660

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

ro ro CO co CO

COCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO

o o
o o

o o o o o

o o
o o

o o

O rH

ooooooooo

o o o o o o

H H fH O H H

ooooooooooooooooooooooooo o

o o
o o

o o o o o
o o o o o
o o o o o

o o
o o

oooooooo

H H O H

o o o

o
o o

o o o o o o

oooooooo

o o o o

o o o o o o o

OOOOOOOOrHOOOOOOOOOO

o o
o o

o o

O rH

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

O O rH

o o
o o

o o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o o o

oooooooo

O rH rH

o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o

o o

O' in

O' O

in vo

o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o

rH o

o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CO rH

o o o

O rH rH

o o o

rH o O

o o o

tj* in on

r- r"
vo m m

o o
o o

rH rH O

o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o

O' CM

rH o

o o

o o
r-

rH rH

r* r-

O rH O

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O O rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

CO rH (N

rH (N (N

i —

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

oooooooo

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 18

7370

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

0OfN<NC'4(N(NC'irM<N<NC'J<N<NC''l<N(N<N(NCM(N<N(N|fMfM<NC'|J

O O O O O O O

O O
o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o o o o o

O -H o o o o o

ooooooooooooooooo

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

oooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o o o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

ooooooooooooo

o o o o o o

o o o o o

o o o

O O rH

o o
o o

o o

O rH

o o

rH o

O rH O

o o o

O rH O

o o o

O «H o

o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

rH O O

o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

rH O O

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH
ON ON

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
m o

O' rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

ON O
rH fN

o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O .H

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O O rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

rH O O

vo in
vO <N <N

rH CN (N

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

00 ro VO

vo r*
IN (N <N

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

N - 19

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

300

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

<NesjrM(N(N<NCMrNcgr'j(Nj<NrM<Nr'i<N<N<Ncg<N(N(N(N(N<Nrg

o o o o o

rH rH rH

rH O

OOOOOOOOOO

ooooooooo

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o o o

oooooooooooo

r-.rHrHOOOOOOOOO

o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

OOOOOOOtHOOOiHOOOOOOOOOOiHOOO

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o

O rH

oooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o

O rH

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o

rH o O
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O
O rH

ro ro

o o o

rH (N 00

H i-H i — I

ro ro ro

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

tj* vo r- m

xj> t}> ro

ro ro ro

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O rH CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

ro ^ O rH

^ in in

xr tt

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o

O rH rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 20

452

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

(N(N(NrslC\JC'Jf'>Jf'JfNCsJCsl(NfN(N(NCMrM(N(N<NrMf\l(N(NfNr'J

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

O O
»H O

O O
O O

o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o o

o o o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

O tH

o o

o o o o

o o
o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o o o o

ooooooooooo

o o

O tH

o o o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

O O «-H

o o
o o
o o

tH O

o o
o o
o o
o o

tH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o

O ro
CO 00 CO
■«*"

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

ro vo r*

O' O O'

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CO tH
O' o

IT)

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O T-i
tH tH

m in

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

(N CO
tH tH

in in

tH tH O

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O' O tH

H IN N

in in in

O tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

»H O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

vO vO vO

N -21

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

6420

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

(N<N(NC'4(N(NfM<N<Nrvj(N<N(NC'J<N<N(N{N(NCMf\10J<N(N(NCN

O O
O O

O O O

O O rH

O O

«H o

o o
o o

o o o

oooooooo

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o

oooooooo

oooooooooooo

ooooooooo

o o o o o

tHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

o o
o o

o o o

o o o o

O H i — I O

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o

o o o

O i — l « — I

o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

H rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
co

^ Tj*

v£> vO

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

in vo o

tj-

vO vO v O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

r-H rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o

O rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

[■"■ CO

r* r"

VO vO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH rH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
in io
co co

VO VO

rH O O

o o o

rH rH O

o o o

O O rH

o o o

<N VO

O' O' O'

vO vO vO

O rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o

o o
o o
o o
o o

«H O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 22

7000

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

fM(NCN<N(N(Nr'J(N(N(NCNCNCN(NOI(NfM<N(N(N<Nr'l(N<N<N(N

O O
O O

O O O

O O
O O

O O O O

ooooooooooooo

rHOOOOOOOrHfHrHrH«-H

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o,

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o o o

ooooooooooooo

O O O O rH

o o o o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o

o o
o o
o o

tH O

o o
o o
o o

O rH

ooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O O fN
co -*r

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o

r*'- co

in vo
r-

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o

o o
in ih
r- th

r- co

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

i — I H rH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

oooooooo

o o o o o

rH co vO Is**

rH rH rH rH (N

co co co co co

N - 23

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

8400

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

-1

E-

E-*

E-

O O

o o

tH O

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

O O tH

o o

tH O

o o
o o

o o o o o

ooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
tH o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o

ooooooooooooooooooooo

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

O tH tH

o o o

o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CQ On

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O O rH v£>

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

r— i —

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
in

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

CO CO

tj> ro ro tJ1 tf P' CO

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O h CO

CO GO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

rH O O

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH tH O

N - 24

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

280

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

oooooooooooooo

oooooooooooo

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

oooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o
o o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

Ox VO
Ch O
<N CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

r- oo
o o

CO co

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o

CO Ox
rH iH
CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
■«* in

CO CO CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O »H
in in
CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tj* in
in in

CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

VO [■"

in in
CO CO

o o o

CO OX O

in in xo

CO CO CO

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

iH <N CO

xO VO XO

CO CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

N - 25

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

365

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

ooooooooooooooooooooooo

tH H O

o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o
o o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

vo r-
vO vO
ro ro

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

00 O' o

vo vo
ro ro ro

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

H N fO

r- r- r-

ro ro ro

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tJ* IT)

r- r-
ro ro

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

'O Is CO

ro ro ro

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O' O rH

h co co

ro ro ro

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

(N ro -Vi-
co CO CO

ro ro ro

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O O T-i

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

ro ro ro ro ro ro

N - 26

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

423

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

o o
o o

o o o

o o

O tH

oooooooooo

o o

O *H

o o
o o

o o o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

OO.HOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

o o o o o

o o

O tH

o o o

O i — I tH

o o
tH o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o

tH O

o o
tH o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

tH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

cr> vo

M fO tf

Tj. Tj. ^

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

ro tr in

vO vO vO

Tjt tl* Tj*

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

vO Ov
vO VO
tj* tj*

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o tH in
r- r-

t* t*

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

vO CO

r- r-

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CM CO
CO CO

Tj. Tjt

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O in cm ro tj* in

CJ- O' o o o o

^ in in in in

N - 27

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

508

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

E-*

c n

(fi

OOO
H O H

O tH o o

tH o O

o o
o o

OOO

o o
o o

00000000000000000000000000

OOO

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

000000

OOO

o o
o o

0000

o o
o o
o o

00000000000000000000000000

OOO

o o
o o

OOO

o o
o o

OOO

o o
o o
o o
o o

OOO

o o
o o
o o
o o

O rH O
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO

O' r*

O »H tH

in id in

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

fN CO
in co

o o
o o
o o
o o

tH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

<n r- tj*

Tj- -<r VD vD

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

cr> o

OOO

tH tH tH

OOO

OOO
tH rsj m

in in in

N£> vO vO

OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
tH tH tH
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO

OOO
rf in vd

in in in

VO 10 VO

OOO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

000000000

0000000

r^CT'OtHfNrot*
in in vo vO v£> vo m

vO 'O vO iO vO iO

N - 28

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

0S99

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o o
o o o

o o o

O O fH

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

oooooooooooooo

TH O O O

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
O t-H o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

rH »H o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

H fH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
r" co

vO VO
VO VO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

H i—l

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

O' H

vo r-
VO vO

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

fH rH fH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

r- co O'

CO CO CO

VO vo vo

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o .H

o o
o o

fH O

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

O fH
O' O'

vo vo

fH o O

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O O fH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

co vo r*

O' o o

vo r-- r-

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

fH fH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
** in

PM CM

r- r-

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
CO co

CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

■4.

i" r- r- r-

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

O rH

000

O' O fH

vf in in

r* r* r*

000

o o
vo

vo vO

N - 29

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

7730

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o
o o o

o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

oooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

rH O

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o

O TH

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

CO O'
O' O'

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

O tH (N

o o o

CO 00 CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

H t— I

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
tH o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

oooooooo

o o

CO VO

o o

I** CO

O O'
O' CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O O'
in in

<N (N

co co

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

oooooooo

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
coo
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O' o
v£> r-

o o
O' co

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 30

8390

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

oooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o o o o o

oooooooooooooooooo

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

tH i — I iH

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

in r--
in in in

CD CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

tH tH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O iH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o o

tH O O

o o o

O O CM

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CO ■M*

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
in vo r-~

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
co o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

O fH

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CM CO

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
t* in io

N -31

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
r- co

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

■<* CO
CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
O' o

CO ^

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

•«*

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 32

■l

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

o o o o

o o
o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CO O H
^ If) ID

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
■*? in

VO \D

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

N - 33

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

oooooooo

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

vo r-
r" [''["■

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

vo r** oo

O' O' O'

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O' O *H

O' o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

oooooooo

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 34

106

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

oooooooooooo

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

H (N IN

oooooooooooo

rororororororoco^*

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

rH ^ O'

O' O' O'

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

O r*
o o o

in in in

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

00 ID
rH H

in in

N - 35

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

O tH
CO CO

r- r-

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

CM ><*

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

CM vO

r**

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
r- co
r- r-

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
O' o
r- co

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

1-H CM
CO CO
C- f"

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

ir» vo
co co co

r* r-

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

CO O' o

co co O'

r" r-

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o

tj* m
O' (7*

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o

N - 37

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

7970

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

E-

E-*

Cx]

>«

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o

o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o

oooooooooooooooooooooooooo

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o
o o

o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

co in

O' o o

h CO CO

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o

cocococococococo

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

«H CN CO

IN N IN

co co co

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

o o o

N" iO O

CM CN CO

co co co

o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o

o o o o o o

o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o

N - 38

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

8350

IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE WATERSHEDS FOR RURAL COMMUNITIES

o o

o o o

CQ O O O

< o o o

cu o o o

w o o o

IT)

o o o o

J o o o

< o o o

o o o o

x o o o

>« o o o

o o o o

2 O O O

o o o o

a: o o o

D O O O

u o o o

CQ O O O

X o o o

u o o o

DU O O O

X o o o

D O O OV

L) ^ r- ov

> VO vO OV

CO CO OV

N - 39

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

MAPPED USE BY
WATERSHED BY
COMMUNITY

The following maps, the last section of Appendix N, contain information by
rural community on the location of important subsistence use areas as depicted
in the Tongass Resource Use Cooperative Survey (TRUCS), February, 1990.
The maps are based on 'Most Reliable', 'Most Frequented' and ‘Upland
Salmon Harvest" areas located by surveyed individuals from the thirty-one rural
communities of Southeast Alaska. Information from these maps was the basis
of the Southeast composite which is displayed in the Chapter 3, Subsistence
Section of the Revision DEIS. From this map, the Southeast composite, effects
on subsistence uses by other management activities is derived.

The rural community maps were developed from the digitized polygon informa-
tion created during the TRUCS survey. Maps displayed in this Appendix identify
watersheds (VCU’s-Value Comparison Units) where polygon information was
mapped. If a watershed contained use in any amount, the entire watershed was
shaded. Displaying the entire watershed as being utilized when only portions
of the drainage were mapped may overestimate the area used for subsistence
purposes. It is important to note that a sample of individuals from rural commu-
nities were surveyed during the TRUCS data collection. If all Southeast resi-
dents in rural communities were surveyed a larger area of use may be depicted
than identified on the maps. The communities reviews allowed everyone in the
rural communities to view the TRUCS mapping effort and correct any deficien-
cies.

Community reviews of the TRUCS maps were completed in April, 1990 by
Forest Service and Alaska Department of Fish and Game members. Information
from these reviews is not contained in the maps displayed due to the new
information not available prior to printing of the Revision DEIS. Information
gathered during the community reviews will be incorporated in the Revision
FEIS.

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 40

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
use* JUREAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toniass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb.'

ANGOON

April 19, 1990

N - 41

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
US£ JUREAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tonga
Use Cooperative

ass Resource
Survey/ - Feb. 1989

CAPE POLE

April 19, 1990

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 42

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USE3 AdtEAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tongass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

COFFMAN COVE

April 19, 1990

N - 43

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE

EAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toneass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

CRAIG

April 19. 1990

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 44

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
US£“ AdR E A S

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toniass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

EDNA BAY

April 19, 1990

N - 45

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
UStf AdREAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toniass

live

Resource

Use Coopera
Survey . - Feb . 1 989

ELFIN COVE

April 19, 1990

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 46

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USE1 JUREAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toniass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

GUSTAVUS

April 19, 1990

N - 47

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
US£ Adi E A S

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toniass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

HAINES

April 19, 1990

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 48

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
UStf Adi E A S

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tongass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

HOLLIS

April 19, 1990

N - 49

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
UStf JUREAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: T o n | a s s

Resource

Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

HOONAH

April 19, 1990

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 50

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USE1 Adi E A S

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toniass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

HYDABURG

April 19, 1990

N - 51

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
UStf Adi E A S

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tontass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

HYDER

April 19, 1990

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 52

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
UStf A/REAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tonjass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

KAKE

April 19. 1990

N - 53

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USf AdR E A S

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tongass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

KASAAN

April 19. 1990

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 54

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
US£ JUREAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tongass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

KLAWOCK

April 19, 1990

N - 55

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
US£ JUREAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tong ass
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

Resource

KLUKWAN

April 19, 1990

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 56

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USE1 JUREAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toniass Resource
Use Cooper at i ve
Survey. - Feb. 1989

MET l AK AT LA

April 20, 1990

N - 57

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE

EAS

SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tongass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey . - Feb . 1 989

MEYERS CHUCK

April 20,

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 58

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
UStf AdtEAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tongass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

N. WHALE PASS

April 20, 1990

N - 59

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
US£ JUREAS

0 SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toneass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey . - Feb . 1 989

PELICAN

April 20, 1990

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 60

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USE1 AdlEAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: T o ■ < a s s Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey . - Peb . 1989

PETERSBURG

April 20, 1990

N -61

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
US£ Adi E A S

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toniass

Use Cooperative
Survey . - Feb . 1 989

Resource

P T . BAKER

April 2 0 , 1 9 9 0

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 62

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
US£ Ad* E A S

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE : Tons ass

Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

Resource

PORT ALEXANDER

April 2 0 , 1 9 9 0

N - 63

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
UStf iUREAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toniass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

PORT PROTECTION

April 2 0 , 1 9 9 0

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 64

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USE1 JUREAS

SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE : Tom ass

Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

Resource

S AXMAN

April 20, 1990

N - 65

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USE1 A4EAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE : Tontass

Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb . 1989

Resource

SITKA

April 2 0 , 1 9 9 0

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 66

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USE1 JUREAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tongas s Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

SKAGVAY

April 2 0 , 1 9 9 0

N - 67

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USE1 Adt E A S

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Ton ass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

TENAKEE SPRINGS

April 20, 1990

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

N - 68

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
USE1 AJ E A S

B SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Toncass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey. - Feb. 1989

THORNE BAY

April 20. 1000

N • 69

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
UStf A/REAS

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tongass Resource
Use Cooperative
Survey . - Feb . 1 989

VRANGELL

April 2 0 , 1 9 9 0

N - 70

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

TONGASS NATIONAL FOREST
IMPORTANT SUBSISTENCE
US£ E A S

□ SUBSISTENCE AREAS

SOURCE: Tonrass Resource
Use Coopertlive
Survey. - Feb. 1989

YAKUTAT

April 20. 1900

N -71

Appendix N:
Subsistence Use Areas

APPENDIX O

COMPARISON OF STREAM AND LAKE PROTECTION AND NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES

SERVICE RIPARIAN PRESCRIPTIONS

INTRODUCTION The National Marine Fisheries Service (1988) issued the following policy

statement for riparian habitat protection in Alaska:

■In order to maintain optimum production of anadromous
salmonids the NMFS policy is to advocate the protection of riparian
habitat through the retention of buffer zones along all anadromous
fish streams and their tributaries in Alaska. NMFS will seek to
ensure that a minimum buffer zone width of 30 meters (1 00 feet)
be maintained on each side of the stream, and should consist of
the natural/existing undisturbed forest. This policy addresses
only the minimum buffer zone width. In some cases a wider
zone is necessary to protect fisheries resources. Additional
research is needed from which more site-specific prescriptions
can be developed.'

The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) was consulted, and with them
a riparian management area prescription representing the NMFS policy was
developed for ascertaining more precisely the effects of implementing their
policy. The NMFS prescription (see page 0-6) was developed in the same
format as the riparian management prescriptions shown in Appendix F; the
content of the NMFS prescription was not changed. Riparian management
prescriptions in Appendix F are:

Management Area WQ: Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements
Management Area SL: Stream and Lake Protection

The objective of the Fish Habitat and Water Quality Requirements (WQ)
management area prescription is to comply with the National Forest Manage-
ment Act Regulations of no serious and adverse effects to water quality and
fish habitat. The objective of the Stream and Lake Protection (SL) management
area prescription is to maintain or enhance aquatic biological productivity,
which is similar to current management direction.

All alternatives, A through G, include only the SL prescription for implementa-
tion. The rationale for this is that the SL prescription best meets current
direction and public issues (see DEIS, chapter 3, Fish section).

0-1

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

STREAM & LAKE

PROTECTION

PRESCRIPTION

NMFS PRESCRIPTION

COMPARISON

The purpose of this appendix is to compare the NMFS prescription with the
proposed Forest Service Stream and Lake Protection management area
prescription in regards to the fisheries resource only. The effects on all other
resources are similar and do not require a detailed comparison.

The effect on coho salmon and Dolly Varden char habitat capability following
timber harvest is shown for sample channel types in Figures 0-1 through
0-3 for the SL prescription. Capability changes for Dolly Varden are shown
for both Class I and Class II streams, since they would be managed differently,
(see the DEIS, Glossary, for definitions of Class I, II, III streams) (Coho are
only found in Class I streams.)

If the SL prescription were implemented, it is predicted that Forest-wide
habitat capability for coho salmon would be reduced by a maximum of .5
percent during the next 1 50 years, and for Dolly Varden char, habitat capability
Forest-wide would be reduced by less than 3 percent during the next 1 50
years if all forested (tentatively suitable) riparian areas, outside of Wilderness,
were harvested according to the SL prescription direction, and standards
and guidelines. This is actually an overestimation of the amount of reduced
capability since all riparian acres are not allocated to the SL prescription or
any other prescription allowing scheduled timber harvest. Therefore, reduction
in habitat capability ranges from 0 to .5 percent for coho, and from 0 to 3
percent for Dolly Varden.

If the NMFS prescription were implemented, coho salmon and Dolly Varden
char habitat capability following timber harvest would not be changed because
it does not allow harvest within 100 feet of all Class I and Class II fish streams.
The coho and Dolly Varden models predict that all large woody debris in
streams which form pools comes from within 1 00 feet of the streams, therefore
these large woody debris sources would be maintained.

In addition to the guidelines along Class I and II streams, the prescription
provides for no timber harvest on Class III streams unless the stream is
ephemeral or intermittent (flows only part of the year), has a gradient greater
than 8 percent or is not a tributary to a Class I or II stream. This guideline
for Class III streams does not affect the anticipated habitat capability of fish
streams, but could reduce the risk of impacts to downstream fish habitat
(see DEIS, Chapter 3, Fish section for the risk of effects to the fish resource
from management activities.

Both the NMFS and the SL management area prescriptions recognize that
the area immediately adjacent to the stream is the most critical for maintaining
or enhancing fish habitat populations. Both prescriptions also acknowledge
that timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in
order to meet process group objectives. The NMFS prescription includes an

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

0-2

objective to maintain 100 percent of sources of large woody debris to streams
in Class I and II streams, and in many Class III streams. The SL prescription
includes the objective to maintain or enhance aquatic biological productivity.

The two prescriptions differ mostly in relation to the 100 percent objective of
sources of large woody debris to the stream. The following are the requirements
of the NMFS prescription which are not included in the SL prescription:

1 . Objective: NMFS prescription has an added objective for maintaining
100 percent of sources of large woody debris to streams.

2. Harvest controls: The NMFS prescription always allows no programmed
harvest within 100 wind resistant feet of Class I and II streams and Class
III streams unless the stream is ephemeral or intermittent, has a gradient
greater than 8 percent or is not a tributary to a Class I or II stream.

In the NMFS prescription, trees yarded across buffered streams must
attain full suspension over all trees within 100 feet of streams in buffered
areas.

3. Roading: In most process groups, the statement "roads shall not parallel
streams within no harvest areas" has been added to the NMFS prescription.

For streams on which no programmed harvest is to be maintained,
disturbance within 1 00 feet of streams for roads should be limited to an
average of 3 acres per one mile of stream in the NMFS prescription.

In most other ways the prescriptions are similar. Both require the use of
Best Management Practices. When the Stream and Lake Protection prescrip-
tion limits harvest beyond 100 feet, the NMFS precription does this also.

0-3

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

FIGURE 0-1

ESTIMATION OF EFFECTS OF PRESCRIPTION ’SL’ ON COHO SALMON

Effects on Coho Capability

Management Area 'SL'

SHC = smolt habitat capability

FIGURE 0-2

ESTIMATION OF EFFECTS OF PRESCRIPTION ’SL’ ON DOLLY VARDEN CHAR - CLASS 1

Effects on D.Varden Capability

Management Area ’SL' / Class 1

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

0-4

FIGURE 0-3

ESTIMATION OF EFFECTS OF PRESCRIPTION ’SL’ ON DOLLY VARDEN CHAR - CLASS 2

Effects on D.Varden Capability

Management Area 'SL* / Class 2

Channel Type

O - 5

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

NMFS RIPARIAN POLICY

Management Area NMFS

The emphasis of this management area is to maintain optimum riparian habitat for fish and other riparian
dependent resources. This prescription applies to areas comprised of aquatic and riparian ecosystems,
including riparian streamsides, lakes and floodplains, with distinctive resource values and characteristics.
This area includes the zones of interaction between the riparian and upland terrestrial ecosystems through
exchanges of energy, nutrients and plant and animal species. It may also include landslide, erosion, and
windthrow hazard areas associated with streams and riparian areas. Conflicts in management activities are
to be settled in favor of the riparian dependent species.

At a minimum, this Area includes the riparian area required to meet the National Forest Management Act's
implementing regulations for fish habitat and water quality (see description of the Stream and Lake
Protection Management Area) and includes 100 feet from all fish streams and their tributaries which
significantly affect water quality. This prescription has been developed to portray the National Marine
Fisheries Service Policy of 1 988.

Riparian related definitions relating to this management area are as follows:

Cultural resources Interpretation of cultural resources and the natural environment may be

provided to enhance the visitors experience. Cultural sites adjacent to
activities will be protected following applicable Federal and State Regula-
tions.

Recreation Recreation use will be managed to preserve the natural attributes of the

riparian area. Activities are managed to harmonize with the adopted ROS
setting and purpose of adjacent areas. Recreation developments should
generally be located in other management areas, unless the use is com-
patible or cannot practicably be located outside of riparian areas.

Visual Visual quality may vary, based on the adopted Visual Quality Objectives

for the surrounding area.

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

0-6

Fish

Fish habitat, including its protection, rehabilitation, and enhancement is
emphasized. Other resource activities should maintain or enhance stream
habitat conditions. Included will be the protection and management of the
riparian area for the maintenance of stream banks, water quality, large
woody debris, pools, and streambeds for resident and anadromous fish
species and for downstream fisheries considerations.

Subsistence

Subsistence use occurs in accordance with applicable Federal and State
regulations. Opportunities for harvesting riparian related resources, in-
cluding both fish and wildlife species, will be maintained or enhanced.

Wildlife

A wide variety of vegetative conditions and types will be present, often
benefiting a variety of riparian dependent wildlife species. Often, the area
will provide snags for dependent wildlife species, maintain a vegetative
component of large trees for brown bear bedding areas and other riparian
dependent species, and provide for wildlife travel corridors.

Timber

Timber harvest and other silvicultural treatments will be allowed where not
in conflict with the protection and enhancement of riparian dependent
resources. Generally, only limited treatment is suitable within a variable
distance of stream courses, with uneven-aged management being the
predominant harvest method. No programmed timber harvest is allowed
within 1 00 feet of fish streams and their tributaries which significantly affect
water quality. Timber harvest for roads crossing riparian areas is allowed.

Soil and water

Soil and water protective measures are applied to a greater degree than
in most other areas due to the proximity to, and density of, water courses.
Emphasis is for no impacts to water conditions or fish habitat.

Lands

Activities dependent upon the riparian area, and which meet the fish,
wildlife and water quality objectives for riparian areas, may be present.

Minerals

Lands are open to mineral entry. Mineral activities are designed to be
compatible to the extent practicable with the management emphasis, and
will often include special mitigating measures to protect water conditions
and fish habitat.

Facilities

Generally, facilities will not be present within this management area, un-
less the use is compatible or cannot be located outside of the riparian
area

Transportation

Transportation developments should be located outside of the area, to the
extent practicable. Road crossings of fish streams are allowed, and are to
be designed for fish migration.

Fire

Appropriate suppression measures will be used to maintain water quality
and fish habitat.

insect and Disease

Integrated pest management principles are applied to maintain water
quality and fish habitat.

O - 7

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

Apply the following Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

RESOURCE

SECTION

SUB-SECTIONS

CULTURAL

All

RECREATION

AN, AT

All

VISUALS

AVI

l(A,B,C,D)

AV1 1, AVI 2

All

FISH

All

SUBSISTENCE

SUBS

All

THREATENED, ENDANGERED, SENSITIVE

CT11

All

BIODIVERSITY

BIO

All

WILDLIFE

All

TIMBER

All

AIR

All

SOIL AND WATER

All

MINERALS AND GEOLOGY

GM11

All

GM12

ll-VII

LANDS

All

FACILITIES

None

TRANSPORTATION

All

FIRE

PF12

l(A:2,3)

PF2

l(A:1-4)

LAW ENFORCEMENT

All

INSECT AND DISEASE

All

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

0-8

Apply the following Management Area Direction and Standards & Guidelines:

CULTURAL Cultural Resource Activities: AC

Evaluation

A. Develop priorities and schedule management activities to implement

cultural resource inventory, evaluation, protection, interpretation, and

allocation within a management area

1 . Identify areas requiring intensive inventory/survey, including non-
project areas.

2. Identify cultural properties to be nominated to the National Regis-
ter of Historic Places.

3. Identify, classify, and evaluate known cultural resources.

4. Identify cultural properties that require stabilization or other pro-
tective measures.

5. identify opportunities for interpretation of cultural resources for
public education and enjoyment.

RECREATION Recreation Use Administration: AN122

General Recreation and Management Operations

A. Regulate recreation use based on monitoring studies reflecting the
effect of recreation activities on wildlife and fish resources and habitat.

1 . Locate, design and operate only those recreation facilities which
are necessary to accommodate public use of the water and shore-
line areas (i.e., boat or floatplane docks, launching ramps, and
associated access roads and trails). Locate parking, sanitation,
and other recreation facilities outside the management area
where practical. Design all facilities within the management area
to avoid adverse effects on riparian areas, shorelines, and water
quality.

1 . For streams on which a "no programmed timber harvest' buffer is
to be maintained, disturbance within 1 00 feet should be limited to
an average of 3 acres per one mile of stream.

TRAIL ADMINISTRATION Trail Administration: ATI 2

A. Locate trails outside the Management Areas unless the attraction of the
trail is found within the riparian area. Where trails are located within the
Management Area, locate crossings at right angles to the stream and
at suitable bridge locations. Design and maintain trail treads to protect
riparian values and minimize soil erosion (Consult FS Trails Manage-
ment Handbook).

1 . Develop and incorporate in project plans an erosion control and
stabilization plan for stabilizing all human-caused soil disturb-
ances.

0-9

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

2. Locate stream crossings only in stable reaches. Design crossings
of V-notched drainages to prevent debris jamming. Culvert gradi-
ent should follow natural gradient non-fish streams where needed
to prevent downstream erosion. Require bridge brow logs for dirt
and rock surfaced log stringer bridges to contain materials and
prevent entry of sediment into stream. For further location and
design guidance consult the Trails Handbook and Drainage
Structures Handbook.

3. Location of trails parallel to fish bearing streams and crossing fish
streams should be avoided, except that trails may be routed to
retain short and long term sources of woody debris and to mini-
mize the introduction of sediment during clearing, construction,
and use. Sidecasting and waste materials must not encroach
upon the streamcourse and as much undisturbed ground cover
as possible shall be left between the trail and the stream. Com-
plete endhaul of waste material will be required where trails are
located near fish streams when there is the probability of downhill
movement of material into the stream below. Fill will be placed into
fish streams only when considered through the IDT process to be
the best alternative.

4. Meet fish passage direction at all locations where trails cross fish
streams. Contracts will specify permissible uses of motorized
equipment and the timing of trail construction activities based on
agreement with the Alaska Department of Fish and Games as
determined by interdisciplinary analysis and appropriate line offi-
cer approval.

5. Thoroughly analyze the effects of locating trails parallel to riparian
areas or within riparian areas with known concentrations of wildlife
such as brown bear or waterfowl high use areas.

B. If need is determined during project interdisciplinary team review, trails
may be closed seasonally, to minimize adverse effects on fish and
wildlife. To the extent practicable, manage trail use in cooperation with
State and other Federal agencies to meet fish and wildlife habitat and
population management objectives.

A. A variety of visual conditions may exist within this management area.

1 . Adopt the Visual Quality Objective of the adjacent management
area

2. Visual Quality Objectives may range from Retention to Maximum
Modification.

General Direction

A. Emphasize the maintenance and enhancement of fish habitat and
populations by integrating the management of the aquatic and terrestri-
al ecosystems. The objectives for management in this Area are activi-
ties that do not result in any decrease in anadromous and adfluvial fish
habitat, or high value resident sport fish habitat capability. Removal of
sources of large woody debris to streams within 1 00 feet of fish streams
and certain tributaries is not allowed, except for specifically approved

VISUALS

Visual Resource Operations: AVI

FISH

Fish Habitat Planning: CF112

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

O - 10

purposes such as some recreation facilities and roads. Tributaries
include perennial water courses, tributary to fish streams, less than 8
percent gradient.

B. Provide for short and long term maintenance of fish habitat capability
in all channel process groups.

1 . Stream Class I. Maintain or enhance aquatic biological productiv-
ity within each individual Class I stream system.

2. Stream Class II. Maintain habitat capability for resident fish popu-
lations, to the extent practicable.

3. Stream Class III. This stream class has no fish inhabitants but
provides quality water for downstream Class I and II stream sys-
tems.

C. Maintain stream bank and stream channel stability.

1 . Stream Class I. Maintain or improve anadromous and adfluvial fish
habitat and high value resident sport fish habitat capability by
providing natural or improved cover/pool ratio, pool/riffle se-
quences, and habitat features, such as stable debris. Design
management activities to maintain streambank channel and
floodplain integrity.

2. Stream Class II. Maintain habitat capability for resident fish popu-
lations, to the extent practicable by providing natural or improved
cover/pool ratio, pool-riffle sequences, and habitat features, such
as stable debris. Design management activities to maintain
stream bank, channel and floodplain integrity. Avoid sediment
impacts into downstream Class I streams.

3. Stream Class III. Design management activities to maintain stream
bank, channel, and floodplain integrity. Avoid sediment impacts
into downstream Class I and II streams.

D. Maintain natural and beneficial quantities of large woody debris (LWD)
over the short and long term.

1. Stream Class I. Maintain anadromous and adfluvial fish habitat
and high value resident sport fish habitat capability by providing
for natural and beneficial volumes of large woody debris for rear-
ing and spawning, stream energy dissipation, and sources of
energy and wood to the stream ecosystem. Use channel type
considerations to determine size classes and distribution.

2. Stream Class II. Maintain habitat capability for resident fish popu-
lations, to the extent practicable, by providing for existing levels of
large woody debris, and by designing for future sources at vol-
umes determined by channel type considerations.

3. Stream Class III. Maintain large woody debris in channels and
banks to prevent changes in stream bank and stream channel
stability.

E. Maintain water quality to provide for fish production.

O - 11

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

2. Implement applicable Best Management Practices (see section
on soil and water resources).

F. Maintain or improve water temperature at a level to optimize salmonid
populations.

1 . Stream Class I. Maintain optimum salmonid summer stream tem-
peratures at between 50 and 68 degrees F or at natural levels.
Manage watersheds and riparian streamsides to attain optimum
stream temperature regimes.

2. Stream Class II. Maintain water temperatures below 68 degree F,
or at natural levels to maintain habitat capability for resident fish
populations, to the extent practicable.

3. Stream Class III. Manage watersheds and riparian streamsides to
maintain water temperature standards and guidelines for down-
stream Class I and II streams.

Q. Maintain or improve primary or secondary stream biological production
in second-growth forests.

1. Stream Class I. Maintain natural or enhanced primary and sec-
ondary biological potential for anadromous and adfluvial fish habi-
tat and high quality resident and sport fisheries.

2. Stream Class II. Manage vegetation and biological productivity to
maintain habitat capability for resident fish populations to the
extent practicable and to maintain nutrient sources for down-
stream waters.

3. Stream Class III. Manage vegetation to provide maintenance of
nutrient sources of downstream waters.

H. Maintain fish passage through stream crossing structures.

1 . Stream Class I. Maintain or improve the opportunities for the mi-
gration of adult and juvenile anadromous and adfluvial sport fish.
Consult the Aquatic Habitat Management Handbook, FSH
2609.24.

2. Stream Class II. Maintain or improve the opportunities for the
natural migration of resident fish where economically feasible. For
resident fish, maintain or improve the opportunities for natural
migration where economically feasible. Consult the Aquatic Habi-
tat Management Handbook, FSH 2609.24.

3. Stream Class III. No fish are found in this stream class.

Enhancement

A. Enhancement of fish resources is emphasized in the Management
Area. (See Plan Schedule for details).

Monitoring: CF121

A. Monitor all applicable Best Management Practices designed to protect
fish habitat and water qualify.

B. Monitor the effects of management activities on fish habitat and popula-
tions, as compared to activities affecting habitat and populations in
prescriptions with other varying intensities of riparian management
activities (such as in Wilderness). The purpose of this monitoring is to
identify differences in effects related to management intensify level.

1. Implement aspects of monitoring plan which compare manage-
ment effects between the appropriate Management Activities.

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

O - 12

WILDLIFE

Wildlife Habitat Inventory: CW111

A. Establish a baseline inventory of riparian wildlife habitats to obtain
information on habitat conditions and wildlife use prior to planned
management activities.

Z Conduct base line inventories on highest priority areas to precede

or coincide with proposed management activities.

Wildlife Habitat Planning: CW112

A. Coordinate management activities with the needs of wildlife.

1 . Use the habitat needs of MIS to help identify important coordina-
tion considerations.

2. Allow for the migration and movement of wildlife along riparian
areas.

3. Utilize silvicultural techniques which prolong understory forb and
shrub production when practical.

4. Provide habitat for cavity-nesting wildlife species.

* Retain soft and hard snags where possible, while meeting
management objectives, considering safety needs for people
and equipment.

* Where possible, save both hard and soft snags in areas pro-
tected from the wind.

* Snags do not need to be evenly distributed; clumped distribu-
tions are preferred.

* Favor saving snags away from roads to reduce loss from fire-
wood gathering activity.

* After harvest, snags may be designated as wildlife trees and
marked to make them illegal for cutting.

* Consider retaining live trees for future snag recruitment.

5. Manage for old growth characteristics in those stream process
groups which are designated for uneven-aged management (sin-
gle tree selection or group selection). Old growth characteristics
are described in Forest-wide Standards and Guidelines CW112,
IV.

B. Coordinate road management to emphasize the needs of wildlife.

1 . Utilize road management including yearlong or seasonal closures
to reduce human disturbance on wildlife. Particular emphasis
needs to be given to road management in important brown bear
riparian habitats.

2. Locate and design roads in riparian areas to minimize human
disturbance to wildlife, with particular emphasis given to brown
bear habitat.

Wildlife Habitat Monitoring: CW121

A. Monitor trends/changes in habitat variables and MIS abundance in this
management area to help assess achievement of wildlife objectives
and to help identify management opportunities to maintain and/or im-
prove habitat conditions and wildlife use (consult the Forest Plan moni-
toring schedule).

O - 13

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

TIMBER

Timber Resource Planning: ET112

A. Suitable forested land is available for harvest and is included in the
allowable sale quantity calculation. Some lands are designated unsuit-
able for programmed harvest, as identified in ET 114, part I.E.

Timber Resource Coordination: ET113

A. Project design, analysis, and development of NEPA documents for
timber activities will emphasize riparian-dependent resource objec-
tives.

B. The Sale Area Improvement Plan will prioritize K-V funds. Reforestation
will have highest priority for funds; other management area objectives
will have next priorities.

Timber Sale Preparation: ET114

A. Location and design of timber harvest activities require special consid-
eration and mitigation to ensure that riparian area characteristics for
fish and wildlife, water quality, and other riparian-dependent resources
be protected. This may be accomplished with both even-aged and
uneven-aged silvicultural systems.

B. To provide protection to fish and wildlife during critical periods of their
life cycle, seasonal restrictions on harvest activities may be required.

C. Tailhold and yarding corridors may not cross "no harvest riparian
buffers' within 100 feet of streams. Exceptions are allowed when corri-
dors do not require removal of trees.

D. Timber harvest settings that cross or include streamcourses or
V-notches or other streams should be planned to minimize adverse
impaction on soil and water resources. Unless stated otherwise in
process group direction, the following apply management area wide.

1 . T rees or products yarded across buffered streams must attain full
suspension over all trees within 100 feet of streams. Trees or
products yarded across or down non-buffered streamcourses
shall be fully suspended when yarding across the streamcourse
or yarding the full length of the stream or drainage, unless alterna-
tives are developed in the Operating Plan which meet the objec-
tives of the management area

2. Use streams in non-buffered streamcourses as split lines whenev-
er possible (i.e., logs should be yarded away from the stream in
both directions rather than across the channel).

3. Interdisciplinary review of sale unit layout during planning should
evaluate potential consequences of alternatives for cutting or
leaning trees in V-notches. Among factors which should be con-
sidered are soil, watershed, and other resource information; blow-
down potential; and yarding capability.

4. Allow salvage if objectives of management area can be met.

E. The following tables provide the Standards and Guidelines for timber
harvest activities. Distances are in horizontal feet. Distances shown are
for leave strips which should be windfirm; greater distance may be
required to achieve reasonable assurance that significant windthrow
will not occur within the windfirm distance as a result of adjacent har-
vest activity. The objective of the buffer strip is to maintain future
sources of large woody debris. To ensure that leave strips are windfirm,
consider conditions such as soils, local wind patterns, 3-tree height
general rule, and other site-specific factors. Forest-wide and Manage-

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

0 - 14

merit Area-wide direction and standards and guidelines apply for each
Channel Process Group.

0 - 15

Appendix 0:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

Management Area NMFS

Low Gradient Floodplain Process Group

(Channel types B1, B8, Cl, C3, C4, C6, D4, D5)

Stream Class

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic biological productivity.

- Allow no measurable reduction in smolt habitat capability except when natural processes
result in greater change.

- Restore stream and/or watershed condition.

- Maintain/manage old growth characteristic habitat for riparian dependant wildlife species.

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance.

- Maintain 100 percent of sources of large woody debris to streams.

- Allow no activities causing floodplain destabilization.

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest within 0 to 100 wind resistant feet of B1 or B8 channel types
not associated with other channel types.

- Allow single tree selection harvest method within 1 00 to 200 wind resistant feet of B1 or B8
channel types not associated with other channel types.

- Allow no programmed harvest within 0 to 200 feet for remainder of channel types.

- Consider all harvest methods, on a case-by-case basis, if riparian is greater than 200 feel

Harvest Rate

- Strive to maintain 90% of the optimum basal area with trees 1 6a + dbh within the no programmed
harvest area.

Salvage

• Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams.

- Allow salvage in the no programmed harvest area while meeting objectives.

Roading

- Locate roads in this area only when other reasonably feasible routes do not exist

- Roads shall not parallel streams within no harvest areas.

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

Appendix 0:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

O - 16

Alluvial Fan Process Group

(Channel types A3, B5, D1, D6)

Ill

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic
biological productivity.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Allow no measurable reduc-
tion in smolt habitat capability
except when natural process-
es result in greater change.

- Restore stream and/or
watershed condition.

- Allow no activities causing
floodplain destabilization.

- Maintain/manage old growth
characteristic habitat for
riparian dependant wildlife
species

- Maintain 1 00 percent of
sources of large woody debris
to streams.

- Allow no activities causing
floodplain destabilization.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Maintain 100 percent of
sources of large woody debris
to streams.

- Allow no activities causing
floodplain destabilization.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Maintain 100 percent of
sources of large woody
debris to streams, except on
those streams which are
ephemeral or intermittent,
have a gradient > 8 percent
or are not tributary to Class 1
or II streams.

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed
harvest within active portion
of fan or 1 00 wind resistant
feet of streambank, whichever
is greater.

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining inac-
tive portion of fan while
meeting objectives.

- Allow no programmed
harvest within active portion
of fan or 1 00 wind resistant
feet of streambank, whichever
is greater.

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining inac-
tive portion of fan while
meeting objectives.

- Allow no programmed
harvest within 1 00 feet of
streams unless the stream is
ephemeral or intermittent,
has a gradient > 8 percent,
or is not tributary to a Class

1 or II stream.

- Allow no programmed
harvest within active portion
of fan or 25 wind resistant
feet of streambank, whichev-
er is greater.

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining
inactive portion of fan while
meeting objectives.

Harvest Rate

- Strive to maintain 90% of
the optimum basal area with
trees 16'+ dbh within the no
programmed harvest area.

- Harvest is not to exceed 50% of the forest land of an individual
fan. Remaining forest land is not to be harvested until created
openings contain 50 foot conifer trees (approximately 30 yrs).

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or
in streams.

- Allow salvage in the no programmed harvest areas while meet-
ing objectives.

- Allow salvage in all areas
while meeting objectives.

Roading

-Special road construction techniques may be required to ensure
fish passage.

- Roads shall not parallel streams within no harvest areas.

- Roads shall not parallel
streams within no harvest ar-
eas.

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

O - 17

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

Management Area NMFS

Mixed Controlled Moderate Gradient Process Group

(Channel types B2, B3, D3)

Stream Class

Ill

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic
biological productivity.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Allow no measurable reduc-
tion in smolt habitat capability
except when natural process-
es result in greater change.

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity.

- Maintain 100 percent of
sources of large woody debris
to streams.

- Maintain/manage old growth
characteristic habitat for
riparian dependant wildlife
species.

- Maintain streambank and
channel Integrity.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Maintain 100 percent of
sources of large woody debris
to streams.

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Maintain 100 percent of
sources of large woody
debris to streams, except on
those streams which are
ephemeral or intermittent,
have a gradient > 8 percent,
or are not tributary to Class 1
or II streams.

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed
harvest within 100 wind
resistant feet of streams.

- Allow single tree selection
on remainder of area.

- Allow no programmed
harvest within 100 wind
resistant feet of streams.

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining area.

- Allow no programmed
harvest within 100 feet of
streams unless the stream is
ephemeral or intermittent,
has a gradient > 8 percent,
or is not tributary to a Class

1 or II stream.

- All harvest methods are
available on remaining area
while meeting objectives.

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over
or in streams.

- Allow salvage in the no programmed harvest areas while
meeting the objectives.

- Allow salvage in all areas
while meeting objectives.

Roadlng

- Special road construction techniques may be required to en-
sure fish passage.

- Roads shall not parallel streams within no harvest areas.

- Roads shall not parallel
streams within no harvest ar-
eas.

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

O - 18

Management Area NFMS-H

Large Low Gradient Contained Process Group

(Channel types C2, C5)

Stream Claes

Objectives

• Maintain or enhance aquatic biological
productivity.

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still
produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance.

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity.

• Allow no measurable reduction in smolt
habitat capability except when natural process-
es result in greater change.

- Maintain/manage old growth characteristic
habitat for riparian dependant wildlife species.

- Maintain 1 00 percent of sources of large
woody debris to streams.

- Maintain habitat capability for resident fish
to the extent practicable.

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will
still produce excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity.
• Maintain 100 percent of sources of large
woody debris to streams.

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest

- Allow no programmed harvest within 100
wind resistant feet of streams.

- Minimize soil disturbance associated with
yarding within inner gorge.

Harvest Rate

- Allow no programmed harvest

- Management Area Wide Direction and
Standards and Guidelines apply.

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams.

Roading

- Road construction is generally not appropriate in this process group. Where road crossings are
required, minimize erosion and sedimentation associated with road crossing approaches within
inner gorge.

- Roads shall not parallel streams within no harvest areas.

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

- Incidental cutting of trees may be allowed in areas not programmed for harvest on a case- by-case basis (ex. bridge
stringers). Trees harvested should not jeopardize the future supply of large woody debris to streams.

- Stream Class III does not normally occur in this process group. If it should occur, Harvest Control must meet
Management Objectives for Class III of the Moderate Gradient Contained Process Group.

0-19

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

Management Area NMFS

Moderate Gradient Contained Process Group

(Channel types B4, B6)

Stream Class

Ill

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic
biological productivity.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Allow no measurable reduc-
tion in smolt habitat capability
except when natural process-
es result in greater change.

- Maintain 100 percent of
sources of large woody debris
to streams.

- Maintain/manage old growth
characteristic habitat for
riparian dependant wildlife
species.

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Maintain 100 percent of
sources of large woody debris
to streams.

- Maintain streambank and
channel integrity.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed
harvest within 100 feet of
streams.

- Minimize soil disturbance
associated with yarding within
inner gorge.

- Selectively leave trees with
crowns that do not extend
above slope break.

- Maintain near natural snag
component of stand.

- Allow no programmed
harvest within 100 feet of
streams.

- Minimize soil disturbance
associated with yarding within
inner gorge.

- Selectively leave trees with
crowns that do not extend
above slope break.

- Allow no programmed
harvest within 100 feet of
streams unless the stream is
ephemeral or intermittent
has a gradient > 8 percent
or is not tributary to a Class

1 or II stream.

- All harvest methods apply
on remaining area outside
100 feet while meeting
objectives.

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Quidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams.

Roadlng

- Road construction is generally not appropriate in this process group. Where road crossings
are required, minimize erosion and sedimentation associated with road crossing approaches
within inner gorge.

- Roads shall not parallel streams within no harvest areas.

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

0-20

Management Area NMFS

High Gradient Contained Process Group

(Channel types A1 , A2, A4, A5, A6, A7, B7, D2, D7)

Stream Class

III

Objectives

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance.

- Maintain stream bank and channel integrity.

- Maintain 100 percent of sources of large woody debris to streams, except on those streams
which are ephemeral, intermittent, have a gradient > 8 percent, or are not tributaries to Class 1
or II streams.

Harvest Control

• Allow harvest to streambank while meeting objectives.

- Full suspension required to cross stream channel.

- Only allow programmed harvest within 100 feet of streams which are ephemeral, intermittent,
have a gradient > 8 percent, or are not tributaries to Class 1 or II streams.

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply.

- Harvest rate not to exceed 25% every 20 years of a 3rd order or larger watershed.

Salvage

- Allow salvage while meeting objectives.

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

0-21

Appendix 0:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

Management Area NMFS

Placid or Glide Streams Process Group

(Channel types LI, 12)

Stream Claes

Objectives

• Maintain or enhance aquatic biological
productivity.

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still
produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance.

- Maintain streambank and channel Integrity.

- Maintain 1 00 percent of sources of large
woody debris to streams.

- Allow no measurable reduction in smolt
habitat capability except when natural process-
es result in greater change.

- Maintain/manage old growth characteristic
habitat for riparian dependant wildlife species.

- Maintain 100 percent of sources of large
woody debris to streams.

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will
still produce excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity.

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest

- Allow incidental tree selection (e.g. bridge stringers).

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply.

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams.

- Non-ground disturbing salvage is permitted while meeting objectives (e.g. helicopter) .

Roading

- Roading is generally not appropriate in this process group.

- Roads shall not parallel streams within no harvest areas.

NOTES: • Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

- Stream Class III does not normally occur in this process group. If it should occur, Harvest Control must meet
Management Objectives for Class III of the Moderate Gradient Contained Process Group.

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

0-22

Management Area NMFS

Lakes and Ponds Process Group

(Channel types L, L3, L4, L5)

Stream Class

Ill

Objectives

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Allow no measurable reduc-
tion in smolt habitat capability
except when natural process-
es result in greater change.

- Maintain or enhance aquatic
biological productivity.

- Maintain 100 percent of
sources of large woody debris
to streams.

• Maintain/manage old growth
characteristic habitat for
riparian dependant wildlife
species.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Maintain 100 percent of
sources of large woody debris
to streams.

- Allow no soil disturbing
activities that will still produce
excessive sediment one year
after disturbance.

- Maintain 1 00 percent of
sources of large woody
debris to streams, except on
those streams which are
ephemeral or intermittent,
have a gradient > 8 percent,
or are not tributary to Class 1
or II streams.

Harvest Control

-Allow no programmed har-
vest within 100 feet of a lake
or L channel.

- Allow unevenage manage-
ment within 1 00-500 feet of
lake or L channel, or the
extent of the management
area, whichever is less.

- Any harvest method applies
for remainder of area while
meeting objectives.

-Allow no programmed har-
vest within 100 feet of a lake
or L channel.

- Allow unevenage manage-
ment within 100-500 feet of
lake or L channel, or the
extent of the management
area, whichever is less.

- Any harvest methods apply
for the remainder of the area
while meeting objectives.

- Treat as adjacent Manage-
ment Area if lake or pond is
less than 5 acres in size.

- Maintain a minimum 50% of
shading vegetation for tem-
perature sensitive lakes or
channels.

- Allow no programmed har-
vest within 100 feet of chan-
nel or lake unless the stream
is ephemeral or intermittent
or is not tributary to Class 1 or
II streams.

- Any harvest methods apply
for the remainder of the area
while meeting objectives.

- Treat as the adjacent Man-
agement Area if lake or pond
is less than 5 acres in size.

Harvest Rate

- Management Area Wide Direction and Standards and Guidelines apply

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or
in lakes, ponds, or sloughs.

- Allow salvage in all other areas while meeting objectives.

- Allow salvage in all areas
while meeting objectives.

Roadlng

- Roads may be allowed if other practical alternatives are not available or if needed to access the
water body for recreation or other needs.

• Roads shall not parallel streams within no harvest areas.

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

0-23

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

Management Area NMFS

Estuarine Process Group

(Channel types El, E2, E3, E5)

Stream Class

Objectives

- Maintain or enhance aquatic biological productivity.

- Allow no measurable reduction in smolt habitat capability except when natural processes
result in greater change.

- Maintain 100 percent of sources of large woody debris to streams.

- Maintain/manage old growth characteristic habitat for riparian dependant wildlife species.

- Allow no soil disturbing activities that will still produce excessive sediment one year after
disturbance.

- Maintain streambank and channel integrity.

Harvest Control

- Allow no programmed harvest within 500 wind resistant feet of El and E5 estuarine channels,
or extent of management area, whichever is less.

• Allow no programmed harvest within 200 wind resistant feet of E2 and E3 estuarine channels,
or extent of management area, whichever is less.

- Allow unevenage management for remainder of area.

Harvest Rate

- Strive to maintain 90% of the optimum basal area with trees 16'+ dbh within the no programmed
harvest area

Salvage

- Generally, do not salvage windthrown trees suspended over or in streams.

- Allow salvage in ail other areas while meeting objectives.

Roading

- No roading should occur in estuarine wetland areas.

NOTES: - Timber harvest guidelines may vary, based on site specific analysis, in order to meet process group objectives.

Appendix O:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

0-24

SOIL AND
WATER

MINERALS AND
GEOLOGY

Soil Inventory: FW1 111

A. Verify and define riparian areas on the ground during project-level
planning.

Watershed Resource Planning: FW112

A. Manage activities to protect water quality from degradation and to
protect the aquatic and terrestrial riparian habitats, channel and
streambanks, and promote floodplain stability.

1 . Identify soil and water quality requirements for the area during the
environmental analysis for project-level activities.

2. Apply Process BMP’s to minimize effects from nearby logging and
related land disturbance activities.

3. Determine floodplain values and plan to avoid where possible, the
long and short-term adverse impacts to soil and water resources
associated with the occupancy and modification of floodplains.

Minerals and Geology Resource Preparation: GM1 1

Resource Preparation

A. During project design, analysis, and development of NEPA documents
for minerals activities, include watershed and fisheries coordination.

Minerals and Geology Administration: GM12

Forest Lands Open to Mineral Entry

A. Forest lands within this management area are open to mineral entry.

B. Assure prospectors and claimants their right of ingress and egress
granted under the General Mining Law of 1872, ANILCA, and National
Forest Service Mining Regulations 36 CFR 228.

C. Permit reasonable access to mining claims in accordance with the
provisions of an approved plan of operations.

Plan of Operations

B. Apply appropriate Transportation and Facilities Forest-wide Direction
and to the location and construction of mining roads and facilities.

C. Design mineral exploration and development activities to be compati-
ble with the emphasis of this management area. Apply the following
management practices to reduce resource impacts.

2. Apply timing restrictions to instream construction as needed to
protect fisheries habitat and mitigate adverse disturbance of
stream sediments.

3. Use sedimentation traps as needed to mitigate adverse stream
sedimentation and meet State and Federal Water Quality regula-
tions.

0-25

Appendix O:
Riparian Prescription Comparisons

4. Locate material sites and marine transfer facilities outside this
management area if reasonable alternatives exist.

5. Take advantage of topographic and vegetative screening when
locating drill rigs and pumps, roads, rock quarries, structures, and
marine transfer facilities.

6. Revegetate disturbed areas in accordance with project plans.

7. Design reclamation plans so minerals activities leave a natural-
appearing condition.

8. Vegetation should be left undisturbed within 1 00 feet of all Class
I and II streams and in perennial Class III streams tributary to fish
streams which are less than 8 percent gradient (see Timber direc-
tion).

LANDS Special Use Administration (Non-Recreation): JL122

A. Permit only those activities which are dependent upon riparian re-
sources and do not significantly reduce the capability of the area to: (1 )
maintain or enhance dependent fish or wildlife habitat, and (2) protect
water quality.

1. Analyze each new proposal on a case-by-case basis, using an
interdisciplinary process, to determine probable effects.

2. Apply standrds and guidelines for transportation operations,
when granting new rights-of-way.

FACILITIES Facilities Improvements: LF2

A. Permit only those facilities which do not significantly reduce the capa-
bility of the area to maintain fish or wildlife habitat or water quality.

TRANSPORTATION Transportation Operations: LT1

A. Locate, design, and construct roads in a manner which will minimize
effects on wildlife and fish habitat and populations. Conduct develop-
ment activities on wetlands and floodplains in compliance with Execu-
tive Orders 1 1 988 and and 1 1 990 (Floodplain Management and Protec-
tion of Wetlands). Consult the Forest Service Road Preconstruction and
Drainage Structures Handbooks and the Region 1 0 BMP Handbook for
detailed location and design guidance.

1 . Develop and incorporate in project plans an erosion control and
stabilization plan for stabilizing all human-caused soil disturb-
ances.

2. For streams on which no programmed harvest is to be maintained
(consult timber direction), disturbance within 100 feet of streams
should be limited to an average of 3 acres per one mile of stream.

3. Locate stream crossings only in stable reaches unless appropri-
ate mitigation measures are taken. Design crossings of V-notched
drainages to prevent debris jamming. Culverts will be designed
and installed to prevent downstream erosion. When embankment
material is used for decking on native log bridges, install side logs,
wood chinking, and a woven or polypropyline fabric blanket prior
to embankment placement to contain surfacing materials and
prevent entry of sediment into the stream.

Appendix O: 0-26

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

FIRE

INSECT AND
DISEASE

4. Location of roads parallel to fish bearing streams and crossing
fish streams will be permitted only where other locations are not
feasible and the management direction for fish habitat can be met.
Roads, including the cleared area, shall not be constructed within
100 feet parallel to perennial Class I or II streams, and perennial
Class III streams tributary to Class I or II streams and less than 8
percent gradient. Where roads are located near fish streams,
minimize the introduction of sediment during clearing, construc-
tion and operation activities. Sidecasting and waste materials
must not encroach upon the stream course and as much undis-
turbed ground cover as possible shall be left between the road
and the stream. Complete endhaul of waste material will be re-
quired where roads are located near fish streams when there is
the probability of downhill movement of the material into the
stream below. Fill will be placed into fish streams only when
considered through the IDT process to be the best alternative.

5. Meet fish passage direction at all locations where roads cross fish
streams (consult Forest-wide Direction and Standards & Guide-
lines for fish habitat planning, CF1 12). Contracts will specify per-
missible uses of heavy machinery and the timing of road construc-
tion activities based on consultation with the Alaska Department
of Fish and Game and as determined by interdiciplinary analysis
and appropriate line officer approval.

6. Slope drainage ditches along road-bed with reasonable consis-
tency to the nearest relief culvert and avoid leading directly into
stream channels.

7. Design bridge abutments to minimize disturbances to stream-
banks.

8. Avoid location of roads parallel to riparian areas or with riparian
areas with known concentrations of wildlife such as brown bear or
waterfowl high use areas.

B. If the need to reconstruct access is identified during project interdisci-
plinary team review, roads will be closed either seasonally or yearlong,
to minimize adverse effects on fish and wildlife. To the extent practica-
ble, management road use in cooperation with appropriate State and
other Federal agencies to meet fish and wildlife population objectives.

Fire Management Activities - PF

A. Conduct fire management activities described in Forest-wide direction.

Forest Pest Management - QC

A. Assist Forests and Districts in conducting forest pest management
programs.

O - 27 Appendix 0:

Riparian Prescription Comparisons

APPENDIX P

INTRODUCTION

EXISTING AND APPROVED ELECTRONIC SITES

The table below provides a listing of both existing, and unconstructed but
previously approved, electronic sites on the Tongass National Forest. These
sites are used for electronic communication systems, including electronic trans-
mitters, receivers, and resource monitoring equipment. An electronic site is a
parcel of land on which buildings, antenna towers, and other electronic equip-
ment designed for communication are located. These uses are authorized by
the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1 976 (FLPMA, 43 U.S.C. 1 761)
(FSM 2720).

This list is an update of a previous listing found in Appendix E of the 1 985-86
Amendment to the Tongass Land Management Plan (USDA Forest Service,
1985-86, Alaska Region Admin. Doc. Number 147). Errors in the previous listing
have been corrected, changes incorporated, and new sites added which were
existing but omitted from the earlier listing or have been previously analyzed
and approved in a separate site-specific analysis. The list in Table desig-

nates these sites for future additional joint use and occupancy as per Forest
Service Manual 2720. Site modifications require prior approval of the site plan
by the Forest Supervisor or Regional Forester (FSM 2720).

P - 1

Appendix P:

Existing and Approved Electronic Sites

EXISTING AND APPROVED ELECTRONIC SITES

. c

S'r

0 S

uj -2

ffiooDininffloinoiOi-wt

0 ^i-oowwooincoTfin^4

JU CM CO i- CO COCOCDCOCOCMOi— 'T

CO CO' CM CO' CM" T-" CO* 04 it CO CO 04

o in
o (O
in co
CO*

o o

O CO

o in

O Is-

CO CO

i- Tt

00 it

04" i-‘

It co'

1-' CO

CD 0

o o

£ 2:
(D 0
CO CO

4-* 4-»

V ) CO
0 0
k_ k.

o o

_ 0
■D .2
CD <1
3 0
0 CO

V> to

S § 5^4

O U_ LL LL <

<0 0
X3 3
§0

TO to

0 TO

co o

0 ^

.2 E
« o
. o

0 0 0 0

O O O O -q

£ E '2: E to

0 0 0 0 3

Eco E co co co co o

8to8«tototo$5

^0)^0000^

^0^0000 o

<LL<LLLLLLLlO

■C

l—

j»c

E w
5 to

< U.

0 0
2 2
£ 2:
0 0

*8.

3 §

.2 0®

2 5 TO

0 3 j—

CO CO E CO CD W
to to 8 to ts 5

0 0 eg 0 ^ (0

° O 5 o O 5

LL LL < LL O <

oooooooooooooo oo

TOTOTOTOTOTOTOTOTOTOTOTOTOTO TO TO

1- 04 1- O 04 04
O 04

1-1-1-04

O O
TO TO

O O O O
TO TO TO TO

•*5

—I

^oc^trocs ertr
tcoHoott: oo

ooo _

- LU - UJ UJ - UJ UJ

ID O LU n s UJ O rt

CO 00 CO 00 00 O 00 00

N-trcocctrs dc dc
dc . dc _ . dc

co a? o’ c8 i3

CD CO

CD h H

It "t
UJ UJ

CO CO

CO T-'

OOOOOO Oo

000000 00

co co co co co co co co

if it it 5 it

ZZZWCOCO Z <0

DC LU

O 8

UJ DC

3 CO

it a

c 6

O 5

UJ-^

s ^

CO z

1°
O UJ
. in

UJ CD

8 *

cc co‘

- 04
CO Tt

o
0

CO _
d . d
0 5 o 0
CO > 0 CO
- CO CO -

It It .It

Ul UJ 04 UJ

O CO CO UJ CO

€ s

0 CD

■p E

.2 TO

§ .2 c
0 3 3
_J * 0

-Q

C CO

5 1 1 1 5 8

Q. ^ X Ul UJ LL

JjJ

4-3

=fc

4-*

4-3

^ T3 W
c TO m
0 > P

E x o

I—

Q Q Q
DC DC DC
CD CD CD

3 3 3
J2 P .O
U) V) V)

0
4-»

0 0 0
CL CL CL

d d d d d d d

DCCCCCCCDCDCDCdddd

pOJDIOJCTOJOJDCOCDCDC

COWCOWCOMWCDCDCDCD

‘-‘-‘-‘-CCCC

0000000CDTOTOTO

0000000^^^;^

Q.Q.Q.CLQ.aQ.>>>>

d d <

DC DC 5
= = <
0 0 x

CD CD d
C C 5
TO TO<

“5

“3

Appendix P:

Existing and Approved Electronic Sites

m o

T—

o o

CM o

D-

T“

o o

T—

<o_

-r- O)

T-"

co"

cm'

t— '

co'

cm'

CNJ

1—'

co'

CM*

CM'

co'

cm'

T—

CM'

in'

T-'

T~~

<D ~

O J M

*-•

—>

'XL

T“

-T—

T-

1—

X-

to _

831

LL LL <

E E
o o
o o

V) V)
0 0

< <

a> 0

S °

° >

LL C

E E co

r\ o

V)
0

000 000 0 0
0 0 o J3 i? o << ™ JS

< < LL LL

o o

0 0

CM t-

DC .

O LU

LU S

CM DC
CD -

DC CO

CO*

„ O)

O O O O O O O

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1— T- W T- T- T- Tj-

lO o

co*

■M-

•M-

CO*

— co

^ ^ >
DC LU >

O CO CO

■g

c T2 "E

0 O O
E u_ Ll
0 _ _
N 0 0

F 0 0
•b 0 0
0 3 3
X DC DC

0 F
0 >2
jz .£

o c
€ E

•o

= c

s ”i

Q) ~ <

C 0

< CL 2

T3
C
0

0 _

T3
0
n>

2 0 £
0
0

2 g

0 o 0

co co 2

O) ^-

0 2r o

0 0 N
0 CD D

® ci

E
g
o
DC

to'

■a

*j 0

0 =
c u-
0

■o

■g

2 2

2 .

Z Z

££

0 0
k. k_

2 0

0 DC

E E

E o

"O g

g o

o «

< <

< X

X CO

d d

DC DC

d d d

d d 1

a? af1
0 0

CD CD

DC DC DC

QC DC 31
o

0 0 Cl
.ti .ti HI

CO CO ^

0 0

0 0 0
JC JC JSC
.«

CO CO CO

0 0 0
Jt ^ ^
.t i ie± iet

CO CO CO

c c

k. 1—

o o
x: x:
1- h-

, Sec. 26, T69S, R82E, CRM I .005 ac. I South Coast I 3,161 I

P - 3 Appendix P:

Existing and Approved Electronic Sites

O O CD
CO CO ID

CO*

N-

O CO 00
CO CD
CM -r- CO

O 00 00 O
O ID CO O
O O t— ID

CM CM i- CM CM t- CM

ID O CO
NON
■M- 00 CD
ID* CO* T-'

c c 2

O O ©

.C CD

a.<5 o)

£ © < — 1 E

o I— C0 CO o

O ra JSC O
« 2 « (/) M

< <

T—

•M;

E
o
o
w

< <

E E
o o
o o

V) CO
CO CO

CD CD
c c

® i to

f s s

— 1 co co

^ss

CD CO CO

o "O -O
o •— ■—
co n n
■6 £ £
a) co co
dc dc oc

£ 3

o
T3
(0
O

m -g

I® g

o o

CL CD 3

o o o o o o o

co co co co co co co

1- T- ID ID ID CO T-

CM • CM -M- O

« 8 «

o o

“> o X

cc a: cr

o O O

UJ UJ* LU*

T- T- CM
00 CO CO

cr cc cc

CD* CD* CD*
h- N- CD
CO CO CO

ID ID
C0 CM

CD CD CD
*fr*

LU HI UJ
CD CD CD

N-*

■M"

2 CM 2

cc oo cc
o cc o

UJ CD UJ
ID CD CM
OO N- 00

dc P dc

CD* ® CD
cm - u5

£ 8£

.CD .

CO - T-

5 CD

> C

Z o

■M" «-
£

sgsg

Q O Q o

w uj* g

8 g § ®

cc “■ CC

«0 3

CD CD CD

DC - £
O 5 CC
.DC O
UJ O -
O -UJ
O UJ N

T- 00 CD

DC CD CC
. DC -

’1

t_-

lO*

OO*

T-

T—

-r"

1 —

■M-’

*}■

’fr*

o o

to'

■O

E ^ I =

h^ICD

. ©

CQ CD

^.1
♦J 3

2 O

a a o

DC X DC

o o o
r r r
(-hh

re'

Q Q O Q

CC DC DC CC

“ ^ G © © © ©

a) DC DC jc jc jc jc

E co o>J= £ jc £

n s •= O o a o

£ 2 2 $ s S «

I- o o * * * *

c'S'S

LL LL

Iff

*22

■o

..I

APPENDIX Q

INFORMATION NEEDS

This appendix lists the information, inventory, and research needs that have been identified for the
Tongass National Forest during revision of the Land and Resource Management Plan. This information
recognizes gaps in data or scientific knowledge. Many of the items would be desirable for implementation
of this revision to the Tongass National Forest Land and Resource Management Plan. Some of the
items overlap with the validation or effectiveness monitoring in Appendix H and with the management
area and Forest-wide direction in Appendixes F or G. Funding for some items are included in the Forest
budgets. Additional funding will be by resource and will vary depending on the resource emphasis in
any given year.

CULTURAL

RESOURCES

1 . Identify areas requiring intensive site inventory, including non-project
areas of the Forest

2. Document all discovered sites and maintain an up-to-date automated
database in conjunction with Alaska Heritage Resource Surveys (AHRS)

3. Develop a comprehensive compilation of known cultural resources
information in overview form which describes the location, description,
status and other management data for all project clearance and
non-project surveys

SPECIAL AREAS 1. Conduct an inventory of potential Special Areas

WILDERNESS 1 . Establish Limits of Acceptable Change (LAC) for designated Wilderness

Areas. Evaluate on an on-going basis whether these LAC are appropri-
ate.

RECREATION

1. Develop and apply methods for determining the kinds and amounts
of recreation use occuring within the Forest.

2. Periodically update the Southeast Alaska Pleasure Visitor Research
Program

3. Update the Alaska Public Survey to determine benefits realized by
recreationists

4. Access recreation customer satisfaction, and the demand for recreation
opportunities.

Q- 1

Appendix Q:
Information Needs

FISH 1.

Maintain and update channel and stream class inventories

Inventory aquatic habitats for fish enhancement opportunities

Validate Management Indicator Species (MIS) habitat capability models

Determine success, in terms of habitat capability and numbers of fish,
of fish enhancement projects

Develop a lake classification system

SUBSISTENCE 1.

Evaluate changes in subsistence use patterns and activities in
cooperation with appropriate state and federal agencies

Periodically update of the Tongass Resource Use Cooperative Survey
(TRUCS)

THREATENED, 1.

ENDANGERED AND
SENSITIVE SPECIES

Review status of sensitive species every 5 years and
document any significant declines in population of
habitat of other species

Evaluate levels of lead in habitat areas, and effects on trumpeter swan
populations

Inventory osprey populations and nests

Maintain nest site location data for Peregrine Falcon in cooperation
with the US Fish and Wildlife Service

For Island King Salmon, Northern Pike, and Chum Salmon in Fish
Creek, - coordinate with other groups or Federal and State agencies
to develop and fund a program of study to understand the life history
and genetic characteristics

WILDLIFE 1.

Assess trends/changes in moose populations and habitats

Provide a Forest-wide habitat inventory program to:

a. Obtain and establish "baseline1 habitat conditions in important
habitat areas

b. Document natural and/or human-caused habitat changes

c. Identify opportunities for management actions which will help
maintain or improve habitats for:

Appendix Q:
Information Needs

Q -2

OLD-GROWTH

FORESTS

TIMBER

Important waterfowl habitat

Marine mammal haulouts

Old-growth conifer habitats

Regional sensitive habitats

Marine bird rookeries and colonies

Important seasonal habitats and concentration of areas

for Management Indicator Species

Moose Habitats

d. Validate Management Indicator Species (MIS) habitat capability
models

e. Maintain surveys/inventories on bald eagles according to
Memorandums of Understanding

f. Cooperate with other agencies and institutions to inventory
geographic distribution of small mammals and birds throughout
the Forest

g. Evaluate effect of human use and lead on waterfowl habitats
and populations

h. Inventory vegetative conditions in moose habitat areas to help
identify short and long-term changes in habitat conditions, and
assess the effects of various management activities

i. Maintain a Forest-wide summary of all human-bear incidents by
location and type

j. Assess the amount and distribution of wildlife associated
old-growth

k. Obtain information on snow-pack conditions Forest-wide within
second-growth and old-growth timber stands.

l. Continue to assess the second-growth management program
and methods to enhance second-growth habitat conditions

3. Determine effectiveness of wildlife enhancement projects, in terms of

habitat capability and populations

1 . Develop a Forest-wide vegetative inventory which allows accurate

quantification and mapping of old-growth forest types

2. Assess the quantity of old-growth habitats throughout the Forest.

Document the amount of blowdown, other natural events, and other

habitat disturbing activities within old-growth patches.

1. Conduct an extensive timber inventory covering the entire Forest
every 10 to 15 years to reflect the timber stand conditions at the time
of each forest plan revision

2. Validate yield predictions for visual quality objectives, riparian areas,
and recreation places

Q -3

Appendix Q:
Information Needs

Conduct stand examination as part of Plan implementation

Maintain existing inventories

Assess areas that have been planted or seeded to determine whether
management objectives have been met

Assess areas that have received pre-commercial thinning or release
and weeding treatments to insure management objectives have been
met

Conduct stocking surveys within the 5-year regeneration period.

Design and evaluate methods to provide for windfirm timber harvest
areas, especially in the vicinity of riparian areas

AIR 1.

Determine baseline air quality conditions.

Assess and document the effects of air pollution on forest resources.

Assess use of lichens as indicators of forest health, air, and climate
conditions.

RIPARIAN 1.

Obtain an on-the-ground inventory of riparian areas

Determine methods to maintain or enhance riparian associated
resources, including in intensively developed areas

Develop site-specific methods to predict windthrow hazards in
Southeast Alaska

SOIL AND WATER 1.

Maintain a Soil Resource Inventory or an Integrated Resource Inventory

Continue to obtain soil and water baseline data to assess land-disturbing
activities on soils (e.g. productivity, erosion) and water quality and
quantity

Conduct Watershed Condition Surveys to determine improvement
needs as part of the development of the watershed improvement plan

Evaluate whether the Best Management Practices included in the
Plan are the most effective methods to meet water resource objectives

MINERALS AND 1.

GEOLOGY

Maintain the Mineral Resource Inventory

Develop and maintain a Geologic Resource Inventory. Inventories
may include mineral material sources, unique geology or paleontology
sites, geological hazards, caves, and groundwater resources

Appendix Q:
Information Needs

Q - 4

TRANSPORTATION 1.

INSECT & DISEASE 1.
SOCIAL & ECONOMIC 1.

Maintain an inventory of all Forest development transportation facilities
including roads, bridges, and major culverts, log transfer facilities,
and airfields

Update transportation maps annually

Evaluate local pest conditions with on-the-ground surveys to determine
damage levels and their effect on resources

Assess the relationship between Forest Service management activities
and the opportunities for Southeast Alaska residents to pursue and
maintain differing lifestyles

Determine the contribution of the Forest to the social and economic
health of communities in Southeast Alaska

Q - 5

Appendix Q:
Information Needs

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Tongass land management plan revision : draft environmental impact statement appendix, volume III"

See other formats